ANDERSON, O.F. and M.R. Clark. 2003. Analysis of Bycatch in the Fishery for Orange Roughy, Hoplostethus Atlanticus, on the South Tasman Rise. Marine and Freshwater Research 54(5): 643-652
Abstract: Government fisheries observers made detailed records of the catch weights of all species caught on 545 trawls between October 1997 and August 2000 in the South Tasman Rise orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus) fishery. Bycatch ratios, the ratio of bycatch weight to tow duration, were derived from these data and used to make estimates of total annual bycatch for several species groups. Bycatch ratios based on tow duration were chosen over ratios based on orange roughy catch weights after comparing the coefficients of variation (c.v.) of sets of trial data. Bycatch ratios and total bycatch were estimated for three species of oreos (Oreosomatidae), corals and all other bycatch species combined, for the fishing years from 1997-1998 to 2000-2001. Total oreo bycatch dropped from about 7400 t to less than 350 t during this time. These estimates agreed well with recorded oreo landings data for three of the four years. There was a considerable bycatch of corals, with both the bycatch ratio and the total bycatch reducing during the period examined, the latter from about 1750 t to 100 t per year. The coral bycatch comprised a large number of species, but was dominated by the reef-forming stony coral Solenosmilia variabilis. Annual bycatch of all other species combined, mainly rattails (Macrouridae) and dogfishes (Squalidae), was low (13-120 t). Bycatch of this group dropped sharply in each year as the result of a combination of decreasing bycatch ratio and decreasing fishing effort
Abe, T. and W.N. Eschemeyer. 1972. A New Species of the Scorpionfish Genus Helicolenus From the North Pacific Ocean. Ocean.Proc.Calif.Acad.Sci 34: 47-53
Abellan, L.J.L. and J.F.G. Jiminez. 1999. Results of a Longline Survey on Seamounts in the Southeast Atlantic and in CCAMLR Subarea 48.6 (Atlantic Ocean) and Division 58.4.4 (Indian Ocean). CCAMLR Science (Commission for the conservation of Antarctic marine living resources) 6: 99-116
Aboim, M.A., G.M. Menezes, T. Schlitt, and A.D. Rogers. 2005. Genetic Structure and History of Populations of the Deep-Sea Fish Helicolenus Dactylopterus (Delaroche, 1809) Inferred From MtDNA Sequence Analysis. Molecular Ecology 14(5): 1343-1354
Abstract: Helicolenus dactylopterus is an Atlantic benthopelagic fish species inhabiting high-energy habitats on continental slopes, seamounts and islands. Partial sequences of the mitochondrial control region (D-loop) and cytochrome b (cyt b) were used to test the hypothesis that H. dactylopterus disperses between continental margin, island and seamount habitats on intraregional, regional and oceanic scales in the North Atlantic. Individuals were collected from five different geographical areas: Azores, Madeira, Portugal (Peniche), Cape Verde and the northwest Atlantic. D-loop (415 bp) and cyt b (423 bp) regions were partially sequenced for 208 and 212 individuals, respectively. Analysis of variation among mitochondrial DNA sequences based on pairwise F-statistics and AMOVA demonstrated marked genetic differentiation between populations in different geographical regions specifically the Mid-Atlantic Ridge (Azores)/northeast Atlantic (Portugal, Madeira) compared to populations around the Cape Verde Islands and in the northwest Atlantic. Some evidence of intraregional genetic differentiation between populations was found. Minimum-spanning network analysis revealed star-shaped patterns suggesting that populations had undergone expansion following bottlenecks and/or they have been colonized by jump dispersal events across large geographical distances along pathways of major ocean currents. Mismatch distribution analysis indicated that Azores and northwest Atlantic populations fitted a model of historical population expansion following a bottleneck/founder event estimated to be between 0.64 and 1.2 million years ago (Ma).
Abramov, A.A.. 1991. Age and Growth of Two Species of Bigeyes, Epigonus Angustifrons and Epigonous Elegans, From the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Journal of Ichthyology 31(2): 125-131
Abramov, A.A.. 1992. Species Composition and Distribution of Epigonus (Epigonidae) in the World Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 32(5): 94-108
Abstract: According to the revision of Mayer, the mesobenthic-pelagic genus Epigonus consists of 12 species. Subsequent studies increased the number of species to 25 (a key for identification is provided). The genus is divided into 4 species groups: oligolepis (3 species), telescopus (4), denticulatus (9), and robustus (9). Members of this genus are widely distributed over continental slopes, island dropoffs, and underwater rises in every ocean (from Iceland in the Atlantic to 55 degree S in the Pacific Ocean) at depths ranging from 120-1400 m. Within the genus, there are both widely distributed species (E. telescopus, E. denticulatus, E. macrops, and others), and local endemics with restricted ranges (E. fragilis, E. crassicaudus, E. elegans, etc.). The genus Epigonus is one of five genera in the family Epigonidae and is typically found on continental slopes, seamounts, and rises in the world ocean. Epigonus is a mesobenthic-pelagic fish, living mainly above the bottom and rarely entering deep water, although the larvae and young of many species undertake a pelagic form of life. Some species are of commercial value or may have a fishery potential. (DBO) | English abstract
Abramov, A.A. and N.Y. Lipskaya. 1989. On the Feeding of Epigonus Elegans in the Area of Seamounts of the Naska Ridge. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 29(1): 129-134
Abramov, A.A. and N.Y. Lipskaya. 1989. Feeding of Epigonus Elegans in the Area of Seamounts of the Naska Ridge [Southeast Pacific]. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 29(1): 129-134
Abstract: Data were presented on the feeding of E. elegans, endemic to the Naska Ridge. Copepods, euphausiids, shrimp and fish are its main food components. Most intense feeding was observed in the daytime. The degree of fullness in the daytime was significantly higher than at night. Presumably, food digestion takes no less than 12 h
Absalao, R.S. and E.D.C. Rios. 1995. Descriptions of Two New Species of Caelatura (Gastropoda, Rissoidea, Baerleeidae) From Brazil. Apex (Brussels) 10(2-3): 87-93
Abstract: Caelatura spirocordata, new species, is found from off the northern coast of Rio de Janeiro to off southern Bahia State, Brazil. The new species is diagnosed by 5 or 6 strong spiral cords on the body whorl which show almost linear rows of very small pits on their upper surfaces. Caelatura barcellosi, new species, is found in oceanic island and seamounts from Northeastern Brazil. It is diagnosed by straight whorls, the presence of umbilicus, and 14-18 refractive axial ribs and sub and suprasutural cords forming blunt nodules at their intersections
Acharyya, S.K. and T.C. Lahiri. 1991. Cretaceous Paleogeography of the Indian Subcontinent: A Review. Cretaceous Research 12(1): 3-26
Abstract: Break-up of the Greater Indian continent influenced the Cretaceous palaeogeography of the Indian subcontinent. A new set of linear fluvial to shallow marine basins was formed prior to, but mainly during the Aptian with the extrusion of basalts close to some basins, and extensively in east and northeast India. A similar basin opened along the present southern margin of the Himalayas. A mid-Cretaceous transgression in central India came from the west, whereas the Cauvery Basin in south India and the Shillong shelf in northeast India, were connected and opened eastward. The East Coast shelf and Shillong shelf were better developed during Campanian-Maastrichtian time. Extensive basaltic extrusion during the late Maastrichtian in western India was coequal with regional regression, but marine sedimentation was unbroken from the Campanian to the Palaeocene on the Shillong shelf. The Tethyan ocean-floor flanking the Himalayan shelf and the northest margin of the Indian craton was destroyed beneath Eurasia. Its Indus-Tsangpo arm was consumed during Gampanian-Maastrichtian time, whereas northern parts of the Indo-Burmese ocean contained seamounts during the Maastrichtian and Palaeocene
Ackermand, D.. 1999. Cruise Report Sonne 141, Hula 1 : Manila, Philippines - Midway, USA, 5.- 29. Mai 1999 : Interdisciplinary Investigations on the Timing of the Hawaii-Emperor Bend and the Origin of Lithospheric Anomalies Along the Musician Seamount Chain. p. 1
Adam, M.S. and J.R. Sibert. 2002. Population Dynamics and Movements of Skipjack Tuna (Katsuwonus Pelamis) in the Maldivian Fishery: Analysis of Tagging Data From an Advection-Diffusion-Reaction Model. Aquatic Living Resources 15(1): 13-23
Abstract: An advection diffusion reaction model was used to estimate movement and tag attrition parameters from skipjack tuna tagging data off the Maldives. Two sets of data were available from the experiments carried out during two distinct periods: 1990-1991 and 1993-1995. The results of the analysis were compared with the previous analyses and discussed in relation to management of skipjack fisheries in the Maldives and in the Indian Ocean. The movements were found to be highly variable in space and time, and few consistent patterns were observed between the two data sets. Similarly, significantly different estimates of fishing and natural mortality rates were observed from the two data sets. These differences were found, in part, to be due to the uneven distribution of tag releases in both space and time. Estimates of movement and attrition rates show that emigration from the Maldivian fishery to the rest of the Indian Ocean's was small. The exploitation rate was found to be substantial, contributing about 30-40% of the total attrition in the fishery area. Such levels of localized exploitation may be maintained by steady immigration from outside of the Maldives, but more extensive tagging is required to be certain. The impact of tuna fisheries elsewhere in the Indian Ocean on the domestic Maldivian fishery cannot be determined until a comprehensive large-scale tagging program, including all the fisheries in the Indian Ocean, is completed. (C) 2002 Ifremer/CNRS/Inra/Cemagref/Editions scientifiques et medicales Elsevier SAS. All rights reserved
Adam, M.S., J. Sibert, D. Itano, and K. Holland. 2003. Dynamics of Bigeye (Thunnus Obesus) and Yellowfin (T. Albacares) Tuna in Hawaii's Pelagic Fisheries: Analysis of Tagging Data With a Bulk Transfer Model Incorporating Size-Specific Attrition. Fishery Bulletin 101(2): 215-228
Abstract: Tag release and recapture data of bigeye (Thunnus obesus) and yellowfin tuna (T. albacares) from the Hawaii Tuna Tagging Project (HTTP) were analyzed with a bulk transfer model incorporating size-specific attrition to infer population dynamics and transfer rates between various fishery components. For both species, the transfer rate estimates from the offshore handline fishery areas to the longline fishery area were higher than the estimates of transfer from those same areas into the inshore fishery areas. Natural and fishing mortality rates were estimated over three size classes: yellowfin 20-45, 46-55, and 356 cm and bigeye 29-55, 56-70, and 371 cm. For both species, the estimates of natural mortality were highest in the smallest size class. For bigeye tuna, the estimates decreased with increasing size and for yellowfin tuna there was a slight increase in the largest size class. In the Cross Seamount fishery, the fishing mortality rate of bigeye tuna was similar for all three size classes and represented roughly 12% of the gross attrition rate (includes fishing and natural mortality and emigration rates). For yellowfin tuna, fishing mortality ranged between 7% and 30%, the highest being in the medium size class. For both species, the overall attrition rate from the entire fishery area was nearly the same. However, in the specific case of the Cross Seamount fishery, the attrition rate for yellowfin tuna was roughly twice that for bigeye. This result indicates that bigeye tuna are more resident at the Seamount than yellowfin tuna, and larger bigeye tunas tend to reside longer than smaller individuals. This may result in larger fish being more vulnerable to capture in the Seamount fishery. The relatively low level of exchange between the Seamount and the inshore and longline fisheries suggests that the fishing activity at the Seamount need not be of great management concern for either species. However, given that the current exploitation rates are considered moderate (10-30%), and that Seamount aggregations of yellowfin and bigeye tuna are highly vulnerable to low-cost gear types, it is recommended that further increases in fishing effort for these species be monitored at Cross Seamount.
Alain, K., M. Olagnon, D. Desbruyeres, A. Page, G. Barbier, S.K. Juniper, J. Querellou, and M.A. Cambon-Bonavita. 2002. Phylogenetic Characterization of the Bacterial Assemblage Associated With Mucous. Secretions of the Hydrothermal Vent Polychaete Paralvinella Palmiformis. Fems Microbiology Ecology 42(3): 463-476
Abstract: As part of an ongoing examination of microbial diversity associated with hydrothermal vent polychaetes of the family Alvinellidae, we undertook a culture-independent molecular analysis of the bacterial assemblage associated with mucous secretions of the Northeastern Pacific vent polychaete Paralvinella palmiformis. Using a molecular 16S rDNA-based phylogenetic approach, clone libraries were constructed from two samples collected from active sulfide edifices in two hydrothermal vent fields. In both cases, clone libraries were largely dominated by epsilon-Proteobacteria. Phylotypes belonging to the Cytophaga-Flavobacteria and to the Verrucomicrobia were also largely represented within the libraries. The remaining sequences were related to the taxonomic groups Fusobacteria, Green non-sulfur bacteria, Firmicutes, gamma- and delta-Proteobacteria. To our knowledge, this is the first report of the presence of Verrucomicrobia, Fusobacteria and green non-sulfur bacteria on hydrothermal edifices. The potential functions of the detected bacteria are discussed in terms of productivity, recycling of organic matter and detoxification within the P. palmiformis microhabitat. (C) 2002 Federation of European Microbiological Societies. Published by Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved
Alain, K., P. Pignet, M. Zbinden, M. Quillevere, F. Duchiron, J.P. Donval, F. Lesongeur, G. Raguenes, P. Crassous, J. Querellou, and M.A. Cambon-Bonavita. 2002. Caminicella Sporogenes Gen. Nov., Sp Nov., a Novel Thermophilic Spore-Forming Bacterium Isolated From an East-Pacific Rise Hydrothermal Vent. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology 52: 1621-1628
Abstract: A novel thermophilic, anaerobic, strictly chemoorganoheterotrophic bacterium, designated as AM1114(T), was isolated from a deep-sea hydrothermal vent sample from the East-Pacific Rise (EPR 13degrees N). The cells were long (3-10 mum) rods, motile with peritrichous flagella, and exhibited a Gram-negative cell wall ultrastructure. In the late stationary phase of growth, cells formed an ovoid, refractile, terminal endospore. They grew at 45-65 degreesC inclusive (optimum 55-60 degreesC; doubling time approx. 45 min), at pH 4.5-8.0 inclusive (optimum pH 7.5-8.0) and at sea salt concentrations of 20-60 g l(-1) inclusive (optimum 25-30 g l(-1)). Strain AM1114(T) was an obligately heterotrophic bacterium able to ferment a mixture of 20 amino acids, complex proteinaceous substrates (such as yeast extract, brain-heart infusion or peptone), and carbohydrates such as glucose, galactose or maltose. The main fermentation products on glucose/yeast extract/peptone/sulfur medium were hydrogen, carbon dioxide, butyrate, ethanol, acetate, formate and L-alanine. The G+C content of the genomic DNA (determined by thermal denaturation) was 24.2+/-1 mol %. Phylogenetic analyses of the 16S rRNA gene located the strain within cluster XI of the lineage encompassing the genus Clostridium and related genera (sensu Collins et al., 1994), in the bacterial domain. On the basis of 16S rDNA sequence comparisons and physiological and biochemical characteristics, it is proposed that the isolate should be described as a novel genus, namely Caminicella gen. nov., of which Caminicella sporogenes sp. nov. is the type species. The type strain is AM114(T) (= DSM 14501(T) = CIP 107141(T))
Alam, M., D.J.W. Piper, and H.B.S. Cooke. 1983. Late Quaternary Stratigraphy and Paleo-Oceanography of the Grand Banks Continental Margin, Eastern Canada. Boreas 12(4): 253-261
Abstract: Quaternary sediments cored on the continental slope off the Grand Banks and on nearby seamounts and abyssal hills have been correlated back to at least isotopic stage 6, using lithologic and biostratigraphic markers and warm-cold cyclicity in microfossil assemblages. The sequence is dated using limited oxygen isotope and super(14)C data. The oldest continental slope cores penetrate to a glacial stade with an extrapolated age of 50,000 B.P. The oldest seamount cores probably penetrate to isotopic stage 13. Watermass distribution over the area results from interaction of the Labrador Current with locally generated shelf water, and to a lesser extent, the Gulf Stream. Planktic foraminiferal assemblages and sedimentological evidence suggest that Arctic Labrador Current core water extends onto the eastern Grand Banks only during full interglacials
Albuquerque, M.N. and A. Guille. 1991. Ophiuroidea Echinodermata From Brazil Abrolhos Bank Vitoria-Trindade Range Seamounts Adjacent Continental Shelf. Boletim Museu Nacional Rio de Janeiro Zoologia(353): 1-30
Abstract: The objective of this work has been to complement the study on the faunistic composition and the geographical distribution of the Ophiuroidea in the submerged banks of Abrolhos, Vitoria-Trindade and the adjacent continential shelf. The studied material was collected by the ship "Marion Dufresne" during the Campaign MD55/Brazil in May 1987 and 38 species are herein identified
All-Union Research Institute of Marine Fisheries and Oceanography. 1991. Biological Resources of the World Ocean Thalassobathyal. Moscow, VNIRO
Allen, J.A. and T.H. Butler. 1994. The Caridea (Decapoda) Collected by the Mid-Pacific Mountains Expedition, 1968. Pacific Science 48(4): 410-445
Abstract: Thirty-three species of caridean decapods have been identified from samples taken from the guyots and their vicinity, a little-sampled region of the mid-Pacific Ocean. Considering the oligotrophic character of the environment, a remarkably diverse collection has been collected. For the most part the species are mesopelagic and bathypelagic and have a widespread, if not cosmopolitan, distribution. Nevertheless, for many species these records extend their distribution much farther north and east in the Pacific than was previously known. The few epibenthic species present are more circumscribed in their distribution. Two of these were found to be previously undescribed and are described here
Allison, E.C., J.W. Durham, and L.W. Mintz. 1967. New Southeast Pacific Echinoids. Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences 62: 1-23
Allman, G.J.. 1888. Report on the Hydroidea Dredged by H.M.S. Challenger During the Years 1873-76. Part II - The Tubularinae, Corymorphinae, Campanularinae, Sertularinae, and Thalamophora.. Zoology 23: 1-90
Alton, M.S.. 1986. Fish and Crab Populations of Gulf of Alaska Seamounts. NOAA Technical Report NMFS(43): 45-52
Alverson, K.. 1997. Mechanisms for Lateral Exchange With Oceanic Convection Sites. Journal of Physical Oceanography 27: 1436-1446
Alverson, K. and W.B. Owens. 1996. Topographic Preconditioning of Open-Ocean Deep Convection. Journal of Physical Oceanography 26: 2196-2213
Amaoka, K. and N.V. Parin. 1990. A New Flounder, Chascanopsetta Megagnatha, From the Sala-y-Gomez Submarine Ridge, Eastern Pacific Ocean (Teleostei: Pleuronectiformes: Bothidae). Copeia 1990(3): 717-722
Abstract: Chascanopsetta megagnatha n. sp. was collected from three seamounts on the Sala-y-Gomez Ridge, between Chile and Easter Island. These captures represent the first record of the genus from the eastern Pacific Ocean. The species is similar to C. crumenalis (from the Hawaiian Islands) and C. prognatha (near the Maldive Islands, Okinawa Trough, and Suruga Bay, Japan) in having a very large mouth with a well-defined gular pouch. The three species can be separated by a combination of meristic (dorsal- and anal-fin rays, vertebrae, and lateral-line scales) and morphometric characters (length of lower jaw and depth of caudal peduncle)
Ameziane-Cominardi, N., J.P. Bourseau, and M. Roux. 1987. Les Crinoides Pedoncules De Nouvelle-Caledonie (Sd-Pacifique): Une Faune Bathyale Ancestrale Issue De La Mesogee Mesozoique. C.r.hebd.Seanc.Acad.Sci 304(1): 15-18
Ancochea, E. and M.J. Huertas. 2003. Age and Composition of the Amanay Seamount, Canary Islands. Marine Geophysical Researches 24: 161-169
Abstract: A number of samples have been dredged from the upper parts of Amanay and El Banquete Seamounts, yet volcanic materials have been collected only on Amanay Seamount. Based on textural features and the presence or absence of kaersutite, two main types of olivine pyroxene basaltic rocks have been identified. The rocks are basanites, with high enrichment in the most incompatible elements, similar to that displayed by Ocean Island Basalts. Samples from Amanay Seamount formed due to a low degree of melting of an enriched mantle, very similar to that which probably caused the Miocene volcanic activity of Fuerteventura. The age of Amanay volcanic rocks, 15.3 +/- 0.4 and 13.1 +/- 0.3 Ma, is similar to those of the older volcanic units exposed in the nearby islands (Gran Canaria, Fuerteventura and Lanzarote). This proves the formation of a separate Submarine volcanic edifice coeval with the other edifices of the Eastern Canarian Volcanic Ridge. Volcanic activity on the Submarine edifice is thought to have ceased at about 13 Ma, simultaneous with the adjacent main volcanic construction.
Andre, C. and F. Pleijel. 1989. Nothria Maremontana, a New Onuphid Species Off the Portuguese Coast. Cahiers de biologie marine 30(1): 11-16
Abstract: Nothria maremontana sp. nov. is described. Three specimens were collected at 250-450 m depth on sea mounts off the coast of Portugal. It appears most closely related to N. britannica (McIntosh, 1903) and N. occidentalis Fauchald, 1968
Andreata, J.V. and B. Seret. 1995. List of Fishes Collected at the Continental Shelf Limits Vitoria, Trinidade and Martin Vaz Seamounts During the MD-55 Brazil Oceanographic Campaign. Revista Brasileira de Zoologia 12(3): 579-594
Abstract: The result of an agreement between Universidade Santa Ursula, Rio de Janeiro and the Museum of Natural History of Paris, was the oceanographic campaign MD-55 Brasil which took place between May 6th and June 2nd of 1987, aboard the R/V "Marion Dufresne" of the Terres Australes et Antartique Francaises (TAAF). Samples were collected between latitudes 23 degree 36'40"S and 18 degree 49'S. Ichthyofauna sampled was relatively low, and comprised of just one family of Chondrichthyes (three species) and 50 families
Andrew, T.G., T. Hecht, P.C. Heemstra, and J.R.E. Lutjeharms. 1995. Fishes of the Tristan Da Cunha Group and Gough Island, South Atlantic Ocean. Ichthyological Bulletin of the J.L.B.Smith Institute of Ichthyology(63): 1-43
Abstract: Recent collections of fishes from the South Atlantic islands of the Tristan da Cunha Group (Tristan, Inaccessible and Nightingale) and Gough Island have produced 25 new records. Fifty one species are known to occur in the near-shore waters of the islands (46 of these are documented by specimens and another 5 species are probable). A diagnosis, synonymy and in most cases, an illustration, are provided for each species. For certain species, brief notes on biology, relative abundance and seasonal distribution are included. The neritic ichthyofauna of the Subtropical Convergence (STC) region is characterized and the importance of this frontal zone as a barrier to dispersal of species in the Southern Ocean is evaluated. Analysis of the zoogeographic affinities of the Tristan/Gough fish fauna resulted in a redefinition of the West Wind Drift Islands Province (WWDI), comprising the Tristan Group and Gough in the South Atlantic and St. Paul and Amsterdam Islands in the southern Indian Ocean. Vema Seamount (west of Cape Town) and Walters Shoal (south of Madagascar) are excluded from the WWDI Province, as the affinities of their poorly-known fish faunas appear to be more with South Africa and the tropical Indian Ocean respectively
Andriyashev, A.P.. 1995. Review of Liparidae (Scorpaeniformes) Form Subantarctic Islands of the Indian Ocean, With a Description of a New Species. Journal of Ichthyology 34(8): 1-10
Ankarcrona, J.. 1969. The Swedish Corvette Josephine's Long Voyage in the North Atlantic From May 19, 1869 to November 12, 1969. Tidskrift i Sj÷vSsendet (Journal for the marine) 32
Aoyama, J., K. Hissmann, T. Yoshinaga, S. Sasai, T. Uto, and H. Ueda. 1999. Swimming Depth of Migrating Silver Eels Anguilla Japonica Released at Seamounts of the West Mariana Ridge, Their Estimated Spawning Sites. Marine Ecology Progress Series(186): 265-269
Abstract: Five hormone-treated female Japanese silver eels Anguilla japonica were tagged with ultrasonic transmitters and released by submersible in the West Pacific at seamounts of the West Mariana Ridge, their supposed spawning grounds. Four eels were tracked for 60 to 423 min in the vicinity of the seamounts. They did not settle at the seamounts but swam at a mean speed of 0.37 m s-1 into open water above deep ground. Their mean swimming depth ranged from 81 to 172 m. Experiments suggest that pre-matured A. japonica migrate to their spawning grounds in temperate warm water and at shallow depths
Aponte, N.E. and D.L. Ballantine. 2001. Depth Distribution of Algal Species on the Deep Insular Fore Reef at Lee Stocking Island, Bahamas. Deep-Sea Research Part I-Oceanographic Research Papers 48(10): 2185-2194
Abstract: Deep-water benthic algal composition and cover were studied with a submersible on the deep fore reef of Lee Stocking Island, Bahamas, from 45 to 150 m. Algal cover decreased from 57% to 16% over this depth range. Although there was substantial overlap in depth distributions, different species or groups of species dominated benthic cover at different depths. Lobophora and Halimeda copiosa co-dominated the fore reef from 45 to 60 m. A Corallinales/Peyssonnelia group was abundant from 60 to 120 m. The Corallinales/Peyssonnelia group shared dominance with Ostreobium between 90 and 120 m. Ostreobium was the only alga observed below 150 rn and remained abundant below 200 m. Movement of sand down the fore reef is recognized as having substantial influence on algal cover. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved
Arkhipov, A.G. and A.A. Mamedov. 2007. Ichthyoplankton of Rockall-Hutton Seamounts. Journal of Ichthyology 47(7): 511-519
Abstract: Species composition and quantitative distribution of ichthyoplankton in areas of the Rockall-Hutton seamounts are considered in a comparative aspect, and the spawning biomass of the blue whiting Micromesistius poutassou, the main commercial item of this region, is calculated. Maximal catches of eggs and larvae were recorded in spring 2006 and minimal catches were recorded in spring 2003. The highest number of species was recorded in MarchûApril 2006 and the lowest number was recorded in MarchûApril 2003. In the seasons under consideration, M. poutassou had the most mass of the commercial fish in the plankton; haddock Melanogrammus aeglefinus and gurnard Eutrigla gurnardus were less numerous. Of the noncommercial species, the larvae of myctophids (fam. Myctophidae) and of other mesopelagic fish occurred more frequently in the ichthyoplankton. The species and quantitative composition of ichthyoplankton was considerably more numerous at the Rockall Seamount than at the Hutton Seamount, which is explained by specific oceanographic features of the region and the more southern location of this seamount. According to the data of the ichthyoplanktonic method, the spawning biomass of M. poutassou exhibited a tendency for an increase in the period of 2002 to 2006.
Arkhipov, A.G., A.A. Sirota, D.A. Kozlov, and V.N. Shnar. 2004. Observations on Hydrographic Structures, Ichthyoplankton and Fish Populations Around Seamounts of the Central-Eastern Atlantic. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 201-214
Abstract: Seamounts are characterised by complex water dynamics, influencing biological productivity and thus their potential fishery capacity. The material for this study was collected during summer 2000 and winter 2000/2001 around seamounts of the South-Azores Archipelago (29degrees to 36degrees N, 27degrees to 35degrees W). The total ichthyoplankton included 32 taxa of eggs and larvae of 16 fish families. Besides larvae of Myctophidae and Gonostomatidae, eggs of Trachurus picturatus and Scomber japonicus were collected, in particular during winter. In trawl catches, 61 species from 43 families were found. In summer, the most abundant species were Trachurus picturatus and Scomber japonicus, followed by spawning Beryx splendens, Lepidopus caudatus, Antigonia capros and Myctophidae. In winter spawning Trachurus picturatus, Scomberjaponicus, Beryx splendens and Lepidopus caudatus predominated, along with significant abundances of Myctophidae and Gonostomatidae. Maximum abundances and diversities of ichthyoplankton were found, and the largest catches of adult fishes were made, at the Irving Seamount, one of the largest seamounts in the area
Armesto, A., R. Banon, D. Garabana, and P. Duran. 2003. First Record of Kentrocapros Rosapinto (Tetraodontiformes : Ostraciidae) From Vema Seamount (South-East Atlantic). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 83(4): 779-780
Abstract: The capture of a specimen of Kentrocapros rosapinto at Vema Seamount in the south-east Atlantic Ocean is reported as the first record of this species in the Atlantic Ocean. This species was previously known only from the western Indian Ocean
Arnaud, P.M. and J. Beurois. 1971. First Record of the Genus Charonia and Ranella From Saint Paul and Amsterdam Islands (Indian Ocean), and Revision of the Genus Argobuccinum (Gastropoda Cymatiidae). Tethys 3(4): 865-874
Abstract: On the basis of the redescription (and new illustration) of the sp Bursa (Apollon) proditor Frauenfeld, 1865, this form is here considered as a subsp of the South American sp Argobuccinum ranelliforme. The allied form from Tristan da Cunha and Gough islands, described by Dell (1963) as A. proditor tristanensis is synonymized with A. ranelliforme proditor. It is shown that the probable coexistence of the latter subsp with A. argus in South Africa, would explain the so-called' slender variants' of this one in South African waters. As a result, the following recent taxa are now recognized in the genus Argobuccinum: (1) A. argus (Gmelin, 1790); southern South Africa; (2) A. ranelliforme ranelliforme (King, 1832): south western coasts of South America; (3) A. ranelliforme tumidum (Dunder, 1862): South of Australia, Tasmania, New Zealand; (4) A. ranelliforme proditor (Frauenfeld, 1865): Tristan da Cunha, Nightingale and Gough islands, Saint Paul and Amsterdam islands; South Africa; Australis. 2 other taxa are newly recorded from Saint Paul and Amsterdam islands: Charonia lampas pustulata (Euthyme, 1889), until now regarded as endemic of South Africa, and Ranella olearium (Linne, 1758). This last record fills the gap between the 2 geographical sectors where this sp was already known (the 1st being the sector North Atlantic-South Africa, and the 2nd, the sector Australia-New Zealand). Apart from these biogeographical results, it is interesting to point out that the 2 cymatiids concerned in this paper were kept in lobster pots and so are necrophagous.
Atwater, T. and J. Severinghaus. 1989. Tectonic maps of the northeast Pacific. in: The Eastern Pacific Ocean and Hawaii, E.L.Winterer, D.M.Hussong, and R.W.Decker [eds.], The Geological Society of America, Boulder, pp. 15-20
Averincev, V.G.. 1978. The Polychaetous Annelida of the Aphroditiformia of the Shelf and Upper Bathyal of Australian and New Zealand Region and the Macquarie Island (on the Base Data of 16-Th Cruise of R/V "Dm. Mendeleev").. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 113: 51-72
Averincev, V.G.. 1974. The Polychaetous Annelida of the Abyssal and Bathyal Zones of the Scotian Arc Based on the 11-Th Cruise of R/V "Akademik Kurchatov". Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 98: 213-227
Avila, S.P. and M.A.E. Malaquias. 2003. Biogeographical Relationships of the Molluscan Fauna of the Ormonde Seamount (Gorringe Bank, Northeast Atlantic Ocean). Journal of Molluscan Studies 69: 145-150
Abstract: Thirty-six taxa (28 Gastropoda and eight Bivalvia) were collected at Ormonde Seamount (Gorringe Bank). Trochidae and Rissoidae, both with three species, were the best represented families. Manzonia crispa (Watson, 1873), formerly thought to be restricted to Madeira, has its range extended to the northeast. Of the 25 prosobranchs, 14 taxa have a planktotrophic type of development and 11 taxa are non-planktotrophic. Most of the species that occur at Ormonde are related to Mediterranean taxa, to those of the Portuguese continental shelf, and also to those of Madeira and the Canary Islands. The geographical position and topography of seamounts, the prevailing sets of sea-surface and depth currents, the distance to the nearest colonizing source, available area for the settlement of the larvae, mean and annual range of water temperature, larval ecology, biotic factors (interspecific competition, the history of the successive colonizers), and also anthropogenic factors are discussed, in order to provide an explanation of the biogeographical relationships of the Ormonde Seamount
Avila, S.P., F. Cardigos, and Santos.R.S.. 2005. D. Joao De Castro Bank, a Shallow Water Hydrothermal-Vent in the Azores: Checklist of the Marine Molluscs. ArquipTlago.Life and Marine Sciences 21A: 75-80
Abstract: D. Joao de Castro Bank (DJC) is a shallow seamount with hydrothermal activity located between the islands of Terceira and Spo Miguel, Azores (Portugal). Due to its remote location, few investigators have worked in the area. Thirty-three species of marine molluscs are recorded as new for DJC which brings the total number of species to 42 for this specific area. Common micro-mollusc species known for the Azores (e.g.: the sublittoral species Alvania poucheti and Setia subvaricosa) are not present, and possible reasons for this are discussed.
Avila, S.P., F. Cardigos, and Santos.R.S.. 2005. Comparison of the Community Structure of the Marine Molluscs of the "Banco D. Jopo De Castro" Seamount (Azores, Portugal) With That of Typical Inshore Habitats on the Azores Archipelago. Helgoland Marine Research 61(1): 43-53
Abstract: D. Jopo de Castro Bank (DJC) is a shallow seamount with hydrothermal activity located between the islands of Terceira and Spo Miguel, Azores (Portugal). A survey of the molluscan fauna was conducted in this peculiar habitat. We found a smaller number of molluscan taxa and a different community structure compared to shore environments on the Azores. This coincides with impoverished environmental settings at this location. Possible reasons such as the degree of isolation (inshore vs. offshore locations), geological age, and special ecological conditions related to seamounts and hydrothermal vents are discussed.
Aydin, K.. 1998. Abiotic and Biotic Factors Influencing Food Habits of Pacific Salmon in the Gulf of Alaska. Tech.Rep.North Pac.Anadr.Fish Comm: 39-40
Abstract: A major difficulty in assessing feeding competition, and thus quantifying density-dependent growth and the carrying capacity of Pacific salmon (Oncorhynchus spp.) in the North Pacific Ocean, arises from the large amount of variability in high-seas foraging conditions, both within and between years. Differences in prey populations, prey patchiness, seawater temperature, and other oceanographic conditions all conspire to mask the relationship between salmon density and food. Salmon density as measured by catch per unit effort does not represent uniform competition, as salmon may differ in their food preferences depending on species, size, age, or maturity condition. This study analyzed food habits of salmon collected along a 145 degree W transect line, between 50 degree and 56 degree N, in July 1994-97. Data was examined over oceanic seamounts at 143-147 degree W, 55-57 degree N, in the 1980s and 1990s. Using generalized additive models, generalized linear models, and graphical analysis of stomach content data, the contribution was shown of some biotic and abiotic factors in the feeding variability of pink (Oncorhynchus gorbuscha), chum (O. keta) sockeye (O. nerka) and coho (O. kisutch) salmon. Results reveal the interplay between sea surface temperature, oceanographic conditions, salmon size and maturity, catch rates, and interannual changes in salmon prey. (D.B.O.)
BALLESTEROS, E.. 1994. The Deep-Water Peyssonnelia Beds From the Balearic-Islands (Western Mediterranean). Marine Ecology-Pubblicazioni Della Stazione Zoologica di Napoli I 15(3-4): 233-253
Abstract: Peyssonnelia bed distribution on continental shelf bottoms of the Balearic Islands (Western Mediterranean) ranges from 40 to 90 m depth. Different species of Peyssonnelia dominate these bottoms and, according to multivariate techniques, two main assemblages have been distinguished: the Peyssonnelia rosa-marina beds and the Peyssonnelia sp. beds, together with some transition samples between Peyssonnelia and maerl beds. Erect red algae are always abundant. Although average yearly irradiance reaching these beds is only 6.4-0.3 % of subsurface irradiance, the species richness averages 45 species per sample (1600 cm(2)) and mean biomass is 2835 g dw . m(-1). The high carbonate content of the living algae of these bottoms suggests that they are important contributors to the production of sediments in the Balearic continental shelf
BALLESTEROS, E.. 1991. Seasonality of Growth and Production of a Deep-Water Population of Halimeda-Tuna (Chlorophyceae, Caulerpales) in the North-Western Mediterranean. Botanica Marina 34(4): 291-301
Abstract: Growth of a deep-water population of Halimeda tuna, on a rocky bottom at 18 meters depth, has been recorded during an annual cycle at a site in the north-western Mediterranean Sea. Growth, as reflected in variations in the number of thalli and the production of new segments changed seasonally, being maximal in summer and minimal in winter. Growth appeared to be related mainly to temperature and irradiance whereas loss of segments seemed to be independent of environmental factors such as temperature, irradiance and nutrient concentration in the seawater. Physical disturbances, such as periods of high hydrodynamism (storms) and herbivory, may account for these losses. Seasonal changes in the epiphytic assemblage growing on the segments of Halimeda have also been demonstrated, with a maximum biomass and species richness in early summer. Production of Halimeda tuna has been estimated as 680 gdw m-2 y-1, equivalent to 113.6 g organic C m-2 y-1 and to 314.3 g CaCO3 m-2 y-1, and the yearly P/B ratio amounted to 1.87 y-1. These values are similar to other estimates of primary production and carbonate deposition for different deep-water species of Halimeda growing in tropical seas, so the contribution of Halimeda to productivity and sedimentology in Mediterranean waters may be far from negligible
BRUNDRIT, G.B.. 1979. The Currents Over the Vema Seamount. Fourth National Oceanographic Symposium: 58
BUCHER, K.E. and J.N. Norris. 1992. A New Deep-Water Red Alga, Titanophora-Submarina Sp-Nov (Gymnophloeaceae, Gigartinales), From the Caribbean Sea. Phycologia 31(2): 180-191
Abstract: Titanophora submarina sp. nov. (Gymnophloeaceae, Rhodophyta) is described from deep-water habitats (67-74 m) off San Salvador Island, Bahamas. Plants are complanate throughout, with a single axis which is repeatedly divided up to eight orders, and narrows upwards towards the furcate apices. Branching is irregular to subdichotomous. The significant reproductive features of the new species are as follows: a supporting cell transformed from a cell within a cortical branch system, bearing a 2-celled carpogonial branch, and connected to 2-4 darkly staining subsidiary cells, 9-11-mu-m in diameter; 2-4 slender, branched involucral filaments are borne on the auxiliary cell, and up to four additional involucral filaments originate from the cell below the auxiliary cell; the basal cell of an involucral filament is greatly elongated in relation to other cells in the filament. The morphological characteristics of the new species are compared with those of the eight previously known species of Titanophora
Baba, K. and A.B. Williams. 1998. New Galatheoidea (Crustacea, Decapoda, Anomura) From Hydrothermal Systems in the West Pacific Ocean: Bismarck Archipelago and Okinawa Trough. Zoosystema 20(2): 143-156
Abstract: Two anomuran decapod crustaceans of the superfamily Galatheoidea that are new to science are described from hydrothermally active areas of the western Pacific Ocean. Uroptychus edisonicus n.sp., family Chirostylidae, from a volcanic crater on Edison Seamount near Lihir Island, Bismarck Archipelago, Papua New Guinea, is the third species of the genus known to occur in hydrothermally active areas, both of the others coming from the North Fiji Basin. The new species is more similar to non-hydrothermal congeners from the Banda Sea and the central North Pacific Ocean than to those known from vent areas. Shinkaia crosnieri n.g. n.sp., family Galatheidae, from active hydrothermal areas in the Okinawa Trough and Edison Seamount is placed in the monotypic Shinkaiinae n. subfam. having similarities to the Munidopsinae, but with distinctive characters of its own including carapace shape and ornamentation, very short (or reduced) epipods on the third maxillipeds, features of thoracic sternum, legs, and dense ventral mat of setae
Backus, R.H. and L.V. Worthington. 1965. On the Existence of the Seamount Known As "American Scout". Deep-Sea Research 12: 457-460
Baker, A.N. and F.W.E. Rowe. 1990. Atelostomatid Sea Urchins From Australian and New Zealand Waters (Echinoidea: Cassiduloida, Holasteroida, Spatangoida, Neolampadoida). Invertebrate Taxonomy 4: 281-316
Banon, R., D. Garabana, A. Armesto, and D. Pablo. 2000. First Records of Parapercis Roseoviridis (Perciformes: Pinguipedidae) in the Southeast Atlantic. Cybium 24(4): 411-414
Barnett, W.B.. 1982. Seamount Trawl Fishery. Foreign Vessel Observor Report, Takachiho Maru (May 3-17, 1982). Southwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-82-12
Barnett, W.B.. 1981. Seamount Fishery, Foreign Vessel Observer Report, Kitakami Maru (August 15 to October 1, 1982). Southwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-81-9
Barnett, W.B.. 1982. Seamount Trawl Fishery in the Fishery Conservation Zone, Foreign Vessel Observor Report, Aso Maru (September 18-26, 1982). Southwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-82-21
Barro, M.. 1981. Rapport De Mission a Bord Du Chalutier Japonais "Kaimon Maru" (Du 26 Novembre Au 10 Decembre 1980). Centre de Noumea, p. -21
Barsukov, V.V.. 1973. The Species Composition of the Genus Helicolenus (Sebastinae, Scorpaenidae, Pisces) and a Description of a New Species. Journal of Ichthyology 13(2): 161-167
Barsukov, V.V. and L.A. Borets. 1983. New Data on the Kinmei Rosefish, Helicolenus Fedorovi (Sebastinae, Scorpaenidae). Journal of Ichthyology 23(2): 1-8
Abstract: Detailed morphological characters of H. fedorovi based on 8 fishes of 155-277 mm length caught in the guyots in the northern part of the Hawaiian Ridge--Kalahan, Miluoki, and Kinmei (31 degree 01'-35 degree 31'N, 171 degree 19'-175 degree 53'E), at depths of 350-550 m, during 1973-1979, are presented. The species was originally described on a single specimen (Barsukov, 1973). An identification key of Helicolenus species living in these guyots was prepared. | English abstract
Barsukov, V.V. and V.V. Fedorov. 1975. Species of the Genus Hozukius (Scorpaenidae, Sepastinae) From the Guyots of the Hawaiian Submarine Ridge. Journal of Ichthyology 15: 869-875
Barsukov, V.V., L.A. Borets, L.S. Kodolov, and V.A. Snytko. 1983. New Data on Adelosebastes Latens Abe Et Nakano, 1979 (Scorpaenidae). Journal of Ichthyology 23(4): 8-13
Abstract: A detailed description of Adelosebastes latens , originally described from a single specimen, a female 281 mm long, is given on the basis of 7 specimens 132-240 mm (5 males and 2 females) from the Nintok guyot (41 degree 04-08' N, 170 degree 30-32' E) caught at a depth of 1010-1060 m in February-September 1979. The taxonomic position of A. latens in the family Scorpaenidae is discussed. | English abstract
Bartsch, I.. 1973. Copidognathus Raekor, Eine Neue Halacaridae (Acari) Von Der Grossen Meteorbank. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 16: 65-68
Bartsch, I.. 1973. Halacaridae (Acari) Von Der Josephinebank Und Der Grossen Meteorbank Aus Dem Ostlichen Nordatlantik. I. Die Halacaridae Aus Den Schleppnetzproben. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 13: 37-46
Bartsch, I.. 1991. Brittle Stars (Ophiuroidea) in the Northeast Atlantic, in the Ibero-Moroccan-Mauretanian Region: Comparison of the Faunas With Taxonomic Remarks. Spixiana 14(1): 95-112
Abstract: When comparing the ophiuroid fauna collected on the seamounts Great Meteor Bank and Josephine-Bank with that from the shelf and upper continental slope off Portugal and northwestern Africa, the most obvious fact is the paucity of the seamount fauna. The dominant taxa on the seamounts are the amphiurids (Great Meteor Bank) and ophiodermatids (Josephine-Bank); both taxa are microphagous. The fauna off portugal and northwestern Africa is more diverse; beside microphagous deposit and suspension feeders macrophagous scavengers (carrion, plant fragments) and plankovores are common. The ophiuroid communities along the lower continental slope are rich in species. Of all samples studied, the highest faunal diversity was found in one from the Ibero-Moroccan Bay, taken at 1750 m depth
Bartsch, I.. 1973. Halacaridae (Acari) Von Der Josephinebank Und Der Grossen Meteorbank Aus Dem Ostlichen Nordatlantik. I. Die Halacaridae Aus Den Bodengreiferproben. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 15: 51-78
Battelle Seattle Research Center. 1968. Project Sea Use : Proposed Exploration of Cobb Seamount to the Oceanographic Commission of Washington. pp. 1-15
Bauer-Nebelsick, M.. 1996. Antygomonas Oreas Sp.n., a New Deep Sea Kinorhynch From the Pacific Ocean (Kinorhyncha: Cyclorhagida). Annalen des Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien.Serie B.Botanik und Zoologie(98B): 5-22
Abstract: A new species of Antygomonas (Kinorhyncha: Cyclorhagida) is described by means of light and scanning electron microscopical techniques from Fieberling Guyot in the Pacific Ocean. Antygomonas is characterised by following features: introvert with 7 rings of scalids (from anterior to posterior 10, 10, 10, 15, 15, 15, 14); neck with 16 placids and 32 interstitial placids; midventral placid is the widest; 1st trunk zonite as a complete ring; 2nd to 11th trunk zonite with midventral articulation; 11th trunk zonite additionally with incomplete lateral articulations; lateral acicular and cuspidate spines; middorsal spines; lateral terminal spine shorter than lateral terminal accessory spine; midterminal spine; sensory spots and modified sensory spots; oral styles with 3 elements. Antygomonas oreas sp.n. is distinguished from Antygomonas incomitata, by the number and arrangement of the lateral and middorsal spines, sensory spots, and modified sensory spots
Bayer, F.M.. 1996. Three New Species of Precious Coral (Anthozoa: Gorgonacea, Genus Corallium) From Pacific Waters. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 109(2): 205-228
Abstract: Two new species of Corallium from New Caledonia with the consolidated axial skeleton having smooth pits with beaded margins accommodating the autozooids are described, Corallium thrinax with double-club sclerites, C. nix without. A third new species, C. kishinouyei, lacking smooth, well-defined axial pits and lacking double-club sclerites, is described from Cross Sea Mount south of Hawaii. Preliminary observations of axis formation are reported
Bayer, F.M. and J. Stefani. 1987. Isididae De Nouvelle-Caledonie (Cle Des Genres Et Description De 6 Especes Nouvelles). Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 4(9A): 47-106
Beaulieu, S.E.. 2001. Colonization of Habitat Islands in the Deep Sea: Recruitment to Glass Sponge Stalks. Deep-Sea Research Part I-Oceanographic Research Papers 48(4): 1121-1137
Abstract: Biogenic structures in the deep sea often act as hard substratum 'islands' for the attachment of encrusting fauna. At an abyssal station in the NE Pacific, stalks of hexactinellid sponges in the genus Hyalonema are habitat islands for species-rich epifaunal communities. An experimental study was conducted to (1) determine the colonization rates of artificial Hyalonema stalks, (2) compare the species composition and diversity of recruits to newly available substrata to that of the natural communities, and (3) examine the vertical distribution of recruits. Four sets of six artificial sponge stalks, constructed of Hyalonema spicules, were deployed at 4100 m depth for 3- to 5-month periods. There was no difference in net colonization or immigration rate among the four deployments. Colonization rates were similar to those reported for other deep-sea, hard substratum recruitment experiments. The taxa that recruited to the artificial stalks were a subset of the taxa found in natural communities. However, several taxa important in structuring natural communities did not recruit to the artificial stalks. The two taxa with the highest invasion rates, a calcareous Foraminiferan (Cibicides lobatulus) and a serpulid polychaete (Bathyvermilia sp.), also were the two taxa with greatest relative abundance in natural communities. Vertical distributions of Cibicides and an agglutinated foraminiferan (Telammina sp.) were skewed towards the top of the artificial stalks, potentially because of active habitat selection. These results have several implications for natural Hyalonema stalk communities. Most importantly, species composition and abundance of individuals in the stalk communities appear to be maintained by frequent recruitment of a few common taxa and infrequent recruitment of many rare taxa. An argument is presented for temporal-mosaic maintenance of diversity in these deep-sea, hard substratum communities. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved
Beck, L.A.. 1996. Morphology and Anatomy of New Species of Neolepetopsid, Acmaeid, Fissurellid and Pyropeltid Limpets From Edison Seamount Off Lihir Islands (West Pacific) (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia: Neolepetopsidae, Acmaeidae, Fissurellidae, Pyropeltidae).. Archiv fuer molluskenkunde 125(1-2): 87-103
Abstract: Four new bathyal species of limpets belonging to different archaeogastropod superfamilies are described. These species were collected, during a "SONNE"-cruise in 1994, from a submarine volcano with sulphide-rich hydrothermal sites near Lihir Isl., West Pacific. Two of the species are members of families hitherto unknown from the West Pacific: Paralepetopsis rosemariae (Neolepetopsidae) and Pyropelta boblei (Pyropeltidae). Two other species, Bathyacmaea jonassoni (Acmaeidae) and Puncturella solis (Fissurelli
Becker, V.E. and V.G. Prut'ko. 1984. A New Species of the Genus Diaphus (Myctophidae) From the Northeastern Indian Ocean. Voprosy ikhtiologii/ 24(6): 883-887
Abstract: A full description is given of a new species, Diaphus basileusi Becker et Prut'ko, caught in the vicinity of the Equator Seamount in the northwestern Indian Ocean. A comparison is made both with closely related species in the genus and also with species of doubtful validity
Beckmann, A. and C. Mohn. 2002. The Upper Ocean Circulation at Great Meteor Seamount Part II: Retention Potential of the Seamount Induced Circulation. Ocean Dynamics 52(4): 179-193
Abstract: Implications of the circulation patterns at the Great Meteor Seamount on the marine ecosystem are investigated, utilizing a numerical ocean circulation model. The importance of tidal rectification and internal tide generation has been documented in Part I of this study. In this second part, we use passive tracers to confirm and quantify the idea that there is an area above the seamount, which is largely isolated from the surroundings. Lagrangian particle trajectories are used to test and quantify the potential for retention. We find that passively advected organisms are more likely to remain in the near surface layers above Meteor Seamount than organisms that migrate vertically, who show quite different trajectories and might escape from the area. Finally, the importance of strong wind events on the distribution of particles is illustrated.
Beckmann, A. and D.B. Haidvogel. 1993. Numerical Simulation of Flow Around a Tall Isolated Seamount. Part I: Problem Formulation and Model Accuray. Journal of Physical Oceanography 23: 1736-1753
Beckmann, A. and D.B. Haidvogel. 1997. A Numerical Simulation of Flow at Fieberling Guyot. Journal of Geophysical Research 102(C3): 5595-5613
Abstract: A numerical sigma-coordinate ocean circulation model is used to investigate tidally forced flow near Fieberling Guyot. The aim is to reproduce the observed currents and to identify the dominant physical mechanisms that lead to the complex three-dimensional flow fields at this tall and steep seamount in the northeast Pacific. Our very high resolution simulation (with 500 m horizontal and less than 20 m vertical grid spacing in the vicinity of the seamount summit) was performed with the newest version of the terrain-following sigma-coordinate primitive equation model (SPEM). As in previous more idealized studies, the seamount was placed in the center of a uniformly rotating periodic channel and forced by diurnal barotropic tides. The exponential initial stratification, the tidal forcing amplitude, and its orientation were chosen based on observations from the Fieberling area. Three major characteristics of the flow observed at Fieberling Guyot are reproduced both qualitatively and quantitatively: diurnal currents reach about 20?cm?s-1, a twentyfold amplification relative to the tidal flow away from the seamount; the time-mean anticyclonic flow speeds are close to the observed 10?cm?s-1 maximum azimuthal velocity; and the spatial structure of this vortex shows a maximum at about 6 km radius between 400 and 600 m depth, clearly lifted off the bottom. The time-mean flows are found to be maintained by diurnal waves of a mixed type: the net motion shows characteristics of both bottom-intensified seamount trapped waves and vertically propagating vortex trapped waves. While the former are mainly responsible for setting up a time-mean anticyclonic flow along the upper flanks at the bottom, the latter are needed to redistribute the momentum and time-mean density, thereby reproducing the observed structure with a flow maximum off the bottom. An analysis of the energy, momentum, and density fluxes shows that rectification depends critically on the eddy fluxes that balance the time-mean downwelling over the seamount summit and upper flanks. The results of sensitivity and parameter studies are utilized to further interpret the role of individual physical mechanisms and the time-mean dynamical balances.
Bek-Bulat, G.Z.. 1988. Environmental Factors and Catch Dynamics. [Faktory Sredy i Promyslovaya Obstanovka.]. Rybnoe khozyajstvo (Moscow)(8): 45-46
Abstract: Short-term fluctuations in catches taken from a seamount in the south-west Pacific were studied in 1986-1987. The instability of catches above the seamounts is attributed to hydrodynamics-caused plankton biomass variations. Direct relationship was observed between the size of average daily catches and summary mesoplankton biomass which in its turn was governed by the direction of the dominant water flow
Belyaev, G.M. and A.N. Mironov. 1996. Starfishes Porcellanaster and Caulaster (Porcellanasteridae) From the Atlantic and the Antarctic. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 75(6): 886-899
Belyaev, G.M. and A.N. Mironov. 1981. Some New Species of the Myriotrochidae (Holothurioidea) From the Nothern and the South-Western Parts of the Pacific Ocean. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 115: 165-173
Belyaev, G.M. and N.M. Litvinova. 1972. New Genera and Species of Deep-Sea Ophiuroidea.. Bulleten Moskovskogo Obchestva Ispitateley Prirodi 77(3): 5-20
Belyaev, V.A.. 1984. The Range of Japanese Mackerel. [Struktura Areala Yaponskoj Skumbrii.]. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 24(4): 689-695
Abstract: Data on the distribution and migration routes of Scomber japonicus Houttuyn are presented. The boundaries of the range of dependent and independent populations are outlined. Factors responsible for the expansion of the spawning part of the range and the formation of dependent populations are investigated. The Emperor Seamount area seems to hold potential for formation of dependent mackerel population under favourable hydrological conditions. Probability of formation of new elements of spatial structure in other species of the genus Scomber and in mass epipelagic fishes performing long migrations is noted
Belyaev, V.A. and V.B. Darnnitskiy. 2003. Decadal Variations and Local Instability of the Dynamics of the Waters Parameters and Changes in Ecosystems Near the Underwaters Seamounts in the North and South Pacific.
Abstract: Abstract only
Belyanina, T.N.. 1985. Preliminary Data on Ichthyoplankton of Seamount Regions of the Northwestern Indian Ocean. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 25(6): 1013-1016
Abstract: Ichthyoplankton of seamount regions of the North-Western Indian Ocean (Equator, Freda, Farqoir) consists of oceanic midwater fish larvae principally. Scarce larvae of engybenthic fishes have been caught above the Equator Mount. Larvae of neritic fishes evidently drifted from shelf zone of neighboring islands occurred near and above the Freda and Farqoir Mounts. Any aggregations of larvae in the seamount regions have not been found. Some data on vertical distribution of larvae are given
Belyanina, T.N.. 1992. An Investigation of the Ichthyoplankton on Seamounts in the Western Indian Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 33(2): 17-25
Abstract: In pelagic waters above the Walters Seamount and Saya de Malha Bank, 35 ichthyoplankton samples were collected. In addition, above the Saya de Malha Bank, several epibenthic samples were also taken. Larval mesopelagic oceanic fish were exceedingly predominant above the Walters Seamount. Juveniles of deep-water benthopelagic species were rarely found. The larvae of shallow-water fishes were encountered only individually. Above the seamount peak, an impoverishment of species diversity and some reduction in biomass and abundance of ichthyoplankton were noted. Over the Saya de Malha Bank, a significant portion of the catch consisted of larval shallow-water fish in addition to larval mesopelagic fish; larvae of deep-water benthopelagic fish were rare. The taxonomic composition of the ichthyoplankton over the banks was more varied, its numbers and biomass-slightly higher than those over the Walters Seamount. (DBO)
Belyanina, T.N.. 1986. Ichthyoplankton From Seamount in the Northwestern Indian Ocean With a Description of Development Stages of Triphoturus Nigrescens Brauer and 3 Forms of the Genus Diaphus (the Family Myctophidae) [Ikhtioplankton Rajonov Podvodnykh Polnyatij...]. T.S.Rass, Transactions of the PP Shirshov Institute of Oceanology (Russia), vol. 116, Tr.Inst.Okeanol., Ichthyoplankton and Its Role in Studies of World Ocean Fish Fauna. [Ikhtioplankton I Ego Znachenie...]pp. 73-84
Abstract: The samples were collected above the Equator, Fred and Farquhar seamounts during the 36th cruise of the R/V Akademik Kurchatov in March-early May 1983. Larvae of more than 90 species and genera of oceanic deep-sea fishes belonging to 27 families and species of 45 families of neritic fishes were identified. Triphoturus nigrescens (Brauer), Diaphus gr. fulgens, Diaphus gr. brachycephalus richardsoni and Diaphus jenseni Taning are described and figured
Belyanina, T.N.. 1989. Ichthyoplankton in the Regions of the Nazca and Sala y Gomes Submarine Ridges. Journal of Ichthyology 29: 84-90
Abstract: The ichthyolplankton in the regions of the Nazca and Sala y Gomes submarine ridges were investigated on the basis of the 46 trawl samples. The samples were dominated by larvae and juveniles of mesopelagic oceanic fishes. Benthic-demersal fishes were weakly represented in the samples both in species diversity and abundance. Schindleria praematura was found for the first time in this region. The abundance of ichthyoplankton decreased in an east-to-west direction. A well-defined separation in the species composition of ichthyoplankton between pelagic and demersal strata was not found.
Belyanina, T.N.. 1984. Observations on the Ichthyofauna in the Open Waters of the Atlantic Near the Great Meteor Seamount. Journal of Ichthyology 24(3): 127-129
Abstract: The results of ichthyoplankton samplings undertaken in the north Atlantic Ocean are reported. Specimens include representatives of the meso- and bathypelagic species of tropical and temperate waters of the open ocean
Belyanina, T.P.. 1990. Larvae and Fingerlings of Little-Known Benthic and Benthopelagic Fishes From the Nasca and Sala y Gomez Ridges. Journal of Ichthyology 30(8): 1-11
Abstract: Descriptions are given of the late larval stages and fingerling of 7 species of benthopelagic fishes from the Nasca and Sala y Gomez submarine ridges (Synodus sp., Chlorophthalmus ichthyandri, Osopsaron karlik, Chrionema pallidum, Parapercis dockinsi , Helicolenus lengerichi, Engyprosopon sp.). | English abstract
Belyayev, V.A.. 1990. Formation of New Elements in the Structure of the Range of Epipelagic Fishes in the Area of the Kuroshio Current. Journal of Ichthyology 30: 90-100
Benzhitskij, A.G.. 1987. Microplankton ATP Concentration Above the Equator Seamount in the Indian Ocean. [Kontsentratsiya ATF Mikroplanktona Nad Podvodnoj Goroj Ehkvator v Indijskom Okeane.]. Ekologiia morya(27): 12-15
Abstract: From the analysis of data obtained during the 16th cruise of the R/V Professor Vodyanitskij in Jan.-May 1984 it has been established that low values of microplankton ATP above the Seamount summit were associated with a certain water autonomy in the cold eddy. The high values were confined to a satellite eddy which is a migrating warm anomaly. Bottom elevations were found to induce eddy generation and to produce a considerable effect on inhomogeneity of water bioproductivity which resulted in the formation of high concentrations of live fractions of microplankton
Bernard, F.R.. 1988. Five New Species of the Family Limidae (Bivalvia) From the Eastern Pacific Ocean. Venus the Japanese Journal of Malacology 47(4): 225-232
Abstract: Five new limid bivalves from the eastern Pacific Ocean are described. They are, Limaria valdiviesae from northern Chile, 100 m deep; Limatula macleani from off San Pedro, southern California, 560 m deep; L. californica from off Santa Catalina Island, southern California, 144 m deep; Plicacesta nasca from off Shoal Guyot, west of Chile, 228 m deep; and Limatuletta coani from off Patton Escarpment, southern California, 3706 - 3806 m deep
Berrisford, C.D.. 1969. Biology and Zoogeography of the Vema Seamount: a Report on the First Biological Collection Made on the Summit. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 38: 387-398
Abstract: A collection of marine organisms, made in 1964, on the summit region of the volcanic Vema Seamount, situated some 450 miles off the west coast of South Africa, is discussed.The general terrain of the summit was rocky, and kelp, lesser algae and encrusting animals were dominant. The collection consisted of some 22 species of algae and over 105 species of benthic invertebrates. The three largest zoogeographical groups of animals on the seamount were (a) the endemic species (28%, of which the majority belonged to the little known Porifera and Ascidiacea), (b) the cosmopolitan, and those species with a scattered distribution (27%), and (c) those species found only on the seamount and in South Africa (25%). Species found on the seamount whose distribution was limited to the Indo-Pacific region, and to West Africa and Europe with some overlapping into South Africa, amounted each to about 10% of the fauna. Only one species, the rock lobster, Jasus tristani, is confined to the Seamount and the relatively close Tristan da Cunha group of islands.
Bertram, M.A.. 1995. Benthic-Biogeochemical Responses to Particle Flux : the Minerals and Microbiota of Cross Seamount. University of Hawaii at Manoap. 258
Bertram, M.A. and J.P. Cowen. 1999. Temporal Variations in the Deep-Water Colonization Rates of Small Benthic Foraminifera: The Results of an Experiment on Cross Seamount. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 46(6): 1021-1049
Abstract: Modern benthic foraminifera are important remineralizers of organic matter and a link between surface-ocean production and life in the deep sea. Assemblages of benthic foraminifera are preserved in the fossil record, providing clues to paleoceanographic conditions. These clues can be fully interpreted only when our knowledge of the biology and ecology of modern species is more complete. To study factors influencing foraminiferal colonization rates, artificial substrates were placed on Cross Seamount (18degree40'N, 158degree17'W) for 1 to 42 months between 1989 and 1994. The colonization rates of benthic foraminifera onto different substrates (five mineral types were used) at four water depths (800, 975, 1285 and 2000 m) were determined. Both calcareous and agglutinated foraminifera inhabited these artificial substrates at different rates. Many of the agglutinated forms colonized at a uniform rate through time. The colonization rates of other foraminifera, primarily calcareous forms, were not constant through time, nor could the variability be attributed to the controlled variables (water depth and substrate composition). Instead, these temporal variations in colonization rate corresponded with shifts in surface ocean conditions and export fluxes in the central Pacific. Other ecological observations are also presented, including size- and spatial-distributions
Bertram, M.A. and J.P. Cowen. 1998. Biomineralization in Agglutinating Foraminifera: An Analytical SEM Investigation of External Wall Composition in Three Small Test Forms. Aquatic Geochemistry 4(3-4): 455-468
Abstract: The walls of many deep-sea foraminiferal tests contain abiogenic and biogenic, precipitated and agglutinated, components. Both environmental and genetic factors can contribute to the great diversity in test form and composition in benthic foraminifera. Yet, small specimen size and the remoteness of the deep-sea environment have limited our ability to describe the relative influence of these biological and chemical factors. The use of fossilized foraminiferal tests as paleo-indicators requires that we understand the controls on test composition. Test wall morphology and composition were examined in foraminifera that colonized experimental substrates deployed on a seamount in the central North Pacific. Three types of agglutinated forms were identified. A triserial (Eggerella-like) and two-chambered (Hyperammina-like) form contained a Ca-rich (CaCO3) precipitate and the chamber walls of an encrusting two-chambered form was Ba-rich (BaSO4). We discuss the composition of these biologically precipitated minerals in the context of the environmental conditions during the life of these foraminifera
Bezrukov, Y.F. and V.B. DARNITSKY. 1979. Oceanological Conditions and Their Variability in the Wanganella Bank Area.. Marine Hydrophysical Investigations, Marine Hydrophysical Intitute, Academia Nauk Ukr.SSR 3(177): 185
Bezrukov, Y.F. and V.V. Natarov. 1976. Formation of Abiotic Conditions Above Submarine Elevations of Some Regions of the Pacific Ocean. Izvestiya Tniro 100: 93-99
Bieler, R.. 1984. Die Gattungen Der Architectonicidae. Allgemeines Und Tiel 1. Pseudomalaxis.Arch.Moll. 115: 53-103
Birjukov, S.G., V.N. Maryatkin, A.S. Matveev, V.A. Popov, and A. Rudyakov Yu. 1990. Experience in Using the Towed Vehicle "Zvuk" for the Investigation of a Near-Bottom Plankton. Okeanologiya 30: 152-156
Birkeland, C.. 1971. Biological Observations on Cobb Seamount. Northwest Science 45: 193-199
Bisby, F.A., M.A. Ruggiero, K.L. Wilson, M. Cachuela-Palacio, S.W. Kimani, Y.R. Roskov, A. Soulier-Pekins, and J. van Hertum. 2005. Species 2000 and ITIS Catalog of Life: 2005 Annual Checklist. CD ROM.Species 2000, Reading, UK.
Biscoito, M.J. and G.E. Maul. 1989. A New Species of Laemonema From the Northeastern Atlantic [Ocean] (Pisces: Moridae). Bocagiana (Funchal)(127): 1-8
Abstract: A new species of Eretmophoridae: Laemonema curtipes, is described from a specimen collected in ca. 220m depth at the Seine Seamount [33.degree.45'.8N, 14.degree.20'.6W]
Blaber, S.J.M.. 1986. The Distribution and Abundance of Seabirds South-East of Tasmania and Over the Soela Seamount During April 1985. Emu 86: 239-244
Black, M.. 1964. Three Non-Magnetic Sea Mounts Off the Iberian Coast. p. 41
Blum, S.D.. 1989. Biogeography of the Chaetodontidae: an Analysis of Allopatry Among Closely Related Species. Environmental Biology of Fishes 25(1): 9-31
Bobykina, V.P., B.I. Vasilev, and G.M. Tomilov. 1990. Novye Dannye Po Geomorfologii i Geologii Zapadnoi Chasti Tikhogo Okeana : Sbornik Nauchnykh Trudov. pp. 113-2
Boden, B.P.. 1952. Natural Conservation of Insular Plankton. Nature 169: 697-699
Boehlert, G.W.. 1985. Kaizan Shigen: Kaisetsu to Chosa No Hoko [Seamount Resources: Hypotheses and Future Research Directions] [Abstract]. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Fisheries Oceanography 47/48: 184
Boehlert, G.W.. 1986. Current-Topography Interactions and the Biological Productivity of Seamounts. EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union 67: 984-985
Boehlert, G.W.. 1985. Effects of Southeast Hancock Seamount on the Pelagic Ecosystem. EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union 66(51): 1336
Boehlert, G.W.. 1986. Productivity and Population Maintenance of Seamounts Resources and Future Research Directions. NOAA Technical Report NMFS 43: 95-101
Boehlert, G.W.. 1988. Seamount Acoustic Scattering: Nocturnal Emissions or Organismal Activities. EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union 69(49): 1619-1628
Boehlert, G.W.. 1988. Current-Topography Interactions at Mid-Ocean Seamounts and the Impact on Pelagic Ecosystems. Geojournal 16(1): 45-52
Boehlert, G.W. and A. Genin. 1987. A Review of the Effects of Seamounts on Biological Processes. Geophysical Monographs of the American Geophysical Union 43: 319-334
Boehlert, G.W. and B.C. Mundy. 1993. Ichthyoplankton Assemblages at Seamounts and Oceanic Islands. Bulletin of Marine Science 53(2): 336-361
Abstract: Seamounts and oceanic islands support demersal or neritic fish populations and are localized sources of eggs and larvae added to a background of oceanic ichthyoplankton. Associated larval fish assemblages, however, have been identified in few studies, and most have been based on subjective classifications of species by reproductive characteristics. At seamounts, little evidence exists that ichthyoplankton assemblages differ from the background field despite physical mechanisms proposed to maintain planktonic forms. Larvae of bottom-associated species are notably rare in samples taken in these regions. In contrast, characteristic ichthyoplankton assemblages have been described at oceanic islands. Unique assemblages may exist in embayments and lagoons, but they are not well described. Nearshore assemblages (0 to 0.5 km offshore) are dominated by larvae of small species with demersal eggs; neritic assemblages (0.5 to 5 km offshore) include inshore species with demersal and planktonic eggs mixed with larvae of certain species that are usually oceanic as adults. Although larvae of some inshore species with pelagic eggs are found offshore in oceanic assemblages (beyond 3 to 5 km), assemblages there are poorly described. Spatial and seasonal spawning behavior of adults plays the key role in formation of ichthyoplankton assemblages. Mechanisms that may maintain ichthyoplankton assemblages at islands include boundary layers, small scale frontal dynamics, tidal currents, topographically produced eddies, seasonally reduced or variable currents, and regions of no or returning flow. Behavior of larvae, particularly that affecting vertical distribution, can modify the influences of these mechanisms. The integrity of assemblages can be disrupted by both biotic and abiotic factors
Boehlert, G.W. and B.C. Mundy. 1992. Distribution of Ichthyoplankton Around Southeast Hancock Seamount, Central North Pacific, in Summer 1984 and Winter 1985: Data Report. NOAA Technical Memorandum, Rep. NOAA-TM-NMFS-SWFSC-176, p. -109
Boehlert, G.W. and M.P. Seki. 1984. Enhanced Micronekton Abundance Over Mid-Pacific Seamounts [Abstract]. EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union 65: 928
Boehlert, G.W. and T. Sasaki. 1988. Pelagic Biogeography of the Armorhead, Pseudopentaceros Wheeleri, and Recruitment to Isolated Seamounts in the North Pacific Ocean. U S National Marine Fisheries Service Fishery Bulletin 86(3): 453-466
Abstract: The pelagic armorhead, Pseudopentaceros wheeleri, occurs widely in the North Pacific Ocean. Benthic specimens have been taken from Japan, the Hawaiian Archipelago, and the west coast of North America, but the main reproductive populations are located on southern Emperor-northern Hawaiian Ridge seamounts between lat. 29.degree. and 35.degree. N. The period between spawning and recruitment to the seamounts is apparently between 1.5 and 2.5 years, suggesting an extended pelagic existence. We describe the distributional patterns in the North Pacific based upon over 30 years of published and unpublished records. The majority of pelagic specimens are captured in the subarctic water mass in the northeast Pacific. Based upon the distributional patterns and the oceanography of the North Pacific, we propose migratory paths for both the main population and for the individuals that occur rarely in other locations. The long pelagic period and variability in ocean conditions may play an important role in recruitment to seamounts and the variability in year-class strength for this species
Boehlert, G.W. and T. Sasaki. 1988. Biogeography of the Armorhead, Pseupentaceros Wheeleri, and Recruitments to Isolated Seamounts in the North Pacific Ocean. Fishery Bulletin 86(3): 453-465
Boehlert, G.W. and T. Sasaki. 1987. Spawning and Dispersal of Armorhead in the Northeast Pacific and Recruitment to Isolated Seamounts [Abstract]. EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union 68: 1751
Boehlert, G.W., C.D. Wilson, and K. Mizuno. 1994. Populations of the Sternoptychid Fish Maurolicus Muelleri on Seamounts in the Central North Pacific. Pacific Science 48(1): 57-69
Abstract: The lightfish, Maurolicus muelleri (Gmelin), is a cosmopolitan sternoptychid fish most abundant near continental shelf-slope breaks and rare in the open ocean. Recent studies have documented dense populations on seamounts of the South Atlantic and North Pacific. At Southeast Hancock Seamount, a small guyot in the central North Pacific, M. muelleri populations are mainly composed of juveniles. Seasonal length frequencies suggest that recruitment at sizes greater than 20 mm standard length (SL) occurs principally in spring and summer months, with growth over summer and fall coincident with decreasing abundances. Mature fish in reproductive condition occur in winter months but do not survive to the following spring; they also may be too few at this small seamount to support annual recruitment. Potential sources of additional recruitment include populations at several larger seamounts in the southern Emperor group and also the large populations around Japan. Advection of eggs and larvae in the Kuroshio Extension may provide recruits for dependent populations at the seamounts. Mean current flow and satellite-tracked drifters suggest a transit time of 100-200 days from the coast of Japan to the region of the seamounts; estimates of age at length suggest that smaller fish have similar ages at recruitment. Gill-raker counts, however, differ between Japanese and seamount populations. We suggest that the southern Emperor Seamount populations serve as the source for replenished annual recruitment to the small population at Southeast Hancock Seamount
Boldyrev, V.Z. and V.B. Darnitskij. 1991. Environmental conditions and distribution of fish in the area of the Lord Howe Ridge. [Usloviya obitaniya i osobennosti raspredeleniya ryb v rajone podvodnogo khrebta Lord-Khau.]. in: Biological Resources of the Thalassobathyal World Ocean. [Biologicheskie Resursy Talassobatial'Noj Zony Mirovogo Okeana.], A.S.Grechina [ed.], Sb.Nauchn.Tr., Vniro, pp. 231-245
Abstract: The ichthyofauna of the Lord Howe Ridge seamounts is represented by species of tropical and subtropical complexes. The distribution of fish and the variability of the species composition on different banks and guyots is determined by association of different species with particular water masses differing in abiotic and feeding conditions and separated horizontally by frontal zones and vertically by high gradient hydrological divides. The fish of the tropical complex associated with the surface water mass over the Lord Howe Ridge are confined to the surface thermocline (50-150 m) and those belonging to the subtropical complex are associated with the subtropical water mass and are distributed down to the main pycnocline (400-450 m) which separates this water mass from the cold intermediate layer. The vertical distribution of the fish is also associated with the differentiation of water layers rich or poor in plankton. Higher plankton and fish biomass is usually observed in intermediate layers
Boldyrev, V.Z. and V.B. Darnitskij. 1991. Distribution of fish over seamounts in the Eltanin Fracture Zone. [Osobennosti raspredeleniya ryb na podvodnykh gorakh zony razlomov Ehltanin.]. in: Biological Resources of the Thalassobathyal World Ocean. [Biologicheskie Resursy Talassobatial'Noj Zony Mirovogo Okeana.], A.S.Grechina [ed.], Sb.Nauchn.Tr., Vniro, pp. 258-275
Abstract: The structure and quantitative characteristics of plankton communities and, consequently, the behavior and distribution of fish in seamount areas are determined by the location of frontal zones. The highest ichthyomass is usually observed over seamounts whose summits extend up into more hydrodynamically active and highly productive surface waters. Substantial fish concentrations are also formed over seamounts located in the zones of stable oceanological fronts and in the mixing zones of water masses with different structures
Boldyrev, V.Z., V.B. Darnitskij, and M.Y. Kulikov. 1987. Biological Production Generated in the Areas of Ocean Floor Elevations [Formirovanie Biologicheskoj Produktivonsti v Rajonakh Podnyatij Okeanicheskogo Lozha.]. Biol.Resursy Gidrosf.I Ikh Ispol'Z, Biological Resources of High Seas. [Biologicheskie Resursy Otkrytogo Okeana]pp. 31-64
Abstract: Production processes in the upwelling zones located above oceanic rises and seamounts are considered. Various factors affecting bioproduction in such zones are described to include high nutrient inflow which is caused mainly by circulation of water. Physical and seasonal aspects of water dynamics are reviewed in detail using numerous scientific sources. Ocean is regarded to be a system of eddies. Closed eddy zones are characterized by specific levels of nutrient accumulating capacity and serve as fish concentration areas. Role of consumption rate of phytoplankton by zooplankton, versus shortage of nutrients, in production processes is evaluated
Bolsch, C.J.S., N.G. Elliot, and R.D. Ward. 1993. Enzyme Variation in South-Eastern Australian Samples of the Blue-Eye or Deepsea Trevalla, Hyperoglyphe Antarctica Carmichael 1818 (Teleostei: Stromateoidei). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 44: 687-697
Bolsch, C.J.S., R.D. Ward, and P.R. Last. 1994. Biochemical Systematics of the Marine Fish Family Centrolophidae (Teleostei: Stromateoidei) From Australian Waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 45: 1157-1172
Booda, L.L.. 1983. An Oceanographic Laboratory on a Seamount. Sea technology 24(6): 10-11+
Abstract: There is a treasure trove of oceanographic information available at Ferry Reach, Bermuda. As a consequence, the Bermuda Biological Station for Research, Inc. (BBS), a modest sized laboratory, acts as a magnet for researchers at all levels from 36 different countries. What is believed to be the longest running series of deep sea observations in the world has been that of the BBS Hydrostation S at 32 degree 10' N. Lat. and 64 degree 30' W. Long., 15 miles southeast of Bermuda. Since 1954 it has been the site of standardized measurements of water temperature, dissolved oxygen and salinity to depths of about 3,220 meters. Hydrostation S has been providing oceanographers with a database for their measurement standards
Booth, D.A.. 1988. Eddies in the Rockall Trough. Oceanologica Acta 11(3): 213-219
Abstract: Ten drogued drifting buoys were deployed at four locations in the Rockall Trough; of these, seven were caught in eddy motions which persisted for periods of between 12 and 36 days. Two distinct forms of eddy were found, both of which are shown to occur in typical conditions, the mechanisms being topographic.
Bordes, F., F. Uiblein, R. Castillo, A. Barrera, J.J. Castro, J. Coca, J. Gomez, K. Hansen, V. Hernandez, N. Merret, M. Miya, T. Moreno, F. Perez, A. Ramos, T. Sutton, and M. Yamaguchi. 1999. Epi- and Mesopelagic Fishes, Acoustic Data, and SST Images Collected Off Lanzarote, Fuerteventura and Gran Canaria, Canary Islands, During Cruise 'La Bocaina 04-97'. Ciencias marinas(5): 1-45
Abstract: During cruise 'La Bocaina 0497' a series of 14 tows with a commercial pelagic trawl at depths between 20 and 700 m and an acoustic survey with a SIMRAD EK-500 echosounder were carried out in neritic and adjacent oceanic waters off Lanzarote, Fuerteventura, and Gran Canaria, Canary Islands. In addition, SST images were obtained to get some information on the prevailing hydrological conditions in the study area. Of the 14 trawl tows, 10 were successful and resulted in capture of a total of 2166 fishes belonging to 81 species, 53 genera and 28 families. Ten species proved to be new records for the area of the Canary Islands. The acoustic survey covered a total of 2404 nm super(2) and allowed to obtain estimates of the abundance and biomass of fishes. Both the fishing results and the acoustic study revealed considerable spatial variability in biomass of chub mackerel Scomber japonicus, an epipelagic species of particular commercial fishery interest, showing clear variations in the numerical dominance of certain age- or size classes among different collecting localities. Furthermore, some juveniles in the first year of life occurred in the oceanic epipelagic during night-time together with vertically migrating mesopelagic fishes. Preliminary analyses of the stomach and intestinal content suggest that these juveniles fed close to the bottom during the day before and hence may undertake diurnal horizontal migrations between the shelf and adjacent oceanic waters. It is concluded that the great spatial flexibility of this species requires further monitoring surveys at regular intervals as a basis for establishing a sustainable fisheries management. The acoustic data together with the trawling results demonstrate the existence of a dense deep scattering layer at depths between 400 and 700 m which is composed of mesopelagic fishes and invertebrates. Clear indications of diurnal vertical migrations were found in several species with formation of a shallow scattering layer in less than 150 m depth during night. Together with typical mesopelagic species, such as stomiids and myctophids, juveniles of three benthopelagic species, which typically undergo a pelagic stage during early life, were also collected. Several individuals of mesopelagic species were collected above the shelf what may reflect the ecological boundary situation at ocean rims typical for oceanic islands and seamounts. Some mesopelagic species collected in this study may be closely associated with distinct hydrological conditions such as the myctophid Ceratoscopelus maderensis which was discovered in the SE of Fuerteventura in an area of possible local upwelling. This finding points to the existence of micro-zoogeographic zones within the Canary Islands which deserve further investigation using a small-scaled comparative approach
Borets, L.A.. 1975. Some Results of Studies on the Biology of the Boarfish (Pentaceros Richardoni Smith). Investigation of Biol.of Fishes and Fishery Oceanography (TNIRO) 6: 82-90
Borets, L.A.. 1980. The Population Structure of the Boarfish Pentaceros Richardsoni (Smith) From the Emperor Seamounts and the Hawaiian Ridge. Journal of Ichthyology 19: 15-20
Abstract: Data are given on the morphometry, growth, condition factor and other biological indicators of the boarfish, Pentaceros richardsoni , from various seamounts in the vicinity of the Emperor seamounts and the Hawaiian Ridge.
Borets, L.A.. 1982. The Fish Anthias Rubromaculatus Sp. N., a New Species of Serranoid Fishes From the Seamounts of the Hawaiian Ridge. Biologiia Moria 1982(3): 68-70
Borets, L.A.. 1984. A New Species of Flounder, Microstomus Shuntovi Sp. N. (Pleuronectidae), and Two Rare Flounder Species (Bothidae) From Seamounts of the Northwestern and Hawaiian Ridges. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 23(5): 1-6
Abstract: A new species of rock lobster, Jasus caveorum, is described from commercial catches taken on a non-emergent seamount in the eastern South Pacific Ocean. The species best fits the "frontalis subgroup" of the "lalandii group" of Jasus lobsters. J. caveorum is most similar to J. frontalis from the eastern South Pacific, but differs clearly from that species in having very little abdominal "squamous" sculpturing
Borets, L.A.. 1986. Ichthyofauna of the Northwestern and Hawaiian Ridges. Journal of Ichthyology 26(3): 1-13
Abstract: A total of 96 bottom and demersal species belonging to 50 families were recorded above the seamounts. Range, species composition and depths of occurrence of each species are tabulated. Thalassosublittoral, thalassomesobenthal, thalassobathybenthal, thalassoepipelagic, thalassomesopelagic, and thalassobathypelagic ichthyocoenoses are distinguished. Zoogeographical zonation of seamounst is made
Borets, L.A.. 1982. Anthias Rubromaculatus Sp.n., a New Serranid From the Hawaiian Ridge Seamount. [Anthias Rubromaculatus Sp.n. - Novyj Vid Serranovykh Ryb s Podvodnykh Gor Gavajskogo Khrebta.]. Biologiia Moria(3): 68-70
Abstract: A. rubromaculatus sp.n. (Serranidae, Anthiinae) is described from a 151-mm male caught at a depth of 350-360 m at 32 degree 01'N, 173 degree 08'E and compared with other Pacific species of the genus
Borets, L.A.. 1980. The Distribution and Structure of the Range of the Boarfish (Pentaceros Richardsoni). Journal of Ichthyology 20: 141-143
Borets, L.A.. 1977. Dynamics of Size and Age Structure of Boarfish Catches. Izvestiya Tniro 8: 65-69
Borets, L.A. and V.B. Darnitskij. 1983. Influence of Hydrodynamic Processes on the Fish Productivity of the Thalassobathyal; the Example of the Hawaiian Submarine Ridge. Izvestiya of the Pac.Ocean Sci.Res.Inst.Fish.Oceanogr.(TNIRO) 107: 47-55
Borets, L.A., A.S. Sokolovskij, and S.M. Konovalov. 1978. The species composition of ichthyoplankton from the Hawaiian Ridge and the Emperor Seamount. [Vidovoj sostav ikhtioplanktona Gavajskogo podvodnogo khrebta i Imperatorskikh gor.]. in: Promyslovaya Okeanografiya, Gidrobiologiya, Biologiya Ryb i Drugikh Obitatelej Tikhogo Okeana [Fishery Oceanography,Hydrobiology, Biology of Fish and Other Organisms of the Pacific Ocean., TINRO, Vladivostok (USSR)., pp. 43-50
Abstract: A list of ichthyoplankton species taken between 27-37°N and 170°E-178°W is presented which includes 172 fish species belonging to 56 families. The stage of development of each species is determined and the range of adults is given. The data obtained contribute to the knowledge of the geographical distribution of many species
Boschi, E.E.. 2000. Species of Decapod Crustaceans and Their Distribution in the Marine Zoogeographic Provinces. Revista de investigacion y desarrollo pesquero 13: 0-136
Abstract: Fourteen marine zoogeographic provinces and two subprovinces were established for the Americas. The number of species of marine decapod crustaceans recorded in the supralittoral, intertidal, eulittoral and sublittoral (continental shelf to 200-300 m) including both, continental coasts from the Arctic Polar region in the north to Cabo de Hornos in the south is estimated at 2, 472 species. The results of this study on the biodiversity and distribution of decapod species call attention to a common characteristic of typical epifaunal groups of organisms with a large range of latitudinal geographic distribution: a high number of species in tropical regions on both coasts and a pronounced decrease of taxa towards the polar regions that generates a clear clinal distribution. The Caribbean Province showed the largest diversity which, with a total of 1, 058 species was higher than that of the tropical Panamic Province where 825 species were registered. With regards to the species richness in the nine major groups of Decapods, the largest number was found in the Brachyura covering 1, 090 estimated species followed by the Caridea with 536 species, the Anomura with 509 species, the Thalassinidea with 157 and the Penaeoidea with 96. The remaining four decapod taxa are represented only by a small number of species.
Boschma, H.. 1992. List of the Described Species of the Order Stylasteridae. Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 33: 71
Bouchet, P.. 1987. L'Exploration De La Faune Profonde De Nouvelle-Caledonie Ou a La Decouverte Des Monde Perdus. Lettres d'Information Greco ECOPROPHYCE, vol. 4pp. 84-87
Bouchet, P.. 1986. Campagnes Oceanographiques En Nouvelle-Caledonie. Rossiniana 31: 38
Bouchet, P. and A. Waren. 1986. Taxonomical Notes on Tropical Deep Water Buccinidae With Description of New Taxa. Resultats des campagnes Musorstom I et II, Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Serie A Zoologie, Rep. 133, pp. 457-499
Bouchet, P. and R. Houart. 1994. A New Coralliophilid-Like Muricid (Gastropoda, Muricidae) From the Coral Sea. Journal of Conchology 35: 131-135
Abstract: Xastilia kosugei n. gen., n.sp. is described from depths of 250-300 m on Capel Bank, a guyot in the Coral Sea, SW Pacific. The shell resembles those of the Coralliophilidae, but its radula is characteristic of the muricid subfamily Muricopsinae
Bourseau, J.P., N. Ameziane-Cominardi, and M. Roux. 1987. Un Crinoide Pedoncule Nouveau (Echinodermes) Representant Actuel De La Famille Jurassique Des Hemicrinidae: Gymnocrinus Richeri Nov. Sp. Des Fonds Bathyaux De Nouvelle-Caledonie. C.r.hebd.Seanc.Acad.Sci 305(49): 595-599
Bowers, M.J.. 1992. Annual Reproductive Cycle of Oocytes and Embryos of Yellowtail Rockfish Sebastes Flavidus (Family Scorpaenidae). U S National Marine Fisheries Service Fishery Bulletin 90(2): 231-242
Abstract: Female yellowtail rockfish Sebastes flavidus, a viviparous species employing intralumenal gestation following fertilization of ovulated eggs, were caught from Cordell Bank (seamount 20 miles west of Pt. Reyes, central California) on a monthly basis from May 1985 through April 1986 to determine their annual reproductive cycle. Since histological methods provide precise and detailed information, this method was employed to (1) examine oocytes and embryos to describe developmental stages, and (2) provide temporal assessment of the annual reproductive cycle. The description and staging scheme developed provide a basis to compare reproductive developmental patterns between cycles and populations. Oogonia (stage I) and early perinucleolus (Stage II) oocytes were present in samples from all months. Progressive growth of oocytes from early- to late perinucleolus (Stage III) was evident in spent and recovering ovaries, indicating the end of a reproductive year and the beginning of a new reproductive cycle. Initial yolk accumulation (Stage IV) occurred in July, and final yolk accumulation (Stage V) was predominant from September through January. In February, the majority of samples displayed fertilized ova in early-celled stages of embryonic development. Gestation continued for about 30 days with parturition occurring between January and March. Mature oocytes were also collected in March, suggesting the Cordell Bank yellowtail population has a prolonged reproductive season extending into April
Bradbury, M.G.. 1988. Rare Fishes of the Deep-Sea Genus Halieutopsis: a Review With Descriptions of Four New Species (Lophiiformes: Ogcocephalidae). Fieldiana 44: 1-22
Brainard, R.E.. 1986. Fishery Aspects of Seamounts and Taylor Columns. Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, Californiap. -85
Bridges, N.T.. 1997. Characteristics of Seamounts Near Hawaii As Viewed by GLORIA [Microform]. Marine Geology 138: 273-301
Abstract: Using images and data acquired from the GLORIA sonar system, 390 seamounts within the U.S. Hawaiian Exclusive Economic Zone (HEEZ) off Hawaii have been studied. Their diameters range from 1 to 57 km, with most less than 15 km. Seamount abundance increases exponentially with decreasing size. The areal density of observed seamounts having diameters greater than 1 km is 182/10(6) km(2). The theoretical abundance of seamounts of all sizes normalized to a unit area is (309+/-17)/10(6) km(2), about an order of magnitude less than other surveyed areas of the Pacific. This may reflect a lower abundance of Cretaceous seamounts in this region, the covering of small seamounts by sediment, or discrepancies from the use of different data sets to derive the abundance statistics. The seamounts have morphologies ranging from steep-sided, flat-topped structures to cones to more amorphous structures; they are similar to volcanoes found elsewhere on the seafloor. A suite of secondary features associated with the seamounts includes summit craters, summit mounds, coalesced boundaries, landslides, and graben. Several seamount chains are aligned parallel to Cretaceous fracture zones, consistent with an origin close to the ancestral East Pacific Rise. Others are aligned parallel to the Necker Ridge, suggesting that they formed contemporaneously with Necker in the plate interior. This observation, together with high abundances of seamounts where other intraplate igneous processes have occurred, suggests some seamounts formed since leaving the spreading center.
Briggs, J.C.. 1961. The East Pacific Barrier and the Distribution of Marine Shore Fishes. Evolution 15: 545-554
Brink, K.H.. 1990. On the Generation of Seamount-Trapped Waves. Deep-Sea Research 37(10): 1569-1582
Brink, K.H.. 1989. The Effect of Stratification on Seamount-Trapped Waves. Deep-Sea Research 36(6): 825-844
Britaev, T.A.. 1981. Two New Species of Commensal Polynoids (Polychaeta, Polynoidae) and Bibliography on Polychaetes, Symbionts of Coelenterata. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 60(6): 817-824
Abstract: Two new species of commensal polynoids (Polychaeta, Polynoidae) and bibliography on polychaetes, symbionts of Coelenterata. Two new species of polynoids from the Central Pacific (Vityaz and Guyot Seamounts) are described. Polynoe uschakovi sp.n. is associated with Callogorgia sp. and Allopora sp. It occurs under the sclerites of the polyps of the former and in tubular "galls", monstrous hollow expansions of the coral walls of the latter. Harmathoe melanicornis sp.n. is associated with another species of the
Brousse, R.. 1985. The Age of the Islands in the Pacific Icean: Volcanism and Coral-Reef Build Up. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, Tahiti, vol. 6, pp. 389-400
Bryantsev, V.A.I.. 1983. Information Entropy of a Three-Dimensional Density Field As an Indicator of Physical Factors Governing Marine Ecosystem Biological Productivity. [Ehntropiya Informatsii Trekhmernogo Polya Plotnosti...]. Sbornik Nauchnykh Trudov (Vniro): 71-81
Abstract: A method is suggested for estimating information entropy of the three-dimensional density field based on temperature and salinity data obtained by a mesoscale survey of a given area. The entropy of information is believed to be a reliable indicator of high bioproductivity as it is directly related to a simple physical criterion reflecting intensive vertical exchange of water above seamounts with account taken of the isopycnic surface topography
Buckeridge, J.S.. 1998. A New Coral Inhabiting Barnacle of the Genus Chionelasmus (Cirripedia, Balanomorpha) From New Caledonia, Southwest Pacific. Zoosystema 20(2): 167-176
Abstract: This paper describes Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp. from a guyot on the northern part of Norfolk Ridge, to the south of New Caledonia. This new species, within the previously monospecific genus Chionelasmus, inhabits a living octocoral, Muricides sp.indet. Comments on the distribution and habitat of the new species are provided, including a proposal for the method by which the cyprid larva of C. crosnieri gained access to the axial skeleton of the octocoral
Buckeridge, J.S.. 1999. A New Deep Sea Barnacle, Tetrachaelasma Tasmanicum Sp. Nov. (Cirripedia: Balanomorpha) From the South Tasman Rise, South Pacific Ocean. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 33(4): 521-531
Abstract: A new deep sea balanomorph, Tetrachaelasma tasmanicum sp. nov., is described. This new record is based on numerous disarticulated plates, from dredge samples around deep-sea seamounts on the South Tasman Rise. This is the deepest known occurrence of the Balanomorpha, and the first record of Tetrachaelasma from the Pacific realm. An overview of the biogeography, including aspects of the palaeontology of deep sea balanomorphs is provided. A map showing station localities and a list of deep sea cirripedes recovered from the South and East Tasman Rise during the 1995 Rig Seismic cruise, are included
Bucklin, A., R.R.J. Wilson, and K.L.J. Smith. 1987. Genetic Differentiation of Seamount and Basin Populations of the Deep-Sea Amphipod Eurythenes-Gryllus. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 34(11): 1795-1810
Abstract: The nearly ubiquitous deep-sea amphipod, Eurythenes gryllus (Lichtenstein), occurs throughout the central North Pacific basin, and has recently been collected from the crests of three bathyal seamounts. Questions of the dispersal capabilities of the species are interesting in the light of this broad geographic and ecological distribution. We use population genetic techniques to describe the genetic structure and estimate migration rates of E. gryllus from allozymic frequencies in basin and seamount samples. Four basin samples were collected along a 4000 km transect from off the coast of California into the central North Pacific basin; two additional samples were collected at the base and on the crest of Horizon Guyot, a bathyal seamount 1300 km west off Hawaii. Allozymic variability at 15 enzyme loci was assayed by starch-gel electrophoresis, and allozymic frequency differences were evaluated statistically. Except for two comparisons (both involving the station with smallest sample size), the basin transect samples were not significantly genetically heterogeneous (mean F sub(ST) = 0.052 plus or minus 0.18 and mean Nm = 5.0 plus or minus 1.6), suggesting that individuals have excellent dispersal capabilities and/or that selection pressures do not differ over these large distances in the deep sea. In contrast, the sample from the crest of Horizon Guyot was genetically distinct from all basin transect samples (mean F sub(ST) = 0.120 plus or minus 0.03, P < 0.001 for all, and mean Nm = 2.0 plus or minus 0.6), and from the sample at the base of the seamount (F sub(ST) = 0.162, P < 0.001, and Nm = 1.3). The genetic differentiation of the crest populations of E. gryllus may be explained by either of two hypotheses: (1) strong differential selection acting on the crest population, causing it to diverge in genetic character from basin populations, and (2) rarity of dispersal and interbreeding between the crest and basin populations. If the latter is true (as seems more probable based on biological information and genetic evidence), dispersal of E. gryllus is predominantly horizontal, and there may be a seamount form of the species that is genetically, and perhaps taxonomically, distinct from the basin form. (DBO)
Budinger, T.F.. 1967. Cobb Seamount. Deep-Sea Research 14: 191-201
Budinger, T.F. and B.J. Enbysk. 1960. Cobb Seamount, a Deep-Sea Feature Off the Washington Coast; Topography, Geology, Biology and Hydrography,. Rep. Reference 59-6, Contract Nonr-477(10) and Nonr-477(01), Office of Naval Research, p. xi-88
Bull, B., I. Doonan, D. Tracy, and A. Hart. 2001. Diel Variation in Spawning Orange Roughy (Hoplostethus Atlanticus, Trachichthyidae) Abundance Over a Seamount Feature on the North-West Chatham Rise. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 35: 435-444
Abstract: The diel variation in abundance of an orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus Collett) spawning aggregation on a deepsea seamount on the Chatham Rise known as "Graveyard" was studied using acoustics. A 4-day survey was carried out using a Latin cube statistical design. The acoustic data was echo-integrated and analysis of variance was carried out to estimate the effects of day, time of day, and transect path. The estimated biomass of the spawning aggregation did not display any significant diel variation. We
Burukovskij, R.N.. 1995. Two New Shrimps From the Genus Pasiphaea and New Records of Some Other Shrimps. [Dva Novykh Vida Krevetok Iz Roda Pasiphaea i Novye Nakhodki Nekotorykh Drugikh Krevetok.]. Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 74(12): 121-126
Abstract: Pasiphaea korzuni, sp. n. from the Aden Gulf and Pasiphaea romenskyi sp. n. from the Ecuador Seamount are described and figured. New records of P. kaiwiensis from the western Arabian Sea, Eugonatonotus chacei from the East China Sea, and Plesionika williamsi from a Vavilov Ridge seamount are reported
Burukovskiy, R.N.. 1992. Shrimp at Walters Bank (Indian Ocean). Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 32(3): 328-331
Abstract: In the region of Walters Bank (33 degree S, 44 degree E) and its environs the shrimp fauna (29 species) consists of three main elements: "background" shrimp that inhibit the continental slopes of all continents (with exception of the eastern Pacific region for some species), local slope fauna, and southern subtropical notal shrimp. It is located where waters of different origins converge and shows signs of some isolation from the eastern African shrimp fauna
Burukovskiy, R.N.. 1992. New Species of Shrimp From the Genus Plesionika (Crustacea, Decapoda, Pandalidae) From Pacific Ocean Seamounts. Hydrobiological Journal 29(3): 1-3
Abstract: Crosnier (1986) identified a shrimp as Plesionika aff. williamsi Forest, 1964 from two specimens captured off Tahiti. The absence of a rostrum and pereopod did not allow him to confidently identify these specimens. I also obtained a damaged specimen of this species from the Sala y Gomez Ridge (25 degree 38' S, 86 degree 43' W, depth 400 m, shrimp trap) (Burukovskiy, 1990). Recently, I obtained five specimens of this species in various degrees of preservation which are the basis for this description of a new species. The material is deposited in the Zoological Museum of Moscow State University (holotype inventory No. Ma-4089, paratypes No. Ma-4090, Ma-4091)
Burukovsky, R.N.. 1991. Shrimps of the Family Nematocarcinidae (Decapoda, Caridea) From West Part of the Indian Ocean. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 70(5): 39-46
Burukovsky, R.N.. 2003. Shrimps of the Family Nematocarcinidae. Kaliningrad, Kaliningrad State Technical University Press,p. -250
Burukovsky, R.N.. 1990. Shrimps From the Underwater Sala y Gomez and Nazca Ridges. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 124: 187-217
Cairns, S.D.. 1992. Worldwide Distribution of the Stylasteridae Cnidaria Hydrozoa. Scientia Marina 56(2-3): 125-130
Abstract: Stylasterids show a pronounced insular distribution pattern, being found primarily off small (less than 36,000 km2) oceanic islands, atolls, and archipelagos, and on seamounts and submarine ridges. Although lowered salinity and increased sedimentation may exclude stylasterids from the coasts of larger continental land masses, it is more likely that the availability of hard substrate and the low nutrient levels associated with steep-sided oceanic islands favor the establishment of stylasterids. Azooxanthellate Scleractinia, another calcified cnidarian taxon, have a broader distribution than stylasterids because they are assumed to be better competitors: having a greater dispersal ability, better sediment-shedding ability, and the ability of some to live on soft substrates
Cairns, S.D.. 1982. Antarctic and Subantarctic Scleractinia. Antarctic Research Series 34: 1-74
Cairns, S.D.. 1991. A Revision of the Ahermatypic of the Galapagos and Cocos Islands. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 504: 1-32
Cairns, S.D.. 2004. The Azooxanthellate Scleractinia (Coelenterata : Anthozoa) of Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 56(3): 259-329
Abstract: A total of 237 species of azooxanthellate Scleractinia are reported for the Australian region, including seamounts off the eastern coast. Two new genera (Lissotrochus and Stolarskicyathus) and 15 new species are described: Crispatotrochus gregarius, Paracyathus darwinensis, Stephanocyathus imperialis, Trochocyathus wellsi, Conocyathus formosus, Dunocyathus wallaceae, Foveolocyathus parkeri, Idiotrochus alatus, Lissotrochus curvatus, Sphenotrochus cuneolus, Placotrochides cylindrica, P. minuta, Stolarskicyathus pocilliformis, Balanophyllia spongiosa, and Notophyllia hecki. Also, one new combination is proposed: Petrophyllia rediviva. Each species account includes an annotated synonymy for all Australian records as well as reference to extralimital accounts of significance, the type locality, and deposition of the type. Tabular keys are provided for the Australian species of Culicia and all species of Conocyathus and Placotrochides. A discussion of previous studies of Australian azooxanthellate corals is given in narrative and tabular form. This study was based on approximately 5500 previously unreported specimens collected from 500 localities, as well as a re-examination of most of the types and previously reported specimens from the Australian region. Fifty-six species are recorded as new to Australia; 183 state range extensions are listed; and 96 worldwide bathymetric range extensions are noted. In order to characterize the Australian fauna, all 703 known azooxanthellate species were tabulated as to coloniality, method of attachment, and depth range: 187 species are colonial, 516 solitary; 373 are attached, 265 free, and 54 transversely dividing; and 2001000 in is the most common depth range. Compared to all azooxanthellate species, those from Australia have a slightly higher percentage of species that are solitary and unattached (or transversely dividing), due to a disproportionate number of species in the families Flabellidae and Turbinoliidae. Bathymetrically they are typical of the worldwide fauna. Sixty-seven species are endemic to the Australian region. Both UPGMA cluster analysis and MDS ordination reveal two main regions: a northern tropical region and a southern warm temperate region, consistent with zonation patterns of shallow-water marine invertebrates
Cairns, S.D.. 1982. A New Family of Operculate Stylasterines (Coelenterata: Hydrozoa) From the Subantarctic. Journal of Natural History 16: 71-82
Cairns, S.D. and N.B. Keller. 1993. New Taxa and Distributional Records of Azooxanthellate Scleractinia (Cnidaria, Anthozoa) From the Tropical South-West Indian Ocean, With Comments on Their Zoogeography and Ecology.. Annals of the South African Museum, 103(5): 213-292
Calder, D.R.. 2000. Assemblages of Hydroids (Cnidaria) From Three Seamounts Near Bermuda in the Western North Atlantic. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 47: 1125-1139
Abstract: Three seamounts flanking the oceanic island of Bermuda were sampled for hydroids. Collecting was undertaken by submersible (SDL-1) and by dredge at depths between 48 and 107 m on the summits of Argus and Challenger banks. A shallower collection (< 20 m) from the pilings of a tower on Argus Bank was made using SCUBA. Major bottom types on both banks were aggregations of rhodoliths, limestone reefs, and areas of calcareous sand. Hydroids were ubiquitous, but quite sparse, on firm substrata. None was collected on sandy bottoms. Of 45 species identified from the two oceanic banks, over half (25) were found on both. On Bowditch Seamount, samples were obtained at depths between 1285 and 1381 m by dredge and grab. Of four species found, only one (Filellum serratum) occurred in shallower collections from Argus and Challenger banks. Most species (43 of 48) from the three seamounts have been reported elsewhere in the Western Atlantic Tropical region, and many (38 of 48) are known from Bermuda. No endemics were discovered, and no relicts or exotics were recognized. Gonophores in > 70% of the species are fixed sporosacs instead of free medusae. This conforms with a hypothesis that invertebrates of oceanic islands and seamounts tend to have short-lived pelagic larval stages, ensuring the greatest retention and conservation of propagules
Calder, D.R.. 1992. Similarity Analysis of Hydroid Assemblages Along a Latitudinal Gradient in the Western North Atlantic. Canadian Journal of Zoology 70: 1078-1085
Calder, D.R. and W. Vervoot. 1998. Some Hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa) From the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, in the North Atlantic Ocean. Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 319: 1-65
Carriol, R.P.. 1998. A New Pedunculate Cirripede (Thoracica, Heteralepas) From the Northeast Atlantic Ocean. Zoosystema 20(3): 505-509
Abstract: A new species of Heteralepas is described from waters of 300 m at Meteor Seamount, south of the Azores, in the Northeast Atlantic Ocean. This species possesses a peduncle longer than the capitulum, a carinal crest without protuberances and continuing onto the peduncle, and it lacks scuta
Carter, E.W. and B.M. Leaman. 1982. Exploratory Fishing of Bowie Seamount by the M/V Star Wars II, August 11-23, 1981. Can.Data Rep.Fish.Aquat.Sci. 331: 1-31
Carter, E.W. and B.M.I. Leaman. 1981. Exploratory Fishing of Bowie Seamount by the Automated Longliner M/V Viking Star , August 28-September 12, 1980. Can.Data Rep.Fish.Aquat.Sci., Issue #266, p. -34
Abstract: Bowie Seamount was explored using a vessel equipped with the Mustad autoline system. Rockfishes (Sebastes spp.) were the target species and were the dominant species in the catch. Sebastes aleutianus comprised 41% of the retained catch, followed by sablefish (Anoplopoma fimbria ) with 11% and S. ruberrimus with 10%. The primary species discarded was halibut (Hippoglossus stenolepis ) (69% of discard). Total retained catch was 6819 kg while discards amounted to 2,404 kg. Catch rates at the Seamount during favourable weather were higher than at inshore localities. Two days were spent fishing in the Langara Island area, due to inclement weather at the Seamount. Biological characteristics of rockfishes at the Seamount suggest that they have undergone little, if any, exploitation. The commercial and scientific importance of rockfish stocks on the Seamount is briefly discussed
Caruso, J.H.. 1981. The Systematics and Distribution of the Lophiid Anglerfishes: I. A Revision of the Genus Lophiodes With the Description of Two New Species.. Copeia 3: 522-549
Casanova, B.. 1996. Crustacea Eupausiacea: Euphausiaces Du Pacifique Sud-Ouest Tropical (Nouvelle-Caledonie, Iles Wallis Et Futuna, Indonesie) Morphologie Fonctionnelle Et Biogeographie. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 168: 167-169
Casanova, J.P.. 1996. Crustacea Mysidacea: Les Lophogastrides D'Indonesie, De Nouvele-Caledonie Et Des Iles Wallis Et Futuna. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 15: 125-128
Casanova, J.P.. 1991. Chaetognaths From the Alvin Dives on the Seamount Volcano 7 (East Tropical Pacific). Journal of Plankton Research 13(3): 539-548
Abstract: Six species of deep chaetognaths, three planktonic and three benthoplanktonic, have been taken during seven dives of the US submersible Alvin on the Seamount Volcano 7 off Mexico, at depths between 800 and 3100 m. The most interesting observations concern two of the latter, Heterokrohnia heterodonta and Archeterokrohnia rubra. Indeed it appears that they have a large foamy collarette, glandular canals on the neck region and an original corona ciliata (posteriorly discontinuous). Although localized, these samples give new information on the geographical distribution of three species: Eukrohnia macroneura and the two mentioned above. [Other species mentioned are: Sagitta macrocephala, H. sp., and E. bathyantarctica.]
Casanova, J.P.. 1992. Chaetognaths From Alvin Dives in the Santa-Catalina Basin (California), With Description of 2 New Heterokrohnia Species. Journal of Natural History 26(3): 663-674
Abstract: Six species of deep-water chaetognaths have been caught near the bottom (at about 1300 m) during four dives of the submersible Alvin in the Santa Catalina Basin (California). Although few samples were taken, they are very interesting. New morphological data are presented on a supposed very well-known planktonic species (Sagitta macrocephala) and two new benthoplanktonic species of the genus Heterokrohnia are described. Details on the morphology and reproduction of the family Heterokrohniidae, and also on the bathymetric and zoogeographic distributions of Heterokrohnia species of the 'longidentata' group are given
Castello, C.. 1988. Apres Cent Cinquante Millions D'Annees, Ces Creatures Inconnues Surgissent Du Fond Des Mers. Figaro-magazine 423: 103-110
Castle, P.H.J. and D.G. Smith. 1999. A Reassessment of the Eels of the Genus Bathycongrus in the Indo-West Pacific. Journal of Fish Biology 54: 973-995
Castle, P.H.J. and P. Bearez. 1995. Two New Species of Myroconger (Anguilliformes, Myrocongridae) From the Pacific Ocean. Cybium 19(3): 211-222
Cecere, E. and C. Perrone. 1988. First Contribution to the Knowledge of Macrobenthic Flora of the Amendolara Sea-Mount (Ionian Sea). Oebalia 14: 43-67
Abstract: A program of dredging at the Amendolara sea-mount in the High Ionian Sea has resulted in the collection and identification of 145 species of benthic marine algae, of which 94 are Rhodophyceae, 37 Phaeophyceae and 14 Chlorophyceae
Cedhagen, T.. 1991. Retention of Chloroplasts and Bathymetric Distribution in the Sublittoral Foraminiferan Nonionellina-Labradorica. Ophelia 33(1): 17-30
Abstract: The distribution of Nonionellina labradorica was studied with the help of bottom samples collected in the 1920's, 1930's and 1980's from soft bottoms at the Swedish west coast. It was found only below the pycnocline where the water is relatively cold (4-14-degrees-C) and has a salinity of more than 30 parts-per-thousand. It had roughly the same bathymetric distributional pattern in the 1980's as in the 1920's and 1930's. Microscopical and ultrastructural studies showed that its protoplasm contains symbiotic or sequestered chloroplasts down to 300 m depth. Specimens with chloroplasts from 45 m depth were incubated with C-14 in the laboratory and were able to photosynthesize. During the winter, the foraminiferan has a low feeding activity, a reduced chloroplast content, and a slow growth.
Chapman, D.C. and D.B. Haidvogel. 1992. Formation of Taylor Caps Over a Tall Isolated Seamount in a Stratified Ocean. Geophysical and Astrophysical Fluid Dynamics 64: 31-65
Charmasson, S.S. and D.P. Calmet. 1987. Distribution of Scavenging Lysianassidae Amphipods Eurythenes Gryllus in the Northeast Atlantic: Comparison With Studies Held in the Pacific. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 34(9): 1509-1523
Abstract: Deep-sea scavenging amphipods, Eurythenes gryllus, were caught in the northeast Atlantic Ocean with baited traps attached on free-vehicle lines at different levels above the seafloor, in September 1983 and May 1984. Maximum catch rates occurred at altitudes less than or equal to 20 m and decreased rapidly above. An increase in size with increasing height of capture above the seafloor appeared for both females and males, females having a greater mean size than males. Small individuals were found generally at lower levels while larger specimens were caught at any level. In September, E. gryllus appeared larger on the NEA site (4800 m) compared to the Armorican Seamount location (3800 m). The mean size of E. gryllus and the proportion of females were higher in September compared to May, indicating that we may have sampled a younger population in May. The study of color distribution versus amphipod size ranges revealed that E. gryllus become colored when maturing. Although the proportion of pigmented amphipods increased with increasing height of catch, this variation was not statistically significant. Spatial and temporal variations in color may result from changes in the availability of certain foods. Comparisons with Pacific studies are made. (DBO)
Chauvin, C. and B. Richer de Forges. 2004. UR 148 Database (Lord Howe Ridge Seamounts).
Chauvin, C. and B. Richer de Forges. 2004. Electronic Database of Norfolk Ridge Seamounts Sampling. (September 2004)
Chave, E.H. and A. Malahoff. 1998. In Deeper Waters. Honolulu, University of Hawai'i Pressp. -127
Chave, E.H. and A.T. JONES. 1991. Deep-Water Megafauna of the Kohala and Haleakala Slopes, Alenuihaha Channel, Hawaii. Deep-Sea Research Part A-Oceanographic Research Papers 38(7): 781-803
Abstract: Eleven fish and 64 invertebrate taxa were identified from photographs and specimens obtained from a submersible at depths below 1000 m on the bathyal slopes of Hawaii and Maui islands in the Alenuihaha Channel. Abundance of deep slope benthic megafauna was patchy and estimated to be approximately 0.09 animals m-2. Most of the invertebrates were particulate feeders and attached to hard substrates. Fan-like gorgonians were orientated perpendicular to the direction of prevailing currents. Of the 28 identified species, 12 (mainly sponges, crustaceans and fishes) are cosmopolitan or widespread in the Pacific and 16 (mainly cnidarians and echinoderms) are found only in the central Pacific
Chave, E.H. and B.C. Mundy. 1994. Deep-Sea Benthic Fish of the Hawaiian Archipelago, Cross Seamount, and Johnston Atoll. Pacific Science 48(4): 367-409
Abstract: More than 250 benthic fish taxa were photographed and videotaped by Hawaii Undersea Research Laboratory submersibles at depths between 40 and 2000 m in the Hawaiian Archipelago, Johnston Atoll, and Cross Seamount. Most of the 213 identified fish species occurred close to hard substrates with holes, ledges, or caves. Twenty-two species (notably the larger sharks, lutjanids, and carangids) are cosmopolitan. Seventy-six species are restricted to various Indo-Pacific areas, 64 in the Pacific, and 51 in the Hawaiian Archipelago including Cross Seamount and Johnston Atoll. There is a rapid decrease in the number of species from 200 to 400 m depth. One hundred eight species were seen 20 m deeper than previously reported. Eleven of the deeper-dwelling animals were found 20 m shallower than previously recorded. Faunal zones were not recognized at any depth. Species newly recorded in Hawai'i include Bathypterois grallator (Goode & Bean), Bodianus cylindriatus (Tanaka), Centrophorus cf. granulosus (Bloch & Schneider), Chaunax fimbriatus Hilgendorf, Caelorinchus spilonotus Sazonov & Iwamoto, Notocanthus sp., Paratrachichthys prosthemius Jordan & Fowler, Prognathodes guezei (Mauge & Bauchot), and Sladenia remiger Smith & Radcliffe. New species collected and reported elsewhere are Centrodraco rubellus Fricke et al., Epigonus glossodontus Gon, Owstonia sp., and Pseudanthias fucinus (Randall & Ralston). Caelorinchus sp. 2 and Callanthias sp. are probably undescribed. It appears that the Hawaiian deep-sea fish fauna has multiple origins and affinities with many regions.
Chen, C., R.C. Beardsley, and R. Limeburner. 1992. The Structure of the Kuroshio Southwest of Kyushu: Velocity, Transport and Potential Vorticity Fields. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 39(2): 245-268
Abstract: A triangular CTD/ADCP survey was made across the Kuroshio southwest of Kyushu [Japan] aboard the R.V. Thompson during January 1986. Due to relatively poor navigation data, a simple averaging technique has been used to convert the ADCP data taken between CTD station pairs into an average absolute velocity normal to the station pair, with a maximum error varying from about .plus-minus. 5 cm s-1 to less than .plus-minus.0.1 cm s-1 depending on the type of nagivation data. The average ADCP velocity at 60 m (or 10 m over the shelf) was then used as the reference velocity to calculate the absolute geostrophic velocity through the sides of the study triangle. The results show that the ADCP velocity shear was in reasonably good agreement with the geostrophic shear of the Kuroshio. The Kuroshio entered the study triangle as a coherent current and then split around a tall seamount into two branches as it left the area. The volume transport of the Kuroshio southwest of Kyushu in January 1986 was 30.3 .plus-minus. 2.0 Sv, and the advective temperature transport was 27.6 .plus-minus. 1.8 .times. 1014 W. These values are similar to those reported for the Gulf Stream in the Florida Strait, and a roughly linear correlation exists between temperature and volume transports in both regions. Mass conservation within the study triangle allowed construction of a stream function that showed the presence of cyclonic and anti-cyclonic mesoscale eddies to the north and northwest of the core of the Kuroshio. Potential vorticity estimated from the absolute geostrophic velocity field was conserved along streamlines on potential density surfaces except perhaps near a seamount where curvature vorticity must be considered, and the path of the Kuroshio could be traced by the core of maximum potential vorticity. Finally, the Kuroshio was potentially unstable as it flowed along the continental margin in the Okinawa Trough because the gradient of potential density surfaces changed sign across the Kuroshio. This helps explain the mesoscale frontal and eddy features observed in the cyclonic side of the Kuroshio in the East China Sea
Chen, C.H.. 1980. Primary Studies of Demersal Fish Resources Investigations on Trawl Grounds at Kanmu Seamount. Bulletin of Taiwan Fisheries Research Institute 32: 317-338
Cheung, W., J. Alder, V. Karpouzi, Watson, R, V. Lam, C. Day, K. Kaschner, and D. Pauly. 2005. Patterns of Species Richness in the High Seas. Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity, Montreal, Technical Series, Rep. 20, Montreal, pp. 1-32
Abstract: Maps of the species richness in the high seas are presented, which are based on the distribution of individualspecies of marine invertebrate and vertebrate groups, complemented with maps of genera andfamilies of invertebrates and fishes. High seas refers to marine areas outside the 200-mile exclusive economiczones (EEZs) and continental shelf areas, or other described national jurisdictions.We consideredknown latitudinal and longitudinal gradients of the distribution of species richness (decliningfrom the equator, and from a global center of species richness about Indonesia) where appropriate.Maps of the known locations of cold-water corals and seamounts are also presented. There is suggestiveevidence that cold-water coral are associated with seamounts. If validated, this would allow predictingthe existence of far more cold-water corals sites than so far documented. Both habitat types arethreatened by trawling. Lastly, a map of the distribution of threatened non-fish vertebrates is provided.Together, these maps indicate marine biodiversity in the high seas to be richly patterned, with someof these patterns helping to identify areas in need of protection such as seamounts, and the high seasof the Southwest Pacific.
Chiang, O.E., Quinones, and R.A.. 2007. Relationship Between Viral and Prokaryotic Abundance on the Bajo O'Higgins 1 Seamount (Humboldt Current System Off Chile). Scientia Marina 71(1): 37-46
Abstract: There is little known about the ecology of microbial communities living in the water column over seamounts. Here, for the first time, the spatial distribution and abundance of virus-like particles (VLP) are described over a seamount. The association between VLP distribution, prokaryotic abundance, and environmental variables is also analyzed. Sampling was conducted in December 2004 on the Bajo O'Higgins I seamount (32 degrees 54'S, 73 degrees 53'W) located in the Humboldt Current System off Chile. A oxygen minimum layer (OMZ) was clearly present between 130 and 280 m in the water column over the seamount. Water samples were taken with Niskin bottles at 10 oceanographic stations over the seamount at depths of 5, 20, 50, 75, 100, and 150 m and at the benthic boundary layer (BBL; 5-12 m over the sediments). Temperature, salinity, oxygen, chlorophyll a, and phaeopigments were measured at each station. Viral and prokaryotic abundances were determined with fluorochrome SYBR Green I. Viral abundance ranged from 1.53 x 10(9) VLP L-1 - 16.48 x 10(9) VLP L-1, whereas prokaryotic abundance ranged from 1.78 x 10(8) cell L-1 - 14.91 x 10(8) cell L-1, The virus-like particle/prokaryote ratio varied widely among the analyzed layers (i.e. surface, OMZ, and BBL), probably due to the presence of different prokaryotic and viral assemblages in each layer. Our results indicate that the environmental conditions, mainly the concentration of dissolved oxygen in the water column over Bajo O'Higgins I seamount, shape the association between viral and prokaryotic abundance. Relationship between viral and prokaryotic abundance on the Bajo O'Higgins 1 seamount (Humboldt Current System off Chile)
Chikuni, S.. 1971. Groundfish on the Seamounts in the North Pacific. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Fisheries Oceanography 19: 1-14
Chikuni, S.. 1970. On Gregarious Fish, Pseudopentaceros Richardsoni (Histiophoridae) [Abstract]. Bulletin of the Far Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory 3: 1-3
Chistenko, V.M.. 1986. Spatial Distribution of Protein in Suspended Organic Matter From the Southeast Atlantic. [Prostranstvennoe Raspredelenie Belka Vzveshennogo Organicheskogo Veshchestva v Yugo-Vostochnoj Atlantike.]. Ekologiia morya(23): 16-23
Abstract: Data are presented on particulate protein content in the upper 500 m layer of the Southeast Atlantic. The absolute values varied from 9.7 to 397.3 mu g/l. The maximum concentrations were observed in the Benguela Current and the subantarctic front area. Low concentrations were confined to the inner part of the subtropical convergence zone, above the steep ledge of the continental slope of West Africa and above the Vema Seamount and Discovery Tablemount. The content of protein in suspended organic matter was found to be closely related to phyto- and bacterioplankton abundance
Chistikov, S.D.. 1982. The Modern Entalinidae (Scaphopoda, Gadilida). 1. The Subfamily Heteroschismoidinae. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 61(5): 671-682
Cho, B.C.. 1991. Bacterial Biomass and Production in the Water Column Over Two Central North Pacific Seamounts. Journal of the Korean Society of Oceanography 26(3): 255-261
Abstract: Bacterial abundance and production in the water column over two seamounts (Horizon Guyot and Magellan Rise) in the central North Pacific were studied in March 1987. Bacterial abundance (0.9-2.3 .times. 108 l-1) in surface waters during the study period were in the lower limit of the values reported for oligotrophic areas. Further, bacterial abundance in mesopelagic zone (mostly < 5 .times. 107 l-1) was much lower than that reported from other tropical areas. Bacterial production (20-466 ng C l--1 d-1) in surface waters was also low compared to other oligotrophic oceanic environments. However, comparison of bacterial production with the earlier reported values of primary production from these regions suggested a significant role of bacteria in the utilization of organic matter in the surface waters. Though data on distribution of bacterial production are limited in this study, further studies on spatial distribution of bacterial production on both small and large scales in very oligotrophic aquatic environments are suggested to be necessary
Christie, D.M., R.A. Duncan, A.R. McBirney, M.A. Richards, W.M. White, K.S. Harpp, and C.G. Fox. 1992. Drowned Islands Downstream From the Galapagos Hotspot Imply Extended Speciation Times. Nature 355(357): 246-248
Abstract: The volcanic islands of the Galapagos archipelago are the most recent products of a long-lived mantle hotspot. Little is known, however, of the submarine Galapagos platform on which the islands are built, or of the Cocos and Carnegie submarine ridges produced by past motion of the Cocos and Nazca plates across the hotspot. In 1990 we surveyed selected areas around the Galapagos platform and as far east as 85 degree 30'W on the Carnegie ridge, where we dredged abundant well-rounded basalt cobbles from a small seamount with a terraced summit region. Cobbles were also dredged from several other seamounts. We interpret these features, especially the presence of cobbles, as evidence for erosion near sea level and conclude that these seamounts were volcanic islands before subsiding to their present depths. Radiometric ages for these drowned islands range from 5 to 9 Myr, consistent with predicted plate motions. They indicate that the time available for speciation of Galapagos organisms is much longer than the age range of the existing islands
Clague, D.A.. 1974. The Hawaiian-Emperor Seamount Chain : Its Origin, Petrology, and Implications for Plate Tectonics. University of California, San Diegop. xviii-319
Clague, D.A. and G.B. Dalrymple. 1973. Age of Koko Seamount, Emperor Seamount Chain. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 17(2): 411-415
Abstract: K---Ar ages obtained by the conventional isotope-dilution and the 40Ar/39Ar techniques on two sanidine trachytes, four basalts, and a phonolite dredged from the top of Koko Seamount, 300 km north of the Hawaiian-Emperor bend, show that the seamount is 46.4 ¦ 1.1 my old. These data indicate that the volcanoes in the Hawaiian-Emperor chain continue to increase in age to the west and north beyond Midway Atoll, as predicted by the melting-spot hypothesis for the origin of the chain, and that the rate of volcanic migration along the chain was nonlinear between the time of formation of the island of Hawaii and Koko Seamount.
Clague, D.A., G.B. Dalrymple, and R. Moberly. 1975. Petrography and K-Ar Ages of Dredged Volcanic Rocks From the Western Hawaiian Ridge and the Southern Emperor Seamount Chain. Geological Society of America Bulletin 86(7): 991-998
Abstract: Alkalic basalt dredged from Yuryaku Seamount in the southernmost Emperor Seamount chain and from the western Hawaiian Ridge at Pearl and Hermes Reef and at two unnamed seamounts 160 and 380 km west of Midway is similar to the alkalic basalt that caps the volcanoes in the Hawaiian Islands. Conventional and 40Ar/39Ar K-AR analyses give best weighted mean ages of 42.3 ¦ 1.6 m.y. for Yuryaku Seamount, 27.3 ¦ 0.4 m.y. and 26.7 ¦ 0.5 m.y. for the two unnamed seamounts, and 20.1 ¦ 0.5 m.y. for the volcano that forms Pearl and Hermes Reef. The data show that the age of the Hawaiian-Emperor bend is about 41 to 43 m.y. Although the volcanoes in the Hawaiian-Emperor chain generally increase in age to the north and west of the island of Hawaii, the measured age-distance relations along the chain are not linear in detail. A phonolite, possibly a differentiated member of a posterosional nephelinic suite and the first found on the Hawaiian Ridge, was recovered from Pearl and Hermes Reef. Samples of analcime tephrite recovered from the unnamed seamount 380 km west of Midway may also be derived from a posterosional nephelinic suite.
Clark, M.. 1999. Fisheries for Orange Roughy (Hoplostethus Atlanticus) on Seamounts in New Zealand. Oceanologica Acta (Paris) 22(6): 593-602
Abstract: Major commercial fisheries for orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus) occur on seamount features, which are widely distributed throughout the New Zealand region. When the fishery developed in the late 1970s to early 1980s, it occurred mainly on flat bottom, but over time has become more focused on seamounts. In the 1995-96 fishing year, it is estimated that about 70 % of the catch of orange roughy within the New Zealand EEZ was taken from seamounts. Seamounts on the Chatham Rise have been fished for over ten years. Examination of commercial catch and effort data show strong declines in catch rates over time, and a pattern of serial depletion of seamount populations, with the fishery moving progressively eastwards to unfished seamounts along the southern margins of the Rise. Catch rates on seamounts in other regions of New Zealand have also generally shown a similar pattern of rapid decline. There is growing concern over the impact of trawling on seamounts, and the effects this can have on the benthic habitat and fauna, and the long-term sustainability of associated commercial fisheries
Clark, M., S. O'Shea, B. Wood, and I. Wright. 2000. Seamount Management: A Report on Seamounts Potentially Suitable for Consideration Under the MFish Seamount Management Strategy. Report prepared for the New Zealand Ministry of Fisheries. April 2000.
Clark, M.R., D. Tittenson, A.D. Rogers, P. Brewin, T. Schlacher, A. Rowden, K. Stocks, and M. Consalvey. 2006. Seamounts, Deep-Sea Corals and Fisheries:Vulnerability of Deep-Sea Corals to Fishing on Seamounts Beyond Areas of National Jurisdiction. UNEP-WCMC, Cambridge, UK, p. -80
Clark, M.R., K. Downing, S. O'Shea, and C. Thomas. 2002. Voyage Report of a Survey of Seamounts Off of the Northeast Coast of the North Island (KAH0204). p. -11
Clark, M.R., O.F. Anderson, R.I.C.C. Francis, and D.M. Tracey. 2000. The Effects of Commercial Exploitation on Orange Roughy (Hoplostethus Atlanticus) From the Continental Slope of the Chatham Rise, New Zealand, From 1979 to 1997. Fisheries Research (Amsterdam) 45(3): 217-238
Abstract: Orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus) is a recently exploited species, fished by trawling at depths of 700-1200 m on the continental slope around New Zealand. In this paper, changes in the major New Zealand orange roughy fishery on the Chatham Rise during a 19-year period are examined. Data from research trawl surveys and commercial fishing returns from 1979 to 1997 were analysed, and changes in the population described. The distribution of orange roughy showed a marked contraction, and aggregations became largely centred around seamounts or very localised areas of the slope. The biomass of orange roughy, measured by trawl survey and commercial catch-per-unit-effort indices, declined substantially, and in 1997 was estimated to be about 20% of virgin levels. Most bycatch species also declined in abundance, with no indication of species replacement. Size structure of the population did not change markedly over the period. Timing of spawning in July, and the pattern of gonad development, were also consistent over the years. There was no change in size or age at maturity. Prey composition remained similar. Biological changes may not have been apparent because orange roughy is a long-lived, slow-growing species, with low productivity. There could be a long response time of the population to fishing pressure
Clarke, A.M. and M.E. Downey. 1992. Starfishes of the Atlantic. London, Chapman and Hallp. -794
Clemmesen, C. and H. Rohrscheidt. 2004. Does the Great Meteor Seamount Affect Growth and Condition of Fish Larvae, With Special Reference to Vinciguerria Nimbaria?. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 187-200
Abstract: Vinciguerria nimbaria larvae caught in August/September 1998 above the plateau and in the deep water area around the Great Meteor Seamount were analysed for nutritional condition and growth based on RNA/DNA ratios, size in length, dry weight, and otolith increment pattern. Data analysis was based on the following hypothesis: Due to its oceanographic features ("Taylor" column, retention area) the Great Meteor Seamount favours growth and nutritional condition for larval fish. Vinciguerria larvae caught above
Clouard, V. and A. Bonneville. 2005. Ages of Seamounts, Islands and Plateaus on the Pacific Plate. Geological Society of America Special Report, Geological Society of America Special Paper 388 [ed.], Rep. 388, pp. 71-90
Abstract: Hotspot theory was first proposed on the basis of the observation of linear volcanic chains on the Pacific plate and assumed age progression within these chains. Knowledge of the ages of islands and seamounts is therefore of primary importance to analyzing intraplate volcanism and deciphering the history of hotspot tracks. In this paper we review published radiometric ages of islands and seamounts on the Pacific plate to help further reconstruction. We present a compilation of 1645 radiometric ages sorted by chain and further by island or seamount, along with a brief overview of each chain. Paleomagnetic ages obtained from seamount magnetism have not been considered, exceptfor some oceanic plateaus (e.g., Shatsky rise). We do not consider foraminifer ages, which only give minimum ages of seamounts. Reliability problems intrinsic to the samples and to the radiometric dating methods must be considered. Dating of whole rocks must generally be disregarded unless they have been subject to special treatment, Ar/Ar incremental heating dating should be preferred over other methods, and data that do not pass the reliability criteria discussed by Baksi (this volume) should be disregarded. Thus use of the ages compiled in our database must be done in the light of filtering, and we encourage the user to check critically the initial papers in which the dates were published.
Clouard, V. and A. Bonneville. 2001. How Many Pacific Hotspots Are Fed by Deep-Mantle Plumes?. Geology 29(8): 695-698
Abstract: The Pacific plate is usually considered to host 14 hotspots, but most of this volcanism does not seem to originate from deep-mantle plumes. To reach this conclusion, we tried to establish how many of the seamount alignments on the Pacific plate correspond to classic hotspots, i.e., long-lived hotspots linked to oceanic basaltic plateaus. We retraced the tracks of the 14 Pacific hotspots by using (1) the absolute stage poles representing the Pacific plate absolute motion since 145 Ma, (2) an updated compilation of radiometric ages of seamounts and oceanic plateaus totaling 266 seamounts or islands, (3) the detailed bathymetry of the Pacific Ocean, and (4) the present locations of the hotspots. This analysis allowed us to correlate only three hotspots with the beginning of their tracks possibly corresponding in space and time to an oceanic plateau: Easter to the eastern Mid-Pacific Mountains, Louisville to the Ontong Java plateau, and, with less confidence, Marquesas to Hess Rise and Shatsky Ridge. In addition, the Hawaii hotspot has produced long-lived volcanism. These four are the only classic hotspots on the Pacific plate. However, seven hotspots present short tracks (<35 m.y.) that cannot be traced to an oceanic plateau and thus are not related to any deep-mantle phenomena: Foundation, Macdonald, Pitcairn, Rarotonga, Rurutu, Samoa, and Society. The two northeast Pacific hotspots, Kodiak-Bowie and Cobb, and the Caroline hotspot are unclassifiable because of close proximity to a subduction zone where the prior history of volcanism has been lost
Codiga, D.L.. 1996. Observations and Physics of Amplified Subinertial Tidal Currents in Stratification and Mean Shear Flow at a Seamount. p. vii-213
Codiga, D.L. and C.C. Eriksen. 1997. Observations of Low-Frequency Circulation and Amplified Subinternal Tidal Currents at Cobb Seamount. Journal of Geophysical Research 102(C10): 22993-23007
Cohen, D.M. and J.E. McCosker. 1998. A New Species of Bythitid Fish, Genus Lucifuga, From the Galapagos Islands. Bulletin of Marine Science 63(1): 179-187
Abstract: A new species of bythitid, Lucifuga inopinata, is described from an adult female captured in 203 m from a seamount in the SE GalApagos Archipelago. It differs from its congeners in its high pectoral ray and vertebral numbers, as well as having a preopercular spine. Also included are a key to the genus Lucifuga, comments on its species, and a discussion of the origin of onshore bythitids
Cohen, D.M., T. Inada, T. Iwamoto, and N. Scialabba. 2002. Gadiform Fishes of the World (Order Gadiformes) An Annotated and Illustrated Catalogue of Cods, Hakes, Grenadiers and Other Gadiform Fishes Known to Date. FAO species catalogue 10(125): 1-442
Collette, B.B. and C.E. Nauen. 1983. Scombrids of the World. An Annotated and Illustrated Catalog of Tunas, Mackerels, Bonitos and Related Species Known to Date. (125), FAO Species Catalog, Vol. 2. FAO Fish Synopsesp. -137
Collette, B.B. and N.V. Parin. 1991. Shallow-Water Fishes of Walters Shoals, Madagascar Ridge. Bulletin of Marine Science 48(1): 1-22
Abstract: Walters Shoals is an isolated seamount reaching to within 18 m of the surface, and is located about 400 nautical miles south of Madagascar and 600 nm east of Souther Africa. It is part of a chain of seven islands and seamounts extending along the West Wind Drift from Gough and Tristan da Cunha in the South Atlantic to Amsterdam and St. Paul in the southern Indian Ocean. Fishes were collecting during VITYAZ cruise 17 in December 1988. The shallow-water fish fauna comprises about 20 species and is composed of three elements: endemics (7-8 species), wide-spread temperate or subtropical species (5-6), and tropical Indo-West Pacific reef species (6). Three species, and carangid, Trachurus longimanus, a cheilodactylid, Acantholatris monodactylus, and a labrid, Nelabrichthys ornatus, are endemic to the West Wind Drift islands. A serranid, Lepidoperca coatsii, is known from four of the island groups and may also occur at Walters Shoals. Another serranid, Serranus novemcinctus, occurs only at the four Indian Ocean islands and seamounts. The common Gymnothorax is an undescribed species, probably endemic. A specimen of scorpaenid had been described as Scorpaenodes immaculatus, also probably endemic. A second species of Gymnothorax and the species of Plagiogeneion may also be endemic species. Thus, 30-40% of the shallow water fish fauna of Walters Shoals is endemic to some part of this chain of islands and seamounts. The species of Carcharhinus, Cheilopogon, Polyprion, Seriola, and Scomber are wide-spread in temperature or subtropical waters. Plectranthias longimanus, Apogon semiornatus, Chromis weberi, C. axillaris, Pterois cf. miles, and Kentrocapros rosapinto are trophical Indo-West Pacific reef fishes. The fish fauna of Walters Shoals links Brigg's Tristan-Gough Province of his southern South America Cold Temperate Region with the Amsterdam-St. Paul Province of his Southern African Warm Temperature Region into a single zoogeographic province, which is here called the West Wind Drift Islands Province
Collott, J.-Y., T. Pelletier, J. Boulin, J. Daniel, J.-P. Eissen, M.A. Fisher, H.G. Greene, S. Lallemand, and M. Monzier. 1989. Premier Resultant Des Plongee De La Campagne SUBSPO 1 Dans La Zone De Collision Des Ride D;Entrefcasteaux Et De L'Arc Des Nouvelle-Hebrides. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des seances de l'Academie des sciences 309(2): 1947-1954
Comeau, L.A., A.F. Vezina, M. Bourgeois, and S.K. Juniper. 1995. Relationship Between Phytoplankton Production and the Physical Structure of the Water Column Near Cobb Seamount, Northeast Pacific. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 42(6): 993-1005
Abstract: The objective of this study was to determine the impact of the Cobb Seamount (northeast Pacific) on phytoptankton biomass and primary production. In August 1991, we sampled along six 30 km spokes radiating outward from the summit of Cobb Seamount. Surface chlorophyll a (Chl a) and incident light conditions were relatively uniform over this mesoscale sampling grid, but primary production varied over a ten-fold range. Statistical analyses linked these production variations to a subsurface ( gt 50 m) thermohaline front skirting the flanks of the seamount. The thermal stratification of surface waters ( lt 50 m) also changed across the front, generally increasing toward the seamount. These physical changes in turn were associated with a shallowing and intensification of subsurface Chl a maxima, increases in diatom biovolume, and increases in production to biomass ratios. Although nutrient isolines domed slightly upward over the seamount, this physical feature did not seem to enrich surface waters or stimulate production. It appeared that growth and production rates were enhanced by increased stability of the upper water column that led to an improved subsurface light regime. Possible associations of these physical-biological interactions with the seamount are discussed
Coyle, K.O., G.L. Hunt, M.B. Decker, and T.J. Weingartner. 1991. Murre Foraging, Epibenthic Sound Scattering and Tidal Advection Over a Shoal Near St. George Island, Bering Sea. Marine Ecology Progress Series 83: 1-14
Creasey, S.S. and A.D. Rogers. 1999. Population Geneteics of Bathya and Abyssal Organisms. Advances in Marine Biology 35: 1-151
Criales, M.M. and M.F. McGowan. 1993. Occurrence and Description of Mysis Larvae of a Mesopelagic Shrimp Species of the Genus Gennadas (Crustacea: Decapoda: Aristeidae) From Coastal Waters of South Florida. Bulletin of Marine Science 53(3): 973-984
Abstract: Four mysis stages of a species of Gennadas, very likely G. valens, are described and illustrated, and their differences from the only described larvae of a species of this genus, G. elegans, are discussed. The larvae were collected downstream and inshore from a seamount on the continental shelf in the Florida Keys between 24.5 degree N, 80.7 degree W and 25 degree N, 80.3 degree W. Adults and juveniles of species of Gennadas have previously been reported as strong diel vertical migrators aggregated at depths of 550-950 m during the day and 75-425 m at night; and larvae have been reported as common between 50 and 100 m deep. This is the first description of larvae of a species of Gennadas other than G. elegans and the first report of larvae of a species of Gennadas at less than 50 m in depth
Crosnier, A.. 1988. Sur Les Heterocarpus (Crustacea, Decapoda, Pandalidae) Du Sud-Ouest De L'Ocean Indien. Remarques Sur D'Autres Especes Ouest-Pacifique Du Genre Et Description De Quatre Taxa Nouveau. Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Section A Zoologie 4(10A): 57-103
Crosnier, A.. 1989. Contributions a L'Etude Des Genres Haliporus Bate, 1881 Et Gordonella Tirmizi, 1960 (Crustacea, Decapoda, Panaeoidea). Description De Deux Especes Nouvelle. Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Section A Zoologie 4(10A): 563-601
Crossland, J. and R. Grandperrin. 1980. The Development of Deep Bottom Fishing in the Tropical Pacific. Indo-Pacific Fisheries Commission.Proceedings, 19th session, Occas.Pap., edition 17, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -12
Abstract: This paper presents a brief review of the Outer Reef Artisanal Fisheries Project which terminated in 1977, and describes in more detail the Commission's current project, the Deep Sea Fisheries Development Project. The aim of the Deep Sea Fisheries Development Project is to encourage development of a small-scale fishery for deep water bottom fishes occurring on the outer reef slopes and on sea mounts in depths of 100-400m. The project spends several months at one place under the control of a master fisherman. It demonstrates the techniques of deep water droplining using wooden handreels, monofilament line and wire terminal rigs. Fishing is done from local boats, either government or private. Local fishermen receive on-the-job training in all aspects of the operation. Between March 1978 and March 1980 the project visited American Samoa, Tonga (twice), Niue (twice), Yap, Tanna (New Hebrides), Kosrae, Palau, New Caledonia and Papua New Guinea. Lutjanid fishes comprised about half the catch by weight, of which Etelis oculatus, E. carbunculus and Pristipomoides sp. were the most important. Other important types were carangids, serranids, lethrinids and gempylids. The average catch in kg per reel per fishing hour varied from 2.8 at Niue to 9.6 at Kosrae. It is considered that in several places the catch rates achieved are sufficient to make this type of fishing economically viable
DARNITSKY, V.B.. 1985. Some Causes of Variability in the Bio- and Fish-Productivity of the Mesopelagial (Near Seamounts). Fishes of the All-Union Conference, Investigations and Rational Utilization of the Bioresources of the Open Ocean (Fishes of the Mesopelagial), Moscow, pp. 102-123
Dalrymple, G.B. and D.A. Clague. 1976. Age of Hawaiian-Emperor Bend. Earth and Planetary Science 31(3): 313-329
Abstract: 40Ar/39Ar age data on alkalic and tholeiitic basalts from Diakakuji and Kinmei Seamounts in the vicinity of the Hawaiian-Emperor bend indicate that these volcanoes are about 41 and 39 m.y. old, respectively. Combined with previously published age data on Yuryaku and Koko Seamounts, the new data indicate that the best age for the bend is 42.0 ¦ 1.4 m.y. Petrochemical data indicate that the volcanic rocks recovered from bend seamounts are indistinguishable from Hawaiian volcanic rocks, strengthening the hypothesis that the Hawaiian-Emperor bend is part of the Hawaiian volcanic chain. 40Ar/39Ar total fusion ages on altered whole-rock basalt samples are consistent with feldspar ages and with 40Ar/39Ar incremental heating data and appear to reflect the crystallization ages of the samples even though conventional K-Ar ages are significantly younger. The cause of this effect is not known but it may be due to low-temperature loss of 39Ar from nonretentive montmorillonite clays that have also lost 40Ar.
Darnitskij, V.B.. 1991. Taylor eddies in the Pulkovskaya Seamount area, variability of oceanological fields in the vicinity of Eltanin Seamounts, biological productivity. [Vikhri Tehjlora v rajone gory Pulkovskaya...]. in: Biological Resources of the Thalassobathyal World Ocean. [Biologicheskie Resursy Talassobatial'Noj Zony Mirovogo Okeana.], A.S.Grechina [ed.], Sb.Nauchn.Tr., Vniro, pp. 203-231
Abstract: The paper considers the effect of topographic eddy dynamics on the distribution of plankton communities and, consequently, on fish migrations in the vicinity of seamount summits. Changes in the water structure near the seamount summits result in changes in the general level of biological productivity depending on the predominance of sub-Arctic or subtropical waters in different periods. Intradiurnal, diurnal and interdiurnal wave processes determined by internal tidal waves and entrained shelf Kelvin waves affect fluctuations of oceanological characteristics (mineral salts) and therefore local plankton biomasses
Darnitskij, V.B. and N.I. Zigel'man. 1986. Structure and Evolution of an Eddy Field in the Area of the Colahan Seamount. [Struktura i Ehvolyutsiya Vikhrevogo Polya v Rajone Gory Kolakhan.]. Sbornik Nauchnykh Trudov (Vniro): 85-107
Abstract: The analysis of eddy field structure and evolution in the area of the Colahan Seamount points to a considerable synoptic variability of horizontal and vertical water structure under the effect of topographic cyclogenesis. The observed peculiarities influence bioproduction in the mesopelagial of surrounding water
Darnitskij, V.B. and V.Z. Boldyrev. 1991. Patterns of fish distribution above the seamounts of the Eltania Fracture zone. in: Biologicheskie Resursy Talassobatial'Noi Zony Mirovo Okeana: Sbornik Nauchnykh Trudov. [Biological Resources of the World Ocean Thalassobathyal: Collected Papers], A.S.Grechina [ed.], VNIRO, Moskva, pp. 258-275
Darnitskij, V.B. and V.Z. Boldyrev. 1993. On the causes of local instability of seamount ecosystems in the Eltanin Fracture Zone. [O prichinakh lokal'noj neustojchivosti ehkosistem podvodnykh gor zony razlomov Ehltanin.]. in: Pelagic Ecosystems of the Southern Ocean. [Pelagicheskie Ehkosistemy Yuzhnogo Okeana], N.M.Voronina [ed.], Nauka, Moskva (Russia), p. 97
Abstract: Practically unpredictable short-time dynamics of plankton biomass and fish abundance as well as considerable abrupt changes of hydrological conditions in the vicinity of seamounts were observed during several surveys in the area. The synoptic-scale instability of biological communities is largely attributable to the rearrangement of hydrophysical fields, primarily to the dynamics of eddy systems. The synoptic variability of hydrological parameters near seamounts is more intensive in comparison with the background conditions due to the proximity of topographic and satellite eddies. Their interaction is complicated by the intensification of wave processes. The hydrological processes have a considerable effect on the structure and variability of plankton communities in the thalassobathyal zone causing redistribution of fish
Darnitskij, V.B., V.L. Boldyrev, and A.F. Volkov. 1984. Environmental conditions and some ecological characteristics of fishes from the central north Pacific seamounts. in: Conditions of Formation of Commercial Fish Concentrations. Proceedings, P.A.Moiseev [ed.], Ministry of Fisheries of USSR. All-Union Research Institute of Marine Fisheries & Oceanography (VNIRO), Moscow, pp. 64-77
Abstract: The variability of planktonic communities from the Pacific Ocean seamounts especially from the Hawaiian and Emperor seamounts may be caused by seasonal and inter-year dynamics of the total biomass, short-term variability in the planktonic community, the advection of adjoint water masses and by eddies. Calculated annual diet of boar fish occuring in the Kinmei Seamount area suggests that macroplankton biomass brought with currents does not fully compensate for energy expenditures of the fish and should be summed up with the local plankton generations in vicinity of seamounts and advection from the adjacent areas
Daughney, C.J., J.P. Rioux, D. Fortin, and T. Pichler. 2004. Laboratory Investigation of the Role of Bacteria in the Weathering of Basalt Near Deep Sea Hydrothermal Vents. Geomicrobiology Journal 21(1): 21-31
Abstract: The principal goal of this study was to assess the potential role of bacteria on the weathering of basalts near deep-sea hydrothermal vents (DSHVs). Natural basalt samples were collected from the vicinity of Axial Seamount on the Juan de Fuca plate during the New Millennium Observatory (NeMO) 2000 cruise and characterized by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and X-ray diffractometry. Bacteria were isolated from the naturally weathered basalt samples and used in a laboratory batch experiment. The bacteria (identified as marine gamma proteobacteria SWAT4) and unweathered basalt fragments were placed in artificial sea-water in the presence and absence of an organic carbon supplement (analogous abiotic control systems were also included). These systems were incubated in the dark (4degreeC, ambient pressure) for four months, and optical density, pH, EH and concentrations of dissolved organic carbon, cations and anions were measured over time. Despite the limited data available (i.e., one system per set of chemical conditions) and the fact that contamination occurred in one abiotic system, we were still able to draw conclusions with respect to the role of bacteria in basalt weathering. The presence of the bacteria induced the release of Fe and Mn from the basalt relative to the abiotic controls, especially with the addition of the organic carbon supplement. At the conclusion of the experiment, the basalt fragments from the batch experiment were examined by SEM. The surfaces of the basalt fragments from the biotic systems, which were colonized by bacteria and showed evidence of secondary Fe-mineral precipitation, were very similar to the naturally weathered basalts. The results of this study therefore suggest that chemoorganotrophic bacteria are involved in the cycling of Fe and Mn and the weathering of basalt near DSHVs
Davidson, G.. 1897. The Submerged Valleys of the Copast of California, USA and of Lower California, Mexico. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 1(2)
Davis, A.S., D.A. Clague, W.A. Bohrson, G.B. Dalrymple, and H.G. Greene. 2002. Seamounts at the Continental Margin of California: A Different Kind of Oceanic Intraplate Volcanism. Geological Society of America Bulletin 3(114): 316-333
Abstract: Davidson, Guide, Pioneer, Gumdrop, and Rodriguez Seamounts, located at the continental margin offshore California between latitudes 37.5degreesN and 34.0degreesN, may represent a previously unrecognized type of intraplate oceanic volcanism. Morphologically unlike typical oceanic-island volcanoes or near-ridge seamounts, they are complex, northeast-trending ridges that reflect the ridge-parallel structure of the underlying oceanic crust. Ar-40/Ar-39 laser fusion ages of mineral separates indicate at least two episodes of volcanism at ca. 16 and ca. 12 Ma, younger by 7-11 m.y. than the underlying ocean crust. Volcanic rocks are predominantly differentiated alkalic basalt, hawaiite, and mugearite. The lack of coherent liquid-lines-of-descent is consistent with small batches of magma forming, fractionally crystallizing, and erupting in isolation from the previous and subsequent batches. The presence of mantle xenoliths suggests that magmas originated in the upper mantle. Xenoliths of alkalic cumulates and xenocrysts of feldspar, amphibole, and titanomagnetite are consistent with fractionation in the upper mantle as well. Sr, Nd, and Pb isotope ratios of some samples are from depleted-mantle sources like those of MORB (mid-oceanic-ridge basalt); others indicate more variably enriched mantle sources. Magmas formed by small-percentage partial melting of variably enriched MORB-source-type mantle, according to the samples' high abundances of incompatible elements such as Nb, Ta, and Th. Coeval middle Miocene basalts in onshore coastal California have a similar isotopic range, but their trace elements show a subduction-related signature. If the coeval volcanic rocks offshore originated in a slab window, as proposed for those onshore, they were not influenced by a slab component. Although a slab-window origin is plausible for the middle Miocene volcanism, later episodes of small, sporadic eruptions on- and offshore probably resulted from decompression melting of mantle rising along existing zones of weakness undergoing extension related to continued movement along transform-fault systems
Davis, A.S., L.B. Gray, D.A. Clague, and J.R. Hein. 2002. The Line Islands Revisited: New Ar-40/Ar-39 Geochronologic Evidence for Episodes of Volcanism Due to Lithospheric Extension. Geochemistry Geophysics Geosystems 3(Art. No. 1018)
Abstract: [1] New Ar-40/Ar-39 ages of mineral separates and whole rock samples from nine volcanic edifices in the northern Line Islands region, between latitudes 20degreesN and 6degreesN, are incompatible with single or multiple hot spot models. Instead, two major episodes of volcanism, each lasting similar to5 Ma and separated by similar to8 Ma, occurred synchronously over long distances, not just along the main chain but also at nonaligned edifices. Volcanism during the older episode (81-86 Ma) extended over a distance of at least 1200 km along the eastern part of the complex seamount chain. Volcanism during the younger episode (68-73 Ma) was concentrated in the western part of the chain and may have extended over a distance of >4000 km. Chemical analyses of 68 samples represent a compositionally diverse suite, including tholeiitic, transitional, and alkalic basalt, strongly alkalic basanite and nephelinite, and alkalic differentiates ranging from hawaiite to trachyte. The most diverse assemblage of rocks was recovered from a cross-trending seamount chain south of Johnston Atoll. Although compositions of rocks from the two volcanic episodes overlap, compositions from the younger episode generally are more alkalic and include a larger proportion of highly differentiated compositions. None of the samples from the older episode, but many from the younger one, contain hydrous mineral phases such as amphibole and biotite. Extensive coeval volcanism along major segments of the chain is compatible with decompressional melting of heterogeneous mantle due to diffuse lithospheric extension along pre-existing zones of weakness. Episodes of volcanism are probably related to broad upwarping of the Superswell region in the eastern South Pacific, where these lavas originated.
Davis, C.S. and P.H. Weibe. 1985. Macrozooplankton Biomass in a Warm-Core Gulf Stream Ring: Time Series Changes in Size Structure. Journal of Geophysical Research 90: 8871-8884
Davis, E.E.. 1984. Juan De Fuca Ridge Atlas : SeaMARC 2 Acoustic Imagery [Atlas De La Crete De Juan De Fuca : Images Acoustiques Du SeaMARC 2].
Dawson, E.W. and J.C. Yaldwyn. 1985. Lithodes Nintokuae: A Deep-Water King Crab (Crustacea, Anomura, Lithodidae) Newly Recorded From Hawaii [USA]. Pacific Science 39(1): 16-23
Abstract: Lithodes nintokuae, previously known from five specimens from the Emperor Seamount Chain, northwest of Midway Islands, is redescribed from abundant material taken at a series of localities along the Midway/Hawaiian Islands Ridge. Its recorded depth range is 450 to 1070 m. Rostral and carapace characters place it in the "L. tropicalis group" of the genus Lithodes. Features are given which differentiate it from the five other members of this group
Deacon, M.. 1971. Scientists and the Sea. 1650 - 1900 a Study of Marine Science. vol. 1, London, Acedmic Pressp. -445
Del Cerro, L. and D. Lloris. 1997. Gurnard Fishes (Scorpaeniformes, Triglidae) From Off New Caledonia, With Description of Five New Species. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 174: 91-124
Demenitskaia, R.M. and G.S. Dzotsenidze. 1978. Podvodnye Gory : (Probl. Geofiz. Izuch.). Ministerstvo geologii SSSR. Nauchno-proizvodstvennoe obedinenie "Sevmorgeo." Nauchno-issledovatelskii institut geologii Arktiki
Denis, F., D. Jollivet, and D. Moraga. 1993. Genetic Separation of Two Allopatric Populations of Hydrothermal Snails Alviniconcha Spp. (Gastropoda) From Two South Western Pacific Back-Arc Basins. Biochemical Systematics and Ecology 21(4): 431-440
Denny, M., J. Dairiki, and S. Distefano. 1992. Biological Consequences of Topography on Wave-Swept Rocky Shores: I. Enhancement of External Fertilization. Biological Bulletin 183: 220-232
Denton, A.W.S.. 1986. Tectonics and Sediment Geochemistry of Tuzo Wilson Seamounts, Northeast Pacific Ocean. p. xiii-183
Detinova, N.N.. 1982. Deep-Water Maldanidae (Polychaeta) of the Pacific Ocean. I. The Genus Maldanella. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 117: 63-75
Detinova, N.N.. 1985. Polychaetous Annelids of Reykjanes Ridge. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 120: 96-136
Detinova, N.N. and A.Y. Sagajdaxhnyj. 1994. Vertical Distribution of Bottom Fauna on the Walters Bank Slope (Madagascar Ridge) [Vertikal'Noe Raspredelenie Fauny Na Sklone Banki Uolters (Madagaskarskij Khrebet)]. Bottom Fauna of Seamounts [Donnaya Fauna Podvodnykh Gor], Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR), vol. 129, Nauka, Tr.Ioranpp. 17-30
Abstract: The paper analyzes material collected by the Sigsby trawl and commercial shrimp trawl as well as underwater photography data. The use of data collected by different gear made it possible to obtain a reliable picture of changes in the bottom fauna from the top of the bank down the slope to the depth of 1700m. The efficiency of the shrimp trawl is discussed. The quantitative distribution and trophic structure of megabenthos is considered
Devey, C.. 1995. Cruise Report SO-100 : the Foundation Seamount Chain [Fahrbericht SO-100 : Die Foundation Seamountkette : Suva (Fiji)-Valparaiso (Chile), 29.1.95-22.3.95]. p. 123
Diehl, M.. 1970. Dei Neue, Okologisch Extreme Sand-Ascidie Von Der Josephinebank: Seriocarpa Rhizoides Diehl 1969 (Ascidiacea, Styelidae)3. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 7: 43-58
Diekmann, R. and U. Piatkowski. 2004. Species Composition and Distribution Patterns of Early Life Stages of Cephalopods at Great Meteor Seamount (Subtropical North-East Atlantic). Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 115-131
Abstract: The distribution of early life stages of cephalopods was studied during a cruise of RV Meteor in September 1998 at Great Meteor Seamount, an isolated flat-topped seamount in the subtropical eastern North Atlantic. Zooplankton sampling was conducted with a multi-opening-closing net(modified MOCNESS, 1 m(2) net opening, 335 mum mesh size) in seven depth strata between 290 m depth and the surface. 1180 early life stages of cephalopods were collected, representing at least IS families and 31 mainly oceanic species. Most of the identified cephalopods comprised mesopelagic species (e. g., representatives of the families Enoploteuthidae and Pyroteuthidae) that showed diel vertical migration patterns. Hydrographic measurements parallel to zooplankton sampling revealed slow anticyclonic recirculation around the seamount forming a Taylor column and, thus, some retention potential for passive particles. Nevertheless multivariate statistical analysis revealed no differences in the cephalopod community between the area in the proximity of the summit and the adjacent oceanic region. This was partly related to the depth of the plateau (< 300 m), which resulted in only slightly enhanced primary production, as well as to the tow retention potential for active vertical migrators. However, reduced numbers of cephalopods were observed over the summit in night-time sampling, indicating gap formation above the seamount
Dieu, J.J.. 1990. The Northern Emperors : Histories of Rejuvenated Alkalic Volcanism and Ice-Rafting. p. ix-215
Dijkstra, H.H. and R.N. Kilburn. 2001. The Family Pectinidae in South Africa and Mozambique (Mollusca: Bivalvia: Pectinoidea). African Invertebrates 42: 263-321
Abstract: Of the 29 species of Pectinidae here recorded from South Africa and Mozambique, ca. 76% have Indo-West Pacific origins, 17% are of Mediterranean-West African origin and ca. 7% are probably of Southern Ocean origin. New species: Mirapecten tuberosus, Veprichlamys peripheralis. New subspecies: Aequipecten commutatus peripheralis. New synonyms: Chlamys liltvedi Wagner, 1984 = Laevichlamys lemniscata (Reeve, 1853). Genus Karnekampia Wagner, 1988 = Pseudamussium Morch, 1853, Somalipecten Waller, 1996 = Mirapecten Dall, Bartsch & Rehder, 1938. Perapecten Wagner, 1985, and Lindapecten Petuch, 1995 = Aequipecten Fischer, 1886. New records for South Africa: Delectopecten musorstomi Poutiers, 1981; Anguipecten picturatus Dijkstra, 1995; Decatopecten amiculum (Philippi, 1851); D. plica (Linnaeus, 1758); Glorichlamys elegantissima (Deshayes, 1863); Gloripallium pallium (Linnaeus, 1758); Juxtamusium maldivense (Smith, 1903); Laevichlamys deliciosa (Iredale, 1939), L. lemniscata (Reeve, 1853); Pedum spondyloideum (Gmelin, 1791); Semipallium crouchi (Smith, 1892); S. flavicans (Linnaeus, 1758); Haumea minuta (Linnaeus, 1758). New combinations: Chlamys gilchristi Sowerby, 1904, to Pseudamussium; Chlamys weberi Bavay, 1904 to Laevichlamys; Pecten coruscans Hinds, 1845, to Semipallium; Chylams [sic] humilis Sowerby, 1904, and Ostrea multistriata Poli, 1795, to Talochlamys. Lectotypes designated: Pallium striatum Schumacher, 1817; Pecten velutinus Sowerby, 1842; Pecten strangei Reeve, 1852.
Dijkstra, H.H. and S. Gofas. 2004. Pectinoidea (Bivalvia : Propeamussiidae and Pectinidae) From Some Northeastern Atlantic Seamounts. Sarsia 89(1): 33-78
Abstract: This paper addresses the systematics of Pectinoidea collected in the northeast Atlantic on the Lusitanian seamounts, on Galicia Bank, and on the Meteor group seamounts. There are 21 species recorded, of which three (Parvamussium intuslaevis, Cyclopecten cincinnatus, Cyclopecten vimineus from the Meteor group seamounts) are described as new. A lectotype is designated for Propeamussium lucidum (Jeffreys in Thomson, 1873). Cyclopecten antiquatus (Philippi, 1844) is for the first time recorded alive at 805-1160 m on the Meteor group and Galicia seamounts, and distinguished from the Mediterranean-eastern Atlantic species C. hoskynsi (Forbes, 1844). Bathypecten Schein-Fatton, 1985, is placed in synonymy of Catillopecten Iredale, 1939, and the relevant North Atlantic species accordingly named Catillopecten eucymatus (Dall, 1898) (comb. nov.). The character regarding the development of internal ribs, traditionally considered to diagnose Parvamussium and Cyclopecten, is here shown to conflict with characters of the external sculpture. A large, distorted, bathyal pectinid species from the Meteor group (Plato Bank) is tentatively assigned to Pseudohinnites hemiradiatus (de Folin & Perier, 1887) (comb. nov.). Pseudamussium alicei (Dautzenberg & Fischer, 1897) from Galicia bank is found to intergrade morphologically with P. sulcatum (Muller, 1776), whereas in the Azores P. alicei is not readily separable from P. clavatum (Poli, 1795) in the shallower samples. In the pectinids Delectopecten vitreus (Gmelin, 1791) and Pseudamussium spp., the prodissoconch characters indicate a long planktotrophic development, and thus an ability for long-distance dispersal. The shallow-water pectinids found on the Lusitanian banks, with a prodissoconch indicating a short to moderately long pelagic stage, are found as scarce, empty shells and probably do not form stable populations on the banks. All the Propeamussiidae, and the pectinid Hyalopecten pudicus, have a prodissoconch morphology indicating a reduced planktonic stage, or no planktonic stage at all, but are actually never endemic to a single seamount.
Dixon, T.H., M. Naraghi, M.K. McNutt, and S.M. Smith. 1983. Bathymetric Predictions From SEASAT Altimeter Data. Journal of Geophysical Research 88(C3): 1563-1571
Dolganov, V.N.. 1982. Discovery of a Rare Rabbitfish Species, Chimaera Owstoni (Holocephali, Chimaeridae), in the Region of the Northwestern Underwater Ridge. Journal of Ichthyology 22(6): 145-146
Dolganov, V.N.. 1984. A New Shark From the Family Squalidae Caught on the Nazca Submarine Ridge. Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 63: 1589-1591
Dolin, L. and P. Bouchet. 1986. Lorsque Deux Mythes Deviennent Realite. When Mythic Shells Become Real.. Rossiniana 32: 19-28
Donachie, S.P., S. Hou, K.S. Lee, C.W. Riley, A. Pikina, C. Belisle, S. Kempe, T.S. Gregory, A. Bossuyt, J. Boerema, J. Liu, T.A. Freitas, A. Malahoff, and M. Alam. 2005. The Hawaiian Archipelago: A Microbial Diversity Hotspot. Microbial Ecology 48(4): 509-520
Abstract: The Hawaiian Archipelago is a "biodiversity hotspot'' where significant endemism among eukaryotes has evolved through geographic isolation and local topography. To address the absence of corresponding region-wide data on Hawaii's microbiota, we compiled the first 16S SSU rDNA clone libraries and cultivated bacteria from five Hawaiian lakes, an anchialine pool, and the Lo'ihi submarine volcano. These sites offer diverse niches over similar to 5000 m elevation and similar to 1150 nautical miles. Each site hos
Donachie, S.P., S. Hou, T.S. Gregory, A. Malahoff, and M. Alam. 2003. Idiomarina Loihiensis Sp. Nov., a Halophilic Gamma-Proteobacterium From the Lo'Ihi Submarine Volcano, Hawai'i. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology 53(6): 1873-1879
Abstract: During an investigation of bacterial diversity at hydrothermal vents on the Lo'ihi Seamount, Hawai'i, a novel bacterium (designated L2-TRT) was cultivated, which shares 99.9% 16S rRNA gene sequence similarity over 1415 nt with an uncultured eubacterium from sediment at a depth of 11 000 m in the Mariana Trench. The nearest cultivated neighbour of L2-TRT, however, is Idiomarina abyssalis KMM 227T, with which it shares 98-9 % 16S rRNA sequence similarity. L2-TRT differed from I. abyssalis KMM 227T in several phenotypic respects, including growth at 46 degreeC and in medium that contained 20% (w/v) NaCl. DNA-DNA hybridization data showed that L2-TRT did not belong to the species I. abyssalis (43.4% DNA-DNA reassociation). Cells of L2-TRT were Gram-negative rods, 0.35 mum wide and 0.7-1.0 mum long, which were occasionally up to 1.8 mum in length. Cells were motile by a single polar or subpolar flagellum. The major fatty acid in L2-TRT was iso-C15:0 (32.6%). The DNA G+C content was 47.4 mol%. Phenotypic and genotypic analyses indicated that L2-TRT could be assigned to the genus Idiomarina but, based on significant phenotypic and genotypic differences, constituted a novel species within this genus, Idiomarina loihiensis sp. nov., of which L2-TRT (=ATCC BAA-735T=DSM 15497T) is the type strain
Dooley, H.D.. 1984. Aspects of Oceanographic Variability on Scottish Fishing Grounds. University of Aberdeen, Scotlandp. -154
Doray, M. and L. Reynal. 2003. Catch Per Trip Variability Analysis Related to Several Fishing Effort Components in the Small-Scale, Large Pelagic Fishery in Martinique (FWI): an Attempt to Define More Accurate Fishing Effort Units Function of the Different Types of Fish "Aggregators". R.L.Creswell, Proceedings of the Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Institute no.54, 799 p.
Abstract: As in most of the islands of the Lesser Antilles, the small-scale large pelagic fishery in Martinique (FWI) is based on the exploitation of fishes concentrated around three types of "aggregators": flotsams, seamounts and Fish Aggregating Devices (FADs). The technical and human means implemented by the small scale fishermen to catch the fishes are the same whatever aggregator they target. Due to the lack of consistent data series, CPUEs are commonly expressed as "catches by trip". The influence of several ot
Dower, J., H. Freeland, and K. Juniper. 1992. A Strong Biological Response to Oceanic Flow Past Cobb Seamount. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 39(7-8): 1139-1145
Abstract: We report results of a CTD and chlorophyll a survey from Cobb Seamount, a shallow seamount in the northeast Pacific. Out results show a several-fold increased in the standing crop of chlorophyll a is centered over the seamount. Current meter and drifter data indicate an anticyclonic deflection of deep currents around Cobb consistent with a theoretical stratified Taylor cone. Cobb differs from other seamounts where similar phenomena have been reported (OWENS and HOGG, 1980, Deep-Sea Research, 27, 1029-1045; GOULD et al., 1981, Deep-Sea Research, 28, 409-440; GENIN and BOEHLERT, 1985, Journal of Marine Research, 43, 907-924) in that its summit penetrates well into the euphotic zone. A Taylor column existing at such shallow depths could locally enhance primary production, providing a significant source of energy for higher trophic levels on the seamount. Indirect evidence for such a scenario comes from observations of a high biomass benthic community on Cobb Seamount
Dower, J.F.. 1994. Biological Consequences of Current-Topography Interactions at Cobb Seamount. University of Victoriap. xiii-229
Dower, J.F. and D.L. Mackas. 1996. "Seamount Effects" in the Zooplankton Community Near Cobb Seamount. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 43(6): 837-858
Abstract: Oceanic seamounts often support large nektonic stocks. Since the mid-1950s it has been believed that this high productivity results, in part, from biological response to the physical interaction between oceanic currents and the abrupt topographic profiles represented by most seamounts. The "classic theory" for the production/maintenance of seamount nektonic stocks suggests that (i) the combination of localized upwelling and the trapping/concentrating action of closed anticyclonic vortices (i.e. Taylor cones
Dower, J.F. and R.I. Perry. 2001. High Abundance of Larval Rockfish Over Cobb Seamount, an Isolated Seamount in the Northeast Pacific. Fisheries Oceanography 10(3): 268-274
Abstract: The larval fish community in the region of Cobb Seamount (500 km west of Oregon) is dominated by myctophid species commonly encountered in the subarctic North Pacific. However, during a survey in June 1992, the ichthyoplankton community within 30 km of the seamount summit was almost completely dominated by larvae of various rockfish (Sebastes) species. Given their very small size (and hence very young age) and the fact that they occurred only rarely in samples collected >30 km from the seamount summit, we conclude that these Sebastes larvae were produced locally over Cobb Seamount. Previous studies have shown that the Cobb fish fauna is dominated by various Sebastes spp. and that, unlike other fish present on the seamount, the rockfish populations may be self-recruiting. We suggest that a persistent clockwise (i.e. downwelling) eddy, consistent with a stratified Taylor cone, plays a critical role in retaining larval rockfish over Cobb Seamount and may con, tribute to the process of self-recruitment. The key to the success of rockfish on Cobb and other shallow Northeast Pacific seamounts seems to be linked to their viviparous life history
Drazen, J.C., S.K. Goffredi, B. Schlining, and D.S. Stakes. 2003. Aggregations of Egg-Brooding Deep-Sea Fish and Cephalopods on the Gorda Escarpment: A Reproductive Hot Spot. Biological Bulletin 205(1): 1-7
Abstract: Localized areas of intense biological activity, or hot spots, in the deep sea are infrequent but important features in an otherwise sparsely occupied habitat (1). Hydrothermal vents, methane cold seeps, and the tops of seamounts are well documented areas where dense communities persist for generations (2-5). Reproductive aggregations where conspecifics concentrate for the purposes of spawning or egg brooding could be thought of as transient hot spots. It is likely that they occur in populations with low densities to maximize mate location and increase reproductive success (6). However, only a few deep-sea reproductive aggregations have ever been documented (7-9), demonstrating the paucity of present-day information regarding reproductive behavior of deep-sea animals. In this paper we describe a unique multispecies reproductive aggregation located on the Gorda Escarpment, California. We document some of the highest fish and octopus densities ever reported in the deep sea, with most individuals of both species brooding eggs. We describe the nesting behavior of the blob sculpin, Psychrolutes phrictus, and the egg-brooding behavior of an octopus, Graneledone sp. observed during annual dives of a remotely operated vehicle (ROV) on the Gorda Escarpment. The animals are concentrated at the crest of the local topography and near cold seeps where they may benefit from enhanced current flow and local productivity. These findings provide new information on the reproductive behaviors of deep-sea animals. More importantly, they highlight how physical and bathymetric heterogeneity in the environment can result in reproductive hot spots, which may be a critical resource for reproductive success in some deep-sea species
Dubochkin, A.S. and A.N. Kotlyar. 1989. On the Feeding of Alfoncino (Beryx Splendens ). Journal of Ichthyology 29(5): 1-8
Abstract: The quantitative and qualitative composition of the diet of alfoncino (Beryx splendens ) associated with the Kito and Naska seamounts are presented. The basic diet consists of crustaceans and fishes. A tendency for fish to predominate in the diet was noted in larger fish. Alfoncino represent consumer trophic level III assuming the role of nektonic predator
Dubois, J., C. Deplus, M. Diament, J. Daniel, and J.-Y. Collott. 1998. Subduction of the Bougainville Seamount (Vanuatu) Mechanical and Geodynamic Implications. Tectonophysics 149(1-2): 111-119
Abstract: New bathymetric data gathered during a Seabeam survey (SEAPSO cruise, leg 1) enable us to re-examine the flexural response of the oceanic lithosphere subducting under the New Hebrides (Vanuatu) island arc. The Bougainville seamount and Sabine bank are interpreted as immerged fossil atolls, the recent subsidence of which is related to the subduction of the oceanic lithosphere. The position and altitude of the different fossil atolls which belong to the d'Entrecasteaux or Loyalty ridges are in good agreement with predictions of elastic flexure of the lithosphere. We deduce an average effective elastic thickness of the lithosphere of about 22 km for the area under study. This value is slightly smaller than the one corresponding to the lithospheric age as given by the magnetic anomalies, but is in good agreement with the age after a correction for thermal rejuvenation. This assumption of a thermal rejuvenation of the North Loyalty basin is also supported by previously reported high heat-flow values and attenuation of Sn seismic waves. However, the location and depth of the trench in front of the North Loyalty basin do not agree with the model which fits the other data. This discrepancy is interpreted as the result of variations of the value of Pb (vertical force per unit length of trench applied at the edge of the plate) along the subduction zone. Such variations may be related to the length of the subducted slab, which is shorter in front of the d'Entrecasteaux and Loyalty ridges than in front of the North Loyalty basin, according to the hypocentral distribution of earthquakes and a tomographic image of the slab.
Dugdale, R.. 1998. Spatial and Temporal Variability in Nutrient Patterns, Productivity and Algal Species. p. 3
Abstract: This award funded a graduate student to complete analysis of data obtained during cruises made during the ONR funded TOPO ARI cruises (1989-1991) to Fieberling Guyot. The analysis specifically addressed a) using the dominant pigments to identify the phytoplankton groups contributing to productivity station by station, to examine if there were differences above, on the side and away from the seamount, and b) identifying the nutracline at each station using detailed nanomolar and micromolar measurements, and overlaying the fluorescence maxima data to compare relative nutracline/chlorophyll maxima relationships of Fieberling with those at shallower topographical features. N- 15 uptake showed that depth-integrated values of ammonium uptake were greater than for nitrate-the ecosystem is a recycling microbial loop system. The pigment data supported this with pigments characteristic of small-celled autotrophs (typically that use ammonium as a nitrogen source rather than nitrate), dominating after chlorophylls a and b, i.e. zeaxanthin (contained by phycobilin-containing cyanobacteria); 1 9-hexanoyfoxyfucoxanthin (characteristic of the prymnesiophytes) and l9-butanoyloxyfucoxanthin). As predicted fucoxanthin, the characteristic pigment of diatoms (the major new productivity engines of the ocean that are usually large cell-sized and take up nitrate) and peridinin, characteristic of dinoflagellates were uncommon. Fucoxanthin was found in flank station samples rather than over or away from Fieberling...[abstract truncated for length]
Duhamel, G.. 1987. Reproduction Des Nototheniidae Et Channichthyidae Des Iles Kerguelen. CNFRA (Comite National Francais des Recherches Antarctiques) 57: 91-108
Duhamel, G.. 1997. Ichthyofauna of the South Indian Ocean French Islands. Cybium 21(1 SUPPL.): 147-168
Abstract: The inventory of the neritic fish fauna off the French islands in the South Indian Ocean (St. Paul/Amsterdam, Crozet and Kerguelen), started in the mid 19th century, is now achieved. Recent oceanographic cruises of the R.V. much less than Marion-Dufresne much greater than and some fishing expeditions contribute greatly in the results. Few differences occur between Crozet and Kerguelen ichthyofauna, except the absence of the family Channichthyidae around the first group of islands, which belong to the Kerguelen Province located between the Subantarctic and Antarctic biogeographical regions. Similarities are strong between St-Paul/Amsterdam (Southern Indian Ocean) and Tristan da Cunha/Gough (Southern Atlantic Ocean) ichthyofauna, both partly found also around other islands and seamounts in a circumsubtropical belt excluding the continental shelves. Distribution of the midwater ichthyofauna follows the influence of successive and parallel hydrological fronts from the Southern Ocean which is obvious in the case of the dominant family in the three sectors: the Myctoptidae. The broad expanse of the area explains that deep-sea fish are still poorly known. Many new records are included in the study
Duhamel, G.. 1984. Ichthyofauna of a Seamount (34¦ 54' S, 54¦ 14' E) Off the Southwestern Indian Ocean. Cybium 8(4): 91-94
Abstract: Two attempts of bottom trawling have allowed to catch 9 fish species belonging to 8 families on a seamount (34 degree 54'S, 53 degree 14'E) of the southwestern Indian Ocean. The ichthyofauna is mostly related to that of the eastern Saint-Paul and Amsterdam islands
Duhamel, G.. 1992. Description of New Species of Careproctus and Paraliparis From the Southern Ocean and New Information on These Genera and the Genus Edentoliparis Cyclopteridae Liparinae. Cybium 16(3): 183-207
Abstract: Oceanographic cruises of R.V. "Polarstern" in the Weddell Sea (ANTV/3, 1986 and EPOS, 1989) "Marion-Dufresne" (MD03/ICHTYO, MD04/BENTHOS: Kerguelen islands, 1974, 1975; MD08/BENTHOS, MD30/BIOMASS: Crozet islands 1976, 1982; MD42/SIBEX: Banzare seamount, 1985) and "Aurora Australis" (Heard island and Prydz bay, 1990 and 1991) in the Indian sector of the Southern Ocean provided an interesting fish collection of Liparinae (Cyclopteridae). Seven species belonging to the genus Paraliparis, one species of Edentol
Duhamel, G. and C. Ozouf-Costaz. 1985. Age, Growth and Reproductive Biology of Notothenia Squamifrons Gunther, 1880 From the Indian Sector of the Southern Ocean. Polar Biology 4(3): 143-153
Abstract: The growth of Notothenia squamifrons is analysed using scale reading of specimens from various isolated areas of the Indian sector of the Southern Ocean (Kerguelen, Crozet and Marion islands; Ob, Lena and Kara-Dag seamounts). Studying reproductive biology reveals that spawning is annual and occurs during austral spring. Hatching takes place in summer. Scaling is set during the autumn. The smallest scaled fish measure 3.8 cm in total length. The data mentioned above, the check number on the scales and the sampling dates lead to the identification of the different age groups
Duhamel, G., J.C. Hureau, and C. Ozouf-Costaz. 1983. Ecological Survey of the Notothenioid Fishes in the Southern Ocean From Bouvet to Kerguelen Islands. Mem.Natl.Inst.Polar Res, Proceedings of the Biomass Colloquium in 1982, T.Nemoto and T.Matsuda [eds.], edition 27, pp. 176-182
Abstract: The oceanographical cruises of the R.S. Marion-Dufresne to Bouvet, Marion, Crozet, Kerguelen, and Heard Islands and on the seamounts Ob', Lena, Kara Dag and Skiff, from 1974 to 1982 were carried out to study benthic or bentho-pelagic fauna of the Southern Ocean. Different species of Nototheniidae and Channichthyidae were compared with regard to their relations with the environment, abundance and geographical distribution. Channichthyidae were absent around Marion and Crozet Islands and present around Bouvet, Kerguelen and Heard. The species Notothenia squamifrons is characterizied by ubiquity and a power of adaptation of various biotopes which is not reached by other species. Champsocephalus gunnari is a tracer of slightly colder water masses and its abundance is directly related to the high productive areas of zooplankton
Duineveld, G.C., M.S.S. Lavaleye, and E.M. Berghuis. 2004. Particle Flux and Food Supply to a Seamount Cold-Water Coral Community (Galicia Bank, NW Spain). Marine Ecology Progress Series 277: 13-23
Abstract: In a European effort (Atlantic Coral Ecosystem Study [ACES project]) to determine the key conditions for the occurrence of cold-water corals on the NW Atlantic margin, a coral community on a seamount off NW Spain (Galicia Bank) was studied. Cold-water corals (Lophelia pertusa, Madrepora oculata) grow at a depth of similar to800 m as isolated patches amidst small ripples and larger waves of foraminiferal sand. A 17 mo deployment of a near-bottom sediment trap revealed a large seasonal and annual variability in the flux of phytodetritus and carbon. The daily carbon flux in the first 5 mo of 2000 was on average 37 mgC m(-2), and in the first 5 mo of 2001 17 mgC m(-2). Quantities of faecal pellets and swimmers (copepods, amphipods) were also highly variable. A comparison between the daily carbon flux and the sediment carbon oxidation rate calculated from in situ community oxygen consumption (SCOC), i.e. 17 versus 7 mgC m(-2) d(-1) respectively, indicated that a surplus of carbon is not oxidised by the sediment community. We argue that the strong tidal currents (max. 30 cm s(-1)) and the mobile sediment lead to winnowing of the sediment and to near-bed transport of the organic material. The low biomass of the benthic community and the domination of filter-feeders support our arguments. By means of analyses of stable isotopes (delta(15)N, delta(13)C) we attempted to find potential food items of the cold-water corals among the particles collected in the sediment trap. The difference between the delta(15)N signatures of coral tissue (9.5parts per thousand) and phytodetritus (2.2parts per thousand) was >1 trophic level, indicating that sinking algae are not the sole food source. The delta(15)N signatures of swimmers caught in the trap, similar to10parts per thousand, were on the other hand in the same range as those of the corals. A mixed diet of animals and algae could be one explanation for the observed delta(15)N of corals. The delta(13)C value of the coral tissue, similar to20.55parts per thousand., excludes a food source consisting of bacteria supported by methane seepage, as suggested by earlier studies
Duncan, R.A. and D.A. Clague. 1985. Pacific Plate Motion Recorded by Linear Volcanic Chains. Ocean Basins and Margins 7A: 89-121
Duncan, R.A. and R.A. Duncan. 1980. Linear Volcanic Chains - Recording Plate Motions?. Tectonophysics 63(1-4): 275-295
Abstract: Volcanic island chains, showing a progression from high volcanic cone to coral atoll, are especially well developed in the Pacific Ocean, well removed from the active plate margins. These chains include the Hawaiian, Marquesas, Society and Austral Islands, all of which are subparallel and approximately perpendicular to the axis of the East Pacific Rise. Potassiumùargon age measurements made a decade ago demonstrated that the locus of volcanism in the Hawaiian chain has migrated toward the southeast in a regular manner, confirming what James Dana suggested more than a century ago. Regression of available K-Ar data on the age of shield building volcanism for sixteen volcanoes of the Hawaiian chain against distance from the site of present activity at Kilauea show a strong linear correlation, yielding an average migration rate for the volcanism of 9.66 (¦0.27) cm/yr over the last 27 m.y. This analysis indicates that non-linear models for the migration of volcanism in the Hawaiian chain are unnecessary.A similar monotonic decrease in age of volcanism toward the southeast occurs in the Marquesas, Society and Austral Islands in the South Pacific, with rates of migration in the order of 11 cm/yr. These results together with those from the Hawaiian Islands, the PitcairnùGambier Islands and the Pratt-Welker Seamounts are consistent with movement of the Pacific lithospheric plate over magma sources that are fixed in the upper mantle relative to one another. A virtually perfect fit of all the data is obtained for a Pacific plate rotation pole located at 70¦N 101¦W and a rate of rotation of the Pacific plate about this pole of 1.00 (¦0.02)¦/m.y. over at least the last 10 m.y. of geological time. These data from the Pacific provide strong support for the Wilson-Morgan hot spot or plume model for the origin of island chains, although the means by which the thermal anomaly underlying each volcanic chain in maintained within the mantle still remains unclear.
Duncan, R.A. and R.A. Keller. 2004. Radiometric Ages for Basement Rocks From the Emperor Seamounts, ODP Leg 197. Geochemistry Geophysics Geosystems 5
Abstract: The Hawaiian-Emperor seamount chain is the "type'' example of an age-progressive, hot spot-generated intraplate volcanic lineament. However, our current knowledge of the age distribution within this province is based largely on radiometric ages determined several decades ago. Improvements in instrumentation, sample preparation methods, and new material obtained by recent drilling warrant a reexamination of the age relations among the older Hawaiian volcanoes. We report new age determinations (Ar-40-Ar-39 in
ECKMAN, J.E. and D. Thistle. 1991. Effects of Flow About a Biologically Produced Structure on Harpacticoid Copepods in San-Diego Trough. Deep-Sea Research Part A-Oceanographic Research Papers 38(11): 1397-1416
Abstract: Biologically produced structures located at the sediment-water interface may be important sources of environmental heterogeneity in the deep sea. We investigated the possibility that the interactions of such structures with flow affect abundances of sediment-dwelling harpacticoid copepods. The micro-topography of the seafloor at 1050 m depth in San Diego Trough is dominated by 2-3 cm diameter mud concretions (mudballs) built by the cirratulid polychaete Tharyx luticastellus. We compared patterns of abundance of harpacticoids about mudballs to patterns of shear stress produced by the deflection of flow around mudballs. Twelve of 37 species examined appeared to be sensitive to some consequence of flow about mudballs. For 11 of these 12 species, the sensitivity of harpacticoids to flow was associated with episodes of relatively strong currents, some of which occurred several to tens of hours prior to collection of the core. For four to eight of these 12 species some caveats to this interpretation are required because of concerns about multiple testing and the possibility that, for two species, processes unrelated to flow may have produced similar patterns of abundance. Some of the responding species were significantly more abundant within regions of increased shear stress about a mudball. We suspect that the higher abundances in these areas were produced by attraction of harpacticoids to regions of enhanced vertical transport of solutes. Other responding species were significantly more abundant within regions of decreased shear stress. The higher abundances within these areas probably represented passive accumulations of harpacticoids that were dispersed through the water column by stronger flows
Eade, J.V., P. Lawrence, J. Irwin, and F.J. Tindall. 1972. Wanganella Bank: Bathymetry.
Eckelbarger, K.J., L. Watling, and H. Fournier. 2005. Reproductive Biology of the Deep-Sea Polychaete Gorgoniapolynoe Caeciliae (Polynoidae), a Commensal Species Associated With Octocorals. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 85: 1425-1433
Abstract: Some aspects of the reproductivc biology of the polychaete Gorgoniapolynoe caeciliae have been described for the first time. Gorgoniapolynoe caeciliae is a deep-sea commensal species associated with Candidella imbricala, all octocoral that populates the New England Seamount chain. Gorgoniapolynoe caeciliae is a dioccious species with an equal sex ratio and fertile segments throughout most of the adult body. The gonads of both sexes are associated with genital blood vessels emerging from the posterior surface of most intersegmental septa. In the female, oogenesis is intraovarian with oocytes being retained within the ovary until vitellogenesis is completed. The largest female examined contained over 3000 eggs with a maximum diameter of 80-90 mu m. In the male, the testes are repeated in numerous segments and consist of small clusters of spermatogonia, spermatocytes and early spermatids associated with the walls of the genital blood vessels. Early spermatids are shed into the coelom where they complete differentiation into mature ect-aquasperm with a spherical head (4 mu m), a small cap-like acrosome, and a short mid-piece with four mitochondria. Indirect evidence suggests that this species is an annual breeder that releases its gametes into seawater and produces a planktotrophic larva following fertilization. The reproductive biology of G. caeciliae is consistent with that of most other polynoids including many shallow water species suggesting that phylogenetic history strongly shapes its biology.
Edwards, A.J.. 1993. New Records of Fishes From the Bonaparte Seamount and Saint Helena Island, South Atlantic. Journal of Natural History 27(2): 493-503
Abstract: A small collection of fishes from the Bonaparte Seamount (15 degree 40'S, 6 degree 55'W, 130 km west of Saint Helena Island (South Atlantic Ocean), least depth 105 m), comprising 14 specimens from nine species in eight families, is described. This appears to be the first collection of fishes reported from the seamount. In addition, seven new records for St Helena (15 degree 58'S, 5 degree 43'W) are reported as well as additional specimens of several rarely caught endemics. The scorpaenid Pontinus nigropunctatus, previously known only from St Helena, is now also reported from Bonaparte Seamount while the serranid Holanthias fronticinctus, also considered a St Helena endemic, has been found to comprise 20% of the diet of yellowfin tuna (Thunnus albacares) at the Seamount. The carangid Decapterus muroadsi which was previously recorded in the Atlantic only at St Helena is now also recorded from the Bonaparte Seamount. A second specimen of the primarily Indo-Pacific carangid Uraspis helvola is recorded from St Helena (third record for the Atlantic). Particularly interesting new records at St Helena, which represents significant range extensions, are of Corniger spinosus (Holocentridae), and of Carangoides ruber and Seriola fasciata (Carangidae). The potential role of shallow seamounts around Ascension and St Helena as 'stepping stones' between the two islands is discussed. (The following taxa are discussed: Pseudocarcharias kamoharai, Sternoptyx diaphana, S. pseudobscura, Cryptopsarus couesii, Anglogaster cornuta, Remora remora, Lagocephalus lagocephalus, Trachipterus trachypterus, and Canithidermis maculatus)
Ehrich, S.. 1977. The Fish Fauna of the Great Meteor Seamount [Atlantic] [Die Fischfauna Der Grossen Meteorbank [Atlantic]]. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 25: 543-5935
Ekman, S.. 1953. Zoogeography of the Sea. London, Sidgwick and Jackson, Textbooks of Animal Biologyp. -417
Eldredge, L.G. and S. Miller. 1995. How Many Species Are There in Hawaii?. Bishop Museum Occasional Papers 41: 3-18s
Ellett, D.J.I.. 1977. Cruise Report: R.R.S. Challenger, Cruise 4/1977, 25 February - 11 March 1977.
Abstract: The events of the R.R.S. Challenger cruise, between 25 Feb and 11 Mar 1977 are described in this report. The aims were: (1) to re-establish the shelf current meter mooring in 57 degree N, 9 degree W; (2) to work the Anton Dohrn Seamount STD sections; (3) to work STD sections across the southern Rockall Channel and its entrance; (4) to release a drifting buoy carrying a wave recorder and thermistor chain in the vicinity of the former Ocean Weather Station JULIETT (52 degree 30'N, 20 degree W) for tracking by the NIMBUS-F satellite; (5) to collect 50 litre surface samples on the Scottish shelf for radiocaesium analysis
Elmi, S. and Y. Almeras. 1984. Physiography, Paleotectonics and Paleoenvironments As Controls of Changes in Ammonite and Brachiopod Communities (an Example From the Early and Middle Jurassic of Western Algeria). Palaeogeography Palaeoclimatology Palaeoecology 47(3-4): 347-360
Abstract: Comparative studies of the paleogeographical distributions of brachiopods and ammonites in western Algeria and its constituent basins give evidence of the control played by physiographical differentiation. This factor, dependent upon tectonics, conditioned the bathymetry as well as the sedimentary context and the supply of nutrients. After a marked provincialism, caused by the large extent of carbonate platforms which prevailed during the Early and Middle Liassic, exchanges became easier. But from the Domerian to the Bathonian, the splitting of the margins into a mosaic of small subbasins bounded by steep seamounts and/or islands prevented a wide distribution by currents. This led to diversification of the faunal assemblages inside the North African basins. The brachiopod communities consisted of abundant specimens of varied species on the shelves but were rare or absent in (more or less wide) epioceanic areas. Among ammonites the dominant morphological type varied from one paleogeographical setting to another. Platycones were dominant on the shallow outer shelves, oxycones were abundant on the slopes, and the proportion of spherocones and serpenticones was higher in largely open basins and on outer shelves offering good connections with more open seas
Elsaied, H.E., M. Sato, J. Naka, and T. Naganuma. 2002. Analyses of 16S RRNA and RuBisCO Large Subunit Genes From an Abyssal Low-Temperature Vent, Loihi Seamount, Hawaii. Cahiers de biologie marine 43(3-4): 403-408
Emerson, D. and C. Bradburne. 2001. Morphological and Metabolic Aspects of Neutrophilic, Lithotrophic Fe-Oxidizing From Deep-Ocean Hydrothermal Vents in the Pacific Ocean. Astrobiology 1(3): 329-330
Emerson, D. and C. Moyer. 1997. Isolation and Characterization of Novel Iron-Oxidizing Bacteria That Grow at Circumneutral PH. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 63(12): 4784-4792
Abstract: A gel-stabilized gradient method that employed opposing gradients of Fe2+ and O-2 was used to isolate and characterize two new Fe-oxidizing bacteria from a neutral pH, Fe2+-containing groundwater in Michigan. Two separate enrichment cultures were obtained, and in each the cells grew in a distinct, rust-colored band in the gel at the oxic-anoxic interface. The cells were tightly associated with the ferric hydroxides. Repeated serial dilutions of both enrichments resulted in the isolation of two axenic strains, ES-1 and ES-2. The cultures were judged pure based on (i) growth from single colonies in tubes at dilutions of 10(-7) (ES-2) and 10(-8) (ES-1); (ii) uniform cell morphologies, i.e., ES-1 was a motile long thin, bent, or S-shaped rod and ES-2 was a shorter curved rod; and (iii) no growth on a heterotrophic medium. Strain ES-1 grew to a density of 10(8) cells/ml on FeS with a doubling time of 8 h. Strain ES-2 grew to a density of 5 x 10(7) cells/ml with a doubling time of 12.5 h. Both strains also grew on FeCO3. Neither strain grew without Fe2+, nor did they grow with glucose, pyruvate, acetate, Mn, or H2S as an electron donor. Studies with an oxygen microelectrode revealed that both strains grew at the oxic-anoxic interface of the gradients and tracked the O-2 minima when subjected to higher O-2 concentrations, suggesting they are microaerobes. Phylogenetically the two strains formed a novel lineage within the gamma Proteobacteria. They were very closely related to each other and were equally closely related to PVB OTU 1, a phylotype obtained from an iron-rich hydrothermal vent system at the Loihi Seamount in the Pacific Ocean, and SPB OTU 1, a phylotype obtained from permafrost soil in Siberia. Their closest cultivated relative was Stenotrophomonas maltophilia. In total, this evidence suggests ES-1 and ES-2 are members of a previously untapped group of putatively lithotrophic, unicellular iron-oxidizing bacteria
Emerson, D. and C.L. Moyer. 2002. Neutrophilic Fe-Oxidizing Bacteria Are Abundant at the Loihi Seamount Hydrothermal Vents and Play a Major Role in Fe Oxide Deposition. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 68(6): 3085-3093
Abstract: A number of hydrothermal vent sites exist on the summit of the Loihi Seamount, a shield volcano that is part of the Hawaiian archipelago. The vents are 1,100 to 1,325 m below the surface and range in temperature from slightly above ambient (10degreeC) to high temperature (167degreeC). The vent fluid is characterized by high concentrations of CO2 (up to 17 mM) and Fe(II) (up to 268 muM), but there is a general paucity of H2S. Most of the vents are surrounded by microbial mats that have a gelatinous texture and are heavily encrusted with rust-colored Fe oxides. Visually, the Fe oxides appeared homogeneous. However, light microscopy revealed that the oxides had different morphologies, which fell into three classes: (i) sheaths, (ii) twisted or irregular filaments, and (iii) amorphous oxides. A morphological analysis of eight different samples indicated that the amorphous oxides were overall the most abundant; however, five sites had >50% sheaths and filamentous oxides. These latter morphologies are most likely the direct result of microbial deposition. Direct cell counts revealed that all of the oxides had abundant microbial populations associated with them, from 6.9X107 to 5.3X108 cells per ml of mat material. At most sites, end point dilution series for lithotrophic Fe oxidizers were successful out to dilutions of 10-6 and 10-7. A pure culture was obtained from a 10-7 dilution tube; this strain, JV-1, was an obligate, microaerophilic Fe oxidizer that grew at 25 to 30degreeC. A non-cultivation-based molecular approach with terminal-restriction fragment length polymorphism also indicated the common presence of Fe-oxidizing bacteria at Loihi. Together, these results indicate that Fe-oxidizing bacteria are common at the Loihi Seamount and probably play a major role in Fe oxidation. A review of the literature suggests that microbially mediated Fe oxidation at hydrothermal vents may be important globally
Emerson, W.K.. 1967. Indo-Pacific Faunal Elements in the Tropical Eastern Pacific, With Special Reference to the Mollusks4. Venus the Japanese Journal of Malacology 25: 85-93
Emschermann, P.. 1971. Loxomespilon Perezi - Ein Entoproctenfund Im Mittelatlantik. Uberlegungen Zur Benthosbesiedlung Der Grossen Meteorbank5. Marine Biology 9: 51-62
Epp, D. and N.C. Smoot. 1989. Distribution of Seamounts in the North Atlantic. Nature 337(19 January): 254-257
Eschemeyer, W.N.. 2002. The Catalog of Fishes - Online. http://www.calacademy.org/research/ichthyology/catalog/fishcatsearch.html
Eschmeyer, W.N. and J.C. Hureau. 1971. Sebastes Mouchezi, a Senior Synonym of Heliocolenus Tristanensis, With Comments on Sebastes Capensis and Zoogeographical Considerations. Copeia 1971: 576-579
Eschmeyer, W.N., T. Abe, and S. Nakano. 1979. Adelosebastes Latens, a New Genus and Species of Scorpionfish From the North Pacific Ocean (Pisces, Scorpaenidae).. UO, Rep. 30, pp. 77-84
Etnoyer, P. and L.E. Morgan. 2003. Occurrences of Habitat Forming Deep Sea Corals in the Northeast Pacific Ocean. Issue #November 2002, Marine Conservation Biology Institute for NOAA Fisheries Office of Protected Resources
Evering, G.C.J.. 1979. Seamount Fishery, Foreign Vessel Observer Report. Aso Maru (May 27-July 10, 1979). Rep. H-79-14, Southwest Fisheries Center Administrative Center Report
Everson, A.R.. 1980. Seamount Fishery Foreign Vessel Observer Report, Kitakami Maru (August 9 - October 4, 1980). Southwest Fishery Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-80-15
Everson, A.R.. 1983. Seamount Fishery, Foreign Vessel Observer Report, Kitakami Maru (July 22-October 20, 1983). Soutwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-83-26
Everson, A.R.. 1980. Seamount Fishery, Foreign Vessel Observer Report, Aso Maru (September 24-30, 1980). Southwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-80-16
Evseenko, S., Shcherbachev Y., A.N. Kotlyar, and D. Malikova. 2004. Seamount Fish Database of the P.P. Shirshov Institute of Oceanology.
Exon, N.. 1994. Bathymetric Map of Fishing Grounds South of Tasmania With Names of Fishing Grounds and Indication of Rough Sea Bed. Australian Geological Survey Organization, Canberra
Exon, N.F., P.G. Qiulty, Y. Lafoy, A.J. Crawford, and J.-M. Auzende. 2004. Miocene Volcanic Seamounts on Northern Lord Howe Rise: Lithology, Age and Origin. Australian Journal of Earth Science 51: 291-300
Abstract: Multibeam sonar swath-mapping has revealed small submarine volcanic cones on the northeastern Lord Howe Rise, a submerged ribbon continent. Two such cones, aligned north-northwest and 120 km apart, were dredged at 23-24degreesS. Water depth is about 1150 m nearby: the southern cone rises to 750 m and the northern to 900 m. Volcanic rocks dredged from the cones are predominantly highly altered hyaloclastites with minor basalt. The clasts are mostly intensely altered vesicular brownish glass with lesser basalt, set in zeolitic, clayey, micritic, or ferruginous cement. Lavas and hyaloclastites contain altered phenocrysts of olivine and plagioclase, and fresh clinopyroxene. The latter have compositions between acmite and Ti-augite, matching clinopyroxene phenocrysts in undersaturated intraplate basanitic mafic lavas. Interbedded micrites in the volcaniclastics represent calcareous ooze that was deposited with (or later than) the volcanic pile. Foraminifers indicate that the micrite is dominantly Early Miocene (ca 16 Ma), and that the ooze was deposited in cool water. Upper Miocene to Pliocene micrites, presumed to be later infillings, all contain warm-water forms. This evidence strongly suggests that both cones formed in pelagic depths in the Early Miocene. Ferromanganese crusts from the two cones are up to 7 cm thick and similar physically, but different chemically. The average growth rate is 4 mm/10(6) y. Copper, nickel, and cobalt content are relatively high in the north, but copper does not exceed 0.08 wt%, nickel 0.65%, and cobalt 0.25%. The Mn:Fe ratio is high in the south (average 13.7) suggesting strong hydrothermal influence. Such small volcanic cones related to intraplate hot-spot-type volcanism may occur in extensive fields on the Lord Howe Rise, like those off southern Tasmania. On the Lord Howe Rise, the known small volcanic cones coincide with broad gravity highs in areas of shallow continental basement. The highs are aligned parallel to the Lord Howe Rise margins, and it is probable that the Miocene volcanism is related to jostling on older faults. Other fields of small volcanic seamounts may occur on the Lord Howe Rise on such fractured gravity highs.
FISHER, A.T., E.E. Davis, M. HUTNAK, V. Spiess, L. Z_HLSDORFF, A. CHERKAOUI, L. CHRISTIANSEN, K. EDWARDS, R. MACDONALD, H. VILLINGER, M.J. MOTTL, C.G. WHEAT, and K. BECKER. 2003. Hydrothermal Recharge and Discharge Across 50 Km Guided by Seamounts on a Young Ridge Flank. Nature 421: 618-621
Abstract: Hydrothermal circulation within the sea floor, through lithosphere older than one million years (Myr), is responsible for 30% of the energy released from plate cooling, and for 70% of the global heat flow anomaly (the difference between observed thermal output and that predicted by conductive cooling models). Hydrothermal fluids remove significant amounts of heat from the oceanic lithosphere for plates typically up to about 65Myr old. But in view of the relatively impermeable sediments that cover most ridge flanks, it has been difficult to explain how these fluids transport heat from the crust to the ocean. Here we present results of swath mapping, heat flow, geochemistry and seismic surveys from the young eastern flank of the Juan de Fuca ridge, which show that isolated basement outcrops penetrating through thick sediments guide hydrothermal discharge and recharge between sites separated by more than 50km. Our analyses reveal distinct thermal patterns at the sea floor adjacent to recharging and discharging outcrops. We find that such a circulation through basement outcrops can be sustained in a setting of pressure differences and crustal properties as reported in independent observations and modelling studies.
Fautin, D.G.. 2004. Hexacorallians of the World.
Federov, V.V. and A.K. Karamyshev. 1991. Trophic structure of benthos from the Walvis Ridge seamounts and conditions of its formation. in: Biotopicheskie Osnovy Raspredeleniya Promyslovykh i Kormovykh Morskikh Zhivotnykh. Biotopic Basis of the Distribution of Commercial and Food Marine Animals, A.A.Neiman [ed.], VNIRO, Moscow, pp. 6-18
Abstract: The paper presents new data on the Walvis Ridge Southeast Atlantic benthos obtained by observations from the Sever -2 manned submersible. Predominant among benthic communities on the ridge summits are members of 2 trophic groups: immobile seston-feeders and carnivores. The main food source for the bottom population is organic suspended matter and plankton brought by currents from the open ocean
Federov, V.V. and S.D. Chistikov. 1985. Landscapes of seamounts as indicators of the biological productivity of the surrounding waters. in: Biological Bases of the Commercial Exploitation of the Open Areas of the Ocean, M.E.Vinogradov and M.V.Flint [eds.], Nauka Press, Moscow, pp. 221-230
Fedorov, V.V.. 1991. Some peculiarities of the formation of bottom ecosystems on seamounts in the Southeast Atlantic. [Nekotorye osobennosti formirovaniya donnykh ehkosistem na podvodnykh gorakh Yugo-Vostochnoj Atlantiki.]. in: Biological Resources of the Thalassobathyal World Ocean. [Biologicheskie Resursy Talassobatial'Noj Zony Mirovogo Okeana.], A.S.Grechina [ed.], Sb.Nauchn.Tr., Vniro, pp. 39-49,
Abstract: The trophic structure and the abundance of ichthyo- and benthic fauna on seamounts is analyzed on the basis of observations from the Sever -2 manned submersible to test the hypotheses advanced to explain the mechanism of high productivity formation in areas of ocean bottom elevations (local upwelling, "oasis" effect due to vertical migration of the sound scattering layer and the bringing in of macroplankton by a current running against the bottom elevation). It is concluded that vertical SSL migrations do n
Fedorov, V.V.. 1991. Peculiarities of the Macrobenthos Distribution on Walvis Ridge Summits. [Osobennosti Raspredeleniya Makrobentosa Na Vershinakh Kitovogo Khrebta.]. Oceanology 31(3): 324-328
Abstract: The distribution of macrobenthos on two Walvis Ridge summits is described from visual observation data obtained from the Sever -2 submersible. In addition to sessile seston-feeders typical for seamounts, a characteristic feature of the benthic communities on the Walvis Ridge is the dominant role of carnivores and euryphagous animals. Supplies of macroplankton by currents and vertical migrations of the sound scattering layer are of great importance in the formation of ecosystems on the ridge summits
Fedorov, V.V. and S.D. Chistikov. 1985. Seamount landscapes as indicators of biological productivity of adjacent waters. [Landshafty podovodnykh gor kak indikatory biologicheskoj produktivnosti okruzhayushchikh vod.]. in: Biological Principles of Fishery in the Open Ocean. [Biologicheskie Osnovy Promyslovogo Osvoeniya Otkrytykh Rajonov Okeana.], pp. 221-230
Abstract: Bottom landscapes of the Dacia (the Atlantic Ocean), Saya-de-Malha (the Indian Ocean) and Professor Mesyatsev (the Pacific Ocean) banks were analyzed based on data obtained from manned submersibles. A co-analysis of Corg content in sediments, benthos biomass, abundance of sestonophages and carnivorous invertebrates allowed for a tentative estimate of bioproductivity in the oceanic rise areas. Based on numerical values of the above characteristics areas of high and low productivity were distinguished
Fedorov, V.V. and V.E. Ivanov. 1985. Geomorphology of the Nazca Ridge Seamounts. Sbornik Nauchnykh Trudov (Vniro): 178-189
Abstract: Visual geomorphological observations have been made from the manned submersible Sever 2 on the Nazca Ridge. The summits are shown to be guyots formed of volcanoes with coral reefs. After being smoothed down, the seamounts passed a period of subaerial development. Abrassive, corrossive and karst topography appeared in the period of the pre-Pleistocence oceanic regression, found on the guyot summit surfaces. Level surfaces of the Ridge are shown to be strained by vertical differentiated movements against the background of the regional submergence. Of the exogenic processes the most active at present are collapses on the slopes.
Fedorov, V.V., V.V. Badulin, I.V. Danilov, I.P. Zarikhin, and D.E. Gershanovich. 1979. Landscape Observations on Seamounts in the Central East Atlantic. [Landshaftnye Nablyudeniya Na Podvodnykh Gorakh Tsentral'No-Vostochnoj Atlantiki.]. Tr.VNIRO 136(1): 109-116
Abstract: Characteristic features of the structure of submarine landscapes of the summit planes of seamounts in the Atlantis-Great Meteor group and in the Medeira-Canary area are considered. Comparative analysis of submarine landscapes showed much lower abundance of benthos on the seamounts of the Atlantis-Great Meteor group than on those in the Madeira-Canary area. The marginal parts of the summits and the upper parts of their slopes are characterized by a high abundance of bottom invertebrates while the central parts of the summits are poor in benthos. This, however is not true for the seamounts of the Madeira-Canary group where abundant colonies of immobile seston-eaters have been recorded in the central parts of the summits. Upwelling in the 'windward' and 'Leeward' parts of the seamounts increases the abundance of the bottom fauna in these areas
Fedosova, P.A.. 1974. Distribution of the Biomass of Mesoplankton in the Region of the Hawaiian Submarine Mountain Range. Izvestiya of the Pac.Ocean Sci.Res.Inst.Fish.Oceanogr.(TNIRO) 92: 38-42
Fedosova, R.A.. 1976. Some Data on the Boarfish (Pentaceros Richardsoni (Smith) Feeding in the Waters of Underwater Banks of the Hawaiian Ridge. Izvestiya of the Pac.Ocean Sci.Res.Inst.Fish.Oceanogr.(TNIRO) 7: 29-36
Fedosova, R.A.. 1974. Distribution of Some Copepod Species in the Vicinity of the Underwater Hawaiian Ridge. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 14(5): 724-727
Fedosova, R.A.. 1980. Inter-Year Changes in the Mesoplankton of the Waters of the Submarine Banks of the Hawaiian Ridge (Northwestern Pacific Ocean). Izvestiya of the Pac.Ocean Sci.Res.Inst.Fish.Oceanogr.(TNIRO) 104: 84-87
Fedosova, R.A. and O.E. Komrakov. 1975. Feeding of Pentaceros Richardsoni Frys in the Hawaiian Region. Izvestiya of the Pac.Ocean Sci.Res.Inst.Fish.Oceanogr.(TNIRO) 6: 52-55
Ferland, M.A. and Y. Suda. 1998. Report of the Inaugural Joint National Fisheries University-University of the South Pacific Fisheries and Oceanography Research Cruise on Board Koyo-Maru, Kadavu Passage, December 1996. Tech.Rep.Mar.Stud.Programme Univ.S.Pac, Issue #2, USP, Suva (Fiji), p. -66
Abstract: An account is given of the findings of the research cruise conducted on board the Koyo-Maru in the Kadavu Passage in December 1996. The specific scientific objectives of the cruise were: 1) sampling for zooplankton, phyllosoma larvae, fish larvae and juvenile fish in 2 regions off Kadavu and Beqa Islands; 2) echosounding in the vicinity of 2 seamounts off Kadavu; and, 3) CTD measurements off Kadavu and at the eastern entrance to the Beqa Passage. In addition, it was also planned that the cruise would provide the opportunity to train USP staff in the use of equipment and the methods involved in conducting research on board and operating a large vessel. The cruise provided an opportunity for the crew and cadets of the Koyo-Maru to participate in applied research in fields closely related to their practical training
Filatova, N.A.. 1986. Halosaurs (Notacanthiformes) of the Indian Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 25(6): 22-35
Finenko, Z.Z.. 1985. Primary production in the areas of oceanic rises in the North Atlantic. [Pervichnaya produktsiya v rajonakh podnyatiya okeanicheskogo dna v severnoj chasti Atlanticheskogo okeana.]. in: Biological Principles of Fishery in the Open Ocean. [Biologicheskie Osnovy Promyslovogo Osvoeniya Otkrytykh Rajonov Okeana.], pp. 184-191
Abstract: Results are reported of studies carried out during the 13th cruise of the R/V Professor Vodyanitskij . The distribution patterns of production and hydrological conditions in 3 polygons were compared to show that the effect of seamounts in the central part of the ocean is limited to several dozens of miles. Changes in primary production were found to be closely related to the general water circulation in the areas surveyed
Fisher, L.. 2005. The Impact of the Great Meteor Seamount on the Feeding Biology and the Distribution of Dominant Calanoida (Crustacea, Copepoda). Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 499(iii-vi): 1-180
Abstract: To establish a possible influence of the Great Meteor Seamount (central Northeastern-Atlantic, lat. 30[degree]00[minute]N; long. 28[degree]30[minute]E) on Calanoida (Crustacea, Copepoda), the distribution and gut contents of the following calanoid copepods of the Great Meteor Seamount were investigated: Nannocalanus minor, Mesocalanus tenuicornis, Neocalanus gracilis, N. robustior, Paracalanus denudatus, P. nanus, Parvocalanus crassirostris, Mecynocera clausi, Clausocalanus furcatus, C. paulus, Ctenocalanus vanus, Temoropia mayumbaensis, Acartia negligens. The cephalothorax length, feeding activity, gut fullness and development of the gut epithelium of the aforementioned Calanoida from different stations were compared. Investigation of the cutting edges of the mandibles and comparison of the gut contents should give information on the feeding of these copepods. An increased retention of non-migrating copepods was not detectable on the seamount. Vertical migration was confirmed for N. minor, P. crassirostris, C. furcatus, T. mayumbaensis and A. negligens. A decreased retention of these species was not detectable. M. clausi showed a high abundance over the deep sea. Only P. denudatus exhibits a low abundance at night and a high abundance on the plateau at day, the reverse is true for N. gracilis, P. names and C. furcatus. N. robustior, C. vanus and T. mayumbaensis exhibit basically no different abundance between plateau and ocean both at night and day. A different abundance between ocean and plateau at day was not detectable for N. minor, P. crassirostris and C. paululus. N. minor and P. crassirostris were certainly rare, whereas C. paululus was found more often over the deep sea at night. On the other hand M. tenuicornis and A. negligens showed no different abundance at night. However, over the deep sea during the day M. tenuicoruis was numerous and A. negligees rarer. The assumption of a local growth of zooplankton by increased production of phytoplankton on seamounts was not confirmed. The comparison of the cephalothorax lengths showed no influence of the Great Meteor Seamount. Paracalanidae, Clausocalanidae and Mecynocera clausi showed differences in their feeding activity between day and night. At night the guts of these copepods were generally more often filled over the plateau than over the deep sea area. The opposite was observed during the day . With exception of a central plateau station Calanidae and Temoropia mayumbaensis showed high feeding activity at all stations both at night and day. The station in the centre of the plateau was characterized by less animals with filled guts than all other day-sampled stations, with exception of M. clausi. Highest degree of gut fullness took place in the southeast plateau V station at night. Lower values were presented on the plateau stations in the northwest and on the ocean station in the southeast. Within the day-caught samples plateau and ocean stations were clear distinguishable. Only one case (M. tenuicornis) showed a significant difference between both plateau stations at day. In contrast to the Paracalanidae. Mecynoceridae and Clausocalanidae the food-spectrum of the Calanidae was clearly larger at all investigated stations. There were no apparent differences between the investigated families for the foodspectrum in the comparison of the stations. The percentage of animals with identifiable food was certainly different. In general, the Calanidae presented the largest part of individuals with identifiable organisms. Histologieal investigations on copepods showed diurnally better nutritional states over the deep sea than on the plateau. The edge index by Itoh (1970) was devised as criterion to determinate the feeding habits of copepods. For its calculation definite measurements of the mandibles cutting edge are necessary, whereby the distance between the mandibles teeth are of special interest. Consequentially most of the Calanidae and the Paracalanidae should be phytoplanktonfeeding (herbivorous), however, the Clausocalanidae have established themselves as omnivores. Only females of Mecynocera clausi tend to carnivorous feeding. Comparison of the gut analyses indicated omnivorous feeding for all investigated Calanidae and herbivorous for Clausocalanidae, Paracalanidae and for M. clausi. The results of the gut analysis, feeding activity and the degree of gut fullness do not indicate an influence of the Great Meteor Seamount on the investigated Calanoida. Moreover they reflect the pattern of counter-rotating circulation cells over the plateau and thereby accentuate the influence of small-scaled variables.
Fleischer, R.C., C.E. McIntosh, and C.L. Tarr. 1998. Evolution on a Volcanic Conveyor Belt: Using Phylogeographic Reconstructions and K-Ar-Based Ages of the Hawaiian Islands to Estimate Molecular Evolutionary Rates. Molecular Ecology 7(4): 533-545
Abstract: The Hawaiian Islands form as the Pacific Plate moves over a 'hot spot' in the earth's mantle where magma extrudes through the crust to build huge shield volcanos. The islands subside and erode as the plate carries them to the north-west, eventually to become coral atolls and seamounts. Thus islands are ordered linearly by age, with the oldest islands in the north-west (e.g. Kauai at 5.1 Ma) and the youngest in the south-east (e.g. Hawaii at 0.43 Ma). K-Ar estimates of the date of an island's formation provide a maximum age for the taxa inhabiting the island. These ages can be used to calibrate rates of molecular change under the following assumptions: (i) K-Ar dates are accurate, (ii) tree topologies show that derivation of taxa parallels the timing of island formation; (iii) populations do not colonize long after island emergence; (iv) the coalescent point for sister taxa does not greatly predate the formation of the colonized younger island; (v) saturation effects and (vi) among-lineage rate variation are minimal or correctable; and (vii) unbiased standard errors of distances and regressions can be estimated from multiple pairwise comparisons. We use the approach to obtain overall corrected rate calibrations for. (i) part of the mitochondrial cytochrome b gene in Hawaiian drepanidines (0.016 sequence divergence/Myr); (ii) the Yp1 gene in Hawaiian Drosophila (0.019/Myr Kambysellis et al. 1995); and (iii) parts of the mitochondrial 12S and 16S rRNA and tRNAval in Laupala crickets (0.024-0.102/Myr, Shaw 1996). We discuss the reliability of the estimates given the assumptions (i-vii) above and contrast the results with previous calibrations of Adh in Hawaiian Drosophila and chloroplast DNA in lobeliods
Fleming, H.S., N.Z. Cherkis, J. Brakl, and H.S. Fleming. 1967. Track Charts and Bathymetry USNS Josiah Willard Gibbs (T-AGOR 1) Operation 240 North Atlantic Ocean, 21 September 1966 - 3 October 1966.
Flint, M.V.. 1985. All-Union Symposium on Ecosystems of Productive Open Ocean Areas. Oceanology 25: 269-271
Flint, M.V. and E.V. Yakushev. 1988. Spatial Structure of Mesoplankton As Related to the Distribution of Dissolved Ammonia in the Pulkovskaya Seamount Area. [Osobennosti Prostranstvennoj Struktury Mezoplanktona i Raspredelenie Rastvorennogo Ammiaka v Rajone Podvodnoj Gory Pulkovskaya.]. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 28(5): 843-849, 1988
Abstract: The analysis of data obtained in the area 20 x 30 miles in the Subantarctic zone of the Pacific Ocean in Jan 1985 has revealed areas of high (from 20-25 up to 139 g/m super(2) in the 0-200 m layer) and low (below 10 g/m super(2)) biomass of mesoplankton. In the rich areas more than 80% of the biomass were constituted by Calanus tonsus), which was characterized by a relatively high population maturity against a seasonal background and a high percentage of individuals which contained fat inclusions. In the areas of high mesoplankton biomass comparatively high levels of dissolved ammonia were recorded. The occurrence of rich areas is related to the existence of a quasistationary topography-induced eddy. The life time of the inhomogeneities revealed is estimated at 10-30 days
Flood, P.G.. 2001. The 'Darwin Point' of Pacific Ocean Atolls and Guyots: a Reappraisal. Palaeogeography Palaeoclimatology Palaeoecology 175: 147-152
Fock, H., F. Uiblein, F. Koster, and H. von Westernhagen. 2002. Biodiversity and Species-Environment Relationships of the Demersal Fish Assemblage at the Great Meteor Seamount (Subtropical NE Atlantic), Sampaled by Different Trawls [Underlying Data Set Provided Electronically to SeamountsOnline]. Marine Biology 141: 185-199
Fock, H.O. and H. Zidowitz. 2004. Episodic Recruitment to Seamount Populations: Evidence From Zenopsis Conchifer (Lowe, 1852) at the Great Meteor Seamount (Subtropical North-East Atlantic). Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 287-293
Abstract: The population structure of the buckler dory Zenopsis conchifer (Lowe, 1852) at Great Meteor Seamount (GMR, Subtropical NE Atlantic; 30degrees N, 28.5degrees W) in 1998 was analysed with respect to processes relevant to recruitment. Age determination was derived from ototlith readings. In support of the episodic recruitment hypothesis, statistical analysis significantly revealed negative relationships to southwesterly winds and spring sea-surface temperature, i.e., density-independent factors. SW winds weaken the recirculation cell around the seamount top and thus hamper larval retention in the prospective adult habitat. Lower sea surface temperature is presumed to indicate increased plankton production, so that larval fitness is increased
Fock, H.O., B. Matthiessen, H. Zidowitz, and H. von Westernhagen. 2002. Diel and Habitat-Dependent Resource Utilisation by Deep-Sea Fishes at the Great Meteor Seamount: Niche Overlap and Support for the Sound Scattering Layer Interception Hypothesis. Marine Ecology-Progress Series 244: 219-233
Abstract: Interspecific relationships of 4 dominant fish species of the Great Meteor seamount fish community (subtropical NE Atlantic, 30degreesN, 28.5degreesW), Macroramphosus spp. Lacepede 1803, Capros aper (L. 1758), Antigonia capros Lowe 1843 and Zenopsis conchifer (Lowe 1852) were analysed with respect to diet composition, habitat-dependent resource utilisation and niche overlap. For all 4 species, planktonic and micronektonic prey prevailed. In terms of the Relative Importance index (RI), the benthic share was 18.25 % RI for Macroramphosus spp., 19 % RI for C. aper and 20.38 % RI for A. capros. Prey of Z. conchifer consisted of 48.57 % RI mesopelagic and pelagic fishes and of 47.7 % RI bentho-pelagic fishes. For all fishes, a permutation test revealed significant selection of prey in plateau margins of the seamount. Unweighted and novel-weighted overlap indices combining prey composition, habitat use and prey utilisation within habitats revealed high overlap between the boarfishes A. capros and C. aper and smaller overlap between other pairs. The results are in support of the sound scattering layer interception hypothesis (Isaacs & Schwartzlose 1965), which implies: (1) primarily pelagic food utilisation for bentho-pelagic fishes; (2) increased habitat-dependent utilisation rates at locations of interception with the sound-scattering layer; (3) diel changes in utilisation rates due to availability of prey; (4) sufficient resource partitioning among species in order to avoid competitive exclusion
Follett, W.I. and L.J. Dempster. 1963. Relationships of the Percoid Fish Pentaceros Richardsoni Smith, With Description of a Specimen From the Coast of California. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 4th series 32: 315-338
Fonteneau, A.. 1991. Sea Mounts and Tuna in the Tropical Eastern Atlantic. [Monts Sous-Marins Et Thons Dans L'Atlantique Tropical Est]. Aquatic Living Resources (France) 4(1): 13-25
Abstract: It is well known by fishermen that large biomasses of tuna are sometimes concentrated on sea mounts. Many sea mounts are known in the Eastern Tropical Atlantic. This phenomenon has surprisingly never been studied by scientists. The present paper makes a review of tuna catches by the international tuna fleets during recent years (1980 to 1987) in the immediate vicinity of each of the sea mounts known in the area. Several thousand tons of tuna can be taken yearly on some sea mounts. Other sea mounts are apparently always poor in tuna, even when they are located in regular fishing areas. The major biological characteristics of the association between sea mount and tuna are analyzed: three species--yellowfin (Thunnus albacares ), skipjack (Katsuwonus pelamis ) and bigeye tuna (Parathunnus obesus )--are usually taken, in similar proportions on the sea mounts
Foote, K.G.. 2002. Pilot Census of Marine Life in the Gulf of Maine: Contributions of Technology. Oceanologica Acta 25(5): 213-218
Abstract: Recent advances in physical oceanography, sampling and observation tools, and data management methods are sufficient to enable a wide range of organisms in the Gulf of Maine to be quantified and related both to other organisms and to the physical habitat. A pilot Census of marine life in the Gulf of Maine would advance the goals of ecosystem understanding and management in a timely manner. A prerequisite is knowledge of the distribution and abundance of the organisms that inhabit, both permanently and transiently, the Gulf of Maine and adjacent waters, namely those of Georges Bank, Browns Bank, and Slope Sea, including the New England seamounts. Both systematic and synoptic investigations of a spectrum of marine life are needed to supplement current data holdings, which, if extensive with respect to fish and certain marine mammals, are sparse with respect to the larger biogeography of the system. Technology offers the means of collecting and organizing such data. Efficiency in collection argues for dividing the spectrum of marine life into a number of functional groups, whose constituent organisms can be observed or sampled by the same or similar techniques. Five groups are identified: offshore subtidal benthos, intertidal and nearshore subtidal benthos, plankton, fish and squid, and large marine animals and seabirds. Associated tools of observation. and sampling are listed and illustrated for two categories: high-frequency scientific echo sounders and underwater video microscopes. Parameters of the physical habitat are listed, and the power of the Gulf of Maine Ocean Observing System to define the physical oceanography is noted. Issues of data management, systems, and uses are described. Some benefits of a pilot census are noted. For the scientific community, these include making available biogeographic data that can support the formulation of data-based hypotheses. Testing these in the Gulf of Maine and adjacent waters may enable new knowledge of the particular ecosystem to be extended to distant ecosystems. (C) 2002 Ifremer/CNRS/IRD/Editions scientifiques et medicales Elsevier SAS. All rights reserved
Forest, J.. 1987. Les Plychelidae Ou "Pagurus Symetriques" (Crustacea Coenobitoidea).. Resultats des campagnes Musorstom 3, Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Serie A Zoologie, Rep. 137, pp. 1-254
Foster, B.A.. 1980. Further Records and Classification of Scalpellid Barnacles (Cirripedia: Thoracica) From New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 7: 523-531
Foster, B.A.. 1978. The Marine Fauna of New Zealand: Barnacles (Cirripedia: Thoracica). New Zealand Oceanographic Institute 69: 1-160
Foster, B.A.. 1981. Cirripedes From Ocean Ridges North of New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 8(3): 349-367
Foster, M.W.. 1989. Brachiopods From the Extreme South Pacific and Adjacent Waters. Journal of Paleontology 63(3): 268-301
Abstract: Sixteen genera and 72 species of Recent brachiopods are reported from the far southern Pacific Ocean and adjacent parts of the South Atlantic and southern Indian Ocean. These specimens extend the known geographic ranges of at least 10 species and the known bathymetric ranges of at least seven species. The new material gives greater support to the idea that many Recent brachiopod species have a wide geographic range and calls into question the very limited geographic ranges of many species known only from the fossil record. Puncta density appears to be a useful character for distinguishing Neothyris compressa and N. lenticularis. At least nine different types of geographic distribution are represented among the species studied for this paper. Areas of moderate depth on seamounts, particularly along oceanic ridges and on oceanic rises, may form important geographic areas of distribution, avenues of dispersal, and barriers to brachiopods. Four examples of polytypic species are cited. The new specimens lend additional support to the notion that one polytypic species of Liothyrella extends, with clinal morphological changes, from southermost South America to Antarctica. Students of modern brachiopods are urged to consider large-scale geographic variation within species and not to hide it with finely delimited taxa. This approach has the potential to lead, in both modern and ancient brachiopods, to a taxonomy with fewer and more meaningful species and genera. Progenetic changes seem to be a common adaptive strategy in brachiopods on largely soft substrates and in deep water. The progenesis may be short term within a single species or long term involving evolution of new species and genera
France, S.C.. 1993. Geographic-Variation Among 3 Isolated Populations of the Hadal Amphipod Hirondellea Gigas (Crustacea, Amphipoda, Lysianassoidea). Marine Ecology-Progress Series 92(3): 277-287
Abstract: The relative homogeneity and continuity of the deep sea may provide a habitat in which species can maintain widespread, genetically homogeneous populations. This study examines the lysianassoid amphipod Hirondellea gigas (Birstein & Vinogradov 1955) to determine whether populations from spatially-disjunct habitats in the deep sea maintain genetic homogeneity. H. gigas is a scavenger which rapidly responds to and consumes experimental baitfalls at depths of > 10 000 m. It appears to be endemic to western Pacific trenches, having been collected only within the Kurile-Kamchatka, Japan, Izu-Bonin, Volcano, Yap, Mariana, Palau, and Philippine Trenches. To estimate the degree of isolation of populations from the last 3 trenches, morphological variation was quantified through a discriminant analysis of surficial morphometric characters. Discriminant classification results were compared to 'null-populations', generated using a bootstrap randomization procedure, to determine the significance of the discrimination. Variation was sufficient to allow 68.4 to 84.5 % of individuals to be correctly reclassified into their population using discriminant functions. Bootstrapped randomizations of the data indicate that the classification success was significantly greater than random. Results indicate that these geographically-isolated trench populations may have reduced levels of gene flow between them, causing them to diverge morphologically
France, S.C. and L.L. Hoover. 2002. DNA Sequences of the Mitochondrial COI Gene Have Low Levels of Divergence Among Deep-Sea Octocorals (Cnidaria : Anthozoa). Hydrobiologia 471: 149-155
Abstract: We are analyzing genetic diversity in deep-seamount octocorals with the ultimate goal of studying the effect of retention and dispersal of larvae on genetic population structure. Here we report on the sequence diversity of the mitochondrial cytochrome oxidase I (COI) gene among 11 species. Uncorrected pairwise sequence divergences ranged from 0.4-10.3% for comparisons among species spanning the intrageneric to interordinal levels. Relative to other invertebrates, these divergences are very low, suggesting that COI may not be useful as a genetic marker for studying dispersal among deep-sea octocoral populations. Possible explanations for the reduced rates of divergence observed include a lower rate of evolution for octocoral mitochondrial genomes and the presence of a gene, mtMSH, which may code for a mitochondrial DNA mismatch-repair system. We report the finding of mtMSH in three deep-sea octocorals (Acanthogorgia sp., Corallium ducale, and Paramuricea sp.), which brings the total published observations of this gene to six species, all in the subclass Octocorallia
France, S.C. and T.D. Kocher. 1996. Geographic and Bathymetric Patterns of Mitochondrial 16S RRNA Sequence Divergence Among Deep-Sea Amphipods, Eurythenes Gryllus. Marine Biology 126(4): 633-643
Abstract: The physical uniformity of the deep sea suggests a lack of absolute barriers to faunal dispersal, and thus genetic homogeneity in broadly distributed species is expected. The deep-sea amphipod Eurythenes gryllus Lichtenstein (Crustacea: Lysianassoidea) is considered a panoceanic, cold-water stenotherm, with a vertical depth distribution from 184 to 6500 in. We surveyed mtDNA sequence diversity in E. gryllus to assess genetic diversity and population structure in different oceans and across traditionally defined bathyal and abyssal zones. DNA sequences (437 nucleotides length) from the mitochondrial large-subunit ribosomal RNA gene (16S rRNA) of 95 individuals, collected between 1982 and 1990 from 14 locations in the central North Pacific (including multiple samples on the slope of a seamount), eastern and western North Atlantic, and the Arctic Ocean, were obtained. Our analysis of DNA sequence diversity indicates (1) genetic homogeneity among sites within the same depth zone at the scale of ocean basins; and (2) genetically divergent, cryptic taxa distributed at different depths, with the greatest diversity in the bathyal zone. These observations suggest that ecological and physical conditions are important isolating mechanisms that may lead to speciation in this group
France, S.C., P.E. Rosel, J.E. Agenbroad, L.S. Mullineaux, and T.D. Kocher. 1996. DNA Sequence Variation of Mitochondrial Large-Subunit RRNA Provides Support for a Two-Subclass Organization of the Anthozoa (Cnidaria). Molecular Marine Biology and Biotechnology 5(1): 15-28
Abstract: We have sequenced a portion of the mitochondrial 16S rRNA gene from 29 species of Anthozoa, representing six orders of the subclasses Ceriantipatharia, Hexacorallia, and Octocorallia, with the focus on deep-seamount corals ( gt 500-m depth). We have detected significant length variation in the gene, with homologous gene fragments ranging from 545 hp in a shallow-water scleractinian coral to 911 hp in a deep-sea antipatharian black coral. The aligned sequences were divided into five regions: three high-identity sequence blocks (HSBs) and two highly variable blocks of insertions/deletions (INDELs). Most of the length variation among species occurred as varying numbers of nucleotides in the two INDELs. Little or no intraspecific sequence variation was detected over spatial scales of up to approximately 150 km. Interspecific sequence variation was lowest among the octocorals and greatest among the ceriantipatharians. Our data indicate that the orders Ceriantharia and Antipatharia are highly divergent, and a phylogenetic reconstruction provides support for the two-subclass system of the class Anthozoa (Hexacorallia and Octocorallia)
Frederiksen, R., A. Jensen, and H. Westerberg. 1992. The Distribution of the Scleractinian Coral Lophelia Pertusa Around the Faeroe Islands and the Relation to Internal Tidal Mixing.. Sarsia 77: 157-171
Freeland, H.. 1994. Ocean Circulation at and Near Cobb Seamount. Deep-Sea Research 1 41(11/12): 1715-1735
Freise, C.B.. 1986. Analysis of Surface Patterns Over Cobb Seamount Using Synthetic-Aperture Radar Imagery. p. 60
Freitag, H.C.. 1987. Gravity Fields of Eight North Pacific Seamounts : Implications for Density. p. x-127
Freiwald, A.. 1998. Geobiology of Lophelia Pertusa (Scleractinia) Reefs in the North Atlantic.. Habilitationsschrift zur Erlangung der venia legendi am Fachbereich Geowissenschaften der Universitat Bremenp. -116
Freon, P. and L. Dagorn. 2000. Review of Fish Associative Behaviour: Toward a Generalisation of the Meeting Point Hypothesis. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries 10(2): 183-207
Abstract: Associative behaviour is defined as the spatial relationship between an animal (or a group) of a given species and another animal of another species, which is based on a decision by at least one of the two individuals to maintain contact with the other associate, but not for the purpose of feeding on the other. This definition is expanded to include objects and topographic structures (seamount, island, etc) that are not the exclusive habitat of the associated animal. Associations between fish and objects, mammals, topographic structures and other species of fish are reviewed, and the different hypotheses for these associations analysed. Finally, a generalisation of the meeting point hypothesis, fitting all types of association, is proposed. This hypothesis, initially applied to the association between tuna and floating objects, proposes that fish make use of animate or inanimate targets to increase the encounter rate between isolated individuals or small schools and other schools in order to constitute bigger schools that are more efficient to the survival of the species. It is strongly recommended to move from the scientific description of the association to specific experimental studies aimed at identifying ethological processes. This would provide a better understanding of the dynamics of associative behaviour of pelagic species, which in turn would permit better stock assessment and fishery management
Fricke, H. and D. Meischner. 1985. Depth Limits of Bermudan Scleractinian Corals: a Submersible Survey. Marine Biology 88: 175-187
Fricke, H. and K. Tsukamoto. 1998. Seamounts and the Mystery of Eel Spawning. Naturwissenschaften 85(6): 290-291
Abstract: Almost a century after the Danish biologist J. Schmidt suggested that the European eel Anguilla anguilla spawns at around 200 m depth in the Sargasso Sea, the mystery of where precisely these eels spawn, and how they get there is still unsolved. The location of the spawning site had been inferred from larva distribution only; spawning adults were never observed. A recent theory based on a numerical simulation of the North Atlantic circulation combined with biological parameters of the eels (compass course abilities, average velocity, and physiological state) predicts that the route of adult eels is governed by the Southern Atlantic circulation and the North Equatorial Current with arrival into the Southern Sargasso Sea
Fricke, H., K. Tsukamoto, T. Sch inagaki, J. Aoyama, and S. Ishikawa. 2000. Eel survey and eel spawning. in: Preliminary Report of the Hakuho Maru Cruise, Ocean Research Institute, University of Tokyo, Tokyo, pp. 33-37
Abstract: Abstract not Available
Fricke, H., U. Kohler, G. Hassenpflug, M. Nagata, and K. Fujii. 2000. Shark aggregations on Arakane Seamount. in: Preliminary Report of the Hakuho Maru Cruise, Ocean Research Institute, University of Tokyo, Tokyo, p. 60
Fricke, R.. 1983. Revision of the Indo-Pacific Genera and Species of the Dragonet Family Callionymidae7. Thes.Zool. 3: 1-774
Fricke, R.. 1985. Protogrammus, a New Genus of Callionmyid Fishes, With a Redescription of P. Soussi From the Eastern Atlantic8. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 32: 294-298
Froese, R. and D. Pauly. 2002. FishBase. www.fishbase.org
Fryer, P.. 1990. Recent Marine Geological Research in the Mariana and Izu-Bonin Island Arcs. Pacific Science 44(2): 95-114
Fujii, E.. 1986. Zoogeographical Features of Fishes in the Vicinity of Seamounts. NOAA Technical Report NMFS 43: 67-69
GILLET, P. and J.C. DAUVIN. 2000. Polychaetes From the Atlantic Seamounts of the Southern Azores: Biogeographical Distribution and Reproductive Patterns. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 80(6): 1019-1029
Abstract: A study of the polychaetes living on isolated seamounts was undertaken to give data on marine biogeography and the dispersal of marine invertebrates. The data from the Meteor and Josephine seamounts came from Hartmann-Schroder and Rosenfeldt's work in the 1980s. Data from Hyeres came from Bellan's work in the 1960s, and data from the Atlantis and Hyeres seamounts were obtained during the Seamount 2 French expedition on board the 'Suroit' in 1993. Thirty-five sites from 280 to 2205 m were sampled: 16 on Atlantis (13 with polychaetes), and 19 on Hyeres (16 with polychaetes). In all 84 polychaete taxa from four seamounts were studied: Atlantis, 36; Hyeres, 33; Josephine, 34; and Meteor 50, but data analysis was based on the following number of taxa: Atlantis, 31; Hyeres, 29; Josephine, 34, and Meteor 48. Two groups of sites were identified by cluster analysis: I, Atlantis and Hyeres; and II, Josephine and Meteor. Only seven species were present at all sites. Nine families were present only in group I and six other families only in group II. Hesionidae (three species) occurred in group I, conversely Syllidae (16 species) were sampled only in group II. Some of the species were cosmopolitan (31%), 49% had a large distribution in the Atlantic, 11% were lusitano-mauretanian species, and only 6% were endemic; 51% of the species have direct development against 46% of the species which had a planktotrophic development and 3% a lecithotrophic development. Results of the biogeographical distribution and reproductive patterns of the polychaetes collected on these four sites were compared.
GILLET, P. and J.C. DAUVIN. 2003. Polychaetes From the Irving, Meteor and Plato Seamounts, North Atlantic Ocean: Origin and Geographical Relationships. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 83(1): 49-53
Abstract: Data came from the Irving, Meteor and Plato seamounts and, were obtained during the Seamount 2 Expedition on board the RV 'Le Suroit' in 1993. On the three seamounts, polychaetes were sampled at 44 sites from 260 to 1800 m: 8 sites on Irving, 27 on Meteor and 9 on Plato. In all five seamounts, 1753 individuals were collected: 403 on Atlantis, 346 on Hyeres, 523 on Irving, 387 on Meteor and 94 on Plato. The species richness from the five seamounts is 53: 31 on Atlantis, 24 on Hyeres, 20 on Irving, 28 on Meteor and 21 species on Plato. Only nine species are present on all five seamounts. Three families Onuphidae, Amphinomidae and Eunicidae are dominant. Two groups of seamounts were identified by cluster analysis: Atlantis and Hyeres and, Irving, Meteor and, Plato. The distribution of the polychaetes collected on these five seamounts are compared with the polychaete fauna from the North Atlantic ocean
GOODAY, A.J.. 1991. Xenophyophores (Protista, Rhizopoda) in Box-Core Samples From the Abyssal Northeast Atlantic-Ocean (Biotrans Area) - Their Taxonomy, Morphology, and Ecology. Journal of Foraminiferal Research 21(3): 197-212
Abstract: Forty-nine xenophyophores were collected in 16 box-core and 3 multiple-core samples taken at six closely spaced stations in the northeast Atlantic (3,800-4,550 m). Densities ranged from 0 to 9 specimens per box-core (0-36 per m2, xBAR = 10.5 +/- 10.7 per m2). The 11 morphologically distinct forms recognized from this material are believed to represent at least seven species: Reticulammina labyrinthica Tendal, 1972, sensu Gooday and Tendal, 1988; Psammina aff. delicata Gooday and Tendal, 1988; Homogammina crassa sp. nov.; Galatheammina irregularis sp. nov.; Galatheammina erecta sp. nov.; Galatheammina sp. A, and Occultammina sp. A. Some of these species, particularly H. crassa, G. erecta, and R. labyrinthica, are highly variable. All seven species are present at one station, a greater species diversity than in any previous northeast Atlantic samples. Study of complete specimens soon after recovery shows that individuals of Homogammina, Galatheammina, and Reticulammina have morphologically different upper (exposed) and lower (buried) parts. The lower part usually takes the form of root-like bars. These bars commonly are branched and are extensively developed in some specimens of Reticulammina. The genus Occultammina is reported here for the first time from outside the Pacific Ocean
GROSSO, B., M. SAINTMARTIN, and J. VASSAL. 1994. Stomatal Types of the Genus Acacia (Fabaceae, Mimosoideae) - an Appraisal of Diversity and Taxonomic Interest. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 116(4): 325-341
Abstract: The stomatal types of 102 species illustrating the different subdivisions of Bentham's classification of the genus Acacia were studied at two or three ontogenetic stages: first pinnate leaf to bipinnate leaves or to phyllode. Six stomatal types are recognized on the basis of Guyot's nonmenclature (1966): 1, 2, 3, 4, 4', 6; a new type (3') is described. The specialization of the leaf up to the phyllode stage is followed by a decrease of diversity of the stomatal formula and an increasing frequency of the 'basic core' 3', 4. The distinction between the two Australian groups of bipinnate species (series Pulchellae and Botrycephalae) is confirmed. Possible relationships between the cosmopolitan series Vulgares (the most primitive group) and some Australian taxa as well as between the Pulchellae and some phyllodic species from the Australian series Phyllodineae are commented on. The series Gummiferae looks quite distinct from other groups
Gad, G.. 2002. The Relation Between Habitus and Habitat Structure As Evidenced by a New Species of Glochinema (Nematoda, Epsilonematidae) From the Plateau of the Great Meteor Seamount. Hydrobiologia 474(1-3): 171-182
Abstract: Glochinema kentrosaurides sp. n. is described from coarse biogenic sands on the plateau of the Great Meteor Seamount at 455 m depth. It is characterized by two rows of 12 long thorns between the caudal body enlargement and the tail base, by two bands of hair-like spines dorsally on the body enlargement, by a diverse waffle-like ornamentation of the cuticle, by a pair of small dorsal pharyngeal thorns, by five to six rows of ambulatory setae adding up to a total of 28 setae in the male and 24 in the female, and by a sexual dimorphism in the form of the amphids. It is the first record of Glochinematinae from the Atlantic, all others being known from the Pacific so far. The distinguishing features of all species of Glochinema Lorenzen, 1974 are summarized. The new species blurs the distinction between the genera Glochinema and Metaglochinema Gourbault & Decraemer, 1996. It is discussed that some of the salient external features may have less systematic importance than hitherto believed because of their variation in response to habitat structure
Gad, G.. 2004. The Loricifera Fauna of the Plateau of the Great Meteor Seamount. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 9-29
Abstract: The plateau of the Great Meteor Seamount is an isolated "sublittoral habitat" covered with coarse calcareous sand, which harbours an astonishingly diverse Loricifera fauna. The present study yielded 14 new species representing all known and three new genera. Detailed information is given about: (1) the distribution and abundance of Loricifera on the seamount, (2) many new morphological and phylogenetic features based on a new species related to the Nanaloricidae, which bridges the gap between Nanaloricidae
Gad, G.. 2004. Diversity and Assumed Origin of the Epsilonematidae (Nematoda) of the Plateau of the Great Metear Seamount. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 30-42
Abstract: To date not much is known about the meiofauna of seamounts, including Nematoda. In the coarse calcareous sediments on the plateau of the Great Meteor Seamount 17 species of Epsilonematidae have been discovered, most of them being new to science. They belong to the genera of Epsilonematidae with the widest distribution. One species seems to represent a new genus. The genus Glochinema Lorenzen, 1974 is reported for the first time from the Atlantic. The examination of Epsilonematidae yielded preliminary information on: (1) their distribution and abundance on the sea-mount, (2) the taxonomy and phylogeny of the species found, and (3) the zoogeography and presumable origin of the species colonising the plateau. The question is discussed whether, apart from intertidal or sublittoral zones, Epsilonematidae occur in other oceanic habitats like, e. g., the Great Meteor Seamount. Because of easy access they have mainly been collected in shallow water habitats so far
Gad, G. and H.K. Schminke. 2004. How Important Are Seamounts for the Dispersal of Interstitial Meiofauna?. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 43-54
Abstract: In the zoogeography of marine meiofauna there is a phenomenon known as the "meiofauna paradoxon" referring to the fact that the same genera and species of meiofauna are found along the coasts of widely separated continents. This is Surprising because many meiofaunal taxa with a wide distribution, in particular interstitial meiofauna, lack adaptations that favour dispersal. Various possible dispersal mechanisms have been discussed to explain the occurrence of meiofauna on young volcanic islands. The potentia
Gaertner, D. and F. Laloe. 1985. Geryon Affinis (Milne-Edwards Et Bouvier, 1894) in the Senegalese Waters. Biometric Comparison (of the Species Geryon Affinis ) With the Species Geryon Maritae (Manning Et Holthuis, 1981) [Presence De Geryon Affinis...]. Dakar-Thairoye (senegal), Inst.Senegalais Rech.Agric.,Centre de Recherches Oceanographiques de Dakar-Thairoye, Documents Scientifiquesp. -20
Abstract: The geryonid crab Geryon affinis is here reported for the first time on the coasts of Senegal. These crabs were fished, with the aid of pots, during a survey done to evaluate the abundance of another deep-sea red crab: Geryon maritae . Their occurrence is very scarce but the yields approached 5 to 10 crabs per trap on a seamount distant 60 miles from the coasts, for a soak time of approximately 12 hours; the largest catches were found at a 900 m depth. In addition to anatomic comparisons, a biometric study has shown significant differences between the two species
Gage, J.D. and P.A. Tyler. 1991. Deep-Sea Biology: a Natural History of Organisms at the Seafloor. Cambridge, Cambridge University Pressp. -504
Gaines, S.D. and M.D. Bertness. 1992. Dispersal of Juveniles and Variable Recruitment in Sessile Marine Species. Nature 360: 579-580
Galil, B. and H. Zibrowius. 1998. First Benthos Samples From Eratoshenes Seamount, Eastern Mediterranean. Senckenbergiana Maritima 28(4-6): 111-121
Abstract: Samples collected by trawl and grab at 800 m depth atop Eratosthenes Seamount, south of Cyprus, have yielded a relatively rich and diverse fauna. This notably comprises two species of scleractinian coral (Caryophyllia calveri, Desmophyllum cristagalli), which are the first live records from the Levant, Basin and significantly extend the species' depth ranges. Further records include: two types of encrusting foraminiferans; two species of encrusting poriferans; abundant scyphozoan polyps; many individuals of the small actiniarian Kadopbellia bathyalis; two species of zoantharian - one encrusting an antipatharian; seven species of bivalves; one species of sipunculan; five species of serpulid polychaetes; four species of decapod crustaceans; one species of asteroid; and one species of fish. Main hard substrates obtained include dead scleractinians, fossilized polychaete tubes made mainly of agglutinated pelagic foraminiferan tests, and shell fragments of the cephalopod Argonauta argo with signs of rapid cementation of the attached sediment crust
Galil, B.S. and V.A. Spiridonov. 1998. Mursia Zarenkovi New Species (Decapoda, Calappidae) From the Southeastern Pacific. Crustaceana 71(8): 904-908
Galkin, S.V.. 1993. Starfishes distribution on the Nazca and Sala y Gomez Ridges. in: Feeding of Marine Invertebrates in Different Vertical Zones and Latitudes, A.P.Kuznetsov and M.N.Sokolova [eds.], P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, Russian Academy of Sciences, pp. 101-111
Galkin, S.V.. 1998. Morphological Variability and Taxonomic Position of Vestimentiferans of the Genus Ridgeia From the Hydrothermal Community of Axial Seamount, Juan De Fuca Ridge, Pacific Ocean. Biologiya Morya (Vladivostok) 24(5): 303-309
Abstract: Analysis of the morphological variability in vestimentiferans of the genus Ridgeia collected in the hydrothermal vent area of Axial Seamount (Juan de Fuca Ridge) shows that two previously described species R. piscesae and R. phaeophiale (Southward et al., 1995) are conspecific. However, based on the diversity of color, the consistence of the tube, and the general appearance of colony (presumably determined by local conditions in the vent area and/or the age of population), at least two different morphotypes (life forms) of a single polymorphic species R. piscesae can be established
Garth, J.S.. 1992. Some Deep-Water Parthenopidae (Crustacea, Brachyura) From French Polynesia and Nearby Eastern Pacific Ridges and Seamounts. Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Section A Zoologie 14(3-4): 781-795
Abstract: Two new species of Parthenopidae from the eastern Central Pacific Ocean belonging to the genus Parthenope Weber, 1798, subgenus Platylambrus Stimpson, 1871, are described and illustrated. They are P. (P.) poupini n. sp., from Tuamotu, French Polynesia, collected by the Service Mixte de Controle Biologique des Armees (SMCB) trawler "Marara" in 1989-91, together with a third species referable to P. (P.) stellata Rathbun, 1906, and P. (P.) allisoni n. sp., from a Seamount, Easter Island Fracture Zone, collecte
Gaspard, D.. 2003. Recent Brachiopods Collected During the "SEAMOUNT 1" CRUISE Off Portugal and the Ibero-Moroccan Gulf (Northeastern Atlantic) in 1987. Geobios 36(3): 285-304
Abstract: The Seamount I expedition, on board R.V. Noroit in 1987, explored the Lusitanian seamounts off Portugal and the Ibero-Moroccan Gulf of the Northeast Atlantic. A rich brachiopod fauna of about 15 species has been identified in 52 of the 117 stations sampled. The species living around these seamounts are examined, observed using scanning electron microscopy (SEM) to complete their micro-morphological characteristics, and classified in accordance with the Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology (Brachiopoda Revised, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Geological Society of America Inc. and University of Kansas, Boulder, Colorado and Lawrence vol. I (1997), vols. 2, 3 (2000) and forthcoming volumes). The location of these seamounts, between the Mediterranean and the Caribbean Seas, allows some faunal comparisons to be made. Comparisons are also made with the brachiopod fauna from Seamount 2, which allows taxonomic assessment of the status of one species, Stenosarina crosnieri (COOPER), found in both cruises. Apart from the species characteristics, and the occurrence of early diagenetic transformations of the shells, this paper describes the depth-ranges, the substrate relationships, and highlights the wide colonisation of these seamounts due to the free larval stage of these benthic species. (C) 2003 Editions scientifiques et medicales Elsevier SAS. All rights reserved
Gebruk, A.V.. 1990. Deep-Sea Holothurians of the Family Elpidiidae. Moscow, Naukap. -160
Gebruk, A.V., A.N. Mironov, E.M. Krylova, and T. Savilova. 2004. Seamount Invertebrate Database of the P.P. Shirshov Institute of Oceanology.
Geinrikh, A.K.. 1996. Species of the Genus Arietellus (Copepoda, Calanoida, Arietellidae) From the Southwestern Indian Ocean. [ Vidy Roda Arietellus (Copepoda Calanoida, Arietellidae) Iz Yugo-Zapadnoj Chasti Indijskogo Okeana.]. Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 75(12): 1776-1786
Abstract: Some morphological features useful for the identification of Arietellus indicus, A. plumifer, A. setosus and A. simplex are redescribed on the basis of material from plankton samples collected over the slope off Africa, off Madagascar and over the Walters Seamount in 1988-1989. A male A. indicus is described. The distribution records are summarized
Gejnrikh, A.K.. 1995. Vertical Distribution of Copepods in the Walters Seamount Area (Southwestern Indian Ocean) [Vertikal'Noe Raspredelenie Kopepod v Rajone Podvodnoj Gory Uolters (Yugo-Zapadnaya Chast' Indijskogo Okeana)]. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 35(3): 380-386
Abstract: Zooplankton samples collected in the Walters Seamount area (33-34 degree S, 43-45 degree E) over depths of 50, 500, 700 and 1000 m from the surface to the near-bottom layers 30 and 2 m from the bottom are analyzed for the vertical distribution of copepod species. The species peculiar to the upper surface zone are rare and sparse in the near-bottom layers. The frequency of occurrence and the population density of the species migrating to layers below 250 m are higher but the average population density in the near-bottom layers is much lower than the maximum density in the overlying layers. The vertical distribution patterns of the surface zone species do not depend on the depth within the range of 500 to 1000 m
Gejnrikh, A.K.. 1993. Two Species of the Family Arietellidae (Copepoda, Calanoida) From Southwestern Indian Ocean. [Dva Vida Semejstva Arietellidae (Copepoda, Calanoida) Iz Yugo-Zapadnoj Chasti Indijskogo Okeana.]. Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 72(8): 5-10
Abstract: The paper presents illustrated descriptions of Sarsarietellus natalis sp. n. and a little-known species, Paraugaptilus magnus. Occurrence of S. natalis in near-bottom plankton samples from the southwestern Indian Ocean (Walters Seamount) extends the range of the genus, hitherto known only from the Atlantic, to the Indian Ocean. P. Magnus found in the same samples is the first record of the species since it was described by Bradford in 1974 from the Southwest Pacific
Geldmacher, J., K. Hoernle, P. van den Bogaard, G. Zankl, and D. Garbe-Schlonberg. 2001. Earlier History of the >= 70-Ma-Old Canary Hotspot Based on the Temporal and Geochemical Evolution of the Selvagen Archipelago and Neighboring Seamounts in the Eastern North Atlantic. Journal of Volcanology and Geothermal Research 1-4(111): 55-87
Abstract: Major element, trace element and Sr-Nd-Pb isotope data, combined with Ar-40/Ar-39 age determinations, of volcanic rocks from the Selvagen Islands and neighboring seamounts in the eastern North Atlantic reveal the earlier history of the greater than or equal to70 Ma old Canary hotspot. A basanitic to phonolitic late shield stage intrusive complex (29 Ma) is exposed on Selvagem Pequena. The evolution of Selvagem Grande can be divided into three magmatic phases: a tephritic to phonolitic late shield stage intrusive complex (24-26 Ma) and two rejuvenated or post-erosional stages (8-12 and 3.4 Ma) consisting of alkali basalt, basanite and rare phonolite. During the early to mid-Miocene volcanic hiatus (12-24 Ma), the top of the volcano was beneath sea level as evidenced by marine carbonate sediments (13-24 Ma, dated through correlation of Sr-87/Sr-86 with the seawater Sr isotope curve). The geochemistry of the shield stage lavas indicates that they derive from plume sources, whereas the post-erosional lavas are derived from metasomatized lithospheric sources. Five sampled seamounts to the east and northeast of the islands range in composition from alkali basalt and basanite to phonolite. Samples from Dacia, Conception Bank and Lars were dated at 9, 17 and 68 Ma, respectively. Geochemical data suggest that the dredged samples come from the post-erosional stage of volcanism, and therefore, the dates represent minimum ages for the seamount volcanoes. The elevation of erosional platforms formed at wave base decrease from Selvagen Grande (similar to100 m above sea level) to Lars seamount (similar to900 m below sea level), suggesting a southwest to northwest age progression and that all of these seamounts are older than the Selvagen Islands. Trace element and Sr-Nd-Pb isotopic composition of the Selvagen Islands and neighboring seamounts are consistent with their origin from the Canary plume. Interaction of the weak Canary mantle plume with a slow moving plate appears to be responsible for generating a 450-km-wide, irregular hotspot track extending 800 km from the youngest Canary Island of Hierro in the southwest to Lars seamount in the northeast. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
Geldmacher, J., K. Hoernle, P.v.d. Bogaard, S. Duggen, and R. Werner. 2005. New Ar-40/Ar-39 Age and Geochemical Data From Seamounts in the Canary and Madeira Volcanic Provinces: Support for the Mantle Plume Hypothesis. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 237(1-2): 85-101
Abstract: The role of mantle plumes in the formation of intraplate volcanic islands and seamount chains is being increasingly questioned. Particular examples are the abundant and somewhat irregularly distributed island and seamount volcanoes off the coast of northwest Africa. New Ar-40/Ar-39 ages and Sr-Nd-Pb isotope geochemistry of volcanic rocks from seamounts northeast of the Madeira Islands (Seine and Unicorn) and northeast of the Canary Islands (Dacia and Anika), however, provide support for the plume hypothesis. The oldest ages of shield stage volcanism from Canary and Madeira volcanic provinces confirm progressions of increasing age to the northeast. Average volcanic age progression of similar to 1.2 cm/a is consistent with rotation of the African plate at an angular velocity of -0.20 degrees +/- 0.05 /Ma around a common Euler pole at approximately 56 degrees N, 45 degrees W computed for the period of 0-35 Ma. A Euler pole at 35 degrees N, 45 degrees W is calculated for the time interval of 35-64 Ma. The isotope geochemistry further confirms that the Madeira and Canary provinces are derived from different sources, consistent with distinct plumes having formed each volcanic group. Conventional hotspot models, however, cannot easily explain the up to 40 m.y. long volcanic history at single volcanic centers, long gaps in volcanic activity, and the irregular distribution of islands and seamounts in the Canary province. A possible explanation could involve interaction of the Canary mantle plume with small-scale upper mantle processes such as edge-driven convection. Juxtaposition of plume and non-plume volcanism could also account for observed inconsistencies of the classical hotspot concept in other volcanic areas. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Genin, A.. 2004. Bio-Physical Coupling in the Formation of Zooplankton and Fish Aggregations Over Abrupt Topographies. Journal of Marine Systems 50(1-2): 3-20
Abstract: Aggregations of zooplankton, micronekton and fish are frequently observed above seamounts, canyons and shelf breaks. The aggregations are produced by five different mechanisms, all driven by ocean currents. Upwelling is frequently generated when ambient currents impinge on abrupt topographies. Nevertheless, upwelling enhances local production of zooplankton and fish only over large topographies such as shelf breaks, where the residence time of the upwelled water is sufficiently long to allow enrichment in primary production to propagate up the food web and augment the growth of resident animals. Daily accumulations occur over topographies at shallow and intermediate depths when the topography blocks the morning descent of migrating zooplankton. This mechanism is common over seamounts. Two other mechanisms are driven by behavioural response to vertical currents when zooplankton swims vertically in order to maintain depth: accumulations by depth retention against upwelling are common at depths to which migrating zooplankton descend during the day, while depth retention against downwelling seems to operate only in the upper water column (e.g., along topographically generated fronts). The fifth mechanism is driven by the amplification of currents over abrupt topographies. Strong currents enhance population growth of resident animals by augmenting fluxes of suspended food. A feed-rest hypothesis is proposed to explain how site-attached planktivorous fish can benefit from strong currents at sites with ample quiescence shelters in which the fish rest during nonfeeding, intervals. Four of the above mechanisms generate trophic focusing, a process by which prey from immense volumes of flowing water is accumulated (or trapped) in a relatively small confined area. The ensuing subsidy of prey propagates up the food web, supporting aggregations of higher predators, such as fish, marine mammals and fishermen. Abrupt topographies can have an important role in determining trophic interactions in the marine realm. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V All rights reserved
Genin, A.. 9999. Trophic Focusing: the Role of Bio-Physical Coupling in the Formation of Animal Aggregations Over Abrupt Topographies (Review Paper).
Abstract: Dense aggregations of zooplankton, micronekton and fish are frequently observed above seamounts, canyons and shelf breaks. These aggregations are repeated and under certain topographic and flow conditions their occurrence is quite predictable. Five different mechanisms, all driven by ocean currents, produce aggregations over abrupt topographies. Three of those mechanisms are driven by the interaction between flow and the behavior of plankton and micronekton. A bottom-up formation of animal aggregations that starts with an upwelling-driven eutrophication and cascades through the food chains up to the aggregated animals is significant only over large-scale topographies (e.g. shelf). On smaller scales, aggregations are produced by the blockage of the morning descent of migrating zooplankton and micronekton and by an accumulation of animals that retain their depth by swimming against either upwelling or downwelling. The amplification of currents over seamounts and canyons enhances horizontal fluxes of planktonic food and allows the maintenance of dense aggregations of resident predators. A possible metabolic gain due to the ample availability of quiescence shelters on these rough topographies in which the animals can rest during non-feeding times is proposed. Flow-driven mechanisms carry prey from a large volume of water and focus it at a relativeley small space. This trophic focusing greatly subsidizes higher trophic predators, such as pelagic fishes and marine mammals that are attracted to, and aggregate over their concentrated prey. Shallow topographies can have an important role in determing trophic interactions in the marine realm.
Genin, A.. 1987. Effects of Seamount Topography and Currents on Biological Processes. University of California, San Diegop. xvii-169
Genin, A. and G.W. Boehlert. 1985. Dynamics of Temperature and Chlorophyll Structures Above a Seamount: An Oceanic Experiment. Journal of Marine Research 43(4): 907-924
Abstract: Three hydrographic surveys comprised of densely spaced XBT and CTD stations were conducted over Minami-kasuga Seamount, in the northwest Pacific (21.degree.36'N, 143.degree.38'E). A cold dome, similar to a Taylor column, was observed above the seamount top during the first survey. Uplifted isotherms penetrated to the lower euphotic zone and were associated with higher chlorophyll concentrations. Vertical displacement of uplifted isotherms decayed with elevation above the seamount, so that both temperature and chlorophyll anomalies were undectable at depths less than 80 m. Relatively high chlorophyll concentrations in a layer from 80 m to 100 m depth formed a distinctive deep chlorophyll maximum (DCM) which was less well defined away from the seamount. Calculations based on the observed chlorophyll increase and on estimated phytoplankton growth rate suggested a minimal residence time of the cold dome on the order of several days. Zooplankton densities were also higher over the seamount top, both within and above the cold dome. No cold dome, chlorophyll increase, or high zooplankton biomass were detected above the seamount on the second and third surveys, carried out 2 and 17 days later, respectively. Mixing and deflections of isotherms occurred within a boundary zone around the seamount slope during the first and third surveys. Our observations suggest that seamounts are a source of both biological and physical patchiness in the surrounding ocean as features developed above them are swept away. The importance of the seamount-generated experiment is discussed in relation to field studies of the DCM. Specifically, our observations suggest that a sharp chlorophyll maximum can be formed by enhanced in situ growth following a sub-surface upwelling event
Genin, A. and P.F. Lonsdale. 1984. Initial Studies in Seamount Ecology [Abstract]. EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union 65: 969
Genin, A., C. Greene, L. Haury, P. Wiebe, G. Gal, S. Kaartvedt, E. Meir, C. Fey, and J. Dawson. 1994. Zooplankton Patch Dynamics: Daily Gap Formation Over Abrupt Topography. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 41(5-6): 941-951
Abstract: Net tow and acoustic surveys of zooplankton distributions were made over and around Sixtymile Bank (110 km southwest of San Diego, California). Gaps devoid of vertically migrating zooplankton were formed every evening above the summit of the bank. Interactions between the migrating animals, their predators, physical advection and the local topography appear to determine the gap formation and dynamics. Gaps were transported downstream during the night and appeared to disintegrate slowly through vertical swimming behavior, current shear and mixing processes. Patch dynamics following gap formation, mediated by both ocean currents and animal behavior, should augment the spatial heterogeneity of zooplankton and affect marine food webs in areas where abrupt topography features are common
Genin, A., C.K. Paull, and W.P. Dillon. 1992. Anomalous Abundances of Deep-Sea Fauna on a Rocky Bottom Exposed to Strong Currents. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 39: 293-302
Genin, A., L. Haury, and P. Greenblatt. 1988. Interactions of Migrating Zooplankton With Shallow Topography: Predation by Rockfishes and Intensification of Patchiness. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 35(2): 151-176
Abstract: Stratified net tows, multiple-frequency sonar and drifter drogues, combined with analysis of rockfish stomachs, were used to investigate the processes taking place when vertically migrating plankton are swept onto a shallow bank in the Southern California [USA] Bight. Euphausia pacifica, the dominant migrating plankter near the bank, was also a dominant item in the stomachs of Sebastes spp. when currents in predawn hours advected water from deep water toward the bank. In the morning, schools of 12 kHz scatterers, apparently rockfish, ascended tens of meters above the bottom toward the descending plankton. Net tow estimates of euphausiid biomass and the acoustic backscattering at 200 and 520 Hz were much lower above the bank than in a nearby deep-water area, particularly during early evening. At night and during predawn hours, a relatively high abundance of zooplankton, with densities similar to the deep-water area, was usually found near the edge of the bank. Causes of the observed recurrent lack of migrating plankton above a seamount in early evening could be diurnal predation by epibenthic fish or daytime advection of migrators around the seamount, thereby creating a hole above it. The formation of such holes can intensify the regional patchiness of plankton near shallow seamounts. Historical data of CalCOFI night-time tows show that the biomass of euphausiids, but not that of the weakly migrating chaetognaths, is significantly more variable (patchy) at stations near offshore shallow topography than at nearby deep-water stations. The similarity in the mean biomass of euphausiids at the two station sets suggests that the contribution of predation to the observed intensification of patchiness may be insignificant
Genin, A., M. Noble, and P. Lonsdale. 1989. Tidal Currents and Anticyclonic Motions on Two North Pacific Seamounts. Deep-Sea Research 36(12A): 1803-1816
Genin, A., P.K. Dayton, P.F. Lonsdale, and F.N. Spiess. 1986. Corals on Seamount Peaks Provide Evidence of Current Acceleration Over Deep-Sea Topography. Nature 322(6074): 59-61
Abstract: Geological and physical studies of seamounts have suggested the existence of distinct deep-sea habitats, characterized by exposed rocky bottom and a unique current regime. However, few biological data have been collected for deep seamounts. Here the authors present some of the first quantitative observations of hard-bottom fauna in the deep sea. These observations show that black corals and horny corals present on the slopes of a multi-peaked seamount are more abundant near peaks, compared with mid-slope sites at corresponding depths. On narrow peaks corals are most abundant on the crest, whereas on wide peaks, coral densities are highest at the edge of the crest. The abundance of corals also increases on knobs and pinnacles. Physical models and observations, together with direct measurements, suggest that the seamount topography affects the local current regime
Gente, P., J. Dyment, M. Maia, and J. Goslin. 2003. Interaction Between the Mid-Atlantic Ridge and the Azores Hot Spot During the Last 85 Myr: Emplacement and Rifting of the Hot Spot-Derived Plateaus. Geochemistry Geophysics Geosystems 4(10, Article 8514): 1-23
Abstract: [1] Multiple- and single-beam bathymetric data are compiled over the Azores plateau to produce a 1 km x 1 km grid between latitudes 32degreesN and 49degreesN and longitudes 22degreesW and 43degreesW. Mantle Bouguer anomalies are then calculated from this grid and the satellite-derived gravity. These grids provide new insights on the temporal and spatial variations of melt supply to the ridge axis. The elevated seafloor of the Azores plateau is interpreted as resulting from the interaction of a mantle plume with the Mid-Atlantic Ridge (MAR). The presence of a large region of elevated seafloor associated with a thick crust between the Great Meteor Seamounts and the Azores platform on the Africa plate, and less developed conjugate structures on the North America plate, favors genetic relations between these hot spot-derived structures. This suggests that a ridge-hot spot interaction has occurred in this region since 85 Ma. This interaction migrated northward along the ridge axis as a result of the SSE absolute motion of the Africa plate, following a direction grossly parallel to the orientation of the MAR. Kinematic reconstructions from chron 13 (similar to35 Ma) to the present allow a proposal that the formation of the Azores plateau began around 20 Ma and ended around 7 Ma. A sharp bathymetric step is associated with the beginning of important melt supply around 20 Ma. The excess of melt production is controlled by the interaction of the ridge and hot spot melting zones. The geometry and distribution of the smaller-scale features on the plateau record episodic variations of the hot spot melt production. The periodicity of these variations is about 3-5 Myr. Following the rapid decrease of widespread volcanism, the plateau was subsequently rifted from north to south by the Mid-Atlantic Ridge since 7 Ma. This rifting begins when the MAR melting zone is progressively shifted away from the 200-km plume thermal anomaly. These results bear important consequences on the motion of the Africa plate relative to the Azores hot spot. They also provide an explanation to the asymmetric geochemical signature of the Azores hot spot along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge
George, A.D.. 1993. Radiolarians in Offscraped Seamount Fragments, Aorangi Range, New Zealand.. New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics 36(2): 185-199
Abstract: Well-preserved radiolarians occur in coloured argillites at two localities in the Torlesse Terrane exposed in the Aorangi Range in the southernmost part of the North Island, New Zealand. The coloured argillites which host the radiolarians are associated with metabasite, and together these rocks are interpreted as remnants of seamounts which were dismembered immediately before or during subduction and accretion. Recent studies have shown that radiolarian faunas are highly useful for dating such oceanic deposits, and for constraining the depositional ages of adjacent turbidites in terranes which are typically sparsely fossiliferous. Radiolarians from the two Aorangi Range localities are consistent with the Late Jurassic to Early Cretaceous age established by regional age constraints, although one genus previously considered to be exclusively Late Cretaceous is also present. This suggests that radiolarian biostratigraphic zones defined by Northern Hemisphere studies should not be rigidly applied to rocks preserved in Southern Hemisphere terranes until radiolarian stratigraphic ranges for these terranes are adequately established
George, K.H.. 2004. Description of Two New Species of Bodinia, a New Genus Incertae Sedis in Argestidae Por, 1986 (Copepoda, Harpacticoida), With Reflections on Argestid Colonization of the Great Meteor Seamount Plateau. Organisms Diversity & Evolution 4(4): 241-264
Abstract: The present paper focuses on the results of taxonomic, faunistic and chorologic investigations on Argestidae Por, 1986 (Copepoda, Harpacticoida). All argestid species collected during the cruise M42/3 of RV "Meteor" (1998) are new to science. In the present contribution, two species are described and united within Bodinia gen. nov.: Bodinia meteorensis sp. nov. and Bodinia peterrummi sp. nov. The new genus is placed as incertae sedis in Argestidae in light of uncertainty concerning the phylogenetic relation
George, K.H. and H.K. Schminke. 2002. Harpacticoida (Crustacea, Copepoda) of the Great Meteor Seamount, With First Conclusions As to the Origin of the Plateau Fauna. Marine Biology 144(5): 887-895
Abstract: Qualitative samples were taken at 26 stations on the Great Meteor Seamount and in the surrounding deep sea in order to record the meiofauna and to allow first qualitative faunistic investigations. Among the 26 taxa of meiofauna found, nematodes and copepods were the most abundant. Study of the Copepoda Harpacticoida yielded 28 supraspecific taxa, of which I I have been selected for further investigation at the species level. Of the 56 species determined, 54 are new to science. Two separate faunas can be distinguished: one on the plateau (29 species) and one in the surrounding deep sea (23 species). The number of overlapping species (i.e. recorded in both areas) is rather low (four species). The high number of new species can be taken as a sign of pronounced endemism
George, R.W.. 1997. Tectonic Plate Movements and the Evolution of Jasus and Panulirus Spiny Lobsters (Palinuridae). Marine and Freshwater Research 48(8): 1121-1130
Abstract: Jasus is at least as old as early Miocene (20 Ma). Genetic differentiation between J. verreauxi in Australia and New Zealand indicates larval isolation across the northern Tasman Sea following a northward retreat of a strong south-flowing warm current. After South Africa and Australia separated from Antarctica, stocks of the temperate J. lalandii subgroup of three species became genetically isolated because of reduced larval exchange by tracking of local environments. Once the full strength of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current was established, a series of subantarctic islands and seamounts provided new habitats for four species of the J. frontalis subgroup, and their larvae responded to local circulation systems. Speciation of nine species or subspecies of Indo-West Pacific Panulirus probably occurred between 9 and 3.5 Ma (late Miocene to early Pliocene) as a result of the formation of new habitats after collisions of India and Australia with the Asian plate. Major mountain chains resulted in high continental run-off, produced regular tropical monsoon systems, enhanced regional upwelling, altered oceanographic circulation patterns and restricted larval transport between the Pacific and Indian Oceans
Georgiev, V.T. and I.I. Svetlov. 1989. Characteristics of the Thermohaline and Dynamic Structures of Water on the Hecate Seamount of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. [Osobennosti Termokhalinnoj i Dinamicheskoj Struktury Vod Glubokovodnogo Podnyatiya "Khekate" Na Severo-Atlanticheskom Khrebte.]. Sbornik Nauchnykh Trudov (Vniro): 44-52
Abstract: Studies were made in May-June, 1988. Hecate peak is 570 m below the sea level. Diagrams and conclusions indicate that there is north-eastern passage of the North Atlantic current on the Hecate. It was monitored by T index within 0-1200m, and by S index within 0-200 m. There may be sub-arctic frontal zone in the area. The thermohaline structure consists of the upper quasihomogeneous profile (75-100 m) and the intermediate profile of raised salinity (over 34.0 ppt). Bottom relief affects the main flow of the North Atlantic Current and brings about small-scale anticyclonic and cyclonic circulation. The study of local water structure is needed for the identification of concentrations of grenadier (Macrouridae) in the area
Gerber, E.M.. 1993. Some Data on the Distribution and Biology of the Blue Whiting, Micromesistius Poutassou, at the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Journal of Ichthyology 33(5): 26-34
Abstract: Several years of data on catches of blue whiting at seamounts in the Mid-Atlantic Ridge and adjacent pelagic waters were correlated. Information is presented on size composition, biological condition, and several morphometric characters. A comparison is made of these data with corresponding characters for blue whiting in the central part of their range. (DBO) | English abstract
Gevork'yan, V.K., Y. Chugunnyj, A.L. Sorokin, G.I. Luka, and A.I. Pavlov. 1990. Geological Aspects of Biological Productivity of the Ocean [Geologicheskie Aspekty Biologicheskoj Produktivnosti Okeana.]. Murmansk (Ussr), Knizhn.Izd.p. -188
Abstract: The book deals with the results of analysis of bottom topography of seamounts and oceanic rises from open-sea areas of the North Atlantic and with sedimentation processes and general geological situation in the region. A considerable effect of geological processes on the formation of productivity in oceanic areas and demersal fauna distribution is revealed. Geobiochemical correlations within the system of "sediment-off-bottom water-hydrobiont" are examined and results of landscape surveys from manned submer
Geynrikh, A.K.. 1992. Copepods in the Near-Bottom Water Layer on the Walters Seamount (Southwestern Indian Ocean) [Kopepody v Pridonnom Sloe Vody Na Gore Uolters (Yugo-Zapadnaya Chast' Indijskogo Okeana)]. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 32(1): 84-88
Abstract: The paper presents data on the abundance and taxonomic composition of animals, mainly copepods, collected 2 and 30 m off the bottom at depths of 50, 500 and 1000 m in the area between 32 degree 55' and 33 degree 58'S, 43 degree 53' and 45 degree 04'E. The abundance was found to be greater 2 m than 30 m off the bottom. Copepods and among them Calanoida were dominant almost everywhere. At depths of 500 and 1,000 m a considerable portion was composed by interzonal copepod species with diurnal (Pleuromamma) and ontogenetic (Rhincalanus nasutus and Neocalanus tonsus ) migrations. At the depth of 1,000 m one of the most abundant species was Chiridius pacificus , supposedly an obligatory inhabitant of near-bottom water layers
Gherardi, M., E. Lepore, and M. Sciscioli. 1988. Polychaeta of the Macrobenthos of the Amendolara Sea-Mount (Ionian Sea): Spatial and Seasonal Variations. Oebalia 14(N.S.): 5-19
Abstract: The authors examine the Polychaeta populations of the macrobenthos of the Amendolara sea-mount. Several statistical indexes are applied to the qualitative data in order to evaluate their spatial and seasonal variations
Giangrande, A.. 1997. Polychaete Reproductive Patterns, Life Cycles and Life Histories: An Overview. Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review(35): 323-386
Gianni, M.. 2002. Protecting the Biodiversity of Seamount Ecosystems in the Deep Sea - the Case for a Global Agreement for Marine Reserves on the High Seas. A discussion paper fo the IUCN/WWF High Seas Marine Protected Areas Workshop
Glover, A.G. and C.R. Smith. 2003. The Deep-Sea Floor Ecosystem: Current Status and Prospects of Anthropogenic Change by the Year 2025. Environmental Conservation 30(3): 219-241
Abstract: The goal of this paper is to review current impacts of human activities on the deep-sea floor ecosystem, and to predict anthropogenic changes to this ecosystem by the year 2025. The deep-sea floor ecosystem is one of the largest on the planet, covering roughly 60% of the Earth's solid surface. Despite this vast size, our knowledge of the deep sea is poor relative to other marine ecosystems, and future human threats are difficult to predict. Low productivity, low physical energy, low biological rates, and the vastness of the soft-sediment deep sea create an unusual suite of conservation challenges relative to shallow water. The numerous, but widely spaced, island habitats of the deep ocean (for example seamounts, hydrothermal vents and submarine canyons) differ from typical deep-sea soft sediments in substrate type (hard) and levels of productivity (often high); these habitats will respond differently to anthropogenic impacts and climate change. The principal human threats to the deep sea are the disposal of wastes (structures, radioactive wastes, munitions and carbon dioxide), deep-sea fishing, oil and gas extraction, marine mineral extraction, and climate change. Current international regulations prohibit deep-sea dumping of structures, radioactive waste and munitions. Future disposal activities that could be significant by 2025 include deep-sea carbon-dioxide sequestration, sewage-sludge emplacement and dredge-spoil disposal. As fish stocks dwindle in the upper ocean, deep-sea fisheries are increasingly targeted. Most (perhaps all) of these deep-sea fisheries are not sustainable in the long term given current management practices; deep-sea fish are long-lived, slow growing and very slow to recruit in the face of sustained fishing pressure. Oil and gas exploitation has begun, and will continue, in deep water, creating significant localized impacts resulting mainly from accumulation of contaminated drill cuttings. Marine mineral extraction, in particular manganese nodule mining, represents one of the most significant conservation challenges in the deep sea. The vast spatial scales planned for nodule mining dwarf other potential direct human impacts. Nodule-mining disturbance will likely affect tens to hundreds of thousands of square kilometres with ecosystem recovery requiring many decades to millions of years (for nodule regrowth). Limited knowledge of the taxonomy, species structure, biogeography and basic natural history of deep-sea animals prevents accurate assessment of the risk of species extinctions from large-scale mining. While there are close linkages between benthic, pelagic and climatic processes, it is difficult to predict the impact of climate change on deep-sea benthic ecosystems; it is certain, however, that changes in primary production in surface waters will alter the standing stocks in the food-limited, deep-sea benthic. Long time-series studies from the abyssal North Pacific and North Atlantic suggest that even seemingly stable deep-sea ecosystems may exhibit change in key ecological parameters on decadal time scales. The causes of these decadal changes remain enigmatic. Compared to the rest of the planet, the bulk of the deep sea will probably remain relatively unimpacted by human activities and climate change in the year 2025. However, increased pressure on terrestrial resources will certainly lead to an expansion of direct human activities in the deep sea, and to direct and indirect environmental impacts. Because so little is known about this remote environment, the deep-sea ecosystem may well be substantially modified before its natural state is fully understo
Gofas, S.. 2007. Rissoidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda) From Northeast Atlantic Seamounts. Journal of Natural History 41(13-16): 779-885
Abstract: The gastropod family Rissoidae is revised at the species level for the Lusitanian seamounts, situated between Portugal and Madeira, and the Meteor group of seamounts, situated south of the Azores in the northeast Atlantic Ocean. Based on material obtained by dredging and trawling, 48 species are reported, of which 30 are described as new. There is very little overlap between the assemblages found on both groups of seamounts, with only two shared species. On the Lusitanian seamounts, 24 species were collected. Seven species (six with planktotrophic development) are shared with the mainland shelf or slope and are represented in low numbers. Eleven species are endemic to this seamount group as a whole and of these, three account for 75% of individuals. Of the species not shared with the mainland, only one is found on the four seamounts, eight (three new) are found on two or three seamounts and/or neighbouring islands, and six (all new) are endemic to a single seamount. On the Meteor group, 26 species were found, of which five are shared with the Azores and 20 (all new) are endemic to the seamount group as a whole. Most species are found on only two or three seamounts, whereas nine species are endemic to only one of the seamounts, and of these five are concentrated on Atlantis seamount. Eight endemic species of the Meteor group included in Porosalvania n. gen. have very different shapes and occupy discrete bathymetric intervals, but are best interpreted as a local radiation originating from a relatively old colonization of this seamount group. The endemic species, and among them the successful ones, all have a paucispiral protoconch denoting non-planktotrophic development. As in the Macaronesian archipelagos, the Rissoidae are the most species-rich molluscan family on the northeast Atlantic seamounts.
Gofas, S.. 2002. An Endemic Radiation of Trituba (Mollusca, Gastropoda) on the North Atlantic Seamounts. American Malacological Bulletin 17(1/2): 45-63
Abstract: Ten species of the genus Trituba are recognized on the seamounts of the North Atlantic south of the Azores, and interpreted as the product of a single radiation in a taxon which has had a relict distribution since the Miocene. The species are Trituba superstes (Bouchet and Fechter, 1981) and T. incredita n. sp. from Meteor bank; T. anelpistos (Bouchet and Fechter, 198 1) from Meteor, Hyeres, and Irving banks; Trituba recurvata n. sp. from Hyeres bank; T. constricta n. sp., T. fallax n. sp., and T. additicia n. sp. from Hyeres and Irving banks; T lima n. sp. from Irving bank; T. elatissima n. sp. from Plato and Atlantis banks; and T. hirta n. sp. from Atlantis bank. The level of bank-to-bank endemism is high, with four species endemic to a single bank. This indicates that the distances, in the order of magnitude of 100 to 200 km, between the banks are barriers for larvae and egg capsules of these species of Trituba, which are inferred to have an intracapsular larval development. There is very much difference in the success of the different species, as reflected by their relative abundances, ranging from the 64 specimens and over 500 shells collected of T. constricta to the 4 shells of T. additicia; some of the rarer species could be very prone to extinction or may even be extinct. The diversification into a set of species with different depth ranges and morphologies is interpreted as a factor that will enhance the probability of survivorship in the lineage. The common species suffer important predation pressure, presumably from a muricid gastropod, and one third to two thirds of the adult shells are drilled in the large populations of T constricta.
Gofas, S.. 2000. Four Species of the Family Fasciolariidae (Gastropoda) From the North Atlantic Seamounts. Journal of Conchology 37(1): 7-16
Abstract: Four species of Fasciolariidae from the North Atlantic Seamounts around Great Meteor Bank are reported on, and a new species, Fusinus meteoris is described. One of the species is identified to Clathurella rugosissima Locard, 1897, which is here assigned to the genus Latirus. The larval development, as inferred from the morphology of the protoconch, is planktotrophic in Latirus rugosissimus, Fusinus amiantus and F. bocagei, but F. meteoris, which has a teleoconch morphology very similar to F. bocagei, has a paucispiral larval shell indicating direct development. Latirus rugosissimus appears to have a restricted range on the seamounts, where it is abundant, and this cannot be explained by a lack of ability for dispersal. Conversely, the direct developer Fusinus meteoris is found on Meteor, Hyeres and Irving seamounts, separated by a distance of ca. 90 km and does not show any morphological differenciation
Gofas, S.. 2005. Geographical Differentiation in Clelandella (Gastropoda : Trochidae) in the Northeastern Atlantic. Journal of Molluscan Studies 71: 133-144
Abstract: Abstract: The trochid genus Clelandella is reviewed, taking into account new material collected on northeastern Atlantic seamounts and archipelagos, and in deep water of the Mediterranean. The type species C. miliaris (Brocchi, 1814) is illustrated with topotypic material, and living representatives are reported ranging from north Norway to West Africa and into the Mediterranean. The insular populations of Clelandella are found to constitute discrete groups, which are treated as new species: Clelandella dautzenbergi n. sp. on the Lusitanian seamounts, C. perforata n. sp. in the Meteor group of the central North Atlantic, C. azorica n. sp. in the Azores and C. madeirensis n. sp. in Madeira. Within such groups, differentiation is not appreciable and variability is continuous notwithstanding distances of the order of 200 km. Between such groups, the geographical isolation of the insular populations has resulted in substantial divergence over distances in the range 300-600 km. A further species, C. myriamae n. sp., was collected on deep-water mud volcanoes of the eastern Mediterranean, and is broadly sympatric with C. miliaris.
Gofas, S. and A. Beu. 2002. Tonnoidean Gastropods of the North Atlantic Seamounts and the Azores. American Malacological Bulletin 17(1/2): 91-108
Abstract: The benthos of the North Atlantic Seamounts around Great Meteor Bank contains an unusually high proportion of gastropods with teleplanic, planktotrophic larvae, including those belonging to the families Bursidae, Ranellidae, Personidae, and Cassidae. Some of the species have a very broad range in the Atlantic or are even world-wide in temperate and tropical waters, others seem to have a restricted range, being either apparently endemic to the seamounts or forming a local, isolated population there. The species that now have a restricted range are documented in the fossil record as formerly having a broader geographic distribution during the Pliocene, and it is suggested that the contemporary geographical restriction is due to narrow environmental requirements rather than to the lack of dispersal ability. Planktotrophic larval development appears to be one of the successful adaptations on the seamounts, a success that can be explained by the retention of larvae and by the low parental investment involved. Direct developers may be equally successful, but species with short-lived planktonic larvae are underrepresented. The ranellid Sassia lewisi is recorded for the first time outside the Caribbean, the laubierinid Akibumia orientalis is newly recorded from the Atlantic Ocean, and the personid Personopsis grasi is recorded for the first time in the Recent fauna (Azores, Meteor Group seamounts, and Guadeloupe, West Indies).
Goldner, D.R. and D.C. Chapman. 1997. Flow and Particle Motion Induced Above a Tall Seamount by Steady and Tidal Background Currents. Deep Sea Research I 44(5): 719-744
Golovan, A.A. and N.P. Pakhorukov. 1987. Distribution and Behavior of Fishes on the Naska and Sala y Gomez Submarine Ridges. Journal of Ichthyology 27(4): 71-78
Abstract: Data on distribution, behavior and biology of 25 fish species in the region of the submarine Naska and Sala y Gomez ranges, on the basis of trawlings and underwater observations are presented. Demersal fishes occur at a distance of a few centimeters from the ground and benthopelagic species remain 3-5m from the bottom. The weaker the association between the fish and substrate, the higher their locomotory activity.
Golovan, G.A. and N.P. Pakhorukov. 1983. The Composition of Demersal Ichthyofauna of the Discovery Tablemount. Journal of Ichthyology 23: 13-19
Golovan, G.A., N.P. Pakhorukov, and V.B. Tkhorikov. 1991. Morphoecological Characterization of Rosefish, Helicolenus Lengerichi (Scorpaenidae) From the Nasca Ridge. Journal of Ichthyology 31(6): 117-128
Abstract: Data are presented on the morphometry, distribution, behavior, and biology of rosefish, Helicolenus lengerichi , of the Nasca Ridge. Differences are reported in the morphometry and biology of fish living on different seamounts. | English abstract
Gon, O. and P.C. Heemstra. 1990. Fishes of the Southern Ocean. Grahamstown, J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology
Goncalves, J.M.S., J. Bispo, and J.A. Silva. 2004. Underwater Survey of Ichthyofauna of Eastern Atlantic Seamounts: Gettysburg and Ormond (Gorringe Bank). Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 233-240
Abstract: Gettysburg and Ormond are seamounts belonging to the Gorringe Bank, which is located on the Europen-African plate boundary. Given the importance of these oceanic features for understanding marine biodiversity patterns, two surveys were carried out in 1998 (Gettysburg) and 1999 (Ormond) using diving, photography and video for species identification and abundance evaluation. Of the 9 fish species found at Gettysburg and 11 at Ormond, 6 were common to both sites and these included the dominant species: the oceanic and commercially important, Seriola rivoliana, and the coastal, typically Atlantic-Mediterranean Coris julis and Anthias anthias. The strong representation of coastal, demersal and Atlantic-Mediterranean species in the Gorringe Batik region and the presence of Abudefduf luridus, an endemic Macaronesian species, at Gettysburg suggests that the upper part of these seamounts may have acted and still act as stepping stories for the dispersal of coastal species
Gonzalez, N., R. Anadon, B. Mourino, E. Fernandez, B. Sinha, J. Escanez, and D. de Armas. 2001. The Metabolic Balance of the Planktonic Community in the North Atlantic Subtropical Gyre: The Role of Mesoscale Instabilities. Limnology and Oceanography 46(4): 946-952
Abstract: We have studied the net community production (NCP) balance in the Eastern region of the Subtropical North Atlantic during two cruises, in August 1998 and April 1999. In August, heterotrophic bacteria were more abundant than picophytoplankton, which resulted in net heterotrophy (NCP = -129 mmol O-2 m(-2) d(-1) +/- 18; mean +/- SE), whereas these differences in plankton components were not apparent in April 1999, when the community was in metabolic balance (NCP = -13 mmol O-2 m(-2) d(-1) +/- 19). In April, the metabolic balance of microplankton communities was net heterotrophic outside (NCP = -57 mmol O-2 m(-2) d(-1) +/- 26) and lower than inside (NCP = 19 mmol O-2 m(-2) d(-1) +/- 19) the mesoscale structures present in the area (subtropical front, cyclonic eddy Leticia, and the Great Meteor Tablemount). Positive NCP inside the cyclonic eddy (NCP = 20 mmol O-2 m(-2) d(-1) +/- 17) was due to lower respiration rather than to higher gross primary production rates. Gross extrapolation suggests that the regional organic carbon deficit within the Eastern Subtropical Gyre (0.98-1.88 Gt C yr(-1)) should increase by similar to 14% and 52% in the absence of mesoscale structures
Goode, G.B.. 1876. Catalogue of the Fishes of the Bermudas. Bulletin of the Unites States National Museum 5: 1-82
Gooding, R.M.. 1984. Trapping Surveys of the Deepwater Caridean Shrimps, Heterocarpus Laevigatus and H. Ensifer, in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Marine Fisheries Review 46(2): 18-26
Gooding, R.M.. 1980. Exploratory Fishing on the Hancock Seamounts by the Townsend Cromwell, 1976-79. Proceedings of the Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, 1980, R.W.Grigg and R.T.Pfund [eds.], Rep. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, pp. 241-250
Gordina, A.D.. 1991. Ichthyoplankton of Oceanic Elevations in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans. [Ikhtioplankton Okeanicheskikh Podnyatij Atlanticheskogo i Indijskogo Okeana.]. Kiev (Ussr), Naukova Dumkap. -116
Abstract: The monograph summarizes results of ichthyoplankton investigations in the areas of 16 submarine elevations carried out by the author since 1981. Data on the species composition and abundance of eggs and larvae are presented and the patterns of their distribution in relation to the geomorphology of the elevations, the hydrological conditions and the biological productivity of the surrounding waters are considered
Gordina, A.D. and V.B. Bladimirtsev. 1988. Distribution of Ichthyoplankton in the Regions of Bottom Elevations in the Tropical Part of the Indian Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 27(4): 79-84
Abstract: The species composition and quantitative distribution of fish larvae are compared in four bottom elevations of the Indian Ocean: Equator Seamount and the Saya de Malya, Centurion and Speakers banks. The population and distribution of fish larvae are determined by the peculiarities of the oceanographic regime of the region and its productivity
Gordon, J.D.M.. 1994. Deep-Water Fisheries: a New Resource? a Summary of the 1994 Buckland Lecture by John D. M. Gordon. Scottish association for marine science, PO Box 3, Oban, PA34 4AD, UK, p. -8
Gordon, J.D.M.. 2001. Deep-Water Fisheries at the Atlantic Frontier. Continental Shelf Research 21: 987-1003
Gordon, J.M.D.. 2002. Deep Water Demersal Fisheries.
Gorelova, T.A. and N.A. Krasilnikova. 1990. On the Feeding of Pearlsides (Maurolicus Muelleri) in the Areas of Nazca and Discovery Submarine Elevations and Near Africana Seamount. Journal of Ichthyology 30(7): 42-52
Gorny, M.. 1999. On the Biogeography and Ecology of the Southern Ocean Decapod Fauna. Scientia Marina 63(supl.1): 367-382
Abstract: The biogeography and ecology of decapod crustaceans was described for the higher latitudes of the Southern Ocean. The analyzed area included the transitional or antiboreal region of South American continental shelves (south of about 42 degree 30'S) the Antarctic continental shelves, the Subantarctic islands of the Scotia and the Kerguelen Arcs, the deep sea south of about 42 degree S and the pelagic realm between the Subtropical Convergence and the Antarctic continent. A broad base of own data and a review of the literature revealed the presence of 98 benthic decapod species in the entire area, with 92 species on the continental shelves and around the Subantarctic Islands, and 6 species in the deep sea. A total of 34 decapod species live in the pelagic system south of the Subtropical Convergence. About 50% of the benthic species, nearly all deep-sea species, but only one pelagic decapod are endemic in the analyzed sectors of the Southern Ocean. Eualus kinzeri (Caridea: Hippolytidae) is the only endemic decapod of the Antarctic continental shelves. By means of a multivariate cluster analysis the antiboreal decapod fauna of South America was separated from the species living around Antarctica and the Subantarctic islands of Scotia and Kerguelen Arcs. In contrast to earlier studies the northern distribution limit of the Antarctic decapod fauna was set at approximately 55 degree 30'S, and includes species which are distributed on the southern tip of South America. The species number in the antiboreal region of South America is 79, and higher than known before. The caridean shrimps are the most numerous group within the entire area, and together with the anomuran crabs, the palinuran and astacuran lobsters they demonstrate a high degree of eurybathy compared to the Brachyura. The restriction of the Brachyura to shallow-water zones is discussed as one reason, that caused the absence of this group on the Antarctic continental shelves after the succesive elimination of shallow-water fauna during glaciation of southern hemisphere.
Gorodnitskii, A.M. and O.G. Sorokhtin. 1985. Stroenie Okeanskoi Litosfery i Formirovanie Podvodnykh Gor. pp. 165-1
Gowing, M.M. and K.F. Wishner. 1992. Feeding Ecology of Benthopelagic Zooplankton on an Eastern Tropical Pacific Seamount. Marine Biology 112(3): 451-467
Abstract: The gut contents of dominant deep-sea benthic boundary layer zooplankton (primarily copepods and mysids) and the vacuole contents of phaeodarians collected and preserved in situ at four depths (from 724 to 3112 m) on an eastern tropical Pacific seamount (Volcano 7; 13.degree.23'N, 102.degree.27'W) between 23 November and 4 December 1988 were analyzed using transmission electron microscopy (TEM). Suspended, and sinking plus resuspended particles, were quantitatively sampled to characterize potential food sources. A broad oxygen minimum characteristic of this region intersects the summit of the seamount and affects the feeding ecology of these organisms. Several copepods and mysids and an amphipod contained guts packed with what appeared to be gram-positive bacteria, an unusual finding. We hypothesize that the source of these bacteria-like bodies was a mat or aggregate that originated in the oxygen minimum or at its upper or lower interface. The presence of the bacteria-like bodies in 43 to 100% of the particle-feeding zooplankton that were sectioned and that had gut contents, suggests that the bacteria-like bodies are an important food source. The diverse gut and vacuole contents of other detritivores were similar among depths. Particles and microorganisms from the depths were also similar. This finding can be explained by the rapid sinking of particles and aggregates from surface waters and their relatively intact transit through the broad oxygen minimum with its reduced populations of the zooplankton. The presence of algal cells in guts and vacuoles of benthic boundary-layer zooplankton suggests that these zooplankton select particles of recent surface origin for consumption. The presence of the guts filled with bacteria-like bodies shows that some deep-sea copepods and mysids that are normally generalist feeders can specialize opportunistically. The similarity of gut contents of crustaceans and vacuole contents of phaeodarians suggests that these two very different groups of particle feeders utilize similar food sources in the deep sea
Grandperrin, R. and B. Richer de Forges. 1988. Chalutages Exploratoires Sur Quelques Monts Sous-Marins En Nouvelle-Caledonie [Exploratory Trawlings on Some Submarine Mounts in New Caledonia]. Peche maritime 67(1325): 752-755
Abstract: Submarine mounts are numerous in the sea around New Caledonia. Some of them have been studied with two campaigns of exploratory trawling, by the Japanese in 1980, and the French in 1986. Sampling was carried out between 220 and 690 meters in depth using trawls of different dimensions. The fisheries by night proved much more productive than those by day. bioBeyond 500 metres, the specific composition of ichthyofauna completely changed. A very rough evaluation permits an estimation of several thousands tons of fishes each year
Grandperrin, R. and R. Lenodey. 1992. BERYX 2 Cruise Carried Out With Bottom Longlines on the Southeast Seamounts of the Exclusive Economic Zone of New Caledonia (R.V. Alis , 22-31 October 1991). [Campagne BERYX 2 De Peche...]. Rapports de Missions. Sciences de la Mer. Biologie Marine., Rep. 11, Centre de Noumea, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia)
Abstract: BERYX 2 was the second of a series of cruises devoted to the study of the fisheries resources of seamounts located southeast of New Caledonia. 19 bottom trawl hauls were made on seamounts B, D and K at depths ranging from 505 to 850 m. On many occasions the net was caught on the bottom. The catches showed a relatively low species diversity with a total of 70 species caught. Beryx splendens was by far the most abundant (55% of the total catch weight). The other abundant species was Pentaceros decacanthus (34%). Fish were measured; Beryx splendens gonads and stomachs were collected. A detailed seabed mapping was performed on seamount D by combining deep sounder and GPS data
Grandperrin, R., A. Bensch, A. Di Matteo, and P. Lehodey. 1991. BERYX 1 Cruise Carried Out With Bottom Longlines on the Southeast Seamounts of the Exclusive Economic Zone of New Caledonia (R.V. Alis , 8-18 October 1991). [Campagne BERYX 1 De Peche a La Palangre...]. Rapports de Missions.Sciences de la Mer. Biologie Marine, Issue #10, Centre de Noumea, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -33
Abstract: BERYX 1 was the first of a series of cruises devoted to the study of the fisheries resources of seamounts located south-east of New Caledonia. 9 bottom longline sets were made; the line was rigged like the one used on board the longliner Humboldt . 750 hooks were set every day. The catches showed a low species diversity with a total of 17 species caught. Among commercial species, Beryx splendens was by far the most abundant with catch rates of 10.61 fish and 12.16 kg per 100 hooks. Abundant non-commercial species were Rexea prometheoides and Squalus megalops . Most fish were measured; gonads and stomachs were collected. A detailed seabed mapping was performed on seamounts B and D by combining deep sounder and GPS data
Grandperrin, R., A. Di Matteo, C. Hoffschir, A. Lapetite, and J.Y. Panche. 1992. BERYX 7 Fishing Cruise With Bottom Longline on Three Seamounts of New Caledonia Southeast Exclusive Economic Zone (R.V. Alis 25th March-3st April 1992) [Campagne BERYX 7 De Peche a La Palangre...]. Rapports de Missions. Sciences de la Mer. Biologie Marine, Rep. 17, Centre de Noumea, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -36
Abstract: BERYX 7 was the seventh of a series of cruises devoted to the study of the fisheries resources of seamounts located south-east of New Caledonia. 8 bottom longline sets were made on seamounts B, D and K with a line rigged like the one used on board the longliner "Humboldt". A total of 6000 hooks was set. The catches showed a low species diversity with a total of 11 species caught. Beryx splendens average catch rate was 11.12 kg/100 hooks. Abundant non commercial species were Etmopterus lucifer and Squalus cf
Grandperrin, R., A. Di Matteo, G. Mou Tham, and Panche. 1992. BERYX 6 Fishing Cruise With Bottom Longline on Two Seamounts of New Caledonia Southeast Exclusive Economic Zone (R.V. Alis, 12-18 February 1992) [Campagne BERYX 7 De Peche a La Palangre...]. Rapports de Missions.Sciences de la Mer.Biologie Marine, Rep. 16, Centre de Noumea, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -27
Abstract: BERYX 6 was the sixth of a series of cruises devoted to the study of the fisheries resources of seamount located south-east of New Caledonia. The trip was interumpted for cyclone warning. 5 bottom longline sets were on seamounts D and K with a line rigged like the one used on board the longliner Humboldt. A total of 3750 hooks was set. The catches showed a low species diversity with a total of 8 species caught. Beryx splendens average catch rate was 10.19 kg/100 hooks. Abundant non commercial species were Etmopterus lucifer and Squalus cf. megalops. Most fish were measured; gonads and stomach contents were collected. Beryx splendens spawning seems to occur during the warm season. Seamount K seabed mapping was completed by combining deep sounder and GPS data. A CTD profiler was used to obtain temperature and salinity profiles on seamount D; isotherms uplift was not observed
Grandperrin, R., P. Desfontaine, I. Desgrippes, and E. Feugier. 1992. Beryx 9 Bottom Longline Fishing Cruise on Three Seamounts of the Southeast Section of the Exclusive Economic Zone of New Caledonia (R.V. Alis, 4 to 13 August 1992) [Campagne Beryx 9 De Peche a La Palangre...]. Rapports de Missions.Sciences de la Mer.Biologie Marine, Issue #19, Centre de Noumea, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -28
Abstract: Beryx 9 was the ninth of a series of cruises devoted to the study of the fisheries resources of seamounts located south-east of New Caledonia. 8 bottom longline sets were made on seamounts B, K and D with a line rigged like the one used on board the longliner "Humboldt". A total of 6000 hooks was set. The catches showed a low species diversity with a total of 14 species caught. Beryx splendens average catch rate was 22.69 kg per 100 hooks. Abundant other species were Hyperoglyphe antarctica, Etmopterus luci
Grasshoff, M.. 1985. Die Gorgonaria Und Antipatharia Der Grossen Meteor-Bank Und Der Josephine-Bank. (Cnidaria: Anthozoa). Senckenbergiana Maritima 17(1-3): 65-87
Abstract: The benthos of the plateaus of the Great Meteor Seamount and of the Josephine Seamount was intensively collected, observed and photographed with TV-cameras and a photo-sledge during the cruises 9 (1967) and 19 (1970) of R. V. "METEOR". On the plateaus of these seamounts Gorgonaria and Antipatharia are the main representatives of the big filterfeeders projecting above the ground. Sea-pens (Pennatularia) are lacking, probably because of the granular and hard sediment. The fauna of the Gorgonaria and Antipatha
Grasshoff, M.. 1972. Infraspezifische Variabilitat Und Isolierte Populationen Der Hornkoralle Ellisella Flagellum (Cnidaria: Anthozoa: Gorgonaria) - Auswerte Der "Atlantische Kuppenfahrten 1967" Von F.S. "Meteor". Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 10: 65-72
Grasshoff, M.. 1972. Die Gorgonaria Des Ostlichen Nordatlantik Und Des Mittelmeeres. I. Die Familie Ellisellidae (Cnidaria: Anthozoa) - Auswertung Der "Atlantischen Kuppenfahrten 1967" Von F.S.. "Meteor".Meteorforsch.Reihe D 10:73-87
Grasshoff, M. and G. Bargibant. 2001. Coral Reef Gorgonians of New Caledonia. Faune et Flore Tropicales 38: 1-335
Greene, C. and Youngbluth. 1988. Acoustical Detection of High-Density Krill Demersal Layers in the Submarine Canyons Off Georges Bank. Science 241: 359-361
Greze, B.N. and A.V. Kovalev. 1985. Distribution of plankton in areas of elevations of the ocean bottom. in: Biological Bases of the Commercial Exploitation of the Open Areas of the Ocean, M.E.Vinogradov and M.V.Flint [eds.], Nauka Press, Moscow, pp. 204-210
Greze, V.N.. 1988. Biooceanographic Structure of Waters Around Underwater Elevated Areas [Biookeanograficheskaya Struktura Vod v Rajonakh Podvodnykh Vozvyshennostej.]. Rep. 120, Naukova Dumka, Kiev (Ussr), p. -208
Abstract: Results of a comprehensive study of some twenty underwater seamounts, banks and elevation in the Atlantic and Indian oceans made by the Institute of Biology of Southern Seas of the Ukrainian AS in 1981-1985 are presented. A geomorphological summary is followed by a hydrological description of each of these areas, and of their hydrochemical structure and bioluminescence. Adenosinetriphosphate content in microplankton is considered individually for deepwater (over 200 m) and shallow elevations. Other chapters review bacterioplankton, chlorophyll a, phytoplankton, zooplankton, ichthyoplankton over elevations generally, as well as specific composition, distribution and behaviour of fish over the Vavilov Ridge and Equator Seamount
Grigg, R.W.. 1984. Resource Management of Precious Corals: a Review and Application to Shallow Water Reef Building Corals. Marine Ecology 5(1): 57-74
Grigg, R.W.. 1980. The Status of Reef Studies in the Hawaiian Archipelago. Status of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, R.W.Grigg and R.T.Pfund, vol. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-MR-80-04, pp. 100-120
Grigg, R.W.. 1999. The Paleoceanography of Coral Reefs in the Pacific: 240 Ma of Ocean and Island History. Prometheus 17(3): 1-3
Grigg, R.W.. 1981. Coral Reef Resource Management: A Five Year Research Program in the Hawaiian Archipelago. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, Manila, pp. 243-246
Grigg, R.W.. 1974. Distribution and Abundance of Precious Corals in Hawaii. Second International Symposium on Coral Reefs, Great Barrier Reef, Australia, 1973. Proceedings, vol. 2, edition 235, p. 240
Grigg, R.W.. 2001. Status of the Black Coral Fishery in Hawaii, 1998. Pacific Science
Grigg, R.W.. 1989. Precious coral fisheries of the Pacific and Mediterranean. in: Marine Invertebrate Fisheries: Their Assessment and Management, J.F.Caddy [ed.], John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 637-645
Grigg, R.W.. 1997. Hawaii's Coral Reefs: Status and Health in 1997, the International Year of the Reef. Status of coral reefs in the Pacific, R.W.Grigg and C.Birkeland [eds.], Rep. UNIHI-SEAGRANT-CP-98-01, pp. 1-144
Grigg, R.W.. 1997. Paleooceanography of Coral Reefs in the Hawaiian-Emperor Chain: Revisited. Coral Reefs 16(SUPPL.): S33-S38
Abstract: This paper is a review of the present knowledge of coral reef ecology and paleoecology in the Hawaiian-Emperor Chain during the last 70 Ma. Research on fossil coral deposits throughout the H-E Chain has played a major role in producing information concerning the subsidence, uplift and drowning of individual islands, as well as the paleocirculation of the North Pacific Ocean during Tertiary time. The origin of the Hawaiian Islands and seamounts over the Hawaiian hotspot and their subsequent subsidence and transport by plate motion to the north and northwest are reviewed and new data concerning uplift of the central high Hawaiian Islands caused by lithospheric flexure and the effect of sea level change on the geological evolution of individual islands are presented. The Darwin Point, where atolls drown to form guyots, is redefined in dynamic terms as a function of climate and sea level history. The absence of coral reefs during the first half of Hawaiian history is evidence for a major change in ocean circulation in the north Pacific about 35 million years ago during the Middle Tertiary
Grigg, R.W.. 1996. Precious and deep-water corals in dredge samples collected during the 1986 HMNZS Tui Cruises. in: Manihiki Plateau, Machias and Capricorn Seamounts, Niue and Tofua Trough: Results of Tui Cruises, M.A.Meylan and G.P.Glasby [eds.], pp. 143-135
Grigg, R.W.. 1979. Reproductive ecology of two species of gorgonian corals: Relations to vertical and geographic distribution. in: Reproductive Ecology of Marine Invertebrates, S.E.Stancyk [ed.], U. S. C. Press
Grigg, R.W.. 1978. Coral Reef ecosystems of the Pacific Islands: Issues and problems for future management and planning. in: Literature Review and Synthesis of Information on Pacific Island Ecosystems, U.S.F.W.S. Rep.Documentation Associates, 111720 Pico Blvd, Los Angeles, CA
Grigg, R.W.. 1994. History of the Precious Coral Fishery in Hawaii. Precious Corals and Octocoral Research 3: 1-18
Grigg, R.W.. 1993. Precious Coral Fisheries of Hawaii and the U.S. Pacific Islands. Marine Fisheries Review 55: 50-60
Grigg, R.W.. 1987. Coral Reefs of the World. Vol. III. Hawaii and the Central Pacific U.S. Dependencies. IUCN and UNEP, Nairobi, Kenya, p. -329
Grigg, R.W.. 1981. Acropora in Hawaii. Part II. Zoogeography. Pacific Science 15: 15-24
Grigg, R.W.. 1988. Coral Reefs of the World. Volume III. Hawaii and Central Pacific U.S. Dependencies. IVCN/UNEP, Nairobi, Kendy, p. -329
Grigg, R.W.. 1986. Precious Corals: An Important Seamount Fisheries Resource. NOAA Technical Report NMFS(43): 43-44
Grigg, R.W.. 2001. Status of the Precious Coral Fishery, 1982. FAO Fisheries Reports, Rep. 306, pp. 69-78
Grigg, R.W.. 1981. Species Identification and Assessment of CCOP/SOPAC Precious Coral Collections in 1980 and 1981. CCOP/SOPAC Tech. Rep., Rep. 14, p. -16
Grigg, R.W.. 1988. Paleoceanography of Coral Reefs in the Hawaiian-Emperor Chain. Science 240(4860): 1737-1743
Abstract: The fossil record of shallow marine organisms in the Hawaiian Archipelago and Emperor seamount chain indicates that reef corals were absent during the first half of the Tertiary. Their appearance during the early Oligocene, 34 million years ago, is associated with several paleoceanographic events that appear to have combined to intensify gradually gyral surface currents in the north Pacific. This association suggests that corals were absent in the early Tertiary because of isolation of the Hawaiian Archipelago from the Indo-West Pacific (IWP), the center of reef coral abundance and diversity in the Pacific. Today, the number of species of reef corals in Hawaii is < 10% of the number of species in the IWP. Episodes of extinction and recolonization are the most likely cause of change in species composition. Recolonization from the IWP may also explain the low rate of endemism (about 20%) in the present-day coral fauna
Grigg, R.W.. 1970. Ecology and Population Dynamics of the Gorgonians, Muricea Californica and Muricea Fruticosa. University of California at San Diegop. -261
Grigg, R.W.. 1997. Benthic Communities on Lo'Ihi Submarine Volcano Reflect High-Disturbance Environment. Pacific Science 51(3): 209-220
Abstract: Bottom surveys and collections on Lo'ihi Seamount, Hawai'i, revealed two distinct and recurrent benthic communities. One comprises bacterial mats and is closely associated with hydrothermal vents. The other consists of dense aggregations of megabenthos-octocorals, sponges, hydroids, and black corals-all normal inhabitants of nonvolcanic hard-bottom habitats at comparable depths in the Hawaiian Islands. The bacterial mats are devoid of specialized megafauna and are found in summit areas or rift peaks where diffuse low-temperature hydrothermal vents are common. The absence of megafauna there may be due to extreme environmental conditions produced by vent waters that contain no oxygen and extraordinarily high concentrations of CO-2 (pH = 5.5) and trace metals. At greater depths, from 200-300 to 1,000 m below the summit, dense aggregations of gorgonians and other megafauna exist but are uncommon. Aggregations are restricted to stable outcrops of pillow basalts (kipukas). Surrounding areas are covered by talus and are virtually devoid of benthic organisms. Their rarity may be due to instability of the substratum caused by frequent slumping and debris avalanching (mass wasting). Both bacterial mat and deep flank megabenthic communities reflect a high-disturbance environment
Grigg, R.W.. 1982. Precious Corals: an Important Seamount Fisheries Resource. Infofish Marketing Digest 2: 8-11
Grigg, R.W.. 1980. Analysis of CCOP/SOPAC Precious Coral Samples. CCOP/SOPAC Tech. Rep., Rep. 10, p. -9
Grigg, R.W.. 1976. Fishery Management of Precious and Stony Corals in Hawaii. Sea Grant Technical Report, Rep. 77-03, Univeristy of Hawaii, p. -48
Grigg, R.W.. 1989. Bridging the East Pacific Barrier: the Effect of Stepping Stones, Terranes and El Nino. VI Pac. Sci. Inter-Congress Chile, Aug 7-10, 1989
Grigg, R.W.. 1970. Status of the Precious Coral Industry in Japan, Taiwan and Okinawa. Sea Grant Adv. Report, Rep. 1, University of Hawaii, pp. 1-15
Grigg, R.W.. 1987. Loihi Seamount: No Vent Macrofauna. EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union 68(50): 1721
Grigg, R.W.. 1981. Acropora in Hawaii. A Case of Colonization, Extirpation and Recolonization. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, Manila, P.I., 1981
Grigg, R.W.. 1976. Present Knowledge of the Systematics and Zoogeography of the Order Gorgonacea in Hawaii. Pacific Science 30: 167-175
Grigg, R.W.. 1965. Ecological Studies of Black Coral in Hawaii. Pacific Science 19: 244-260
Grigg, R.W.. 2001. Black Coral: History of a Sustainable Fishery in Hawai'i. Pacific Science 55(3): 291-299
Grigg, R.W.. 1984. Ecology and Productivity of Coral Reefs in the Hawaiian Archipelago. Proc. of Symp. on Res. Invest. in the NWHI, R.W.Grigg and K.Tanoue
Grigg, R.W. and C. Birkeland. 1997. Status of Coral Reefs in the Pacific. (UNIHI-SEAGRANT-CP-98-01), University of Hawaii Sea Grant Program
Grigg, R.W. and D. Epp. 1989. Critical Depth for the Survival of Coral Islands: Effects on the Hawaiian Archipelago. Science 243: 638-641
Grigg, R.W. and D.M. Opresko. 1977. The Antipatharia, Black Corals of Hawaii. in: Reef and Shore Fauna, D.M.Devaney and L.G.Eldredge [eds.], pp. 242-261
Grigg, R.W. and G. Brown. 1991. Tasmanian Gem Corals. Australian Gemologist May: 399-404
Grigg, R.W. and L.G. Eldredge. 1975. The Commercial Potential of Precious Corals in the Northern Mariana Islands. Sea Grant Technical Report, Rep. USGS-75-01, University of Guam, p. -16
Grigg, R.W. and R. Hey. 1992. Paleoceanography of the Tropical Eastern Pacific Ocean. Science 255(5041): 172-178
Abstract: The East Pacific Barrier (EPB) is the most effective marine barrier to dispersal of tropical shallow-water fauna in the world today. The fossil record of corals in the eastern Pacific suggests this has been true throughout the Cenozoic. In the Cretaceous, the EPB was apparently less effective in limiting dispersal. Equatorial circulation in the Pacific then appears to have been primarily east to west and the existence of oceanic atolls (now drowned guyots) in the eastern Pacific probably aided dispersal. Similarly, in the middle and early Mesozoic and late Paleozoic, terranes in the central tropical Pacific likely served as stepping stones to dispersal of tropical shelf faunas, reducing the isolating effect of an otherwise wider Pacific Ocean (Panthalassa)
Grigg, R.W., A. Malahoff, E.H. Chave, and J. Landahl. 1987. Seamount benthic ecology and potential environmental impact form manganese cruse mining in Hawaii. in: Seamounts, Islands, and Atolls, B.H.Keating, P.Fryer, R.Batiza, and G.W.Boehlert [eds.], American Geophysical Union, Washington DC, pp. 379-390
Grigg, R.W., J.W. Wells, and C. Wallage. 1981. Acropora in Hawaii: Part I. History of the Scientific Record, Systematics and Ecology. Pacific Science 35: 1-14
Grossman, N.S. and R.A. Fedosova. 1979. Plankton in Some Areas of Underwater Hills in the Pacific. Proceedings of the XIV Pacific Science Conference, Khabarovsk, USSR, pp. 113-114
Gubanov, E.P.. 1988. Morphobiological Characteristics of the Dusky Shark Carcharhinus Obscurus From the Indian Ocean. [ Morfobiologicheskaya Kharakteristika Sumerechnoj Akuly Carcharhinus Obscurus Indijskogo Okeana.]. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 28(4): 562-566
Abstract: Based on the analysis of data obtained in 1972-1983 it is concluded that Carcharhinus obscurus is confined to deep-sea areas of continental slopes and bottom elevations. Within economic zones the highest concentrations were recorded off Socotra I. and the Nicobar Strait, and in open waters they were confined to the Equator Seamount and the Walters Bank. Young individuals were found to form isolated concentrations, which would be taken into account in fishery operations. The highest and lowest sizes of the shark were 340 cm and 325 kg and 50 cm and 4.5 kg respectively. Females were more abundant than males. Morphological characters of the species are tabulated and detailed data on the food spectrum are provided
Gubanov, E.P. and V.V. Paramonov. 1993. Some Specific Features of Long-Line Fisheries in the Indian Ocean [Nekotorye Osobennosti Yarusnogo Lova v Indijskom Okeane.]. Yugniro. Interstate Conference 'Resources of Tunas and Related Species in the World Ocean and Problems of Their Rational Utilization' [Syr'Evye Resursy Tuntsov...], Kerch (Ukraine), pp. 34-35
Abstract: Long-line fisheries in the Indian Ocean has old traditions. Japanese vessels started fisheries in the eastern part of the ocean in 1952, and in the western - in 1956. In 1964 Soviet vessels began their activities in the ocean, in 1954 it was Taiwan and in 1966 - South Korea. Although at present long-line fisheries has been pressed by purse fisheries to a great extent it continues to develop. South Korean, Japanese and Taiwan vessels are engaged in main fisheries. They are autonomous tuna fishing vessels equipped with modern devices and landing fish products in the nearest foreign port. Soviet long-line vessels operated in the Indian Ocean till January 1988. Stake at tuna motherships carried fishing boats turned to be unsuccessful - such vessels were unprofitable that resulted in ceasing of fisheries. According to the data on operations of both Soviet and foreign vessels the main fishing areas were and now remain the north-western Indian Ocean. The basic target species of long-line fisheries are yellowfin (Thunnus albacares) and bigeye (Th. obesus) tunas. Activities of Soviet search and fishing vessels allowed to specify some peculiarities of fisheries in this part of the ocean. Thus, an increase in catches was often observed in transitional periods between monsoons as in this time tunas migrated and in this very period of migrations they were active, hungry and they are fished off well with long-lines. During summer monsoon tuna concentrations are most often met near seamounts (Saya-de-Malha Bank, Equator Seamount) and as a whole they shift towards the shelf. Such concentrations are characterized by increased share of small tunas - kawakawa (Euthynnus affinis), skipjack tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis), frigate and bullet tunas (Auxis spp.), sharks and sometimes billfishes. For recent years some reduction in catches made by purse seiners is observed that may result in activization of long-liners which makes possible to fish off rather scarce concentrations that cannot be fished off with neither fishing gear. (DBO)
Gubbay, S.. 2003. Seamounts of the North-East Atlantic. OASIS and WWF Germany Frankfurt am Main, Frankfurt, p. -40
Guille, A. and J.M. Ramos. 1987. MD 55/Bresil a Bord Du "Marion Dufresne". Les Rapport des Campagnes a la Mer, Rep. 87-03, Mission de Recherche, Universidade Santa Ursula, Brasil
Guille, A. and M. de Natividade-Albuquerque. 1990. Strategies De Dispersion Et Insularite: Les Ophiures Littorales De La Chaine Des Seamounts Vitoria-Trintade (Bresil); Resultats Preliminaires. A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam & Brookfield, Echinoderm Research. Proceedings of the Second European Conference on Echinoderms, Sept. 18, 1989, C.de Ridder, P.Dubois, M.C.Lahaye, and M.Jangoux, Brussels, pp. 125-129
Guinot, D. and B. Richer de Forges. 1986. Descouverte D'Une Nouvelle Espece De Sphenocarcinus En Nouvelle-Caledonie, S. Mammatus Sp. Nov. (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura). Indo-Malayan Zoology 3: 27-37
Guinot, D. and B. Richer de Forges. 1985. Crustaces Decapodes: Majidae (Genres Platymaia, Cyrtomaia, Pleistacantha, Sphenocarcinus Et Naxioides). Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Serie A Zoologie 133(83): 177
Gureeva, M.A.. 1981. Pogonophora of the Caribbean Sea. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 115: 183-194
Gutt, J., A. Fricke, N. Teixido, M. Potthoff, and W. Arntz. 2006. Mega-Epibenthos at Bouvet Island (South Atlantic): a Spatially Isolated Biodiversity Hot Spot on a Tiny Geological Spot. Polar Biology 29(2): 97-105
Abstract: Mega-epibenthic diversity was analysed using a seabed photography at four stations off Bouvet Island and one station at the Spiess Seamount in the South Atlantic. Surprisingly, the intermediate-scale diversity within the area of investigation was not lower compared to that on the Patagonian shelf and only moderately lower than that on the Antarctic continental shelf. This result is incompatible with Mac Arthur and Wilson's Island Biogeography Theory describing species richness as a function of immigration of new species into an area and its extension. The relatively high species number and the very small extension of the Bouvet shelf compared to the much larger continental shelves of the other two areas can be explained by long-range dispersal of marine benthic animals in the Antarctic Circumpolar Current and high habitat heterogeneity. The observed uncoupling of intermediate-scale from large-scale background species diversity on the Antarctic shelf raises the question whether in these benthic systems an upper capacity limit for diversity exists.
Habe, T.. 1979. A New Fusitriton From the Emperor Seamounts in the North Pacific. Venus the Japanese Journal of Malacology 38(2): 79-81
Haedrich, R.L. and N.R. Merrett. 1988. Summary Atlas of Deep-Living Demersal Fishes in the North Atlantic Basin. Journal of Natural History 22(5): 1325-1362
Abstract: Data from 9 major trawling surveys made around the North Atlantic Basin at slope, rise and abyssal depths provide directly comparable information on deep demersal fish distribution and faunal composition. 338 species in 57 families and 189 genera are recorded, and semi-diagrammatic maps showing relative abundance both horizontally and vertically for 67 of these are presented. Alepocephalidae, Gadidae, Macrouridae, Moridae and Ophidiidae comprise nearly 2/3 of all species taken. 296 species were taken at slope depths (200-2250 m), 99 at rise depths (2250-4500 m), and 32 at abyssal depths (> 4500 m). Diversity and the rate of endemism were highest on the slope.
Hagn, H. and W. Kuhn. 1989. Paleozane Foraminiferen Von Den Emperor Seamounts, NW Pazifik (DSDP Leg 55). Muenchner Geowissenschaftliche Abhandlungen Reihe a Geologie und Palaeontologie 15: 5-23
Haidvogel, D.B., A. Beckmann, D.C. Chapman, and R.-Q. Lin. 1993. Numerical Simluation of Flow Around a Tall Isolated Seamount. Part II: Resonant Generation of Trapped Waves. Journal of Physical Oceanography 23: 2373-2391
Haig-Brown, A.. 1999. Seamounts: New Fishing Grounds Or Marine Reserves?. Pacific Fishing 20(8): 30-33
Abstract: For years, the North Pacific's seamounts have inspired galley talk of fine catches and untold wealth awaiting the adventurous fisherman who would make the trip. A few have tried their luck, and in some parts of the world seamounts have hosted prolific fisheries--for a while. Now fishery managers and fishermen around the world are beginning to wrestle with a common concern: how should fisheries around seamounts be managed? Should some seamounts be protected from fishing completely? Should certain gear types be prohibited around them? At the 18th Fisheries Week of the Azores, an international fisheries conference held in March in Horta on the island of Fayal, scientists and managers from many of the world's major fishing nations wrestled with these questions. As they spoke, a South African trawler was en route to the Azores by invitation of the regional government to explore the fisheries potential of Azorean seamounts. Until now, these Portuguese territorial islands--the ancestral home of some of San Diego's well-known tuna fishing families--have allowed only hook-and-line fishing on their seamounts
Haimovici, M., U. Piatkowski, and R.A. dos Santos. 2002. Cephalopod Paralarvae Around Tropical Seamounts and Oceanic Islands Off the North-Eastern Coast of Brazil. Bulletin of Marine Science 71(1): 313-330
Abstract: Early life cephalopod stages were collected around tropical seamounts and oceanic islands off the north-eastern coast of Brazil. A total of 511 specimens was caught with oblique Bongo net hauls between 150 in depth and the surface during a joint Brazilian/ German oceanographic expedition with the RV VICTOR HENSEN in January/February 1995. Mean density of cephalopods was low with 24 ind 1000 m(-3). Fifteen families representing at least 21 genera, from which 11 species were identified. The findings revealed a typical tropical and oceanic cephalopod assemblage. The most abundant families were Enoploteuthidae (27.6%), Ommastrephidae (20.9%), Onychoteuthidae (11.2%), Cranchiidae (10.4%) and Octopodidae (9.2%). Less abundant families were Octopoteuthidae, Thysanoteuthidae, Cthenopterygidae, Lycoteuthidae, Mastigoteuthidae, Tremoctopodidae, Argonautidae, Chiroteuthidae and Bolitaenidae. Highest cephalopod densities occurred along the Fernando de Noronha Chain (34 ind 1000 m(-3)). Small-sized Enoploteuthidae and Onychoteuthidae dominated in that region. Around the North Brazilian Chain overall cephalopod density was 31 ind 1000 m(-3) where again, Enoploteuthidae were most abundant, closely followed by Ommastrephidae. Cephalopod abundance was the lowest (13 ind 1000 m(-3)) around the St. Peter and St. Paul Archipelago. However, cephalopod diversity was highest in this region (17 genera) with Enoploteuthidae dominating, followed by Cranchiidae. Cephalopod mantle lengths (ML) ranged from 0.8 mm to 25 mm. The majority of specimens were small-sized with 65% below 3 mm ML, and 81% below 4 mm ML. All major genera and species are illustrated and their meso-scale distribution patterns are discussed. The results provide new information on the species composition and distribution patterns of early life cephalopods in tropical seas
Hall-Spencer, J., A. Rogers, J. Davies, and A. Foggo. 2007. Deep-Sea Coral Distribution on Seamounts, Oceanic Islands, and Continental Slopes in the Northeast Atlantic. Bulletin of Marine Science 81(1): 135-146
Abstract: A database of deep-water (> 200 m) antipatharians, scleractinians, and gorgonians has been assembled for the NE Atlantic to determine what their distribution and diversity was before coral habitats became heavily impacted by bottom fishing gear. Benthic sampling expeditions from 1868-1985 have provided 2547 records showing the deepwater distribution of 22 species of antipatharians, 68 species of scleractinians, and 83 species of gorgonians with the majority of records found from seamounts, oceanic islands, and the continental slope of the warm temperate region. Too little is known about the coral biota of boreal and tropical seamounts to assess their levels of endemism, but on seamounts in the warm temperate region of the NE Atlantic the level endemism in antipatharian, scleractinian and gorgonian corals is low (< 3%). Many of the species found on seamounts are characteristic of oceanic islands in this region and the oceanic islands have a significantly different coral fauna to that recorded at the same depths on the continental slope. Given the key role that corals can play in structuring deep-sea habitats it is hoped that our database will help inform the development of a network of marine protected areas to provide long-term protection for the differing communities found on continental slopes and isolated offshore habitats.
Hallier, J.P. and G. Mou-Tham. 1985. Longline Fishing by New Caledonian Vessels: The First Year Activity (November 1983-October 1984). [La Peche a La Palangre Par Les Navires Locaux: Premiere Annee D'Activite (Novembre 1983-Octobre 1984)]. (34), Noumea (New Caledonia), Centre Orstom, Rapp.Sci.Tech.Cent.p. -70700
Abstract: Polypeche Company, established in December 1981, initiated industrial longline fishing in November 1983. Catches totaled 348 tonnes during 296 boat-days and 230 fishing days, i.e. a 1.2 tonne per day at sea and a 1.5 tonne per fishing day. A strong species seasonality can be observed from the fishing results: an albacore season from May to August; a yellowfin season from February to April; and a striped marlin season from September to January. The best fishing grounds are near the seamounts and ridges found to the West and the South of the main island
Hamilton, E.L.. 1956. Sunken Islands of the Mid-Pacific Mountains. Geological Society of America Memoirs, vol. 1964(64), Geological Society of America Memoirpp. 1-97
Hammer, P.T.C.. 1991. Seamount Structure From Seismic Tomography and Gravity Inversion. p. xiii-161
Hanamura, Y.. 1983. Pelagic Shrimps (Penaeidea and Caridea) From Baja California and Its Adjacent Region With Description of a New Species. Bulletin of the Biogeographical Society of Japan 38(1-2): 51-85
Hanamura, Y., V. Wadley, and J. Taylor. 1999. Description of a New Species of the Pacific Shrimp Genus Paracrangon (Crustacea: Decapoda: Crangonidae) From Southern Australia, With a Key to the Genus. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 57(2): 311-317
Abstract: A sixth species of the genus Paracrangon, P. australis sp. nov. (Crustacea: Decapoda: Crangonidae), is reported from a seamount off southern Australia and from Macquarie Island. The Australian species is unique in having four to five teeth on the dorsal median margin of the carapace, which is associated with a distinct reticulate structure on the supraventral part. All species of the genus recorded to date have four or fewer teeth on the dorsal median margin of the carapace. The present record is the first occurrence of the genus in the southwest Pacific and greatly extends its known geographical range. A key for identification of all species is presented with data on geographical and bathymetric ranges. | English abstract
Haney, J.C., L.R. Haury, L.S. Mullineaux, and C.L. Fey. 1995. Sea-Bird Aggregation at a Deep North Pacific Seamount. Marine Biology 123(1): 1-9
Abstract: During June 1991, we studied sea birds at a mid-ocean seamount (Fieberling Guyot) in the eastern North Pacific Ocean. Avifaunal composition changed from small Procellariiformes (a storm-petrel; Oceanodroma leucorhoa (Vieillot)) away from the seamount to an assemblage dominated by larger tubenoses (mostly black-footed albatross Diomedea nigripes Audubon and Cook's petrel Pterodroma cookii (Gray)). Compared to adjacent waters, sea-bird density and biomass within a 30-km radius centered on the seamount summit were 2.4 and 8 times higher, respectively. Individual sea-bird taxa were 2 to 40 times more abundant at the seamount relative to values reported previously from large-scale surveys of deep-ocean regions in the central North Pacific. In September 1991 we studied potential prey of sea birds in the upper water column using a neuston net and multiple opening-closing net system (MOCNESS) tows. Most potential prey types in the neuston exhibited no significant enhancement over the seamount. MOCNESS samples at 10 m depth, however, showed several prey types to be more abundant over the seamount, and the dominant size class of fish was slightly larger. We attribute the sea-bird aggregation observed at this seamount to changes in the abundance and/or behavior of pelagic organisms in the deep scattering layer (not adequately sampled in this study), perhaps augmented by migrations of seamount residents into the surface layers. Processes on and in the vicinity of seamounts may provide spatially-predictable prey to wide-ranging aerial sea birds foraging in this relatively austere environment
Hardy, G.S.. 1983. A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Pentacerotidae (Perciformes). New Zealand Journal of Zoology 10: 177-220
Hardy, W.A.. 1969. Seamount Detection by Cross Correlation of Reverberation Echoes. p. i-58
Hareide, N.R. and G. Garnes. 2001. The Distribution and Catch Rates of Deep Water Fish Along the Mid-Atlantic Ridge From 43 to 61 Degree N. Fisheries Research (Amsterdam) 51(2-3): 297-310
Abstract: The data presented were collected from one trawl and three longline exploratory surveys to the Mid-Atlantic Ridge and covered the depths between 400 and 2000 m, but mainly between 500 and 1200 m. Information on 56 species from 27 families is presented with regard to temperature, geographical distribution and depth. For some species, new information on geographical distribution is presented. In the northern part of the Ridge (north of 52¦N) sub-Arctic species such as Sebastes spp., tusk (Brosme brosme) and Greenland halibut (Reinhardtius hippoglossoides) are dominant. In the southern part (south of 48¦N), sub-tropical species such as golden eye perch (Beryx splendens) and cardinal fish (Epigonus telescopus) are the dominant species. The area between 48 and 52¦N is a region of faunal change where some species seem to be at either the northern or southern limit of their distribution.
Harman, R.F. and M.P. Seki. 1990. Iridoteuthis Iris, New Record (Cephalopoda: Sepiolidae) From the Central North Pacific and First Description of the Adults. Pacific Science 44(2): 171-179
Abstract: Iridoteuthis iris (Berry, 1909) was originally described from a unique specimen collected in the main Hawaiian Islands, but the holotype is no longer extant. New material was colleected from the southern Emperor-northern Hawaiian Ridge seamounts, extending the known range of I. iris by about 3200 km. The new samples are described, including the first description of adults
Harmelin, J.G.. 1977. Bryozoa From the Conception Seamount (North of the Canaries). Cruise Cineca 1 on Board the Jean Charcot [Bryozoaires Du Banc De La Conception (Nord Des Canaries). Campagne Cineca 1 Du Jean Charcot.]. Issue #492, p. -1076
Abstract: A small collection of Bryozoa associated with sandy substrata of the Conception Seamount (200 m, north of Canaries) comprises 19 species. Most of them are rare. Comparison with Mediterranean material reveals a new Mediterranean species, Setosella cavernicola sp. nov. inhabiting obscure caves, and the probable origin of an Atlantic species of Setosellina , related to the Mediterranean species, S. capriensis
Hart, J.L.. 1973. Pacific Fishes of Canada.. Fish.Res.Board Can.Bull.180.: 1-740
Hartmann, G.. 9999. Ostracods From the Indian Ocean, the Iberian Sea and From Eastern Atlantic Platforms and Seamounts, Including a List of Currently Known Recent Deep-Sea Ostracods. Senckenbergiana Maritima 17(1-3): 89-146
Abstract: The present paper deals with ostracods collected during the voyages of R.V. METEOR to the Indian Ocean (deep sea of Somalia), the Iberian Sea (deep sea) and the Atlantic (off Portugal and Morocco, undersea mountains and platforms). The samples contained altogether 27 species. 2 species are already known to science, 7 species are new and are described in this paper [Euphilomedes caudata, ?Synasterope brevisetae, Polycope thieli, Profundocythere parva gen. et sp. nov. P. caudata, P. abyssalis, Proponto cypris Josephineae], 19 remain in open nomenclature; 9 of them are figured and described. Of these ostracods 1 already known species, 3 new species and 17 of open nomenclature come from deep sea samples of the Meteor-voyages 1 and 3. The deep sea is therefore the main subject of this paper. The appendix contains a list with all deep sea ostracods known to date. The taxonomic composition, the origin and morphology of deep sea populations of ostracods is discussed
Hartmann-Schroeder, G.. 1979. The Polychaetes of the Atlantic Seamount Cruise of R.V. Meteor (Cruise 9c, 1967). 1. Samples Taken by Trawls and Dredges. [Die Polychaeten Der Atlantischen Kuppenfahrt Von F.S. Meteor (Fahrt 9c, 1967). 1. Proben Aus Schleppgeraeten.]. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 31: 63-90
Abstract: 65 species of polychaetes were collected, 46 of them were determined to species level. Four species were described as new taxa: Genetyllis macrophthalma sp. nov. Mystides uschakovi sp.nov. Exogone longia macrophthalma sp. nov. Mystides uschakovi sp. nov. Exogone longiantennata sp. nov. and Arabella longicirrata sp. nov. The majority of the species collected during this cruise have their distribution in the Atlantic Ocean. Autolytus quinquedecimdentatus and A. rubrovittatus were found on their most southern point of distribution. The same proves right for Ramphobrachium brevibrachiatum
Hashimoto, J., J. Hashimoto, T. Tanaka, and H. Hotta. 1991. Biological Community at Shiribeshi Seamount Off the West Coast of Hokkaido. Report of Japanese Marine Science and Technology Center 1991: 283-291
Haury, L., C. Fey, C. Newland, and A. Genin. 2000. Zooplankton Distribution Around Four Eastern North Pacific Seamounts. Progress in Oceanography 45(1): 69-105
Abstract: The effects of seamounts on the distribution of zooplankton were investigated at four seamounts in the northeastern Pacific. The following hypotheses were tested: (1) mesoscale gaps of reduced abundance of migrating zooplankton develop over seamounts every night; (2) fine-scale patchiness is augmented within these gaps and in the region downstream of seamounts; and (3) increased numbers of crustacean carcasses occur over seamounts. Gaps are expected because most zooplankton that descend over shallow topography at dawn are either eaten by resident predators or are advected off the summit, while fine-scale patchiness should result from lateral shear between the gap and the surrounding zooplankton-rich waters. Copepod carcasses should be more abundant over seamounts than the surrounding water because of the increased predation at seamounts. Zooplankton distributions were determined from net samples and acoustic records. Water column properties were measured with a CTD and hydrocasts, and currents by moored current meters, acoustic current profilers and drifter drogues. Zooplankton gaps were found over three of the four seamounts surveyed, but not on every survey of each seamount. Only three of the surveys provided the information necessary to test the patchiness hypothesis; on two of these increased patchiness and carcass abundance were found associated with gaps. When no gap was observed over a seamount, there was no evidence of increased carcass abundance or enhanced patchiness, indicating that the three phenomena are temporally and spatially linked. Copepod carcasses were found in the intestines of small fish sampled at the same time as the zooplankton. The fish, along with crustacean predators like euphausiids, are the likely source for the carcasses. Seamounts appear to be an important cause of enhanced zooplankton patchiness on scales ranging from 100s of meters to areas larger than the seamounts themselves
Haury, L., C. Fey, G. Gal, A. Hobday, and A. Genin. 1995. Copepod Carcasses in the Ocean: I. Over Seamounts. Marine Ecology Progress Series 123(1-3): 57-63
Abstract: Higher abundances of copepods with external damage or in various states of internal decay have been found in shallow waters over banks, ridges and seamounts than in the surrounding waters. The increase occurred in 3 of 5 sets of multiple opening-closing net tows taken at Fieberling Guyot, Northeast Bank and Sixtymile Bank, west of San Diego, California, USA. Large numbers of copepod carcasses were also found above the summit of Jasper Seamount. The carcasses are attributed to higher levels of predation over shallow topographic features due to resident organisms that ascend above the summits at night to feed. At Fieberling Guyot (summit depth of about 500 m), this migration was at least 400 m above the summit. Carcasses identical to those collected in the net tows were produced in the laboratory by euphausiids feeding on copepods
Hayashi, K.I. and J.C. Yaldwyn. 1998. A New Species of the Genus Pasiphaea From the South Indian Ocean (Crustacea, Decapoda, Pasiphaeidae). Zoosystema 20(3): 511-519
Abstract: Pasiphaea gelasinus n.sp. belongs to a group of Pasiphaea species characterized by a distally notched telson and a mid-dorsal carina on carapace and some or all abdominal segments. Within this group, it is distinguished by the rostral profile with anterior margin nearly vertical with a distinctive convexity, and by the presence of a distinct hollow laterally on the carapace on each side of the rostral base. The merus/ischium/basis spine formula for the first pereopod is 1-3/0/0 and for the second pereopod 7-12/0/0
Hayward, P.J. and J.S. Ryland. 1985. Systematic Notes on Some British Cyclostomata (Bryozoa). Journal of Natural History 19(6): 1073-1078
Abstract: Diastopora suborbicularis Hincks (1880) is a junior subjective synonym of Alecto compacta Norman (1866). Eurystrotos gen. nov. is introduced for A. compacta, in place of Microecia Canu (1918). Diaperoecia Canu (1918) is restricted to its type species, Pustulopora intricaria Busk, from Australia. European species formerly referred to Diaperoecia are assigned to Annectocyma gen. nov., type species: Alecto major Johnston (1847). Annectocymidae fam. nov. is created for Annectocyma gen. nov. and Entalophoroecia Harmelin (1974). (DBO)
Hazin, F.H.V., J.R. Zagaglia, M.K. Broadhurst, P.E.P. Travassos, and T.R.Q. Bezerra. 1998. Review of a Small-Scale Pelagic Longline Fishery Off Northeastern Brazil. Marine Fisheries Review 60(3): 1-8
Abstract: The annual catches of four small longliners operating off northeast Brazil from 1983 to 1997 were examined across different areas and locations. The total catch comprised tunas (30%), sharks (54%), billfishes (12%), and other fish species (4%). Fishing strategy and annual composition of catches showed large spatial and temporal variabilities with the dominant catches alternating among yellowfin tuna, Thunnus albacares; gray sharks, Carcharhinus spp.; and blue shark, Prionace glauca. Catches of blue and gray sharks showed a significant interaction among seamounts, with gray sharks occurring in maximum abundance around those seamounts that had relatively deep summits and low-sloping depth profiles. Results are discussed in terms of the various factors that may have influenced distribution of effort
Heck, N.H.. 1927. Some Unusual Features in the North Pacific Ocean. Geographical Review 17(3): 448-452
Heezen, B.C. and C.D. Hollister. 1971. The Face of the Deep. London, Oxford University Pressp. -659
Hein, J.R.. 1985. Geological and Geochemical Data for Seamounts and Associated Ferromanganese Crusts in and Near the Hawaiian, Johnston Island, and Palmyra Island Exclusive Economic Zones Microform. p. iii-129
Hein, J.R., W.C. Manheim, W.C. Schwab, and A.S. Davis. 1985. Ferromanganese Crusts From Necker Ridge, Horizon Guyot, and S. P. Lee Guyot: Geological Considerations. Marine Geology 69: 25-54
Heinz, P., D. Ruepp, and C. Hemleben. 2004. Benthic Foraminifera Assemblages at Great Meteor Seamount. Marine Biology 144(5): 985-998
Abstract: Foraminiferal assemblages found at Great Meteor Seamount were studied in August 1998. Communities of living foraminifera in surface sediments from the plateau (290-325 m water depth) and from the surrounding base (2,300-4,096 m) were compared in abundances, diversity, and species composition. In this oligotrophic region, densities were very low, but diversity was high. Highest numbers were observed at the deep stations north, south, and east of the seamount and at the shallow station in the north of the plateau. Lowest densities were recorded southwest of the plateau centre and at the lee side of the seamount. We explain this distribution pattern with variable amounts of fresh organic material, caused by local oceanic currents. Generally, plateau stations indicated coarser sediments, lower organic carbon content, and higher temperatures. The foraminiferal fauna showed bathyal to abyssal characteristics and similarities to assemblages previously described from other parts of the North Atlantic and other oceans. Several dominant species extended between the two habitats, on the plateau and in the surrounding deep sediments, but other species were found exclusively at deep stations, at plateau stations, or at the abyssal reference station
Heirtzler, J.R.. 1977. A Visit to the New England Seamounts. American Scientist 65(4): 4667-472
Heirtzler, J.R.. 1977. The 1974 ALVIN Dives on Corner Rise and New England Seamounts. Rep. WHOI-77-8
Hendrickx, M.E. and F.D. Estrada-Navarrete. 1989. A Checklist of the Species of Pelagic Shrimps (Penaeoidea and Caridea) From the Eastern Pacific, With Notes on Their Geographic and Depth Distribution. Report of California Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Investigations, Rep. 30, Sacramento CA, pp. 104-121
Abstract: A checklist of the species of pelagic shrimps (Penaeoidea and Caridea) of the eastern Pacific based on published information and collections made off the coast of Mexico is presented. The list includes all species known from this region, including some records on seamounts 1250 km offshore. In total, 86 species have been considered (39 Penaeoidea and 47 Caridea). For each species, references to the original description and to more recent records and illustrations of the species are provided. Other information on geographic and bathymetric distribution is included. The zoogeographic affinities of the pelagic shrimps of the eastern Pacific are briefly discussed, with emphasis on the Mexican fauna. Of the 86 species reported, 51 (29 Penaeoidea and 22 Caridea) have been collected at least once off the coast of Mexico
Henrich, R., M. Hartmann, J. Reitner, P. Schafner, A. Freiwald, S. Steinmetz, P. Dietrich, and J. Theide. 1992. Facies Belts and Communities of the Arctic Vesterisbanken Seamount (Central Greenland Sea).. Facies 27: 71-103
Herbette, S., Y. Morel, and M. Arhan. 2005. Erosion of a Surface Vortex by a Seamount on the Beta Plane. Journal of Physical Oceanography 35(11): 2012-2030
Abstract: This paper investigates the behavior of a surface-intensified anticyclone encountering a seamount on the beta plane in a stratified ocean. The eddy may be strongly eroded, and sometimes subdivided, provided that it gets close enough to the seamount. In case of subdivision, the detached part has a vertical structure different from that of the initial eddy, and a subsurface vortex may result. The basic erosion mechanism previously observed with f-plane experiments is still active on the beta plane. Deep fluid motions induced by the initial vortex across the isobaths generate topographic vortices whose upper parts exert a shear/strain on the initial eddy, causing its filamentation. On the beta plane, this process is further complicated by the presence of additional eddies created by fluid motion across the planetary vorticity gradient. Experiments without any topography show that these eddies by themselves can erode the initial vortex. In particular, a deep positive potential vorticity pole influences the near-bottom signature of the original vortex with a strong temporal variability. This reflects on the manner in which the surface eddy feels an underlying seamount. Sensitivity experiments show that the eddy erosion rate after encountering a seamount can no longer be related to basic parameters such as the minimum eddy - seamount distance, as it was on the f plane. The additional vorticity poles influencing the eddy on the beta plane make the result of the eddy - seamount encounter very sensitive to small variations of the initial conditions, and impossible to predict.
Herdman, H.F.P., J.D.H. Wiseman, and C.D. Ovey. 1956. Proposed Names of Features on the Deep-Sea Floor. Deep-Sea Research 3: 253-261
Herlinveaux, R.H.. 1971. Oceanographic Features of and Biological Observations at Bowie Seamount, 14-15 August, 1969. Rep. 273, p. 35
Herman, A.W., D.D. Sameoto, C. Shunnian, M.R. MItchell, B. Petrie, and N. Chochrane. 1991. Sources of Zooplankton on the Nova Scotia Shelf and Their Aggregations Within Deep-Shelf Basins. Continental Shelf Research 11: 211-238
Hertlein, L.G. and W.K. Emerson. 1953. Mollusks From Clipperton Island (Eastern Pacific) With the Description of a New Species of Gastropod11. Transactions of the San Diego Society of Natural History 11: 345-364
Hess, H.H.. 1962. History of Ocean Basins. Petrologic Studies: a volume to honor A.F.Buddington: 599-620
Hess, H.H.. 1946. Drowned Ancient Islands of the Pacific Basin. American Journal of Science 244: 772-791
Hesthagen, I.. 1970. On the Near-Bottom Plankton and Benthic Invertebrate Fauna of the Josephine Seamount and the Great Meteor Seamount. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 8: 61-70
Heydorn, A.E.. 1969. The South Atlantic Rock Lobster Janus Tristani at Vema Seamount, Gough Island and Tristan De Cunha. South African Div.Sea Fish.Inves.Rep. 73: 1-20
Higashi, Y., M. Sunamura, K. Kitamura, K.i. Nakamura, Y. Kurusu, J.i. Ishibashi, T. Urabe, and A. Maruyama. 2004. Microbial Diversity in Hydrothermal Surface to Subsurface Environments of Suiyo Seamount, Izu-Bonin Arc, Using a Catheter-Type in Situ Growth Chamber. Fems Microbiology Ecology 47(3): 327-336
Abstract: After excavation using a portable submarine driller near deep-sea hydrothermal vents in the Suiyo Seamount, Izu-Bonin Arc, microbial diversity was examined in samples collected from inside the boreholes using an in situ growth chamber called a vent catheter. This instrument, which we devised for this study, consists of a heat-tolerant pipe tipped with a titanium mesh entrapment capsule that is packed with sterilized inorganic porous grains, which serve as an adhesion substrate. After this instrument was deployed inside each of the boreholes, as well as a natural vent, for 3-10 days in the vicinity of hot vent fluids (maxima: 156-305degreeC), DNA was extracted from the adhesion grains, 16S rDNA was amplified, and randomly selected clones were sequenced. In phylogenetic analysis of more than 120 clones, several novel phylotypes were detected within the epsilon-Proteobacteria, photosynthetic bacteria (PSB)-related alpha-Proteobacteria, and Euryarchaeota clusters. Members of epsilon-Protcobacteria were frequently encountered. Half of these were classified between two known groups, Corre's B and D. The other half of the clones were assigned to new groups, SSSV-BE1 and SSSV-BE2 (Suiyo Seamount sub-vent origin, Bacteria domain, epsilon-Proteobacteria, groups 1 and 2). From this hydrothermal vent field, we detected a novel lineage within the PSB cluster, SSNV-BA1 (Suiyo Seamount natural vent origin, Bacteria domain, alpha-Proteobacteria, group 1), which is closely related to Rhodopila globiformis isolated from a hot spring. A number of archaeal clones were also detected from the borehole samples. These clones formed a novel monophyletic clade, SSSV-AE1 (Suiyo Seamount sub-vent origin, Archaea domain, Euryarchaeota, group 1), approximately between methanogenic hyperthermophilic members of Methanococcales and environmental clone members of DHVE Group II. Thus, this hydrothermal vent environment appears to be a noteworthy microbial and genetic resource. It is also noteworthy that some of the findings presented here were made possible by the application of the in situ growth chamber into the hot fluids deep inside the boreholes
Hill, P.J., N.F. Exon, and J.A. Koslow. 1997. Multibeam Sonar Mapping of the Sea Bed Off Tasmania: Results for Geology and Fisheries. Third Australasian Hydrographic Symposium, Maritime Resource Development, Rep. Special Publication 38, pp. 9-19
Hirota, J. and G.W. Boehlert. 1985. Feeding of Maurolicus Muelleri at Southeast Hancock Seamount and Its Effects on the Zooplankton Community. EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union 66: 1336
Hissmann, K.. 2000. Lanice Arakani, a New Species of the Family Terebellidae (Polychaeta: Sedentaria) From Seamounts of the West Mariana Ridge. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 80(2): 249-257
Abstract: A new species of terebellid polychaete, Lanice arakani sp. nov., is described from two specimens collected in deep water at seamounts of the west Pacific by the submersible 'JAGO', and comparisons are made with the established species of the genus. Special reference is given to the morphology of the worm's sediment tube and in situ observations
Hoarau, G. and P. Borsa. 2000. Extensive Gene Flow Within Sibling Species in the Deep-Sea Fish Beryx Splendens. Comptes Rendus de l'Academie des Sciences Serie III Sciences de la Vie 323(3): 315-325
Abstract: Molecular markers allow insights into the population biology and ecology of deep-sea organisms, which are usually hardly accessible to direct observation and poorly known. Such a study was undertaken here for the deep-sea fish Beryx splendens, a species of growing interest to fisheries. B. splendens populations were sampled on seamounts and continental margins in the southwestern Pacific (New Caledonia, New Zealand, southeastern Australia) and in the northeastern Atlantic. Two hundred and fifty individuals were characterised by their single-strand DNA conformation (SSCP) of a approximates 360-base-pair (bp) fragment of the mitochondrial cytochrome b gene, amplified by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Two major SSCP haplotypes were observed in New Caledonia, a and w, whose frequencies were negatively correlated along a north-to-south cline. All SSCP haplotypes in the total sample were sequenced on 273 bp. The phylogenetic tree of B. splendens haplotype sequences, rooted by two B. decadactylus sequences, showed that a and w belong to distinct mitochondrial clades, A and W, which are separated by approximates 4-6 % nucleotide divergence. Thirty individuals from New Caledonia were characterised by their DNA fingerprint from arbitrary-primed PCR. The distribution of individual-pairwise similarity indices was strongly bimodal. The larger similarity values all corresponded to comparisons within a clade (A or W) while the lower values were all between clades. Therefore, there was a strict association between the mitochondrial type and the DNA (presumably, nuclear DNA) fingerprint of an individual. Altogether, these results point to the existence of two biological species (sp. A and sp. W) within the current taxon B. splendens. No within-species differentiation was detected at the regional scale (New Caledonia). A remarkable result is that the three cytochrome b haplotypes of northeastern Atlantic B. cf. splendens sp. A were also the three commonest in the southwestern Pacific populations of this species. Such a level of homogeneity in the distribution of haplotypes suggests there is, or recently has been, gene flow at the inter-oceanic scale
Hogg, N.G.. 1973. On the Stratified Taylor Column. Journal of Fluid Mechanics 58(3): 517-537
Holland, K.N., P. Kleiber, and S.M. Kajiura. 1999. Different Residence Times of Yellowfin Tuna, Thunnus Albacares, and Bigeye Tuna, T. Obesus, Found in Mixed Aggregations Over a Seamount. Fishery Bulletin (Washington D C) 97(2): 392-395
Abstract: The Cross Seamount fishery is a hybrid troll, jig, and handline fishery that augments slow trolling methods by using frozen, cut and whole bait to induce feeding behavior around the fishing boat. Initially described as a yellowfin tuna (Thunnus albacares) fishery, closer scrutiny has revealed that the catch is dominated by juvenile bigeye tuna (T. obesus). Schools of skipjack tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis) are also found over the seamount but these are avoided by fishermen and, when skipjack tuna occur in mixed schools with the other species, the quite large size of the baits deters the capture of skipjack tuna. The fishery occurs year-round but fishing effort tends to subside periodically when larger tuna become available closer to shore - primarily during summer months. | Abstract not Available
Hollister, C.D., M. Glenn, and P. Lonsdale. 1978. Morphology of Seamounts in the Western Pacific and Philippine Basin From Multi-Beam Sonar Data. Earth and Planetary Science: 41
Holthuis, L.B.. 2002. The Indo-Pacific Scyllarinae Lobsters (Crustacea, Decapoda, Scyllaridae). Zoosystema 24(2): 499-683
Hooper, J.N.A. and R.W.M. Van Soest. 2002. System Porifera: a Guide to the Classification of Sponges. New York, Kluwer Academic
Hooper, J.N.A., J.A. Kennedy, S.E. List-Armitage, S.D. Cook, and R. Quinn. 1999. Biodiversity, Species Composition and Distribution of Marine Sponges in Northeast Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 44: 263-274
Houart, R.. 1986. Mollusca Gastropoda: Noteworthy Muricidae From the Pacific Ocean, With Description of Seven New Species. Resultants des Campagnes MUSORSTOM I et II, Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Serie A Zoologie, Rep. 133, pp. 427-455
Houart, R.. 1986. Description of Three New Muricid Gastropods From the South-Western Pacific Ocean With Comments on New Geographical Data. Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Section A Zoologie 8(4): 757-768
Abstract: Description of Pterynotus richeri from Nova Seamount (305-320 m) Muricopsis spiculus from the Chesterfield-Bellona plateau (30-100 m) and Muricopsis (Murexsul) ianlochi from Taupo Seamount (154-164 m), all in the Coral Sea. The distribution area of six additional muricid species [Chicoreus nobilis, C. laciniatus, C. orchidiflorus, Pterynotus aparri, P. martinetana, and Favartia leonae], so far known from South-East Asia, is now extended to the Coral Sea
Houghton, R.L.. 1979. Submersible Observations of the New England Seamounts. Rep. WHOI-79-18, p. 8
Howe, J.A., M.S. Stoker, D.G. Masson, C.J. Pudsey, P. Morris, R.D. Larter, and J. Bulat. 2006. Seabed Morphology and the Bottom-Current Pathways Around Rosemary Bank Seamount, Northern Rockall Trough, North Atlantic. Marine and Petroleum Geology 23(2): 165-181
Abstract: Rosemary Bank is a broadly domed and elongate seamount with a diameter of 70 km, occurring in water depths of between 300 and 2300 m, 120 km west of the UK mainland in the northern Rockall Trough. Recent multibeam bathymetry and sub- bottom profiles, together with pre-existing current meter and CTD data, seismic reflection profiles and seabed core samples were examined in order to evaluate past and present bottom-current pathways and processes. The multibeam data image volcanic parasitic cones, concave slide scars and the terraced slopes of the bank. Bottom-current sedimentation is interpreted as producing a drift-moat complex surrounding the entire seamount and including two sediment wave-fields, developed to the west and east of the bank in water depths of 1500-2000 m. The western drift covers an area of over 1000 km super(2). Sediment waves to the west of the bank are up to 150 m high with wave lengths of 1.5-2 km. Four 100 m deep, 3 km wide, linear depressions, bisect the waves and are interpreted as 25-30 km long extensions of the moat. Seismic reflection profiles show the main phase of drift construction was during the mid-Miocene to Pliocene with the Pliocene to Holocene being an interval of drift maintenance. Cores from sediments draping over and adjacent to the seamount contain sandy and gravelly contourites interbedded with hemipelagites of late Pleistocene to Holocene age. Current meter and CTD data from the western moat indicate Labrador Sea Water flowing northwest, in contrast to the previously assumed anticlockwise circulation pattern around the seamount.
Hubbs, C.L.. 1959. Initial Discoveries of Fish Faunas on Seamounts and Offshore Banks in the Eastern Pacific. Pacific Science 13: 311-316
Hughes, S.E.. 1981. Initial U.S. Exploration of Nine Gulf of Alaska Seamounts and Their Associated Fish and Shellfish Resources. U S National Marine Fisheries Service Fishery Bulletin 43(1): 26-33
Abstract: The first US exploration of fish and shellfish resources associated with nine Gulf of Alaska seamounts was conducted during 40 days in June and July 1979 from the 35-m crabber-trawler Sunset Bay. The reconnaisance survey included detailed acoustic soundings to map seabed topography; determine the suitability of substrate for deploying a variety of fishing gears; and exploratory fishing with sablefish traps, king crab pots, bottom trawls, midwater trawls, and photographic gear to determine fish and shellfish species composition, their distribution, and relative abundance on and over the seamounts. Descriptions of each seamount (Dickens, Welker, Durgin, Pratt, Applequist, Surveyor, Quinn, Giacomini, and Patten) topography and seabed conditions, as determined from acoustic mapping, are presented along with fishery resource information for all but Applequist seamount. Species of commercial importance occurred primarily in the demersal community. The pelagic community consisted primarily of low densities of highly diversified bathypelagic fishes and squids including several rare species of scientific interest
Hui, C.A.. 1985. Undersea Topography and the Comparative Distributions of Two Pelagic Cetaceans. Fisheries Bulletin U.S. 83: 472-475
Hulley, P.A.. 1972. Mesopelagic Fishes From Vema Seamount (IK Station 52). Unknown 60(7): 237-244
Humphreys, R. and R. Moffitt. 1999. Western Pacific Bottomfish and Armorhead Fisheries. Our Living Oceans, pp. 189-192
Humphreys, R.L.. 2000. Otolith-Based Assessment of Recruitment Variation in a North Pacific Seamount Population of Armorhead Pseudopentaceros Wheeleri. Marine Ecology-Progress Series 204: 213-223
Abstract: An investigation into armorhead Pseudopentaceros wheeleri recruitment variation at Southeast Hancock Seamount (in the central North Pacific) focused on the examination of recruit characteristics, primarily those derived from otolith-increment analysis. Otoliths from recruits were sampled from years representing relatively strong (509 metric tons [t] in 1980), moderate (58 t in 1986), and weak (1 t in 1989) recruitment biomass. Recruit body length was also examined among these 3 years and from 10 additional years, providing even higher recruitment contrast. Transverse sections of sagittal otoliths were prepared, and yielded information on the mean and variability in pre-recruit pelagic duration and increment-width profiles. Mean length of female recruits, and to a lesser extent of mean pelagic duration, decreased with increasing recruitment strength. Although generally similar in shape, the mean increment-width sequence spanning the first 1.8 yr of the 2+ yr pelagic phase differed among recruit years. Transitions in sequential increment-width (inflection points) were exhibited among all recruit years and occurred primarily within the first pelagic year interval. The weak 1989 recruit year was most distinct among recruit years in exhibiting lower increment widths at each of these inflection points
Humphreys, R.L., Jr. and D.T. Tagami. 1985. Kusakari Trsubodai No Seibutsugaku, Sei Taigaku of Kansuru Kenkyu No Genjo [Review and Present Status of Biological Research on Pelagic Armorhead] [Abstract]. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Fisheries Oceanography 47-48: 170-171
Humphreys, R.L., Jr., D.T. Tagami, and M.P. Seki. 1984. Seamount Fishery Resources Within the Southern Emperor - Northern Hawaiian Ridge. Second Symposium on Resources Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (Honolulu, Hawaii, 25-27 May 1983), R.W.Grigg and K.Y.Tanoue, vol. 1, pp. 283-327
Abstract: Most information is on pelagic armorhead (Pentaceros richardsoni) and alfonsin (Beryx splendens), but a species distribution list by seamount is also included
Humphreys, R.L., M.A. Crossler, and C.M. Rowland. 1993. Use of a Monogenean Gill Parasite and Feasibility of Condition Indices for Identifying New Recruits to a Seamount Population of Armorhead Pseudopentaceros Wheeleri (Pentacerotidae). U S National Marine Fisheries Service Fishery Bulletin 91(3): 455-463
Abstract: Recruitment of individuals from the epipelagic phase to the demersal armorhead Pseudopentaceros wheeleri population at Southeast (SE) Hancock Seamount has typically been recognized by the influx of fish with a high fatness index (FI; body depth relative to fork length). Reliance on this index was dictated by the peculiarity of the seamount life history stage in which armorhead cease somatic growth soon after recruitment to the seamount and FI declines during seamount residence until death. Limited sampling opportunities and variability in FI at the time of recruitment preclude the exclusive use of FI as a means of identifying newly arrived recruits among recruits-of-the-year and hence the timing of annual recruitment. Settlement and recruitment to the seamount population are synonymous. Efforts to develop a method of identifying new recruits were initiated by an examination of epipelagic and seamount (SE Hancock) armorhead for differences in macroparasites as well as hepatosomatic and visceral fat-somatic indices. Of the two condition indices, the hepatosomatic index held the most potential but was considered too labile because recruits probably experience decreases that vary according to energetic demands during seamount migration. The monogenean gill parasite Microcotyle macropharynx was highly prevalent among seamount individuals in all sampling periods but absent from epipelagics. Based on probable rapid infection and maturation, identification of new recruits was based on the absence of mature M. macrophaynx. Results indicate that significant new recruitment occurred only during the late spring to midsummer sampling periods, and the mean FI of new seamount recruits was lower than that of comparable size epipelagics
Humphreys, R.L.J., G.A. Winans, and D.T. Tagami. 1989. Synonymy and Life History of the North Pacific Pelagic Armorhead, Pseudopentaceros Wheeleri Hardy (Pisces: Pentacerotidae). Copeia 1989(1): 142-153
Abstract: Specimens of the nominal species Pseudopentaceros wheeleri Hardy and P. pectoralis Hardy were examined morphologically and electrophoretically to test the validity of the two species. Samples were collected primarily from the Hancock Seamounts of the southern Emperor-northern Hawaiian Ridge as well as from the North Pacific open ocean and northwestern Hawaiian Islands [USA]. Morphometric results indicate continuity between P. wheeleri and P. pectoralis. No evidence of species separation was revealed in analyses of meristic and electrophoretic data. We conclude that the North Pacific pelagic armorhead consists of a single, metamorphic species, which we, as first revisers, elect to call P. wheeleri. A hypothesis is proposed that attributes morphological variation to different life-history stages
Humphreys, R.L.Jr. and D.T. Tagami. 1986. Review and Current Status of Research on the Biology and Ecology of the Genus Pseudopentaceros. NOAA TECHNICAL REPORT, Rep. 43, NMFS, pp. 55-62
Hunt, B.P.V. and E.A. Pakhomov. 2003. Mesozooplankton Interactions With the Shelf Around the Sub-Antarctic Prince Edward Islands Archipelago. Journal of Plankton Research 25(8): 885-904
Abstract: Mesozooplankton surveys were conducted in April/May for four consecutive years (1996-1999) in the vicinity of the Prince Edward Islands (PEIs), Southern Ocean. The PEIs are located in the Polar Frontal Zone, directly in the path of the east-flowing Antarctic Circumpolar Current. Zooplankton were collected by oblique tows using a Bongo net fitted with 300 mum mesh. The abundance, biomass and average size of the mesozooplankton in the upstream (USR), inter-island (IIR) and downstream (DSR) regions indicated that some groups and species were significantly affected by their interaction with the shallow shelf waters of the PEIs. Total mesozooplankton abundance and biomass were typically highest in the DSR, but no consistent pattern was evident in the USR and IIR. Copepods, euphausiids and fish were generally of a low average size in the IIR. This small size was largely attributed to the reduced abundance, or complete absence, of mesopelagic species from the shelf region. Of total biomass, the mesopelagic species Euphausia longirostris, Euphausia similis, Pleuromamma abdominalis, Paraeuchaeta biloba and Oncaea antarctica together contributed an average of 16% to the USR, 2% to the IIR and 15% to the DSR. Conversely, epipelagic species showed no consistent pattern of abundance and biomass distribution between regions. The low incidence of mesopelagic species over the island shelf was attributed mainly to reduced advection of deep water into the shelf region (average depth = 200 m), rather than predation, particularly during the through-flow mode between the islands. This resulted in substantial regional differences in euphausiid community structure. The epipelagic species Euphausia vallentini and Thysanoessa vicina completely dominated the IIR, comprising on average 89% of total euphausiid biomass in this region. However, predation may be important during the water-trapping mode between the islands. Advection of zooplankton into the IIR appeared to be affected by the proximity of the Subantarctic Front (SAF). In 1996, when the SAF was far north of the PEIs, reduced current velocities resulted in some degree of water retention over the shelf and an increased predation impact. Conversely, when the SAF was close to the PEIs in 1999, more large plankton were transported over the island shelf. High current velocities and productivity associated with the SAF appear to increase the biomass and size of allochthonous zooplankton/nekton advected into the IIR, and consequently may have increased the availability of prey to land-based predators. The long-term southward movement of the SAF recently observed in the vicinity of the PEIs may therefore have important implications for the ecosystem of these islands
Hunt, B.P.V., E.A. Pakhomov, and C.D. McQuaid. 2002. Community Structure of Mesozooplankton in the Antarctic Polar Frontal Zone in the Vicinity of the Prince Edward Islands (Southern Ocean): Small-Scale Distribution Patterns in Relation to Physical Parameters. Deep-Sea Research Part Ii-Topical Studies in Oceanography 49(16): 3307-3325
Abstract: Mesozooplankton community structure was investigated in four consecutive years from 1996 to 1999, during late austral summer (April/May), in the vicinity of the Prince Edward Islands. Sampling was carried out using a Bongo net with a mouth area of 0.25 m(2), and fitted with 300 mum mesh. Surveys were of high resolution, with net tows being separated by +/- 10-20 km. Zooplankton species composition demonstrated a high degree of similarity between net tows, containing a mix of sub-Antarctic and Antarctic species. However, variation in species abundance levels showed that within each year of study the region was characterised by the presence of different zooplankton communities. These communities differed by as much as an order of magnitude in total zooplankton density. Analysis of physical variables indicated that zooplankton communities were associated with different water masses, identifiable by their physical characteristics. Sea temperature was the most important physical variable, accounting for as much as 69% of the variation in community structure. Communities were often not spatially discrete, and many stations demonstrated a high degree of similarity despite wide spatial separation. The heterogeneity in the biological and oceanographic environment extended to a small scale, on the order of 10 km. This is indicative of the oceanographic complexity of the region. The complex oceanography associated with shallow topography, including seamounts, islands, and frontal zones, indicates that small-scale spatial heterogeneity in zooplankton communities may be an important factor to consider when modelling these ecosystems. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved
Huppert, H.. 1975. Some Remarks on the Initiation of Inertial Taylor Columns. Journal of Fluid Mechanics 67(2): 397-412
Hureau, J.C.. 1991. La Base De Donnees GICIM: Gestion Informatisee Des Collections Ichthyologiques Du Museum. Atlas Preliminaire des Poissons d'Eaux Douce de France: 225-227
Huskin, I., R. Anadon, G. Medina, R.N. Head, and R.P. Harris. 2001. Mesozooplankton Distribution and Copepod Grazing in the Subtropical Atlantic Near the Azores: Influence of Mesoscale Structures. Journal of Plankton Research 23(7): 671-691
Abstract: Mesozooplankton distribution and copepod grazing were investigated in the Subtropical Atlantic Ocean near the Azores during the AZORES I (August) and II (April-May) cruises. Mesozooplankton biomass and abundance remained low throughout the region, but significant increases were found related to the presence of the Azores Front. The Azores Front also exhibited maximum values of copepod community ingestion, reaching 250 mg C m(-2) ingested daily. This increase in ingestion was related to increases in copepod abundance, but not in copepod gut contents. Alb relationship was found between gut contents, or ingestion, and phytoplankton biomass or production. Daily cycles were found in copepod gut contents, being higher during the night, but not in copepod abundance. Multidimensional scaling analysis revealed differences in copepod taxonomic composition between both sides of the front. During spring, daily copepod ingestion represents an average of 6% of the integrated chlorophyll (Chl) a concentration and 22% of the primary production. These percentages increase to 15% of Chl and 61% of production if we only consider large (>2 mum) phytoplankton. No clear influence of the cyclonic eddy LETICIA was found in mesozooplankton biomass or grazing. A significant effect of the Great Meteor Tablemount was found in copepod abundance and grazing, with higher values located west of the mount
Hyrenbach, K.D., K.A. Forney, and P.K. Dayton. 2000. Marine Protected Areas and Ocean Basin Management. Aquatic Conservation-Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 10(6): 437-458
Abstract: 1. All reserve designs must be guided by an understanding of natural history and habitat variability. 2. Differences in scale and predictability set aside highly dynamic pelagic systems from terrestrial and nearshore ecosystems, where wildlife reserves were first implemented. Yet, as in static systems, many pelagic species use predictable habitats to breed and forage. Marine protected areas (MPAs) could be designed to protect these foraging and breeding aggregations. 3. Understanding the physical mechanisms that influence the formation and persistence of these aggregations is essential in order to define and implement pelagic protected areas. We classify pelagic habitats according to their dynamics and predictability into three categories: static, persistent and ephemeral features. 4. While traditional designs are effective in static habitats, many important pelagic habitats are neither fixed nor predictable. Thus, pelagic protected areas will require dynamic boundaries and extensive buffers. 5. In addition, the protection of far-ranging pelagic vertebrates will require dynamic MPAs defined by the extent and location of large-scale oceanographic features. 6. Recent technological advances and our ability to implement large-scale conservation actions will facilitate the implementation of pelagic protected areas. 7. The establishment of pelagic MPAs should include enforcement, research and monitoring programmes to evaluate design effectiveness. 8. Ultimately, society will need a holistic management scheme for entire ocean basins. Such overarching management will rely on many innovative tools, including the judicious use of pelagic MPAs. Copyright (C) 2000 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd
ICES. 1995. Report of the Study Group on the Biology and Assesment of Deep-Sea Fisheries Resources. ICES Headquarters, 24-30 Augeust, 1994. ICES, Copenhagen, Denmark, p. -91
IGFA. 2001. Database of IGFA Angling Records Until 2001. Fort Lauderdale, USA, IGFA
ITIS. 2001. Integrated Taxonomic Information System. http://www.itis.usda.gov/
Ignell, S.E. and J.M. Murphy. 1993. Salmonid Spatial Patterns Near the North Pacific Subarctic Frontal Zone. Inpfc Bull. Symp. on Biology, Distribution and Stock Assessment of Species Caught in the High Seas Driftnet Fisheries in the North Pacific Ocean, 4 Nov 1991, vol. 53, Tokyo, pp. 253-271
Abstract: Salmonid (Oncorhynchus spp.) spatial patterns near the North Pacific Subarctic Frontal Zone (SFZ) were examined using observer data from the 1990 monitoring program on Japanese commercial squid driftnet vessels. Aggregations in spatial pattern occurred at several space and time scales. Obvious spatial pattern occurred on the macro-scale (1000-3000 km) level, where catch rates differed several orders of magnitude between the western and eastern ends of the fishing area. These differences persisted at the coarse-scale level (1-100 km); salmonid catches within mere dozens of kilometres ranged from 0 to 2000 fish per driftnet operation. We speculate that the large variation in catches near the northwestern portion of the fishing area is related to heterogeneous habitat generated by the interaction of strong baroclinic flow with the steep bottom topography of the Emperor Seamounts. | English abstract
Iliffe, T.M.. 1990. Crevicular Dispersal of Marine Cave Faunas. Memoires de Biospeologie 17: 93-96
Abstract: Biological surveys of marine and anchialine caves have revealed the presence of many new and diverse cave-limited forms including relict "living fossils". Close taxonomic relationships exist between the faunas inhabitating caves on globally distant and geographically isolated oceanic islands. Since many of these troglobitic species belong to taxa lacking planktonic larvae, traditionally accepted dispersal modes appear unlikely. Many marine troglobites are closely related to deep water species, while others
Ingole, B. and J.A. Koslow. 2005. Deep-Sea Ecosystems of the Indian Ocean. Indian Journal of Marine Sciences 34(1): 27-34
Abstract: The deep Indian Ocean is composed of a variety of habitat types, including abyssal plains, oxygenated slopes and basins, seamounts, and trenches. The geomorphological features of the Indian Ocean include mid-ocean ridges, abyssal plains and few deep-sea trenches. Although the Indian Ocean has relatively few seamounts and islands', it contains numerous submarine plateaus and rises. We review what is known of deep-sea benthic habitats studied with:modern techniques in the Indian Ocean. Recent biological studies conducted in the Central Indian Ocean Basin (CIOB) suggested remarkably rich and diverse micro-, meio-, macro-and megabenthic communities on the abyssal sea floor. The megafaunal assemblage of the CIOB has high biomass but low diversity. While macrofaunal biomass decreased away from the shore, the meiofaunal biomass increased with distance. The discovery of 'Kairei' and Edmond hydrothermal. field near the Rodriguez Triple Junction suggests that mid-ocean ridge systems in the Indian Ocean are potential sites for hydrothermal mineralization and contain active vent fields. There are no available estimates for the numbers of seamounts in the Indian Ocean based on echo sounder recordings. Satellite altimetry data indicate that the Indian Ocean has an intermediate number of generally small to moderate-sized seamounts, mostly associated with its ridge systems. The fauna of Indian Ocean seamounts remains virtually unexplored
International Hydrographic Organization. 2001. Standardization of Undersea Feature Names. Rep. Bathymetric Publication No. 6, 3rd Edition, International Hydrographic Bureau
Irwin, B., C. Caverhill, J. Anning, A. MacDonald, M. Hodgson, E.P.W. Horne, and T. Platt. 1989. Productivity Localised Around Seamounts in the Atlantic (PLASMA) During June and July 1987. Can.Data Rep.Fish.Aquat.Sci., Rep. 732, p. -229
Abstract: During June and July 1987, primary production and other related measurements were measured in the vicinity of the New England seamount chain. The authors provide the raw data and some fitted parameters
Isaacs, J.D. and R.A. Schwartzlose. 1965. Migrant Sound Scatterers: Interactions With the Sea Floor. Science 150: 1810-1813
Ishikawa, S., T. Otake, N. Mochioka, Y. Suzuki, J. Aoyama, S. Watanabe, T. Yoshinaga, J. Inoue, A. SHINODA, and T. MIYAI. 2000. Sampling of Anguilla japonica eggs around Seamounts area. in: Preliminary Report of the Hakuho Maru Cruise, Ocean Research Institute, University of Tokyo, Tokyo, pp. 40-44
Itano, D.G. and K.N. Holland. 2000. Movement and Vulnerability of Bigeye (Thunnus Obesus) and Yellowfin Tuna (Thunnus Albacares) in Relation to FADs and Natural Aggregation Points. Aquatic Living Resources 13(4): 213-223
Abstract: In Hawaii, a variety of small- and medium-scale pelagic fisheries target fishing effort on a network of coastal moored FADs, natural inshore tuna aggregation points, offshore seamounts and offshore weather monitoring buoys. Large-scale longline vessels also operate in the Hawaii exclusive economic zone (EEZ) and beyond. These circumstances provide an ideal setting for tag-and-release experiments designed to elucidate the movement patterns, residence times, exchange rates and vulnerability of bigeye tuna (Thunnus obesus) and yellowfin tuna (Thunnus albacares) within the Hawaiian EEZ. Preliminary recapture data indicate that FADs, island reef ledges and scamounts exert an overwhelming influence on the catchability of tuna. Recapture rates from these locations vastly outweigh tag returns from open water areas. As of August 31, 1999, a total of 15 387 bigeye and, yellowfin tuna ranging in size fi om 29 to 133 cm fork length (FL) acid from 26 to 143 cm FL respectively (mean 59.8 +/- 14.1 cm; 58.3 +/- 17.3 cm) have been tagged and released throughout the Hawaii EEZ. Recapture rates for both species have been similar with an overall recapture rate of 10.3 %. The location of tag releases reflects the importance of associative behavior and schooling to the vulnerability of tuna; scamounts and FADs accounted fur 72.4 % and 23.5 % of all tag releases. Within the main Hawaiian Island group (excluding the offshore scamounts and buoys), 83.1 % of all recaptures have been made on anchored FADs and 11.9 % of recaptures have come from ledges or tuna aggregation areas close to the islands where bigeye and yellowfin tuna become vulnerable to hook and line Scar. As these studies continue, additional and longer-term recaptures will provide increasingly detailed information on the movement patterns and vulnerability of bigeye and yellowfin tuna as they grow move and recruit to different fisheries. (C) 2000 Ifremer/CNRS/INRA/IRD/Cemagref/Editions scientifiques et medicales Elsevier SAS
Ivanin, N.A.. 1993. Some Results and Opportunities for Trawl Fisheries in Open Waters of the South-Western Indian Ocean [Nekotorye Rezul'Taty i Vozmozhnost' Tralovogo Lova Tuntsov v Otkrytykh Vodakh YuZIO.]. Yugniro (Southern Scientific Research Institute of Marine Fisheries & Oceanography ). Interstate Conference 'Resources of Tunas and Related Species in the World Ocean and Problems of their Rational Utilization, Kerch (Ukraine), pp. 39-40
Abstract: Materials, collected in 1981-1984 during trawl fisheries of redbait (Emmelichthys nitidus) and horse mackerel (Trachurus picturatus) on banks of Western Indian Ridge (South Western Indian Ocean), demonstrated that tuna catches of vessels of large trawler RTMS type were usually equal to 0.1-0.9 tons per an hour of trawling. Bigeye tuna (Thunnus obesus) was prevalent. It was fished off over mounts of banks in the mornings mainly. Albacore (Th. alalunga), yellowfin tuna (Th. albacares) and skipjack tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis) were met in catches in small quantities. The largest catches took place in December - January. Trawl sets were made with midwater rope trawls 110/468. At the trawling speed of 5.5-5.8 knots vertical aperture of trawls reached 45-50 m. Layers from the surface down to 110 m were fished where at night redbait and horse mackerel concentrated and the largest catches were observed in the layer of 30-50 m. All the materials make possible consideration to develop trawl fisheries in open waters of the South-Western Indian Ocean and in other parts of the Indian Ocean. (DBO)
Ivanov, D.L. and A.H. Scheltema. 2004. Dacryomica Plana, Gen. Et Sp Nov., a Prochaetodermatid Aplacophora From a Pacific Seamount. Veliger 47(1): 1-5
Abstract: Dacryomica, gen. nov., a monotypic genus of prochaetodermatid Aplacophora, is markedly different in sclerite morphology from the other five genera in Prochaetodermatidae. Description of the type species, D. plana, sp. nov. is based on a single individual collected at 1300 in from Kammu Seamount in the northwest Pacific. The great difference in sclerite morphology and the likelihood of endemism on the seamount are reasons for erecting a monotypic genus based on a single individual from this poorly sampled part of the deep-sea benthos
Iwamoto, T. and N.R. Merret. 1997. Pisces Gadiformes: Taxonomy of Grenadiers of the New Caledonian Region, Southwest Pacific.. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 176: 473-570
Iwamoto, T. and Shcherbachev Y.. 1991. Macrourid Fishes of the Sugenus Chalinura, Genus Coryphaenoides, From the Indian Ocean.. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 47(7): 207-233
Iyer, S.D., M.S. Prasad, S.M. Gupta, and S.N. Charan. 1997. Evidence for Recent Hydrothermal Activity in the Central Indian Basin. Deep-Sea Research Part I Oceanographic Research Papers 44(7): 1167-1184
Abstract: This study documents the first actual proof of recent intraplate volcanic-hydrothermal activity in the Central Indian Basin (CIB). Twenty-six surface sediments and a spade core (37 cm long) from the CIB were examined for the presence of volcanogenic-hydrothermal materials (vhm). High concentrations of vhm were discovered in a grab and the core top - both located at the base of an intraplate seamount. The vhm consist of ochrous metalliferous sediments, volcanic spherules and glass shards. The radiolaria associated with the vhm suggest a apprx 10 ka age for the hydrothermal episode. The metalliferous sediments are semi-indurated, yellow to orange colored Fe-Si oxyhydroxides with FeO and SiO-2 contents between 54-73% and 16-30%, respectively, and have been derived as a result of hydrothermal precipitation. Incipient formation of nontronite is noted to co-occur with these sediments. The CIB metalliferous sediments have close similarities to those reported from the intraplate regions of the Pacific Ocean. The volcanic spherules occur in various shapes and sizes and are dominantly composed of magnetite and lesser amounts of ilmenite, hematite and maghemite. Electron microscopy shows the arrangement of magnetite crystals in various textural forms. Inclusions within the spherules are of olivine, pyroxene and feldspar. The spherules have formed by a process or liquid immiscibility of a silicic-basic magma, dependent on oxygen fugacity. Rhyolitic glass shards are ubiquitous at 1-2 cm depth in the core and constitute 55% of the coarse fraction. Microprobe analyses of the CIB shards show clear differences in Ti- and Si-Al ratios that, together with the vast differences in age of eruption, preclude their derivation from Toba (Indonesia)
JAMARC (Japan Marine Fishery Resource Research Center). 1973. Surveys of Trawling Grounds in the North Central Pacific, 1972 Season. Rep. JAMARC Report No. 7
Jackson, E.D., I. Koisumi, G.B. Dalrymple, D.A. Clague, R.J. Kirkpatrick, and H.G. Greene. 1980. Introduction and summary of results from DSDP Leg 55, the Hawaiian-Emperor hot-spot experiment. in: Initial Reports of the Deep-Sea Drilling Project, U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C., pp. 5-31
Japanese Fisheries Agency. 1974. Survey of the North Pacific Seamounts.
Japanese Fisheries Agency. 1979. Report of the Survey by the Research Vessell Kaiyo Maru, FY 1978. Rep. 53, p. 173
Jarrard, J.D. and D.A. Clague. 1977. Implications of Pacific Island and Seamount Ages for Origin of Volcanic Chains. Reviews of Geophysics 15(1): 57-76
Johannesson, K.. 1988. The Paradox of Rockall: Why Is a Brooding Gastropod (Littorina Saxatilis) More Widespread Than One Having a Planktonic Larval Dispersal Stage (L. Littorea)?. Marine Biology 99: 507-513
John, H.C. and C. Zelck. 1997. Fish Larval Abundance, Diversity and Zonation/Transport Across the Tropical South Atlantic at 11 Degree S. Fisheries Society of the British Isles, Ichthyoplankton Ecologyp. -50
Abstract: Fish larvae were sampled along approximately 11 degree S, from Brazil to Angola. The analysis was based on 57 quantitative plankton stations with a horizontal neuston net tow ("NEU") and 5 obliquely sampled strata between 0 and 200 m (multiple-opening-closing-net "MCN") each. The zonal tendencies were generally similar all along the transect for the catch per unit of effort ("cpue") in NEU and MCN, the number of species per station and the percentage of "neritic" (here including slope-dwelling and seamount
Johnston, P.A. and D. Santillo. 2004. Conservation of Seamount Ecosystems: Application of a Marine Protected Areas. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 305-319
Abstract: Along with the growing body of knowledge of seamount ecosystems has come the realisation that the targeting of associated fish populations is currently unsustainable. For the most part, the target species are long-lived and slow to mature, with low fecundity. Benthic communities are also seriously damaged through disturbance by fishing gear and exotic species collection and could be impacted further in the future by exploitation of marine mineral resources. At current levels of knowledge concerning the structure and integration of seamount ecosystems, and in the light of experience with associated fisheries to date, Sustainable exploitation cannot be envisaged. Accordingly, an holistic conservation strategy is required. This paper explores the elements of such a strategy based upon defining seamounts as fishery no-take zones and as areas protected from the full spectrum of human activities. Given the apparent individuality of seamount systems studied so far, this paper argues that a protective regime must be based on a large network of well-managed marine protected areas (MPAs), encompassing seamounts in all biogeographic zones, in order to conserve biodiversity effectively
Johnston, T.M.S. and M.A. Merrifield. 2003. Internal Tide Scattering at Seamounts, Ridges, and Islands. Journal of Geophysical Research: C.Oceans 108(6)
Jordan, D.S. and B.W. Evermann. 1973. The Shore Fishes of Hawaii. Tokyo, Charles E. Tuttle Companyp. -392
Kaas, P.. 1985. Notes on Loricata, 13. On Some Little Known Chitons From the Tropical Western Pacific Ocean. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 59(25): 299-320
Kalinowski, J. and T.B. Linkowski. 1983. Hydroacoustic Observations on Maurolicus Muelleri (Sternoptychidae) Over R.S.A. and Discovery Seamounts (South Atlantic).. Rep. 1983/H:16, International Council for the Exploration of the Sea C.M., pp. 1-20
Kamenskaya, O.E.. 1993. Komokiacea From the Region of the Underwater Seamount Valdivia (South-Eastern Atlantic Ocean).. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 127: 72-81
Abstract: The paper presents data on the community composition, biomass, abundance and vertical distribution of macro- and meiobenthos in grab and trawl samples from the Valdivia Seamount (Walvis Ridge). Descriptions of the most abundant forms of meiobenthic Komokioidea including 2 new species are provided
Kamysheva, T.P.. 1985. Comparative Morphometric Characters of Epigonous Denticulatus Dieuzeide (Perciformes, Aopgonidae) From the Gerakl and Hawaiian Ranges. Journal of Ichthyology 25(6): 36-43
Abstract: Epigonus denticulatus from seamounts in the Pacific Ocean is morphometrically characterized in comparison with the description of Mayer (1974). Large differences were found between the meristic and metric traits of the specimens studied. The South Pacific populations are isolated from other populations
Kanaeva, I.P. and N.N. Korostina. 1986. Zooplankton distribution in epi- and mesopelagic zones of the Emperor Seamount in the Pacific Ocean. in: Oceanological Conditions of the Mesopelagic of the World's Oceans. Collected Works, D.E.Gershanovich, B.N.Kotenev, V.V.Sapozhnikov, and V.A.Sokolov [eds.], VNIRO [All-Union Research Institute of Marine Fisheries and Oceanography], Moscow, pp. 157-164
Abstract: Zooplankton distribution between 32 and 45 degree N is considered. The highest bioproductivity was recorded in the subarctic waters and the area of water mixing at the northern boundary of the subarctic frontal zone. Three species of large phytophagous copepods, euphausiids and chaetognaths constituted the bulk of zooplankton. The high productivity of the region is governed by peculiarities of physico-chemical processes in the water column responsible for a continuous transport of nutrients to the upper layer. In the southern part of the area of water mixing and in the subtropical waters of the North Pacific Current inhabited by tropical species the total biomass sharply decreases. The high plankton biomass above the northern peak of the Milwaukee Seamount is due to a mechanical drift of planktonic organisms to the centre of an anticyclonic eddy. The area of plankton patches is confined to the zone of eddy influence
Kanayama, T.. 1981. Scorpaenid Fishes From the Emperor Seamount Chain. Research Institute of North Pacific Fisheries, Special Volume 56(10): 119-129
Kanie, Y.. 9999. Entemnotrochus Rumphii (Archaeogastropoda: Mollusca) From the Western Waters of Torishima, Izu Islands [Japan]. Science Report of the Yokosuka City Museum(34): 67-70
Abstract: A living Rumphius's slit shell, Entemnotrochus rumphii (SCHEPMAN), was collected from the waters 160 km west of Torishima, Izu Islands. This location (30.degree.52'N, 138.degree.42-43'E; 150 m depth, on the top of a seamount) is the easternmost record of the Rumphius's slit shell collected. The specimen was hooked up by a vertical longline for bottom fishes
Kantor, Yu.I. and A.V. Sysoev. 1992. Latiaxis (Babelomurex) Naskensis, a New Species of Coralliophilidae (Gastropoda) From South-Eastern Pacific. Ruthenica 2(2): 163-167
Karig, D.E., M.N.A. Peterson, and G.G. Shor. 1970. Sediment-Capped Guyots in the Mid-Pacific Mountains. Deep Sea Research 17: 373-378
Karl, D.M., A.M. BRITTAIN, and B.D. TILBROOK. 1989. Hydrothermal and Microbial Processes at Loihi Seamount Hawaii Usa a Mid-Plate Hot-Spot Volcano. Deep-Sea Research Part A Oceanographic Research Papers 36(11): 1655-1674
Abstract: Active hydrothermal vents have been discovered at the summit of Loihi Seamount, Hawaii, in an area referred to as Pele's Vents. The active vent field is characterized by iron-rich nontronite deposits, warm (30.degree.C) hydrothermal fluids, extensive bacterial mats and by the conspicuous absence of large benthic animals. Chemical analyses of collected water samples has revealed the presence of elevated concentrations of Si, NH4+, PO4-, dissolved inorganic carbon (DIC), methane (CH4) and bacterial cells in the discharged vent fluids, relative to ambient bottom seawater. The most distinctive feature of Pele's Vent fluid, relative to other hydrothermal systems previously described, is the especially high content of DIC (300 mM for the warmest waters sampled). Bacteria collected from Pele's Vents were shown to be metabolically active at temperatures up to at least 60.degree.C. Bacterial mats collected from the vent field are comprised of long filaments coated with Fe precipitates. It is hypothesized that these tubular structures are formed by the growth and metabolism of Fe-oxidizing bacteria
Karmovskaya, E.S.. 1994. Nettenchelys Erroriensis Sp. Nova (Nettastomatidae, Anguilliformes): A New Species of Nettastomatid Eels From the Error Sea-Mountain in the Northeastern Indian Ocean. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 34(3): 408-410
Abstract: A new nettastomatid eel Nettenchelys erroriensis, is described and figured from a mature female caught from a depth of 420-395 m at 10 degree 19'N, 56 degree 10'W. Comparative remarks on the related species are provided
Karmovskaya, E.S.. 1990. New Species of Conger Eels From Southeastern Pacific Seamounts. Journal of Ichthyology 30(7): 1-10
Abstract: Gnathophis parini sp. n. is described from 3 juvenile specimens (holotype TL 124 mm) from one of the guyots of the Sala-y-Gomez Ridge. Gnathophis smithi sp. n. is described from 26 specimens (holotype TL 345 mm) from seamounts located at the junction of the Nazca and Sala-y-Gomez Ridges. Gnathophis andriashevi sp. n. is described from 2 specimens (holotype TL 365 mm) from the western part of the Sala-y-Gomez Ridge. Pseudoxenomystax nielseni sp. n. is described from 8 specimens (holotype TL 435 mm) from the central and southern parts of the Nazca Ridge. Morphological differences from their closely-related species are discussed.; depth 540-560 m). It differs from the closely related species, Gnathophis umbrellabia, in having the dorsal fin positioned more posteriorly and in fewer pores in the cephalic lateral line system. Gnathophis smithi sp. n. is described from 26 specimens (holotype TL 345 mm) form seamounts located at the junction of the Nazca and Sala-y-Gomez ridges (25 degrees 43 minutes S, 85 degrees 22 minutes W; depth 200-185 m). It resembles Gnathophis catalinensis but differs markedly in having more rays in the dorsal and anal fins, greater head length, and in having the dorsal and anal fins postioned more posteriorly. Gnathophis andriashevi sp. n. is described from 2 specimens (holotype TL 365 mm) from seamounts located at the junction of the Nazca and Sala-y-Gomez ridges (25 degrees 43 minutes S, 85 degrees 22 minutes W; depth 330-326 m). It differs from two closely related species, Gnathophis catalinensis and Gnathophis smithi, in having a lighter colouration of the rays of the mediuan fins and more vertebrae. Pseudoxenomystax nielseni sp. n. is described from 8 specimens (holotype TL 435 mm) from the central and southern parts of the Nazca ridge (22 degrees 05 minutes S, 81 degrees 15 minutes W; depth 160-340 m). The species differs from the closely related Pseudoxenomystax prorigerum in the more posterior position of the dorsal fin, larger eye, more rays in the dorsal and anal fins and fewer branchiostegal rays
Karmovskaya, E.S. and N. Merret. 1998. Taxonomy of the Deep-Sea Eel Genus, Histiobranchus (Synaphobranchidae, Anguilliformes) With Notes on the Ecology of the H. Bathybius in the Eastern North Atlantic.. Journal of Fish Biology 53: 1015-1037
Kashkin, H.I.. 1984. Mesopelagic micronekton as a factor in fish productivity on oceanic banks. in: Frontal Zones in the Southeastern Pacific Ocean, Nauka Press, Moscow, pp. 285-291
Kashkina, A.A.. 1986. Feeding of Fishes on Salps (Tunicata, Thaliacea). Journal of Ichthyology 26(4): 57-64
Abstract: A review of the literature shows that at present, more than 47 fish species use salps as food to some extent. Some fish feed on salps during periods of scarcity of the usual plankton, thus using them as a "survival" food. Salps play a major role in the diet of many fish species of the mesopelagic region in the areas of the continental shelf, islands, seamounts and elevations. However, dense surface concentrations of salps are avoided, possibly due to an excess of salp metabolites. | A review of the literatu
Katayama, M.. 1975. Caprodon Unicolor, a New Anthiine Fish From the North Pacific Ocean. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 22(1): 13-15
Kaufmann, R.S. and R.R. Wilson. 1991. A Summary and Bibliography of Seamount Biota. La Jolla, Scripps Institution of Oceanographyp. -79
Kaufmann, R.S., W.W. Wakefield, and A. Genin. 1989. Distribution of Epibenthic Megafauna and Lebensspuren on Two Central North Pacific Seamounts. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 36(12): 1863-1896
Abstract: The abundance, composition and spatial distribution of megafaunal communities and lebensspuren assemblages at three sites on two deep seamounts in the central North Pacific were surveyed photographically using still cameras mounted on the research submersible Alvin. Photographic transects were made on the summit cap (.approximates. 1500 m depth) and summit perimeter (.approximates. 1800 m depth) of Horizon Guyot and on the summit cap (.approximates. 3100 m depth) of Magellan Rise. The summit caps of both seamounts were covered with foraminiferal sand, while the summit perimeter of Horizon Guyot was characterized by numerous rock outcroppings (basalt and chert encrusted with ferromanganese oxidase) on which was situated a speciose assemblage of suspension-feeding organisms. The most abundant megafauna at all three sites were large, sediment-agglutinating protists belonging to the class Xenophyophorea. Among the three sites, the Horizon Guyot summit cap supported the highest densities of fishes and lebensspuren and the fewest echinoderms, while the Magellan Rise summit cap was populated by a diverse community of deposit-feeding echinoderms. Megafaunal abundances on Horizon Guyot were lower than those at equivalent depths on the western North Atlantic continental slope, while those on Magellan Rise were higher. The faunal differences observed between the two seamounts were attributed primarily to differences in hydrodynamic conditions, substrate availability and nutrient availability. Most of the lebensspuren on these seamounts appeared to be patchily distributed on spatial scales of 10-1000 m, while xenophyophore distributions were predominantly random on the same spatial scales. Biogeographically the species identified exhibited predominantly widespread to cosmopolitan distributions with Indo-West Pacific faunal affinities, typical of other seamounts in the same depth range and biogeographic province
Kawai, H.. 1980. Rings South of the Kuroshio and Their Possible Roles in Transport of the Intermediate Salinity Minimum and in Formation of the Skipjack and Albacore Fishing Grounds. Kuroshio 4.Proceedings of the Fourth Symposium for the Co-Operative Study of the Kuroshio and Adjacent Regions 14-17 February 1979, Tokyo, Japan, pp. 250-273
Abstract: The observation of colder water below 16 degree C at 200 m south of the Kuroshio axis was identified as a cyclonic ring. A total of about 90 rings were identified; about 70 rings east of the Izu-Ogasawara Ridge, about 20 rings west of the Ridge. Younger rings with colder water below 15 degree C at 200 m were distributed in the northern region within a distance of approximately 300 km seaward of the Kuroshio axis, especially frequented eastsoutheast of the Boso Peninsula; where a southward meander of the Kuroshio Extension was usually found, and several seamounts around there are probably related to the separation of rings from the meander. In May-July, the skipjack fishing grounds were formed in and around the rings; while no albacore ground was formed in the rings, because the larger albacore avoids the shallow thermocline. The cyclonic rings afford to the distribution of temperature and flow an effective fluctuation, which the skipjack in the active season of the pole-and-line fishery may prefer
Kayen, R.E., W.C. Schwab, H.J. Lee, M.E. Torresan, J.R. Hein, P.J. Quinterno, and L. Levin. 1989. Morphology of Sea-Floor Landslides on Horizon Guyot: Application of Steady-State Geotechnical Analysis. Deep-Sea Research 36(12A): 1817-1840
Kazama, T.K.. 1978. Seamount Fishery, Foreign Vessel Observer Report Ryuyo Maru No. 2 (Apr 22-June 3, 1978). Southwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-78-15
Keating, B.H.. 1987. Seamounts, Islands, and Atolls. p. -405
Keller, N.B.. 1981. The solitary madreporatian corals (Madreporaria). in: Benthos of the Submarine Mountains Marcus-Necker and Adjacent Pacific Regions, A.P.Kuznetsov and A.N.Mironov [eds.], P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, USSR Academy of Sciences, Moscow, pp. 28-39
Keller, N.B.. 2000. The Scleractinian corals of the Atlantis seamounts. in: Benthos of the Russian Seas and the Northern Atlantic, A.P.Kuznetsov, Zezina, and O.N. [eds.], VNIRO Publishing House, Moscow, pp. 100-101
Keller, N.B.. 9999. The Coral Populations on the Submarine Ridges Marcus-Necker, Reykjanes and Great Meteor Mountains. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 25(6): 784-786
Abstract: The coral associations from the submarine mountains Marcus-Necker and adjacent regions and those from spurs of the North Atlantic Ridge were compared. The higher percentage of the endemism of corals from the seamountains Marcus-Necker, the decrease of density of the solitary corals populations as well as the generic and specific variety, the absence of the overgrowth of the agermatypic colonies and the specific skeletal morphology of the Madreporaria was shown with evidence. These peculiarities in general are caused by relative trophic deficiency of the Marcus-Necker region. The fossils of abnormal large solitary corals of Pleistocene age around ancient hydroterms of the Reykjanes ridge were discovered
Keller, N.B.. 1984. The Agermatypic Corals of the Great Meteor Seamount and Their Peculiarities. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 119: 60-64
Keller, N.B.. 1976. The Deep-Sea Madreporarian Corals of the Genus Fungiacyathus. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 99: 31-44
Keller, N.B.. 1982. Some New Data on Madreporarian Corals of the Genus Delthocyathus (Fam. Caryophylliidae Gray 11847). Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 117: 47-58
Keller, N.B.. 1981. Interspecies Variability Caryophillia (Madreporaria) in Connection With Their Environment. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 115: 14-25
Keller, N.B.. 1998. Azooxantellate scleractinian corals from the Nazca and Sala-y-Gomes submarine ridges. in: Benthos of the High Latitude Regions, Kuznetsov, A.P., Zezina, and O.N. [eds.], VNIRO Publishing House), Moscow, pp. 89-93
Keller, N.B.. 1990. The Fauna of the Sea-Mounts. Priroda (Moscow) 1990(3): 51-53
Abstract: Zooplankton distribution between 32 and 45 degree N is considered. The highest bioproductivity was recorded in the subarctic waters and the area of water mixing at the northern boundary of the subarctic frontal zone. Three species of large phytophagous copepods, euphausiids and chaetognaths constituted the bulk of zooplankton. The high productivity of the region is governed by peculiarities of physico-chemical processes in the water column responsible for a continuous transport of nutrients to the upper layer. In the southern part of the area of water mixing and in the subtropical waters of the North Pacific Current inhabited by tropical species the total biomass sharply decreases. The high plankton biomass above the northern peak of the Milwaukee Seamount is due to a mechanical drift of planktonic organisms to the centre of an anticyclonic eddy. The area of plankton patches is confined to the zone of eddy influence
Keller, N.B.. 2001. Azooxantellate Scleractinia corals of the Irving and Hyeres seamounts. in: Composition and Structure of the Marine Bottom Biota, A.P.Kuznetsov, Zezina, and O.N. [eds.], VNIRO Publishing House, Moscow, pp. 132-133
Keller, N.B.. 1993. New Records of the Deep-Sea Madreporaria in the South Parts of the Atlantic and the Indian Oceans. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 127: 89-96
Keller, N.B.. 1985. Coral Populations of Underwater Ridges in the North Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. Oceanology 25: 784-786
Keller, N.B.. 1990. About a Distribution of the Madreporarian Corals in the Antarctic and Subantarctic Basins. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 126: 74-79
Keller, N.B.. 1974. New Data About Some Species of Madreporarian Corals of the Genus Flabellum. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 98: 199-212
Keller, N.B.. 1988. Bottom Fauna From Oceanic Rises [Donnaya Fauna Okeanicheskikh Podnyatij.]. Priroda (Moscow) 8: 80-81
Abstract: Composition and structure of bottom communities, and their vertical zonality were studied from samples taken in the Atlantic Ocean and the Tyrrhenian Sea in late 1986. Madreporic corals were found to be an important component of the seamount communities. Their morphology on continental, and on mid-ocean rises was different. No live corals were recorded below 800 m. Succession from Pliocene ancestors in some of recent corals were detected
Keller, N.B.. 1985. The Madreporarian Corals of the Reykjanes Ridge and the Platon Submarine Mountains (the North Part of Atlantic Ocean). Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 120: 39-51
Keller, N.B. and S.D. Kerns. 1994. Azooxanthellate Scleractinia of the Tropical Southwestern Indian Ocean. [Lishennye Zooksantell Skleraktinii Tropicheskoj Zony Yugo-Zapadnoj Chasti Indijskogo Okeana.]. Bottom Fauna of Seamounts [Donnaya Fauna Podvodnykh Gor], Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR), vol. 129, Nauka, Tr.Ioranpp. 65-84
Abstract: A collection of ahermatypic corals from the tropical zone of the southwestern Indian Ocean has been examined and found to include 77 species of which 34 are new records for the region, increasing from 64 to 98 the number of ahermatypic Scleractinia occurring in the region. The zoogeographic affinities, vertical distribution and ecology of azooxanthellate scleractinians are discussed
Keller, N.B., D.V. Naumov, and F.A. Pasternak. 1975. Bottom Deep-Sea Coelenterata From the Gulf and Caribbean Sea. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 100: 147-159
Keller, R.A.. 1996. The Petrology, Geochemistry, and Geochronology of Hotspot Seamounts in the North Pacific and Arc/Backarc Volcanism on the Northern Antarctic Peninsula. p. viii-117
Keller, R.A., M.R. Fisk, R.A. Duncan, and W.M. White. 1997. 16 My of Hotspot and Nonhotspot Volcanism on the Patton-Murray Seamount Platform, Gulf of Alaska. Geology 6(25): 511-514
Abstract: Age-progressive, linear seamount chains in the northeast Pacific appear to have formed as the Pacific plate passed over a set of stationary hotspots; however, some anomalously young ages and the lack of an ''enriched'' isotopic signature in basalts from the seamounts do not fit the standard hotspot model. For example, published ages (28-30 Ma) for basalts dredged from the Patton-Murray seamount platform in the Gulf of Alaska are 2-4 m.y. younger than the time when the platform was above the Cobb hotspot. However, the lowermost basalt recovered by ocean drilling on Patton-Murray yielded a Ar-40-Ar-39 age of 33 Ma. This age exactly coincides with the time when the seamount platform was above the Cobb hotspot, consistent with a stationary, long-lived mantle plume. A 27 Ma alkalic basalt flow recovered 8 m above the 33 Ma basalt is similar in age and composition to the previously dredged basalts, and may be the alkalic capping phase typical of many hotspot volcanoes. A 17 Ma tholeiitic basalt sill recovered 5 m above the 27 Ma basalt was emplaced long after the seamount platform moved away from the hotspot, and may be associated with a period of intraplate extension. Anomalously young phases of volcanism on this and other hotspot seamounts suggest that they can be volcanically rejuvenated by nonhotspot causes, but this rejuvenation does not rule out the hotspot model as an explanation for the initial creation of the seamount platform. The lack of an ''enriched'' isotopic signature in any of these basalts shows that enriched compositions are not necessary characteristics of plume-related basalts. The isotopic compositions of the lower basalts are slightly more depleted than the 0-9 Ma products of the Cobb hotspot, despite the fact that the hotspot was closer to a spreading ridge at 0-9 Ma. It appears that this hotspot, like several others, has become more enriched with time.
Keller, R.A., M.R. Fisk, and W.M. White. 2000. Isotopic Evidence for Late Cretaceous Plume-Ridge Interaction at the Hawaiian Hotspot. Nature 405(6787): 673-676
Abstract: When a mantle plume interacts with a mid-ocean ridge, both are noticeably affected. The mid-ocean ridge can display anomalously shallow bathymetry, excess volcanism, thickened crust, asymmetric sea-floor spreading and a plume component in the composition of the ridge basalts(1-4). The hotspot-related volcanism can be drawn closer to the ridge, and its geochemical composition can also be affected(3,5-7). Here we present Sr-Nd-Pb isotopic analyses of samples from the next-to-oldest seamount in the Hawaiian hotspot track, the Detroit seamount at 51 degrees N, which show that, 81 Myr ago, the Hawaiian hotspot produced volcanism with an isotopic signature indistinguishable from mid-ocean ridge basalt. This composition is unprecedented in the known volcanism from the Hawaiian hotspot, but is consistent with the interpretation from plate reconstructions(8) that the hotspot was located close to a mid-ocean ridge about 80 Myr ago. As the rising mantle plume encountered the hot, low-viscosity asthenosphere and hot, thin lithosphere near the spreading centre, it appears to have entrained enough of the isotopically depleted upper mantle to overwhelm the chemical characteristics of the plume itself. The Hawaiian hotspot thus joins the growing list of hotspots that have interacted with a rift early in their history.
Kelley, D.S., J.A. Karson, D.K. Blackman, G.L. Fruh-Green, D.A. Butterfield, M.D. Lilley, E.J. Olson, M.O. Schrenk, K.K. Roe, G.T. Lebon, P. Rivizzigno, and A.T. the. 2001. An Off-Axis Hydrothermal Vent Field Near the Mid-Atlantic Ridge at 30[Deg] N. Nature 412(6843): 145-149
Kelly, M.. 2003. Revision of the Sponge Genus Pleroma Sollas (Lithistida : Megamorina : Pleromidae) From New Zealand and New Caledonia, and Description of a New Species. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 37(1): 113-127
Abstract: Diagnostic morphological characters for the sponge genus Pleroma, relicts from a diverse group of lithistid sponges (Suborder Megamorina: Family Pleromidae) that were once common in the north-western European late Jurassic to the late Cretaceous (c. 140-65 Ma), are reviewed following examination of new collections of known species from northern New Zealand and the south New Caledonian slope. Before this work, only two living species of Pleroma were known, the genus holotype P. turbinatum Sollas from Fiji, and P. menoui Levi & Levi from south New Caledonian seamounts. A new species, P. aotea n. sp., is described from northern New Zealand waters, extending the suite of diagnostic characters to include nodulose megaclone desmas and amphiaster microscleres. Megaclone desmas, indistinguishable from those of P. menoui and P. aotea n. sp., are recorded from the Oamaru Diatomite in southern New Zealand (late Eocene), and the Tutuiri Greensand, Chatham Island (late Palaeocene), respectively. These published and new microfossil discoveries establish a disjunct geographic distribution for Pleroma in New Zealand
Kelly, M.. 2000. Seamount Refuges: Sponges Show the Way. Water and Atmosphere Online 8(3)
Kensley, B.. 1980. Decapod and Isopod Crustaceans From the West Coast of Southern Africa, Including Seamounts Vema and Tripp. Annals of the South African Museum 83(2): 13-32
Abstract: Seven species of isopods (including Stenetrium vemae sp.nov. and Jaeropsis monsmarinus sp.nov.) and nineteen species of decapods (including Pseudodromia cacuminis sp.nov. and Macropodia cirripillus sp.nov.) are recorded from seamounts Vema and Tripp, and the Luederitz area. Zoogeographically, the isopods show strong affinities with the South African fauna, while the decapods include mainly South African and west African forms, with single Indo-Pacific and Austral species
Kensley, B.. 2004. Redescription and Distribution of Two Species of Syscenus (Crustacea, Isopoda, Aegidae) in the North Atlantic. Sarsia 89(3): 160-174
Abstract: The isopod species Syscenus atlanticus Kononenko, 1988, is recorded for the second time, from Bear Seamount off New England, western North Atlantic. The species, previously known only from the central North Atlantic, is redescribed, illustrated, and compared with the more common S. infelix Harger, 1881, which is also redescribed and illustrated. The distribution of S. infelix in a broad arc across the North Atlantic Ocean, based on 171 specimens from several museum collections, is discussed
Kensley, B.. 1981. On the Zoogeography of Southern African Decapod Crustacea, With a Distributional Checklist. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 338: 1-64
Kharin, V.Y. and V.A. Dudarev. 1983. A New Species of the Genus Caprodon Temminck and Schlegel, 1843 (Serranidae) and Some Remarks on the Composition of the Genus. Journal of Ichthyology 23(1): 21-25
Kilburn, R.N. and P. Bouchet. 1988. The Genus Amalda in New Caledonia (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Olividae, Ancillinae). Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Section A Zoologie 4(10A): 277-300
King, M.G.. 1984. The Species and Depth Distribution of Deepwater Caridean Shrimps (Decapoda,Caridea) Near Some Southwest Pacific Islands. Crustaceana (Leyden) 47(2): 174-191
Abstract: This paper reports the species composition and the depth distribution of deepwater shrimps (Caridea) found during a research program in Fiji. Comparisons are made with results from brief trapping surveys carried out in Vanuatu (April/May 1980), Western Samoa (September 1980) and Tonga (July 1981).
Kinzer, J. and G. Hempel. 1970. Probleme Und Methoden Der Planktologischen Arbeiten Den Atlantischen Kuppenfahrten Von F.S. "Meteor" Marz - Juli 1967. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D D(7): 3-22
Kitani, K. and K. Iguchi. 1974. Some Observations on the Feature of Fishing Ground on the Sea-Mount in the Central North Pacific Ocean As Surveyed Through the Trawl Operation. Unknown(11): 33-36
Kitchingman, A. and S. Lai. 2004. Global Seamount Location Database. Sea Around Us Project, University of British Columbia
Klimley, A.P.. 1979. Schools of Scalloped Hammerhead Sharks, Sphyrna Lewini in the Gulf of California. [Cardumenes De Cornuda, Sphyrna Lewini En El Golfo De California.]. Reunion de los Centros de Investigacion de Baja California y Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Paz, 2 Nov 1979
Abstract: Polarized schools of scalloped hammerhead sharks, Sphyrna lewini , occur adjacent to seamounts and offshore islands in the Gulf of California. Preliminary observations of such schools have been carried out by free diving among them at El Bajo seamount, Las Animas and Cerralvo Is. Schools were composed of up to 150 sharks and were seen from the surface to a depth of 23m. Females outnumbered males (3.1:1, 3.9:1 and 1.6:1). Schools were constantly changing in size and composition as individuals and groups left and later returned. Observations compiled from divers and fishermen indicate that these schools, although widespread throughout the gulf, occur in different parts at different times of the year. Within the social groups males and females sporadically performed various types of behaviour
Klimley, A.P.. 1993. Highly Directional Swimming by Scalloped Hammerhead Sharks, Sphyrna Lewini, and Subsurface Irradiance, Temperature, Bathymetry, and Geomagnetic Field. Marine Biology 117(1): 1-22
Abstract: The homing behavior of scalloped hammerhead sharks (Sphyrna lewini) to and fro between Espiritu Santo Seamount and Las Animas Island and the surrounding pelagic environment was studied to reveal their mechanisms of navigation in the oceanic environment. Four sharks were tagged with ultrasonic transmitters and tracked at the former location and one shark at the latter site during July, August, or September between 1981 and 1988. Hammerhead swimming movements were highly oriented: the mean coefficient of concentration (r) for sets of ten consecutive swimming directions recorded during eight homing movements by three hammerhead sharks ranged from 0.885 to 0.996. Drift within a current could not explain this directionality, since highly variable directions were recorded from a transmitter floating at the sea surface after becoming detached from a shark. Forward swimming momentum was an unlikely explanation, since highly directional swimming was maintained for a period of 32 min with only a gradual change in course. To maintain directionality over this period, an environmental property should be necessary for guidance. The hammerheads swam at night, with repeated vertical excursions ranging from 100 to 450 m deep, out of view of either the sea surface or the sea floor. The sharks' vertical diving movements were compared to distributions of spectral irradiance (relative to elasmobranch scotopic and photopic visual sensitivities), temperature, and current-flow directions in the water column. No relationships were evident between these properties and the sharks' oriented swimming movements. Movements of scalloped hammerhead sharks to and from a seamount were compared to topographic features in bathymetry and geomagnetic field leading away from the seamount. Sharks swam repeatedly over fixed geographic paths, and these paths occurred less often along submarine ridges and valleys than maxima and minima in the geomagnetic field. No significant difference existed between the degree of association of points from the sharks' tracks and points from track simulations and greater than or equal to 20 degree changes in the slope of the depth record. On the other hand, significantly more points from the sharks' tracks were associated with slope changes in the magnetic intensity record than points from track simulations. A magnetic intensity gradient of 0.037 nanoteslas/m (nT/m) existed at 175 m depth, where a shark swam directionally, and this gradient was three times steeper than that measured at the sea surface and exceeded that recorded at a depth of 200 m. The hammerheads are hypothesized to find the seamount using geomagnetic topotaxis. The shark could be attracted to and move back and forth along ridges and valleys, features in the relief of magnetic field intensities occurring over a geographical area
Klimley, A.P. and D.R. Nelson. 1984. Diel Movement Patterns of the Scalloped Hammerhead Shark (Sphyrna Lewini) in Relation to El Bajo Espiritu Santo: a Refuging Central-Position Social System. Behav.Ecol.Sociobiol. 15: 45-54
Klimley, A.P. and S.B. Butler. 1988. Immigration and Emigration of a Pelagic Fish Assemblage to Seamounts in the Gulf of California Related to Water Mass Movements Using Satellite Imagery. Marine Ecology Progress Series 49(1-2): 11-20
Abstract: The appearance of an assemblage of 11 planktivorous and predatory fishes at El Bajo Gorda seamount within the Gulf of California in May 1981 coincided with an increase in surface water temperature and chlorophyll concentration. The assemblage may have either concentrated at the seamount from the surrounding pelagic environment or immigrated from south of the Gulf of California. At this time the fall t early spring current flow southeastward toward the Gulf of Tehuantepec reverses to the spring to summer flow northeastward along the mainland into the Gulf to California. One assemblage member, the scalloped hammerhead shark Sphyrna lewini , was monitored as an indicator of assemblage movements in response to water mass changes. The occurrences of 18 individuals tagged with individually recognizable transmitters were recorded over a 10 d period in July and August 1981 by 2 microprocessor monitors deployed at El Bajo Espiritu Santo seamoun
Klimley, A.P. and S.C. Beavers. 9999. Playback of Acoustic Thermometry of Ocean Climate (ATOC) -Like Signal to Bony Fishes to Evaluate Phonotaxis. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 104(4): 2506-2510
Abstract: The aim of this study was to evaluate whether acoustic thermometry of ocean climate (ATOC) signals have a positive or negative phonotactic effect on the behavior of fish present near the sound source at Pioneer Seamount off Central California. We played back an ATOC-like signal to three species of rockfish kept within a 15 X 2-m field enclosure in Bodega Bay, California. Each subject was observed during a 25-min "silent" control period followed immediately by a test period comprised of a 5-min "ramp-up," in
Klimley, A.P., J.E. Richert, and S.J. Jorgensen. 2005. The Home of Blue Water Fish. American Scientist 93: 42-49
Klimley, A.P., S.B. Butler, D.R. Nelson, and A.T. Stull. 1988. Diel Movements of Scalloped Hammerhead Sharks, Sphyrna Lewini Griffith and Smith, to and From a Seamount in the Gulf of California [Mexico]. Journal of Fish Biology 33(5): 751-762
Abstract: Occurrence of 18 scalloped hammerhead sharks tagged with coded ultrasonic transmitters were recorded at seamount El Bajo Espiritu Santo in the Gulf of California over a 10-day period by automated, data-logging monitors. These sharks remained grouped at the seamount during the day and moved separately into the surrounding pelagic environment at night. The temporal pattern of shark occurrences was related to the lifht-dark cycle: individuals departed prior to dusk and returned near dawn next morning. However, arrivals and departures of more than one shark within short daytime periods indicated group movements to and from the seamount. Sharks returned repeatedly to the tagging site and not to another site centered less than 240 m from the former site
Klimley, A.P., S.J. Jorgensen, A.F. Muhlia-Melo, and S.C. Beavers. 2003. The Occurrence of Yellowfin Tuna (Thunnus Albacares) at Espiritu Santo Seamount in the Gulf of California. Fishery Bulletin 101(3): 684-692
Klimley, A.P.I.. 1983. Social Organization of Schools of the Scalloped Hammerhead Shark, Sphyrna Lewini (Griffith and Smith), in the Gulf of California. vol. 44(1)p. -358
Abstract: The social behavior of the scalloped hammerhead shark (Sphyrna lewini ) is described with an emphasis on determining the function of its polarized shooling. This shark possesses a refuging social system in which individuals remain in groups in a small core of their home range during the inactive phase of their diel cycle and disperse into the surrounding environment during the active phase. Scalloped hammerhead sharks, followed by ultrasonic telemetry, swam slowly back and fourth during the day along the ridge of seamount, El Baho Espiritu Santo. These sharks moved rapidly away from the seamount late during the day or at dusk
Kloppmann, M., C. Mohn, and J. Bartsch. 2001. The Distribution of Blue Whiting Eggs and Larvae on Porcupine Bank in Relation to Hydrography and Currents. Fisheries Research 50(1-2): 89-109
Abstract: In March/April, and again in May 1994, the Porcupine Bank area was surveyed to determine the distribution of eggs and larvae of blue whiting (Micromesistius poutassou) in relation to hydrographic conditions. In March/April high concentrations of blue whiting eggs were found in a rather restricted area above the western slope of the Bank. The eggs were abundant in waters cooler than 10 degreesC, either to the east of a thermal front on the bank or in deeper layers below the thermocline (400-600 m) off the Bank. In contrast, the larvae distribution of blue whiting was not restricted by the frontal structure bur, was generally found along the western slope of the bank in both warmer off-bank, and the cooler bank waters. In May only very few older larvae were found, the majority occurring in the northeastern corner of Porcupine Bank. Larvae hatching over the northwestern slope of Porcupine Bank were transported southeastwards onto Porcupine Bank. Under moderate wind conditions, larvae were retained above the bank by a Taylor Column circulation associated with cold, and relatively low saline, water. The circulation above Porcupine Bank may support the existence of a self-sustaining spawning population due to the high retention potential of the Taylor Column circulation, In 1994, however, strong westerly to southwesterly winds prevented the persistence of the Taylor Column circulation, so that blue whiting larvae were not retained above the bank for any length of time, Instead, a southeastward transport can be inferred, probably mixing the larvae with the offspring of other blue whiting populations. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved
Kloser, R.J., J.A. Koslow, and A. Williams. 1996. Acoustic Assessment of the Biomass of a Spawning Aggregation of Orange Roughy (Hoplostethus Atlanticus, Collett) Off South-Eastern Australia, 1990-93. Marine and Freshwater Research 47(8): 1015-1024
Abstract: Orange roughy, which spawn in an aggregation around a seamount off north-eastern Tasmania, were surveyed acoustically with vessel-mounted and deep-tow transducers from 1990 to 1993. Orange toughy dominated at 700-900 m (95% of individuals) and were less numerous both shallower and deeper. Echo integration estimates from the vessel-mounted transducer were consistently lower than those from the deep-tow transducer by a factor of approximates 1.8, owing to surface bubble attenuation, vessel movement and acoustic beam thresholding among other factors. The absolute estimate from the deep-towed transducer of the prefishery orange toughy biomass (98 200 t; coefficient of variation, 6.7%) compared well with estimates from stock reduction analysis (95000 to 110000 t) and an egg survey (96900 t; CV, 47%). The acoustic surveys had lower sampling error (CV, 7-15%) than that of the egg survey and required less survey time. The present results support the use of initial absolute acoustic biomass estimates to set a management strategy for the fishery. Stock reduction analysis based on the relative acoustic estimates and catch over the four years indicated that orange toughy target strength was -50 dB plus-minus 3 dB, which is consistent with results from models of target strength and from measurements in situ and on dead specimens
Kloser, R.J., T. Ryan, P. Sakov, A. Williams, and J.A. Koslow. 2002. Species Identification in Deep Water Using Multiple Acoustic Frequencies. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 59(6): 1065-1077
Abstract: Multifrequency 12, 38, and 120 kHz acoustics were used to identify the dominant fish groups around a deepwater (>600 in) seamount (a known spawning site for orange roughy, Hoplostethus atlanticus) by amplitude mixing of the frequencies. This method showed three distinct acoustic groupings that corresponded to three groups of fishes based on size and swimbladder type: myctophids of total length less than 10 cm, morids and macrourids with lengths >30 cm, and orange roughy with a mean standard length of 36 cm. These three groups were the dominant groups caught in the demersal and pelagic trawls in the study area. A simple model of swimbladder resonance at depth of large and small gas-filled bladder fish groups is in agreement with our experimental observations. Traditionally, demersal and pelagic trawling is used to identify fish species in acoustic records. However, orange roughy are rarely caught in mid-water owing to net avoidance. Using three frequencies, these groups could be distinguished directly over their entire vertical extent from the acoustic records. This reduces a major source of positive bias uncertainty (factor range of 2.0-6.4) in the orange roughy biomass estimates
Koami, H.. 1986. A Seamount Survey Around Izu Islands Japan. NOAA Technical Report NMFS(43): 63-66
Kobyliansky, S.. 1998. Four New Indo-Pacific Species of the Genus Glossanodon (Argentinidae).. Journal of Ichthyology 38(9): 697-707
Kodolov, L.S., G.M. Gavrilov, L.N. Kokareva, and V.P. Shuntov. 1980. Species Composition of the Family Melanostomiatidae (Osteichthyes) in the Emperor Seamount Area. [Vidovoj Sostav Semejstva Melanostomiatidae (Osteichthyes) v Rajone Imperatorskogo Podvodnogo Khrebta.]. Izvestiya Tniro 104: 163-167
Abstract: Analysis of material collected between 42 degree 06' and 46 degree 13'N, 169 degree 32' and 170 degree 35'E revealed 9 species of the family Melanostomiatidae of which Flagellostomias boureei and Lepostomias cf. analis are new records for the area. Comparative material on the morphology and data on the geographical distribution of the species are provided
Kojima, K.. 1999. Preliminary Report on the Results of the Japan/SOPAC Deepsea Mineral Resources Survey in the Federated States of Micronesia Waters. p. 8
Koltun, V.M.. 1970. Sponge Fauna of the North-Western Pacific From the Shallows to the Ultra-Abyssal Depths. Communication I. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 86: 165-221
Komai, T. and I. Takeuchi. 1994. Glyphocrangon Fimbriata, a New Species of Caridean Shrimp (Crustacea: Decapoda: Glyphocrangonidae) From Sio Guyot, Mid-Pacific Mountains. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 107(3): 458-464
Abstract: A new species of caridean shrimp, Glyphocrangon fimbriata, is described and figured on the basis of one female and one male specimen collected from Sio Guyot, Mid-Pacific Mountains, at depths of 1300-1312 m. The species resembles G. sicaria Faxon, 1893, and G. vicaria Faxon, 1896, but differs from them in the anterior second (lateral) carina being anteriorly produced as a large tooth, and the dactyls of the posterior three pairs of pereopods bearing a setal fringe on the distal part. The discovery of the new species confirms the existence of glyphocrangonid shrimp in the northern hemisphere of the Mid-Pacific
Komrakov, O.E.. 1978. Age and growth variability of the boarfish, Pentaceros richardsoni Smith (fam. Pentacerotidae) from the Hawaiian Ridge and the Emperor seamounts. in: Morphology and Systematics of Fish. (Collection of Scientific Works), O.A.Skarlato, A.P.Andoiyashev, V.V.Barsukov, E.A.Dorofeeva, V.M.Korovina, and A.V.Neelov [eds.], Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Leningrad, pp. 77-83
Komrakov, O.E. and O.A. Skarlato. 1978. Size-age variations of the boarfish Pentaceros richardsoni Smith from the Hawaiian Ridge and the Emperor Seamounts. [Razmerno-vozrastnaya izmenchivost' kaban-ryby Pentaceros richardsoni Smith podvodnogo Gavajskogo khrebta i Imperatorskikh gor.]. in: Morfologiya i Sistematika Ryb (Sbornik Nauchnykh Trudov)[Morphology and Taxonomy of Fishes (Collected Papers)], Zoologicheskij Institut AN SSSR, Leningrad (USSR), pp. 77-83
Abstract: Five hundred adult boarfish specimens from 5 banks in the Hawaiian Ridge and Emperor Seamount area were analyzed for variations of morphological characters. The degree and the nature of variations suggest the existence in the area of 3 boarfish groupings restricted to definite groups of banks
Konagaya, T.. 1978. Pelagic Fisheries Resources Around the Emperor Seamounts [Tuna, North Pacific]. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Fisheries Oceanography 33: 67-69
Konnov, V.A. and V. Konnova Yu. 1988. Peculiarities of Water Hydrochemical Structure Over Sea-Mounts in the Tropical Part of the Indian Ocean. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 28(3): 399-404
Abstract: Distribution of hydrochemical parameters over sea-mounts is considered. It is shown that using character of distribution of inorganic and organic forms of nitrogen and phosphorus along sections across sea-mounts one can draw conclusions on upflows of abissal waters and on downflows of surface ones. When cyclonic circulations exist over seamounts the water column is enriched in biogenic elements. Change of circulations leads to formation of zones with increased biological productivity
Konnov, V.A. and Y. Konnova. 1988. Hydrochemical Water Structure Above Seamounts in the Tropical Indian Ocean. [Osobennosti Gidrokhimicheskoj Struktury Nad Podvodnymi Vozvy-Shennostyami v Tropicheskoj Chasti Indijskogo Okeana.]. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 28(3): 399-404
Abstract: Distribution of NO sub(2) super(-), NO sub(3) super(-), NH sub(4), N sub(org), P sub(org), and P sub(inorg) is analyzed based on data collected during the 36th cruise of the R/V Akademik Kurchatov in 1983. It is shown that the pattern of distribution of inorganic and organic N and P can be indicative of deeper water upwelling and surface water downwelling. The water column was found to have become enriched with mineral nutrients when cyclonic circulation was confined to the layers above the seamounts. A change in the circulation leads to formation of areas of high bioproductivity
Konstantinova, M.P.. 1991. The range and biology of lantern anchovy (Myctophidae) in the thalassobathyal zone of the sub-Antarctic and Antarctic Southeast Atlantic. [Raspredelenie i biologiya svetyashchikhsy anchousov...]. in: Biological Resources of the Thalassobathyal World Ocean. [Biologicheskie Resursy Talassobatial'Noj Zony Mirovogo Okeana.], A.S.Grechina [ed.], Sb.Nauchn.Tr., Vniro, pp. 115-125
Abstract: A total of 28 myctophid species from 13 genera were recorded in the thalassic zones of the sub-Antarctic and Antarctic in January-March 1980-1982. The species composition was found to be much poorer in higher latitudes. The number of species was 24 in the area of the Discovery Seamount, 15 in the area of the Meteor Seamount and decreased from 8 to 5 in the area from Bouvet J to the continental slope of Antarctica. Two species of the genus Gymnoscopelus were common to all areas. Data on the variability in size and weight, sex ratio and food composition of 7 most abundant species are provided
Koppers, A.A.P. and H. Staudigel. 2005. Asynchronous Bends in Pacific Seamount Trails: A Case for Extensional Volcanism?. Science 307(5711): 904-907
Abstract: The Gilbert Ridge and Tokelau Seamounts are the only seamount traits in the Pacific Ocean with a sharp 60degrees bend, similar to the Hawaii-Emperor bend (HEB). These two bends should be coeval with the 47-million-year-old HEB if they were formed by stationary hot spots, and assuming Pacific plate motion only. New Ar-40/Ar-39 ages indicate that the bends in the Gilbert Ridge and Tokelau seamount trail were formed much earlier than the HEB at 67 and 57 million years ago, respectively. Such asynchronous bends cannot be reconciled with the stationary hot spot paradigm, possibly suggesting hot spot motion or magmatism caused by short-term local lithospheric extension.
Koppers, A.A.P., H. Staudigel, M.S. Pringle, and J.R. Wijbrans. 2003. Short-Lived and Discontinuous Intraplate Volcanism in the South Pacific: Hot Spots or Extensional Volcanism?. Geochemistry Geophysics Geosystems 4(art. no. 1089)
Abstract: [1] South Pacific intraplate volcanoes have been active since the Early Cretaceous. Their HIMU-EMI-EMII mantle sources can be traced back into the West Pacific Seamount Province (WPSP) using plate tectonic reconstructions, implying that these distinctive components are enduring features within the Earth's mantle for, at least, the last 120 Myr. These correlations are eminent on the scale of the WPSP and the South Pacific Thermal and Isotopic Anomaly (SOPITA), but the evolution of single hot spots emerges notably more complicated. Hot spots in the WPSP and SOPITA mantle regions typically display intermittent volcanic activity, longevities shorter than 40 Myr, superposition of hot spot volcanism, and motion relative to other hot spots. In this review, we use Ar-40/Ar-39 seamount ages and Sr-Nd-Pb isotopic signatures to map out Cretaceous volcanism in the WPSP and to characterize its evolution with respect to the currently active hot spots in the SOPITA region. Our plate tectonic reconstructions indicate cessation of volcanism during the Cretaceous for the Typhoon and Japanese hot spots; whereas the currently active Samoan, Society, Pitcairn and Marquesas hot spots lack long-lived counterparts in the WPSP. These hot spots may have become active during the last 20 Myr only. The other WPSP seamount trails can be only 'indirectly'' reconciled with hot spots in the SOPITA region. Complex age distributions in the Magellan, Anewetak, Ralik and Ratak seamount trails would necessitate the superposition of multiple volcanic trails generated by the Macdonald, Rurutu and Rarotonga hot spots during the Cretaceous; whereas HIMU- type seamounts in the Southern Wake seamount trail would require 350 - 500 km of hot spot motion over the last 100 Myr following its origination along the Mangaia- Rurutu 'hotline'' in the Cook- Austral Islands. These observations, however, violate all assumptions of the classical Wilson- Morgan hot spot hypothesis, indicating that long-lived, deep and fixed mantle plumes cannot explain the intraplate volcanism of the South Pacific region. We argue that the observed short-lived and discontinuous intraplate volcanism has been produced by another type of hot spot-related volcanism, as opposed to the strong and continuous Hawaiian-type hot spots. Our results also indicate that other geological processes ( plate tension, hotlines, faulting, wetspots, self-propagating volcanoes) may act in conjunction with hot spot volcanism in the South Pacific. In all these scenarios, intraplate volcanism has to be controlled by 'broad-scale'' events giving rise to multiple closely-spaced mantle plumelets, each with a distinct isotopic signature, but only briefly active and stable over geological time. It seems most likely that these plumelets originate and dissipate at very shallow mantle depths, where they may shoot off as thin plumes from the top of a 'superplume'' that is present in the South Pacific mantle. The absence of clear age progressions in most seamount trails and periodic flare-ups of massive intraplate volcanism in the South Pacific ( such as the one in the Cretaceous and one starting 30 Myr ago) show that regional extension ( caused by changes in the global plate circuit and/or the rise-and-fall of an oscillating superplume) may be driving the waxing and waning of intraplate volcanism in the South Pacific.
Koppers, A.A.P., R.A. Duncan, and B. Steinberger. 2004. Implications of a Nonlinear Ar-40/Ar-39 Age Progression Along the Louisville Seamount Trail for Models of Fixed and Moving Hot Spots. Geochemistry Geophysics Geosystems 5(6, Article Q06L02): 1-22
Abstract: [1] The Louisville seamount trail has been recognized as one of the key examples of hot spot volcanism, comparable to the classic volcanic Hawaiian-Emperor lineaments. The published total fusion Ar-40/Ar-39 data of Watts et al. [ 1988] showed an astonishing linear age progression, firmly establishing Louisville as a fixed hot spot in the South Pacific mantle. We report new Ar-40/Ar-39 ages based on high-resolution incremental heating Ar-40/Ar-39 dating for the same group of samples, showing a marked increase in both precision and accuracy. One of the key findings in our reexamination is that the age progression is not linear after all. The new data show a significantly decreased 'apparent'' plate velocity for the Louisville seamount trail older than 62 Ma but confirm the linear trend between 47 Ma and the present day ( although based on only three samples over 2150 km). The most recent volcanic activity in the Louisville seamount trail has now been dated at 1.11 +/- 0.04 Ma for the most southeastern seamount located at 50degrees 26'S and 139degrees 09'W. These results indicate that the Louisville age progression should be interpreted on the basis of both plate and hot spot motion. In this paper we examine our new results in conjunction with the numerical mantle flow models of Steinberger et al. [ 2004] that also predict marked deviations from simple linear age progressions. With these models we can achieve a good fit to the geometry of both the Hawaiian and Louisville seamount trails and their age progressions as well as the similar to15degrees paleolatitudinal shift observed by Tarduno et al. [ 2003] for the Hawaiian hot spot between 80 and 47 Ma. If the model is restricted to Pacific hot spots only, we can improve the fit to the nonlinear age trend for the Louisville seamount trail by allowing an additional rotation change of the Pacific plate around 62 Ma and by decreasing the initiation age of the Louisville plume from 120 to 90 Ma. This improved model features a significant eastward hot spot motion of similar to5degrees between 80 and 30 Ma for the Louisville hot spot, which is quite dissimilar to the southward motion of the Hawaiian hot spot during the same time interval, followed by a minor similar to2degrees latitudinal shift over the last 30 Myr. If hot spot tracks are considered globally, the age trend observed for the oldest part of the Louisville seamount trail does not entirely follow the numerical model predictions. This may indicate some remaining inaccuracies in the global plate circuit, but it may also indicate that the Louisville hot spot experienced a motion somewhat different than in the numerical model: faster in the interval between 62 and 47 Ma but slower before that.
Kornilova, G.M., N.A. Ivanin, and Y. Melnikov. 1993. On Prospects of Fisheries of Pomfrets in the Open Waters in the Indian Ocean. [O Perspektivakh Promysla Morskikh Leshchej v Otkrytykh Vodakh Indijskogo Okeana.]. Yugniro. Interstate Conference 'Resources of Tunas and Related Species in the World Ocean and Problems of their Rational Utilization', Kerch (Ukraine), 1-5 Jun 1992, Kerch (Ukraine), pp. 118-119
Abstract: There are 8 species representing all 6 genera of Bramidae family in the open waters in the Indian Ocean. Juveniles of pomfrets are frequently occurred in feeding of tunas and billfish, being a part of community in the layer of basic thermocline. Four species as species of long-lining and purse fishery are of the greatest interest, stocks of which are not covered with fisheries almost at all. Eumegistus illustris (Ethiopian rock pomfret) inhabits the area of 'Equator' seamount. Brama orcini is highly abundant in the waters of Somali current and anticyclonic quasistationary whirlwind with the temperature of 15-17 degree C. B. dussumierii are large-sized individuals with length of up to 46 cm and weight 2.5 kg are met in the system of the southern subtropical convergence (SSC). Bramidae in the south-eastern Indian Ocean prevail in the vicinity of the economic zone of Australia and westwards to it. Fish integrate in groups of 10 individuals at temperature 10-13 degree C. The main obstacle for the commercial exploration of stocks of pomfrets is their disseminated distribution
Koschinsky, A. and P. Halbach. 1995. Sequential Leaching of Marine Ferromanganese Precipitates: Genetic Implications. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta 59(24): 5113-5132
Abstract: Sequential leaching experiments were carried out on twenty-one hydrogenetic crust samples from different locations in the central Pacific and the results are compared with four crust and nodule samples of different genetic origin. Fe-vernadite (delta-MnO2) is the most important minor and trace metal-bearing mineral phase and shows high concentrations of Co, Ni, Cd, Tl, Pa, Zn, and Cu, which are present in seawater mainly as hydrated and labile complexed cations. Elements forming carbonate and hydroxide complexes and oxyanions in seawater like Pb, Mo, V, and minor proportions of Cu and Zn are bound in the FeOOH fraction. The Ca carbonate phase, and the residual fraction which consists of aluminosilicates and crystalline oxides, show only minor heavy metal associations, e.g., Cu and Zn. Only a small part of the high Ti concentrations in hydrogenetic crusts is of detrital origin; Ti mainly forms a hydrogenetic phase, probably consisting of TiO2*2H(2)O intergrown with the amorphous FeOOH phase. Analyses of different sample types and crust layers show that aging and diagenetic effects can change the phase associations of some elements. The most notable change was observed for Pb which, during phosphatization of crusts, is transferred from the Mn-Fe oxide fraction to the apatite fraction. A colloid-chemical model for the hydrogenetic precipitation of ferromanganese crusts on seamounts is proposed. In the first stage, Mn2+-rich water from the oxygen minimum zone is mixed with oxygen-rich deep-water, and oxidized Mn(IV) and other metals like Fe, Ti, Al, and Si form oxide and hydroxide colloids. These form mixed colloidal phases and scavenge trace metals by sorptive processes which are dominated by coulombic and chemical interactions between colloid surfaces and dissolved metal species. In stage two, the colloidal phases precipitate on the substrate rocks of the seamounts as ferromanganese oxide encrustations, incorporating the sorbed heavy metals into the mineral phases
Koschinsky, A., M. Van Gerven, and P. Halbach. 1995. First Investigations of Massive Ferromanganese Crusts in the NE Atlantic in Comparison With Hydrogenetic Pacific Occurrences. Marine Georesources & Geotechnology 13(4): 375-391
Abstract: Ferromanganese crusts comparable with central Pacific occurrences with respect to thickness and extension have been discovered at the Tropic Seamount in the subtropical NE Atlantic. A comparison with typical hydrogenetic crusts from a central Pacific seamount revealed lower concentration of the Mn phase with Mn, Co, Ni, Zn, and Cu but a strongly increased terrigenous input of Fe, Pb, Al, and Si in the Atlantic crusts. Growth rates are increased compared with the Pacific crusts, and crust ages average at 10 My. The old phosphatized crust generation that started to grow about 20 My ago on the Pacific seamounts is not pronounced at the Tropic Seamount. The typical hydrographic and morphological parameters for hyrogenetic crust growth have also been found at the Tropic Seamount, which implies that the Tropic Seamount crusts have developed according to the hydrogenetic growth model. There are no indications of hydrothermal influence
Koslow, J.A.. 2005. Electronic Database of Tasmanian Seamount Fish Data.
Koslow, J.A.. 1996. Energetic and Life-History Patterns of Deep-Sea Benthic, Benthopelagic and Seamount-Associated Fish. Journal of Fish Biology 49(SUPPL. A): 54-74
Koslow, J.A.. 1997. Seamounts and the Ecology of Deep-Sea Fisheries. American Scientist 85(2): 168-176
Abstract: The firm-bodied fishes that feed around seamounts are biologically distinct from their deepwater neighbors - and may be especially vulnerable to overfishing
Koslow, J.A.. 2005. Electronic Database of Tasmanian Seamount Invertebrate Data.
Koslow, J.A. and K. Gowlett-Holmes. 1998. The Seamount Fauna Off Southern Tasmania: Benthic Communities, Their Conservation and Impacts of Trawling: Final Report to Environment Australia and the Fisheries Research and Development Corporation. Rep. FRDC Project 95/058, CSIRO, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia, p. -104
Abstract: Approximately 70 seamounts, the remnants of extinct volcanoes, arise from water depths between 1,000-2,000 m on the continental slope, between 50-100 km off southern Tasmania (Australia). These seamounts, which are typically cone shaped, 200-500 m high and several kilometres across at the base, create a distinct deep sea environment, with little sediment deposition and benthic communities dominated by corals and other filter feeders, with orange roughy and some deep water oreos adapted to this environment. Fauna are extensively damaged by normal trawl operations and are likely to have extremely limited regenerative capacity, so it is recommended that a substantial area of the newly mapped seamounts should be set aside as an interim conservation measure and the diversity and distribution of benthic communities on seamounts between 700-2,000 m should be assessed to establish a biological basis for informed decisions on creating a marine reserve
Koslow, J.A. and N. Exon. 1995. Seamount Discoveries Prompt Calls for Exploration and Conservation. Australian Fisheries 54(2): 10-13
Koslow, J.A., C.M. Bulman, J.M. Lyle, and K.A. Haskard. 1995. Biomass Assessment of a Deep-Water Fish, the Orange Roughy (Hoplostethus Atlanticus), Based on an Egg Survey. Marine and Freshwater Research 46(5): 819-830
Abstract: An egg survey was carried out in 1992 to estimate the biomass of the orange roughy stock that spawns off northeastern Tasmania. Spawning occurs at depths of 700-1000 m around a single seamount from early July through early August. Orange roughy have determinate fecundity, and their fecundity and the depth distribution and development rate of the eggs are described elsewhere. A random stratified survey was designed for a limited area around the spawning site in order to sample the eggs fully during their first day of development. The eggs were sampled with vertical tows from 1000 m to the surface. There was no evidence of significant mortality or other egg loss during the first day after spawning, when the eggs are mostly below 400 m. Subsequently, egg numbers declined rapidly at an instantaneous loss rate of 0.036 h-1, primarily through advection out of the survey area. The estimated biomass of spawning fish was 27 445 t. From the proportion of non-spawning fish in the population (29% of females and 10% of males) and estimated catch of spawners, total mid-season stock biomass in 1992 was estimated to be 34 593 t with a coefficient of variation (CV) of 47%. A bootstrap estimate of the variance indicated a somewhat lower CV of 41%. The point source of spawning activity appears to give rise to a highly patchy egg distribution, which results in the high variance of the biomass estimate. From the catch history of the fishery, virgin biomass of the stock was estimated to be approximately 96 900 t, and the stock was at 28% of virgin biomass at the end of season. An acoustic survey of the spawning orange roughy provided a similar estimate of stock size. The acoustic survey had greatly reduced statistical confidence limits (CV = 6%) but far greater non-statistical sources of uncertainty, i.e. the species composition of acoustic targets and the target strength of these species
Koslow, J.A., C.M. Bulman, and J.M. Lyle. 1994. The Mid-Slope Demersal Fish Community Off Southeastern Australia. Deep-Sea Research 41: 113-141
Koslow, J.A., G.W. Boehlert, J.D.M. Gordon, R.L. Haedrich, P. Lorance, and N. Parin. 2000. Continental Slope and Deep-Sea Fisheries: Implications for a Fragile Ecosystem. ICES Journal of Marine Science 57(3): 548-557
Abstract: Exploited deepwater (>500 m) species generally exhibit clear "K-selected" life-history characteristics markedly different from most shelf species: extreme longevity, late age of maturity, slow growth, and low fecundity. Many also aggregate on restricted topographic features such as seamounts, and as a consequence are notably unproductive, highly vulnerable to overfishing, and have potentially little resilience to overexploitation. Since 1964, deepwater fisheries have contributed 800 000-1 000 000 t annually
Koslow, J.A., K. Gowlett-Holmes, J.K. Lowry, G.C.B. Poore, and A. Williams. 2001. The Seamount Benthic Macrofauna Off Southern Tasmania: Community Structure and Impacts of Trawling. Marine Ecology Progress Series 213: 111-125
Kosuge, S.. 1979. Report on the Mollusca on Guyots From the Central Pacific Collected by 2nd and 3rd Cruises of R/V Kaiyomaru in 1972 to 73 With Descriptions of Twelve New Species. Bulletin of the Institute of Malacology, Tokyo 1(2): 24-35
Kotlyar, A.. 1993. Beryciform Fishes From the Western Indian Ocean Collected in Cruise of R/V "Vityaz".. Trudy Instituta Oceanologii AN 128: 179-198
Kotlyar, A.N.. 1988. Data on Morphometry and Colouration Pattern of Helicolenus Lengerichi Norman (Scorpaenidae) [Materialy Po Morfometrii i Osobennostyam Okraski Helicolenus Lengerichi Norman (Scorpaenidae)]. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 28(2): 325-329
Abstract: H. lengerichi occurring above the Ehkliptika (22 degree 10'S, 81 degree 18'W) and Professor Mesyatsev (21 degree 30'S, 81 degree 40'W) seamounts (the Nazca Ridge) is characterized by 2 pigmentation patterns. The fish with monochromatic and chromatic coloration differed in some body proportions but they were similar in meristic characters. Morphological characters were found to vary in fish of different size from different seamounts. The fish from the Professor Mesyatsev Seamount was characterized by a more intense color and fewer number of spiny rays in the first dorsal fin. The results obtained suggest population heterogeneity of H. lengerichi from the Nazca and Sala-y-Gomez ridges
Kotlyar, A.N.. 1982. A New Species of the Genus Emmelichtys (Emmelichtyidae, Osteichthyes) From the Southwestern Part of the Pacific Ocean. Biulleten' Moskovskogo Obhchestva Ispytatelei Prirody Otdel Biologicheskii 87: 48-52
Kotlyar, A.N.. 1980. A New Species of the Genus Hoplostethus Cuvier, 1829 (Osteichthyes, Beryciformes) From the Northwest Pacific. [Novyj Vid Roda Hoplostethus Cuvier, 1829 (Osteichthyes, Beryciformes) Iz Severo-Zapadnoj Chasti Tikhogo Okeana.]. Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 59(7): 1054-1059
Abstract: Hoplostethus crassispinus , sp. nov. (Trachichthyidae) is described from specimens caught on the banks of the Emperor Seamount. Comparative observations on the morphology and geographical distribution of other species of the genus are given. The new species represents the first record of the family Trachichthyidae in the Emperor Seamount area
Kotlyar, A.N.. 1988. Information on Morphometrics and Features of Coloration of Helicolenus Lengerichi Norman (Scorpaenidae). Journal of Ichthyology 28(1): 135-140
Abstract: An account is given of observations made regarding the morphometrics and colouration of Helicolenus lengerichi obtained from the Naska and Sala-i-Gomes ridges. Specimens from Ekliptik Seamount showed 2 types of pigmentation; individuals had monotone or mottle coloration and differed in several proportional measurements although were similar in meristic characters. Fish from Professor Mesyatsev Seamount, in contrast, were intensively colored and had fewer spiny rays in the first dorsal fin. Findings indicate the existence of population heterogeneity of the species in the seamounts of these ridges
Kotlyar, A.N.. 1988. Material on the Systematics and Biology of the Beryciform Fishes Monocentris Reedi and Polymixia Yuri From the Naska Submarine Ridge. Journal of Ichthyology 28(6): 146-150
Abstract: Data are presented regarding some 70 specimens of Monocentris reedi and Polymixia yuri from the Nazca Ridge, describing their morphometric characteristics and giving biological information concerning their age, growth, maturity and reproduction
Kotlyar, A.N.. 1993. Discoveries of Very Large Specimens of Polymixia Busakhini (Polymixiidae) From the Eastern Shores of Australia. Journal of Ichthyology 33(8): 145-147
Abstract: Recently, several very large Polymixia were caught off the eastern coast of Australia and were provisionally identified as P. nobilis. At the request of N.V. Parin, three of these specimens were kindly sent to me for study by J. Paxton (of the Australian Museum, Sydney) to whom I am indebted. Further study of these fish showed that they belong to a recently described species from the Madagascar Rise and from the eastern coast of Australia--Polymixia busakhini (DBO) | English abstract
Kotlyar, A.N.. 1992. A New Species of the Genus Polymixia From the Kyushu-Palau Ridge and Notes on Other Members of the Genus (Polymixiidae, Beryciformes) [Novyj Vid Roda Polymixia s Podvodnogo Khrebta...]. Voprosy ikhtiologii 32(6): 11-26
Abstract: Polymixia sazonovi sp. n. is described and illustrated from specimens caught from a depth of 400 m over a seamount of the Kyushu-Palau Ridge (Northwest Pacific). Data on the morphometry and distribution of all 10 species of the genus Polymixia are summarized and keys for the identification of the species are provided
Kotlyar, A.N.. 1987. Age and Growth of Alfoncino, Beryx Splendens. Journal of Ichthyology 27(2): 104-111
Abstract: The age and growth of alfoncino, Beryx splendens , from the Atlantic Ocean (Kit Range), Indian Ocean (Error Seamount), and Pacific Ocean (Naska Range) were studied. The alfoncino populations of these regions have a multi age structure. Sexual maturation begins in the second year of life and most mature by the 5-6th years. Two rings form annually on the otoliths at the Error Seamount, which is, most probably, related with the monsoon climate of the area
Kotlyar, A.N.. 1982. Polymicia Yuri Sp. N. (Beryciformes, Polymixiidae) From the Southeast Pacific26. Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 61: 1380-1384
Kotlyar, A.N.. 1992. A New Species of the Genus Polymixia (Polymixiidae, Beryciformes) From the Kyushyu-Palau Submarine Ridge and Notes on the Other Members of the Genus. Journal of Ichthyology 33(3): 30-49
Abstract: A new species, Polymixia sazonovi, is described from specimens taken from a seamount of the Kyushu-Palau submarine ridge (northwestern Pacific Ocean). It is characterized by a high number of soft rays in the dorsal fin (35-36), a high number of pyloric caeca (101-104), a wedgelike distribution of ctenii on the scales, and an absence of black spots on the dorsal and caudal fins. Information on the morphology and distribution of all ten species of the genus Polymixia is presented, as well as a key to the species. (DBO)
Koubbi, P., G. Duhamel, and C. Hebert. 2000. Role of Bay, Fjord and Seamount on the Early Life History of Lepidonotothen Squamifrons From the Kerguelen Islands. Polar Biology 23(7): 459-465
Abstract: Among the Kerguelen Islands' demersal fish, larvae of Lepidonotothen squamifrons are dominant during the summer over the island shelf and surrounding seamounts. Distribution of larval stages from different scientific surveys confirmed the position of the two known spawning grounds (south of the Kerguelen shelf and at the Kerguelen-Heard bank) and may indicate other spawnings on the Skiff bank and in bays and fjords. Different larval cohorts were observed for the shelf and the coastal zone whereas a unique one was observed for Skiff and Kerguelen-Heard seamounts. Larvae from the spawning ground south of the Kerguelen shelf appear in early summer and show a northwards dispersal to the northeastern nearshore zone, the Baleiniers Gulf, following the scheme of fish migration shown by Harden-Jones. Later on, larvae from the northern inshore spawning zone occur in the same area, which presumably then avoid intraspecific competition with the previous larvae. Larval distribution and migration strategy seemed to be in accordance with the island mass or seamount effect under a regular current
Kritzer, J.P. and P.F. Sale. 2004. Metapopulation Ecology in the Sea: From Levins' Model to Marine Ecology and Fisheries Science. Fish and Fisheries 5: 131-140
Abstract: Marine and fisheries scientists are increasingly using metapopulation concepts tobetter understand and model their focal systems. Consequently, they are consideringwhat defines a metapopulation. One perspective on this question emphasizes theimportance of extinction probability in local populations. This view probably stemsfrom the focus on extinction in Levins' original metapopulation model, but placesunnecessary emphasis on extinctionûrecolonization dynamics. Metapopulation modelswith more complex structure than Levins' patch-occupancy model and its variantsallow a broader range of population phenomena to be examined, such as changes inpopulation size, age structure and genetic structure. Analyses along these lines arecritical in fisheries science, where presenceûabsence resolution is far too coarse tounderstand stock dynamics in a meaningful way. These more detailed investigationscan, but need not, aim to assess extinction risk or deal with extinction-prone localpopulations. Therefore, we emphasize the coupling of spatial scales as the definingfeature of metapopulations. It is the degree of demographic connectivity thatcharacterizes metapopulations, with the dynamics of local populations stronglydependent upon local demographic processes, but also influenced by a nontrivialelement of external replenishment. Therefore, estimating rates of interpopulationexchange must be a research priority. We contrast metapopulations with otherspatially structured populations that differ in the degree of local closure of theircomponent populations. We conclude with consideration of the implications ofmetapopulation structure for spatially explicit management, particularly the design ofmarine protected area networks.
Krupatkina, D.K., XXXXX, and Man'kovskiy. 1985. Effect of a Cyclonic Eddy on the Distribution of Biotic and Optical Characteristics in the Vicinity of the Saya De Malha Bank (Indian Ocean). Oceanology 25: 381-385
Krylova, E.M.. 1995. Clams of the Family Protocuspidariidae (Septibranchia, Cuspidarioidea): Taxonomy and Distribution. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 74(9): 20-38
Krylova, E.M.. 1991. A New Genus and Two New Species of Bivalve Molluscs of the Family Cetoconchidae (Bivalvia, Septibranchia, Poromyoidea). Zoologichesky Zhurnal 70(7): 132-136
Krylova, E.M.. 1993. Bivalve Molluscs of the Genus Bathyneaera (Septibranchia, Cuspidariidae) of the World Ocean. Ruthenica 3(1): 51-59
Krylova, E.M.. 1994. Bivalve Molluscs of the Genus Rhinoclama (Septibranchia, Cuspidariidae). Trudy Instituta Okeanologii RAN 129: 55-64
Abstract: The paper examines a collection of the mollusk genus Rhinoclama taken from depths of 390 to 1655 m at 12 stations in the areas of submarine elevations in the Southeast Pacific, North and West Atlantic, and the Central Indian Ocean. The collection includes 5 species of which 4 have not been reported from seamount areas. Rhinoclama (Austroneaera) similis sp. n. is described and figured. It is proposed that 2 subgenera, Rhinoclama Dall, Smith, 1886 and Austroneaera Powell, 1937, be distinguished within the genus Rhinoclama
Kuderskaya, R.A.. 1980. The Feeding of the Scorpionfish Helicolenus Maculatus (Cuvier) in the Southeast Atlantic and Helicolenus Tristanensis (Sivertsen) on the Valdivia Bank. Collect.Sci.Pap.Icseaf/Recl.Doc.Sci.Cipase/Colecc.Doc.Cient, Cipaso 7(2): 211-216
Abstract: The feeding of H. maculatus inhabiting the tropical and subtropical southeast Atlantic and the feeding of H. tristanensis on the Valdivia Bank are considered. In its feeding H. maculatus is zoophagous. Crustaceans and fish predominate in the diet of this species. The share of fish in the diet increases as H. maculatus grows. Some differences were noted in the feeding habits of scorpionfish in the different areas of the southeast Atlantic included in the study. High feeding intensity was observed for the scorpionfish H. tristanensis on the Valdivia Bank. Large specimens of this species feed mainly on tunicates
Kudinova-Pasternak, R.K.. 1990. Tanaidacea (Crustacea, Malacostraca) of the Southeastern Part of Atlantic Ocean and the Region of the North Off Mordvinov (Elefant) Island. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 126: 90-107
Kudinova-Pasternak, R.K.. 1991. Tanaidacea (Crustacea, Malacostraca) From the Pacific Ocean Nasca Ridge. Hydrobiological Journal 27(1): 95-102
Abstract: The fauna of seamounts of the World Ocean is far from completely studied, and the tanaidacean fauna of the Nasca Ridge has not been previously studied. The material for this article was the tanaidaceans collected with a Sigsby trawl and Galathea trawl (st. 1994) on the 18th cruise of the R/V Professor Shtokman and on the sixth cruise of the R/V Ikhtiandr . In all, we found nine tanaidacean species of the Nasca Ridge, of which two are new: Parafilitanais similis sp. n. and Pseudobathytanais shtokmani gen. et sp. n. The holotypes are deposited in the Zoological Museum of Moscow State University
Kudinova-Pasternak, R.K.. 1990. Tanaidacea (Crustacea, Malacostraca) From the Underwater Nazca Ridge. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 69(12): 135-140
Kudinova-Pasternak, R.K.. 1978. Deep-Sea Tanaidacea (Crustacea, Malacostraca) Collected in the Caribbean Sea and Puerto-Rico Trench During the 14-Th Cruise of R/V "Akademik Kurchatov" and the Resemblance Between Fauna of Deepsea Tanaidacea of the Caribbean Region and the Pacific. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 113: 178-197
Kudinova-Pasternak, R.K.. 1981. Tanaidacea. in: Benthos of the Submarine Mountains Marcus-Necker and Adjacent Pacific Regions, A.P.Kuznetsov and A.N.Mironov [eds.], P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, USSR Academy of Sciences, Moscow, pp. 94-112
Kudinova-Pasternak, R.K.. 1985. Tanaidacea (Crustacea, Malacostraca) from the summit and the foot of the Great Meteor Seamount. [Tanaidacea (Crustacea, Malacostraca), sobrannye na vershine i u podnozhiya podvodnoj gory Grejt-Meteor.]. in: Bottom Fauna From Mid-Ocean Rises in the North Atlantic. [Donnaya Fauna Otkryto-Okeanicheskikh Podnyatij.Severnaya Atlantika.], Tr.Inst.Okeanol, pp. 52-64
Abstract: Paratanais hessleri sp.n. and Pseudotanais siege sp.n. were found at 325-470 m on the eastern slope of the seamount. A total of 5 species were collected in the abyssal zone at 2,480-3,440 m, of which Neotanais hadalis and Typhlotanais mucronatus are common deepwater species, N. hastiger occur in the Northern Hemisphere in the Atlantic Ocean and T. sandersi and Paraleptognathia bacescui are new to science. The 4 new species are described and figured
Kukenthal, W.. 1924. Gorgonaria34. Das Tierrieich 47: 1-0478
Kukuev, E.I.. 1991. Ichthyofauna of underwater elevations in the boreal and subtropical zones of the North Atlantic. [Ikhtiofauna podvodnykh podnyatij boreal'noj i subtropicheskoj zon Severnoj Atlantiki.]. in: Biological Resources of the Thalassobathyal World Ocean. [Biologicheskie Resursy Talassobatial'Noj Zony Mirovogo Okeana.], A.S.Grechina [ed.], Sb.Nauchn.Tr., Vniro, pp. 15-39
Abstract: The paper presents data on the species composition and zoogeographical structure of bottom and demersal-pelagic ichthyocoenosis at depths down to 1,500 m in 4 thalassobathyal areas of the temperate and subtropical zones of the North Atlantic between 30 and 57 degree N: Angular Rise, a group of seamounts south of the Azores, the Mid-Atlantic Ridge between 45 and 55 degree N and the Rockall Bank
Kukuev, E.I.. 2004. 20 Years of Ichthyofauna Research on Seamounts of the North Atlantic Ridge and Adjacent Areas. A Review. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 215-232
Abstract: From the mid-1970's to the late 1980's extensive fisheries research aiming at the fisheries potential of the ichthyofauna associated with the North Atlantic Ridge and adjacent areas was carried out by the Atlantic Research Institute of Fisheries and Oceanography (AtlantNIRO) and the Fish Scouting Board of the Western Basin (Zaprybpromrazvedka). The research included species composition and zoogeographic structure of the ichthyofauna in the area. In the present work, data on ichthyofaunal species compositions around the northern part of the North Atlantic Ridge (43degrees to 57degrees N, 28degrees to 34degrees W), the Corner Mounts (34degrees to 35degrees N, 48degrees to 52degrees W), seamounts (guyots) south of the Azores (28degrees to 32degrees N, 30degrees to 34degrees W), and the Rockall mounts (56degrees to 59degrees N, 13degrees to 18degrees W) is presented, based on considerable sampling material (about 200 species found in 50 expeditions as a result of 4000 hauls). High seamounts (minimum depths up to 300 m) located to the east of the North Atlantic Ridge (Rockall and the seamounts south of the Azores) are inhabited by bottom ichthyofauna associated with the European and the North African shelf. In this area, East Atlantic species prevail over the amphi-Atlantic and common tropical species. On the Rockall plateau, boreal and boreal-tropical European species dominate, while on the seamounts south of the Azores the north-subtropical, boreal-subtropical, and common tropical East Atlantic species typical of the shelf of southern Europe and North-west Africa prevail. At depths of more than 500 in the pattern of ichthyofaunal species composition, and hence the zoogeographic structure, changes. The ichthyofauna acquires similar patterns irrespective of the geographical location in relation to the North Atlantic Ridge, i.e., westward or eastward. At these depths, common tropical, amphi-Atlantic, and boreal-subtropical species predominated everywhere. The number of East Atlantic species is insignificant compared to the other categories, through an increase of the East Atlantic species is observed at the slope of the Rockall plateau and seamounts to the South of the Azores, and there is an increase of common tropical species at the Corner Mounts mid the North Atlantic Ridge. The West Atlantic faunal component on the peaks and slopes of the Studied mountains is small, and even on the Corner Mounts, located west of the North Atlantic Ridge, the number of East Atlantic species is more than three times (11 : 3) that of the West Atlantic species. We assume that shallow seamounts and islands Could serve as stepping stories for the eastern Atlantic fauna towards the west, almost to the Corner Mounts. This phenomenon has not been observed in the western Atlantic Ocean, in view of the lack of similar shallow seamount ridges and islands there. At depths greater than 500 m, in all areas, the bentho-pelagic fishes prevailed over the bottom dwellers both in species diversity and biomass
Kulikov, M.Y. and L.S. Kodolov. 1991. On the ichthyofauna of submarine elevations in the North Pacific. [Ob ikhtiofaune podvodnykh podnyatij Tikhogo okeana.]. in: Biological Resources of the Thalassobathyal World Ocean. [Biologicheskie Resursy Talassobatial'Noj Zony Mirovogo Okeana.], A.S.Grechina [ed.], Sb.Nauchn.Tr., Vniro, pp. 168-177
Abstract: The North Pacific is rich in seamounts. Among hundreds of species inhabiting seamount areas, 15-17 species are highly abundant. Potential fisheries in seamount areas are discussed
Kuwabara, T., M. Minaba, Y. Iwayama, I. Inouye, M. Nakashima, K. Marumo, A. Maruyama, A. Sugai, T. Itoh, J.i. Ishibashi, T. Urabe, and M. Kamekura. 2005. Thermococcus Coalescens Sp Nov., a Cell-Fusing Hyperthermophilic Archaeon From Suiyo Seamount. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology 55(Part 6): 2507-2501
Abstract: A cell-fusing hyperthermophilic archaeon was isolated from hydrothermal fluid obtained from Suiyo Seamount of the Izu-Bonin Arc. The isolate, TS1(T), is an irregular coccus, usually 0.5-2 mu m in diameter and motile with a polar tuft of flagella. Cells in the exponential phase of growth fused at room temperature in the presence of DNA-intercalating dye to become as large as 5 pm in diameter. Fused cells showed dark spots that moved along in the cytoplasm. Large cells with a similar appearance were also observed upon culture at 87 degrees C, suggesting the occurrence of similar cell fusions during growth. Transmission electron microscopy revealed that cells in the exponential phase possessed a thin and electron-lucent cell envelope that could be lost subsequently during culture. The fragile cell envelope must be related to cell fusion. The cells grew at 57-90 degrees C, pH 5-2-8-7 and at NaCl concentrations of 1.5-4-5%, with the optima being 87 C, pH 6.5 and 2.5 % NaCl. The isolate was an anaerobic chemo-organotroph that grew on either yeast extract or tryptone as the sole growth substrate. The genomic DNA G+C content was 53.9 mol%. Phylogenetic analysis based on 16S rRNA gene sequencing indicated that the isolate was closely related to Thermococcus species. However, no significant DNA-DNA hybridization was observed between genomic DNA of strain TS1(T) and phylogenetically related Thermococcus species. We propose that isolate TS1(T) represents a novel species, Thermococcus coalescens sp. nov., with the name reflecting the cell fusion activity observed in the strain. The type strain is TS1(T) (=JCM 12540(T)=DSM 16538(T))
Kuznetsova, L.N. and Y. Loktionov. 1985. A Study of a Three-Dimensional Water Circulation Above the Sea-Mounts of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge Using Diagnostic Calculations of Currents. [Issledovanie Izmenchivosti Trekhmernoj Tsirkulyatsii...]. Complex Fishery and Oceanographic Studies in the Atlantic Ocean. [Kompleksnye Promyslovo-Okeanograficheskie Issledonvaniya V Atlanticheskom Okeane.], Sbornik Nauchnykh Trudov (Vniro), pp. 11-18
Abstract: Average calculated parameters of horizontal and vertical water movements in the 200-1000 m layer proved to be in good agreement with the results of theoretical studies of zonal flow around objects. The most significant seasonal changes in the 3-dimensional circulation were recorded in the subpolar front zone which allow for using the calculated parameters for studying the formation of bioproductivity above the ridge summits based on hydrological surveys in the Mid-Atlantic Ridge and the North-Atlantic Current zones
LI, R. and N.K. Saxena. 1993. Development of an Integrated Marine Geographic Information System. Marine Geodesy 16: 293-307
Abstract: English abstract
LTvi, C.. 1969. Sponges of the Vema Seamount (South Atlantic). Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 41: 952-973
LUTJEHARMS, J.. 1982. Aspekte Van Oseanologie. Scientiae (Pretoria) 1: 9-15
Laboute, P. and B. Richer de Forges. 1986. The Submarine Volcano MacDonald (Australe Archipelago): New Biological and Geological Observations.) [Le Volcan Sous-Marin MacDonald (Archipel Des Iles Australes): Nouvelles Observations Biologiques Et Geomorphologiques.]. (29), Papeete (French Polynesia), Centre de Tahiti, Orstom, Notes Et Documents D'Oceanographiep. -31
Abstract: The analysis of the mineralogical and biological samples, along with underwater pictures, bring a contribution to the knowledge of this "active" volcano, thought to be the present site of the "hot-spot" which gave birth to the alignement of the Australe Archipelago and of the southern Cook Islands. A description of the top plateau points out pinnacle like structures and, for the first time, the presence of hydrothermalism. Biogeographical comparison are made with other South Pacific islands (Lord Howe, Norf
Laboute, P. and B. Richer de Forges. 1986. La Volcan Sous-Marin Mac Donald (Archipel Des Iles Australes) : Nouvelles Observations Biologiques Et Geomorphologiques. Polynesie Francaise. O.R.S.T.O.M, Notes Et Documents D'Oceanographie, pp. 31-34
Laboute, P., M. Lardy, J.L. Menou, M. Monzier, and B. Richer de Forges. 1989. La campagne "Volmar" sur les volcans sous-marine du sud de l'arc des Nouvelles-Hebrides (N. O. Alis, 29 Mais au 9 juin 1989). in: Rapport De Mission. Scinece De La Terre. GEologie-Geophysique, ORSTOM, Noumea, pp. 1-22
Lack, M., K. Short, and A. Willock. 2003. Managing Risk and Uncertainty in Deep-Sea Fisheries: Lessons From Orange Roughy. TRAFFIC Oceana and WWF Australia, p. -73
Lackschewitz, K.S., R. Endler, B. Gehrke, H.-J. Wallrabe-Adams, and J. Theide. 1996. Evidence for Topography- and Current-Controlled Deposition on the Reykjanes Ridge Between 59 Degrees N and 60 Degrees N. Deep-Sea Research 1 43(11-12): 1683-1711
Abstract: Sediment patterns derived from sediment sampling and acoustic subbottom profiling were mapped on the Reykjanes Ridge (North Atlantic) between 59oN and 60oN. Five discrete sediment echo patterns were distinguished and mapped on a regional scale. The prolonged and layered echo facies, which mainly reflect sediment filled basins on the ridge flanks, indicate deposition of predominantly fine-grained sediments deposited by the Iceland-Scotland Overflow Water. A combination of westward flowing currents spilling over the ridge crest due to the Coriolis force together with the existing morphology probably caused the N-S trending facies distribution pattern on the northwest flank.Furthermore, the modern surface sediment distribution is controlled by biological productivity, which is closely related to the mixing zone of cold subpolar surface water masses and the warm North Atlantic Current, and bottom water transport processes. The effect of bottom current transport is reflected in the pattern of settling velocity and sediment grain size. The clay mineral composition indicates that most of the fine-grained material is supplied predominantly from the Icelandic province by the Iceland-Scotland Overflow Water. Erosional processes are concentrated on narrow zones on top of the axial ridges and on the steep flanks of the Catalonia Seamount. Well-sorted foraminiferal sands on these exposed regions are assumed to represent residual sediments.
Lackschewitz, K.S., R. Endler, B. Gehrke, H.-J. Wallrabe-Adams, and J. Thiede. 1996. Evidence for Topography- and Current-Controlled Deposition on the Reykjanes Ridge Between 59 Degrees N and 60 Degrees N. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 43(11-12): 1683-1711
Abstract: Sediment patterns derived from sediment sampling and acoustic subbottom profiling were mapped on the Reykjanes Ridge (North Atlantic) between 59 degree N and 60 degree N. Five discrete sediment echo patterns were distinguished and mapped on a regional scale. The prolonged and layered echo facies, which mainly reflect sediment filled basins on the ridge flanks, indicate deposition of predominantly fine-grained sediments deposited by the Iceland-Scotland Overflow Water. A combination of westward flowing currents spilling over the ridge crest due to the Coriolis force together with the existing morphology probably caused the N-S trending facies distribution pattern on the northwest flank. Furthermore, the modern surface sediment distribution is controlled by biological productivity, which is closely related to the mixing zone of cold subpolar surface water masses and the warm North Atlantic Current, and bottom water transport processes. The effect of bottom current transport is reflected in the pattern of settling velocity and sediment grain size. The clay mineral composition indicates that most of the fine-grained material is supplied predominantly from the Icelandic province by the Iceland-Scotland Overflow Water. Erosional processes are concentrated on narrow zones on top of the axial ridges and on the steep flanks of the Catalonia Seamount. Well-sorted foraminiferal sands on these exposed regions are assumed to represent residual sediments
Langi, V.A. and S.A. Langi. 1987. A Stock Assessment Program on the Bottom Fishes of the Seamounts, Kingdom of Tonga: The First 9 Months. Fishbyte 5(3): 6-11
Abstract: The findings are presented from the first 9 months of a stock assessment program regarding the bottom fish of the seamounts off Tonga. A preliminary analysis is made of catch and effort data and length-weight measurements
Langi, V.A. and S.A. Langi. 1989. Indicators of Fishing Pressure in the Deepsea Snapper Fishery of the Kingdom of Tonga. Fishbyte 7(2): 15-17
Abstract: An examination was made of data on the length and species composition of the commercial deepsea snapper fishery of the Kingdom of Tonga in order to determine possible use of such information in the determination of status of exploitation. Six major species were used for the analysis--Pristipomoides filamentosus, Etelis coruscans, P. flavipinnis, E. carbunculus, Epinephelus morrhua and E. septembasciatus . Although catch and effort data do not indicate overexploitation of the fishery, the size differences observed for P. filamentosus between northern and southern seamounts suggests that these stocks are responding to fishing pressure. It is suggested that in the absence of detailed catch/effort data, reductions in size and changes in species composition may be useful indicators of overexploitation
Langi, V.A., S.A. Langi, and J.J. Polovina. 1992. Estimation of Deepwater Snapper Yield From Tongan Seamounts. Naga 15(3): 32-35
Abstract: The data from two years' monitoring of the Tongan seamount fishery were analyzed the two main export species are Pristipomoides filamentosus and Etelis coruscans. K.R. Allen's model was used to obtain estimates of catchability and recruitment and of a surplus production of 737 kg per nautical mile (nm) of 200 m contour. This compared reasonably well to total landings. Using this estimate, the annual surplus production for Tonga's 294 nm of 200 m contour is 217 t. The level of fishing mortality was found to be 0.3/year. | English abstract
Lanin, V.I.. 1993. Oceanographic basis underlying formation of fish productivity and ichthyocoenosis composition in island and seamount areas of the Southern Ocean. [Okeanograficheskie predposylki formirovaniya...]. in: Pelagic Ecosystems of the Southern Ocean [Pelagicheskie Ehkosistemy Yuzhnogo Okeana], N.M.Voronina [ed.], Nauka, Moskva (Russia), pp. 90-96
Abstract: It is believed that predominance of bottom (near-bottom) fishes in the ichthyofauna of Antarctic waters and adaptation of these species to feeding on pelagic macroplankton (mainly euphausiids) are associated with a permanently acting complex of abiotic and biotic factors underlying the mechanism of fish productivity formation. Long-term investigations in the Indian sector of the Southern Ocean suggest that practically the same hydrodynamic and hydrophysical processes occur over Ob and Lena banks, in the shelf and slope areas of Kerguelen and Heard I. and over the Antarctic continental slope and shelf banks. These processes lead to the concentration of pelagic macroplankton over bottom elevations and its subsequent sinking to near-bottom layers inhabited by Antarctic fishes (Notothenidas, Channichthyidae). The combined effect of bottom topography and transformation of Antarctic water structure is considered in detail
Larsen, K.. 1999. A New Species of the Deep-Sea Genus Carapoapseudes Lang From the Southwestern Atlantic (Crustacea, Tanaidacea). Zoosystema 21(4): 647-659
Larwood, J. and R.C. Whatley. 1993. Tertiary to Recent Evolution of Ostracoda in Isolation on Seamounts. Ostracoda in the earth and life sciences.: 531-549
Abstract: QE817.O8 I57 1991
Larwood, J.G., R.C. Whatley, and I.C. Boomer. 1996. Ostracod evolution on seamounts: evidence from Horizon Guyot, Central Pacific Ocean (DSDP sites 44 & 171) and the Ninetyeast Ridge, East Indian Ocean (DSDP site 214).. in: Microfossils and Oceanic Environments, A.Moguilevsky and R.C.Whatley [eds.], Aberystwyth Press, Aberystwyth, pp. 385-401
Last, P.R. and J.D. Stevens. 1994. Sharks and Rays of Australia. CSIRO Information Services, East Melbourne, Victoria
Abstract: This superb book begins with an introduction to the general biology of sharks and rays in the Australian region, including habitats, reproduction, morphology, and diets. Also included are notes on impacts on and by humans. A complete glossery of shark terminology precedes the illustrated identification key for each family. Each of the 45 families has a separate chapter beginning with a key to the species. The keys illustrated and easy to use. The formal descriptions include field characters, distinctive features, colour, size, distribution, synonymy and references, with comments on biology and interest to fisheries where relevant. Over 300 two-colour maps are included as a guide to world-wide distribution. Over 180 species of sharks, 100 rays and 13 ghost sharks live in Australian waters. Each species is described and illustrated in this the first major revision of Australian sharks and rays in 50 years. The illustrations include 300 colour paintings that closely capture the living colours of each animal, and are the best ever made of sharks and rays. While concentrating on the sharks of Australia, this book is invaluable for shark research world-wild.
Last, P.R., L.J.V. Compagno, and K. Nakaya. 2004. Rhinobatos Nudidorsalis, a New Species of Shovelnose Ray (Batoidea : Rhinobatidae) From the Mascarene Ridge, Central Indian Ocean. Ichthyological Research 51(2): 153-158
Abstract: A new shovelnose ray, Rhinobatos nudidorsalis, is described from the Mascarene Ridge, an inadequately surveyed chain of seamounts in the central Indian Ocean. Of the three subgroups of Rhinobatos occurring in the Indian Ocean, it most closely conforms with the subgenus Rhinobatos (Linnaeus). A small species, known only from the holotype, it is unique within the family in having an almost completely naked dorsal surface. In addition, it is further distinguished from other Indo-Pacific members of the genus by the combination of a pale, plain-colored disc, large eyes, the inner edge of the anterior nasal flap penetrating slightly into the internarial space, low dorsal fins, a long pelvic-fin inner margin, a narrow interdorsal space, two spiracular folds, an elongate to oval-shaped denticle patch on the caudal peduncle, and a small, weakly asymmetrical caudal fin
Laurent, D. and F. Pietra. 2004. Natural-Product Diversity of the New Caledonian Marine Ecosystem Compared to Other Ecosystems: A Pharmacologically Oriented View. Chemistry & Biodiversity 1(4): 539-594
Abstract: In comparison with other ecosystems, biodiversity and natural-product diversity of the New Caledonian marine ecosystem, comprising lagoons, barrier reefs, and deep waters in seamount regions, are described here phylogenetically with the aid of molecular drawings and tabulation of data. Admittedly, since the inception of these studies in 1977, the comparison is biased by selection of New Caledonian organisms on the basis of positive pharmacologically oriented bioassays. However, we show that these and other distortions must be accepted to draw any comparison on a regional basis, which, nonetheless, turn out to be useful for the progress of knowledge, particularly in directing future explorations of biodiversity in the search for new pharmacologically active metabolites
Lavelle, J.W., E.T. Baker, and G.A. Cannon. 2003. Ocean Currents at Axial Volcano, a Northeastern Pacific Seamount. Journal of Geophysical Research 108(C2): 2-1-2-19
Abstract: Axial Volcano is a magmatically active seamount that straddles the Juan de Fuca Ridge (JdFR). With a summit depth of ~1400 m, the volcano intercepts deep ocean flows at a height well above that of the linear ridge adjoining it to the north and south. Multiyear, yearlong observations of currents at Axial show that mean flow circles the seamount in an anticyclonic sense, consistent with dynamical constraints, with means as large as 6.6 cm s super(-1). Spectra of currents indicate prominent tidal, inertial, and in some cases weather-band period (3- to 7-day) peaks, as has been seen elsewhere along the JdFR ridge. For K sub(1), O sub(1), and S sub(2) tidal currents at the seamount, amplitudes are several times larger than the corresponding background amplitudes and rotation around the tidal current ellipses is anticyclonic. M sub(2) tidal currents show none of the same properties. Energy at the inertial frequency decreases by more than an order of magnitude from 100 m above to 400 m below the volcano's summit. In contrast, weather-band (WB) period energy increases tenfold over the same depth range, with WB energy all but unobservable at summit depth. The presence of WB oscillations makes Axial unlike other seamounts where long observations have been made. The current meter observations also provide a picture of seasonal trends. As expected, during the period Summer 1996 to Spring 1997, largest amounts of WB energy are found during autumn and winter; in contrast, WB motion at Axial Volcano during Winter 2000 was summer-like in intensity. A linear, baroclinic model of forced damped azimuthal mode-one oscillatory flow around an idealized axisymmetric seamount shows that amplification of diurnal flow should occur principally at the seamount summit while amplification of the WB should occur, as the observations show, on the seamount flanks. Model and measured phase relationships for temperature and current time series pairs circumscribing Axial support the view that azimuthal mode-one oscillations are prominent. Over the 0.8- to 6-day range for forcing period (T sub(C)) the model indicates that the principal topographic resonance, as indicated by kinetic energy (KE) amplification, occurs for a T sub(C) greater than 1 and less than 2 days with only mild dependence in that range on background stratification and seamount shape. Additional but weaker topographic resonances can occur at longer periods in model results, but as T sub(C) becomes slightly larger than the frictional timescale, topographic resonances no longer appear. High dissipation and thus short frictional timescales reported by others in regions of rough, sloping topography make topographic resonances at Axial at periods greater than a few days somewhat unlikely. The relatively broad WB spectral peaks at some Axial sites are consequently more likely the result of spectral peaks in forcing than of topographic resonance.
Le Danois, E.. 1948. Les Profondeurs De La Mer. Paris, France, Payotp. -303
Leal, J.H.. 1991. Seamounts of the Pacific Ocean. Oceanology 15: 62-66
Leal, J.H. and P. Bouchet. 1991. Distribution Patterns and Dispersal of Prosobranch Gastropods Along a Seamount Chain in the Atlantic Ocean. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 71(1): 11-26
Abstract: Based on qualitative data on prosobranch gastropods present at eight seamounts and islands of the Vitoria-Trindade Seamount Chain off the eastern coast of Brazil, similarities at the species level are examined, and the effects of selection for different modes of development varying with increasing distance from the coast are investigated. Number of species decreases significantly from the continent towards easternmost localities. Similarity coefficients and cluster analysis suggest that similarities are greater among the western seamounts, followed by the eastern, most oceanic localities. Subtidal stations on Trindade Island show less similarity at specific level when compared with the remaining sublittoral stations. Percentages and absolute numbers of species with intracapsular metamorphosis decrease rapidly away from the coast in the sublittoral localities. However, there is little variation for the ratio plankotrophs/lecithotrophs among these localities, and their percentages remained constant over the entire Chain. In spite of the slightly wider range of distribution of planktotrophs within the Chain, observations suggest that both planktotrophs and lecithotrophs can be effectively dispersed, probably by passive larval transport, in an 'island-hopping' pattern across the relatively small distances (100-250 km) that separate summits in the Chain. Notwithstanding shallow, subtidal conditions and intense isolation, percentages of planktotrophs and lecithotrophs also do not vary at the subtidal Trindade stations
Lee, W.L.. 1987. Guitarra Abbotti and G. Isabellae, New Sponges From the Eastern Pacific. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 100(3): 465-479
Abstract: Two new species of the genus Guitarra are reported from the eastern Pacific. One of these, G. abbotti , was collected from a submerged sea-mount, the Cordell Bank, off the central California coast at 35-46 m. The second, G. isabellae , was collected off Albemarle Island in the Galapagos Islands at 82.3 m. A new spicule type, the biplacochela, is described from both species and the nature of the microscleres has been shown to differ significantly from those described from other Guitarra species
Lehodey, P.. 1994. Les Monts Sous-Marins De Nouvelle-Caledonie Et Leurs Ressources Halieutiques. Universite Francaise du Pacifiquep. xiii-401
Lehodey, P.. 1991. Halieutic Observations on Board the Bottom Longliner Humbolt : Fishing Cruise From 30 May to 12 July 1991. [Mission D'Observations Halieutiques Sur Le Palangrier Humbolt : Campagne De Peche Du 30 Mai Au 12 Juillet 1991.]. Rapports de Missions.Sciences de la Mer.Biologie Marine, Issue #8, Centre de Noumea, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -44
Abstract: Between 1988 and 1991, seamounts within the New-Caledonia EEZ were exploited for "alfonsin" (Beryx splendens ) by the bottom longliner Humboldt . Fishing had to stop in July 1991 due to economical problems. An observer participated in the 45-day final trip. His duty was to collect catch data as well as information on the distribution of fish on the line. In addition, fish measurements and biological samplings (gonads, stomach contents, otoliths and scales) were made for further analysis. This report include
Lehodey, P. and R. Grandperrin. 1996. Age and Growth of the Alfonsino Beryx Splendens Over the Seamounts Off New Caledonia. Marine Biology 125(2): 249-258
Abstract: Age and growth of the alfonsino Beryx splendens from New Caledonia seamounts were determined by examination of whole and sectioned otoliths. One growth-ring (annulus) in the otoliths appears to be laid down each year. It consists of one opaque (summer, fast-growing) zone and one hyaline (winter, slow-growing) zone. Thin-sections of otoliths revealed daily rings which allowed us to estimate that the formation of the nucleus takes approximates 10 mo. The first annulus following the nucleus is incomplete. Females have a higher growth rate than males. Sexual maturity is reached at the age of 7 to 8 yr for males and 6 yr for females. Maximum age attained would be approximates 20 yr for alfonsino gt 50 cm in fork length. The results are compared with those from the few other studies on the growth of alfonsino
Lehodey, P. and R. Grandperrin. 1996. Swath Mapping of the Seafloor and Its Application to Deep-Bottom Fisheries in New Caledonia. Marine Geophysical Researches 18(2-4): 449-458
Abstract: A bottom longline fishery operated in the EEZ of New Caledonia from 1988 to 1991. Fishing focused on five seamounts with summits at depths ranging from 500 to 750 m. The target species was alfonsino, Beryx splendens. As the soundings available from marine charts were not detailed enough, the fishing masters had to make their own charts in order to set the gear in the right location. A series of 11 scientific cruises devoted to a research program on alfonsino was launched in late 1991. During the first scientific cruises, several days were spent mapping the seabed to improve the existing knowledge of the topography of three seamounts by coupling the EDO echosounder depth measurements to the GPS positions. As this procedure is slow, it is applicable to limited areas or, if a wider grid is used, to large zones to locate major structures such as ridges and seamounts. The emergence of the multibeam echosounder has greatly improved seabed mapping performance. This tool seems to Bt the requirement of exploratory deep-bottom fishing particularly well, as it covers large areas while providing details of the bottom. The EM 12 was used to obtain bathymetry and imagery of the SE portion of the EEZ of New Caledonia, covering an approximate area of 70,000 km(2) in two weeks. For depths ranging from 500 to 4,500 m, the results were impressive. They confirmed the known major features and provided greater topographical detail, revealing fine unknown structures. They also provided information on;the type of substratum, information which might influence the fishing strategy. Finally, they made it possible to obtain an accurate estimate of the exploitable area which in turn led to new stock estimates
Lehodey, P. and R. Grandperrin. 1996. Influence of Temperature and ENSO Events on the Growth of the Deep Demersal Fish Alfonsino, Beryx Splendens, Off New Caledonia in the Western Tropical South Pacific Ocean. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 43: 49-57
Lehodey, P., B. Richer de Forges, C. Nauges, R. Grandperrin, and J. Rivaton. 1993. Beryx 11 Fishing Cruise With Trawl on Six Seamounts of the Southeast Section of the Exclusive Economic Zone of New Caledonia (R.V. Alis, 13 to 23 October 1992) [Campagne Beryx 11 De Peche Au Chalut...]. (22), Noumea (New Caledonia), Orstom, Rapports De Missions.Sciences De La Mer.Biologie Marine.Centre De Noumeap. -94
Abstract: Beryx 11 was the last of a series of cruises devoted to the study of the fisheries resources of seamounts located south-east of New Caledonia. 30 bottom trawl hauls, 20 beam trawl hauls and 10 dredge Waren stations were made on six seamounts at depths ranging from 225 to 970 m. A total of 184 species belonging to 68 families were caught. Numerous length measurements and gonads and stomach contents samplings were made on the most abundant commercial species Beryx splendens of which 24 juveniles were caught between 370 and 420 m. The invertebrates fauna was rich and diversified, which confirms the results of previous cruises
Lehodey, P., C. Hoffschir, P. Marchal, and J.Y. Panche. 1992. BERYX 8 Fishing Cruise With Pelagic Trawl and Bottom Longline on Three Seamounts of New Caledonia Southeast Exclusive Economic Zone (R.V. Alis 7 to 16 April 1992) [Campagne BERYX 8 De Peche Au Chalut Pelagique...]. Rapports de Missions. Sciences de la Mer. Biologie Marine, Rep. 18, Centre de Noumea, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -34
Abstract: BERYX 8 was the eighth of a series of cruises devoted to the study of the fisheries resources of seamounts located south-east of New Caledonia. A bottom longline and a pelagic trawl with its associated hydro-acoustic positioning system were used. 8 trawl hauls and 3 bottom longline sets were made on seamounts B, D and K at depths ranging from 434 to 782 m. The catches showed a relatively low species diversity with a total of 32 species. Only bottom longline allowed catches of Beryx splendens. This species was measured; gonads and stomach contents were collected. Beryx splendens spawning seems to be over. 17 hauls of plankton net were made at depths ranging from 0 to 400 m. Seamount K seabed mapping was completed by combining deep sounder and GPS data. A CTD profiler was used to obtain a temperature and salinity profile on B and D seamounts
Lehodey, P., F. Gallois, C. Hoffshir, P. Letroadec, and G. Mou Tham. 1992. Beryx 3 Fishing Cruise With Bottom Longline on Southeast Seamounts of New Caledonia Exclusive Economic Zone (R.V. Alis, 26 November-6 December 1991) [Campagne Beryx 3 De Peche a La Palangre De Fond...]. Rapports de Missions. Sciences de la Mer. Biologie Marine, Rep. 12, Centre de Noumea, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -37
Abstract: BERYX 3 was the fifth of a series of cruises devoted to the study of the fisheries resources of seamounts located south-east of New Caledonia. 9 bottom longline sets were made; the line was rigged like the one used on board the longliner Humboldt. A total of 6450 hooks was set during the cruise. The catches showed a low species diversity with a total of 13 species caught and the catch rates were lower than those obtained during BERYX 1 on B and D seamounts. Abundant non-commercial species were Squalus cf. megalops and Etmopterus lucifer. Most fish were measured; gonads and stomachs were collected. For Beryx splendens, spawning seems to occur during the warm season. A detailed seabed mapping was performed on seamount K by combining deep sounder and GPS data. A CTD SEACAT PROFILER was used to obtain profiles of temperature on seamounts B and D. Isotherm uplift was not observed
Lehodey, P., P. Marchal, F. Gallois, and C. Nauges. 1992. Beryx 10 Bottom Longline Fishing Cruise on Three Seamounts of the Southeast Section of the Exclusive Economic Zone of New Caledonia (R.V. Alis, 18 to 27 August 1992). [Campagne Beryx 10 De Peche a La Palangre...]. Rapports de Missions.Sciences de la Mer.Biologie Marine, Issue #20, Centre de Noumea, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -26
Abstract: Beryx 10 was the tenth of a series of cruises devoted to the study of the fisheries resources of seamounts located south-east of New Caledonia. 8 bottom longline sets were made on B, K and D seamounts with a line rigged like the one used on board the longliner "Humboldt". A total of 6000 hooks was set during the cruise. The species diversity, with a total of 16 species, was approximately the same than those obtained during the previous bottom longline fishing cruises. Beryx splendens average catch rate was
Lehodey, P., P. Marchal, G. Mou Tham, and J.Y. Panche. 1992. Beryx 5 Fishing Cruise With Bottom Longline on Two Seamounts Southeast of New Caledonia Exclusive Economic Zone (R.V. Alis January 26-February 6, 1992). [Campagne Beryx 5 De Peche a La Palangre De Fond...]. Rapports de Missions. Sciences de la Mer. Biologie Marine, Rep. 15, Centre de Noumea, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -30
Abstract: BERYX 5 was the fifth of a series of cruises devoted to the study of the fisheries resources of seamounts located south-east of New Caledonia. 8 bottom longline sets were made; the line was rigged like the one used on board the longliner "Humboldt". A total of 8000 hooks was set during the cruise. The species diversity, with a total of 15 species, was approximately the same than those obtained during the last bottom longline fishing cruises. The Beryx catch rates were excellent on seamount B. Abundant nonco
Lehodey, P., P. Marchal, and R. Grandperrin. 1994. Modelling the Distribution of Alfonsino, Beryx Splendens, Over the Seamounts of New Caledonia. U S National Marine Fisheries Service Fishery Bulletin 92(4): 748-759
Abstract: Commercial and scientific bottom longline catches of alfonsino, Beryx splendens, from seamounts off New Caledonia were sampled to study length-frequency distributions. A total of 14,674 fish were measured. CPUE of Beryx splendens on two seamounts is modelled in terms of length and depth. The data show that mean length increases with depth; this is well described by a bivariate normal model that estimates catch for a given seamount. In addition, the data show that mean length also varies with the depth of the top of seamounts; this is described by a recursive model that is designed to predict approximate catch for any seamount. The limitations of both models are discussed, particularly with regard to temporal variation
Lehodey, P., R. Grandperrin, and P. Marchal. 1997. Reproductive Biology and Ecology of a Deep-Demersal Fish, Alfonsino Beryx Splendens, Over the Seamounts Off New Caledonia. Marine Biology 128(1): 17-27
Abstract: The reproductive biology of the alfonsino Beryx splendens was studied by histological examinations, gonadosomatic index and macroscopic scales of maturation of a large sample of gonads. Alfonsino is a gonochoric species. The size-frequency distribution of the sex ratio was bimodal and considered to be due to size dimorphism. In New Caledonia, the breeding period of this species occurs during the southern summer, with a peak in December to January. The spawning stage is attained at a minimum fork length of 28 cm for females and 33 cm for males. The size at which 50% of the population attain sexual maturity (FL-50) is 33.2 cm for females and 34.5 cm for males. Maximum potential fecundity is estimated to lie between 270 000 to 675 000 eggs for fish between 34 and 40 cm in fork length. It was possible to differentiate vegetative zones, in which juvenile alfonsino grow until they reach maturity, from reproductive zones (fishing grounds) which are inhabited by mature individuals. The larvae and juveniles could be carried from the reproductive zone to the vegetative zone by currents in an oceanic eddy system
Lemaitre, R.. 1990. A Review of Eastern Atlantic Species of the Family Parapaguridae (Decapoda, Anomura, Paguroidea). Journal of Natural History 24(1): 219-240
Abstract: Fifteen hermit crab species of Parapagurus , Sympagurus , or Strobopagurus have been found to occur in the eastern Atlantic. Of these, eight are also found in the western Atlantic and have been sufficiently described previously. The remaining seven species are reviewed and for each, a complete synonymy, a diagnosis or amended description, and illustrations, are presented. Keys to aid in the identification of all eastern Atlantic species are included.
Lessa, R.P., P. Mafalda, R. Advfncula, R.B. Lucchesi, J.L. Bezerra, T. Vaske, and D. Hellebrandt. 1999. Distribution and Abundance of Ichthyoneuston at Seamounts and Islands Off North-Eastern Brazil. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 47(2-3): 239-252
Abstract: An ichthyoneuston survey was carried out from the 25th of January to 22nd of February, 1995 by RV Victor Hensen at 66 stations around the Archipelago of Sao Pedro-Sao Paulo (0degree58' N; 29degree27' W), the Fernando de Noronha Chain (3degree to 5degree S; 37degree to 39degree W) and seamounts of the North Brazilian Chain (1degree N to 4degree S; 35degree to 40degree W). A total of 1551 fish larvae were collected, with 1089 occurring at Sao Pedro-Sao Paulo, 301 at Fernando de Noronha and 161 at the Northern Brazil Chain. Taxonomic composition and abundance per taxon varied according to area. At Sao Pedro-Sao Paulo ca. 80% were Exocoetidae, where Cypselurus cyanopterus represented ca. 73%. At Fernando de Noronha, Tetraodontidae and Hemiramphidae represented (ca. 35% and ca. 14% of the sample, respectively. At the North Brazilian Chain unidentified taxa ca. 11%, Exocoetidae ca. 48%, Hemirhamphidae ca. 19% and Tetraodontidae ca. 5%) were the most abundant taxa. The Fernando de Noronha stations showed the highest number of taxa, whereas the highest abundance was found at Sao Pedro-Sao Paulo, due to the spawning of C. cyanopterus. Abundance could not be correlated to any environmental parameter, with the exception of superficial salinity and cloud cover. Sao Pedro-Sao Paulo and Fernando de Noronha areas are considered independent reproductive grounds and larvae hatched in one site are not carried to the other. High abundance of flying fish larvae is attributed to the physical presence of rocks in Sao Pedro-Sao Paulo, which provide substrate for egg attachment
Levin, L.A.. 1994. Paleoecology and Ecology of Xenophyophores. Palaios 9(1): 32-41
Abstract: Xenophyophores are large (several mm to 25 cm diameter), agglutinating protozoans, found primarily in the deep sea. Tests range from simple fans, discs or mudballs, to elaborately folded or reticulated forms, and often contain specific particle types or sizes. Xenophyophore densities are highest on sloped sediments associated with seamounts, continental slopes, canyons and trenches, and beneath productive surface waters. Most forms live as epibenthos on hard or soft substrates, feeding on surface deposits and suspended particles, but one endobenthic genus has been described. Modern xenophyophores enhance particle flux to the seabed, creating local regions of intense radiotracer and metazoan activity. Features key to xenophyophore identification in the fossil record include distinct test morphologies that sometimes involve incorporation of globigerinacean tests, sandwich-like structure in cross section, concentrations of barite (found within the protoplasm), and the presence of fecal strands containing many 10 to 20 mm fecal pellets having enhanced Pb contents. While xenophyophores have no confirmed fossil record, modern structures resembling the ichnogenus Paleodictyon are made by endobenthic xenophyophores in the genus Occultammina. Parallel distributions, morphologies and behaviors have been proposed for some graphoglyptid trace fossils, and for some xenophyophores in the families Syringamminidae and Reticulamminidae. Both occur in the deep sea, have regular or irregular network morphologies, and have been proposed to garden bacteria, trap meiofauna, or suspension feed. Fossils previously regarded as phylloid and fucoid algae, and several species of Aschemonella, previously regarded as foraminiferids, have lifestyles and morphologies consistent with those of modern epibenthic xenophyophores. Confirmation of xenophyophore presence in stratigraphic sequences could provide paleohabitat information and help elucidate the origins of this protozoan group
Levin, L.A. and C. Dibacco. 1995. Influence of Sediment Transport on Short-Term Recolonization by Seamount Infauna. Marine Ecology Progress Series 123: 163-175
Abstract: Rates and mechanisms of infaunal recolonization in contrasting sediment transport regimes were examined by deploying hydrodynamically unbiased colonization trays at 2 sites similar to 2 km apart on the flat summit plain of Fieberling Guyot in the eastern Pacific Ocean. Both study sites experienced strong bottom currents and high shear velocity (u. exceeding 1.0 cm/s daily). Macrofaunal recolonization of defaunated sediments on Fieberling Guyot was slow relative to observations in shallow-water sediments, but rapid compared to other unenriched deep-sea treatments. Microbial colonization was slower but macrofaunal colonization was faster at White Sand Swale (WSS, 585 m), where rippled foraminiferal sands migrate daily, than at Sea Pen Rim (SPR, 635 m), where the basaltic sands move infrequently. Total densities of macrofaunal colonizers at WSS were 31 and 75% of ambient after 7 wk and 6.4 mo, respectively; at SPR they were 6 and 49% of ambient, respectively. Over 3/4 of the colonists were polychaetes (predominantly hesionids and dorvilleids) and aplacophoran molluscs. Species richness of colonizers was comparable at SPR and WSS and did not differ substantially from ambient. Most of the species (91%) and individuals (95%) recovered in colonization trays were taxa present in background cores. However, only 25% of the taxa colonizing tray sediments occurred in trays at both WSS and SPR. Sessile species, carnivores and surface feeders were initially slow to appear in colonization trays but after 6.4 mo, colonizer feeding modes, life habits and mobility patterns mirrored those in ambient sediments at WSS and SPR. Defaunated sediments were colonized by larvae, juveniles and adults at both sites. These experiments provide the first observations of infaunal colonization on seamounts, and in deep, high-energy settings. Passive bedload transport appears to be a dominant colonization mechanism in unstable foraminiferal sands at WSS. Based on the rapid recovery of infauna in trays and low diversity at WSS, we infer that disturbance is a natural feature of this site and that the ambient fauna of WSS retains features of early succession. Infaunal colonization is slower in the stable substrate at SPR, where physical disturbance may occur much less frequently
Levin, L.A. and C.A. Nittrouer. 1987. Textural characteristics of sediments on deep seamounts in the eastern Pacific Ocean between 10¦N and 30¦S. in: Seamounts, Islands and Atolls, B.Keating, P.Fryer, R.Batiza, and G.Boehlert [eds.], American Geophysical Union, Washington, DC, pp. 355-377
Levin, L.A. and C.L. Thomas. 1989. The Influence of Hydrodynamic Regime on Infaunal Assemblages Inhabiting Carbonate Sediments on Central Pacific Seamounts. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 36(12): 1897-1916
Abstract: We investigated the following hypotheses for deep seamounts in the central Pacific Ocean: (1) infaunal and microbial abundances are elevated in regions of current intensification, (2) infaunal lifestyles reflect variation in hydrodynamic conditions and (3) bioturbation is more intense in high-energy regimes. Our studies were carried out at three sites: the northwest perimeter of the Horizon Guyot sediment cap (1840 m), which is characterized by strong bottom currents and rippled foraminiferan sands, and the central summits of Horizon Guyot (1480 m) and Magellan Rise (3150 m), whose sediments are unrippled and finer grained. Contrary to our first hypothesis, the high-energy, Horizon perimeter sediments exhibited lower biological activity than the summit sites, as reflected in lower organic nitrogen (0.011% vs 0.015-0.017%), higher C/N ratios (19 vs 11), lower bacterial counts (1.21 vs 2.03-2.15 .times. 108 ml-1) and lower macrofaunal abundances (255 vs 388-829 m-2). Sediment organic carbon values (0.14-0.19%) and meiofaunal abundances (2866-5150 m-2) did not differ significantly among the three sites. Infaunal life habits varied among sites but sediment mixing did not. Macrofauna were found deeper in rippled perimeter sediments than in the cap sediments. Sessility and surface-feeding modes dominated among polychaetes at the higher-energy Horizon perimeter, while motility and subsurface feeding were more common in the quieter, finer-grained regimes. Significant sediment mixing takes place on 100-year time scales at all three sites, probably a result of large, infaunal bioturbants at the cap sites and physical sediment instability at the perimeter sites. Excess 210Pb exhibited moderately high inventories (38-59 dpm cm-2) and deep penetration (> 15 cm). Estimated mixing coefficients (Db) ranged from 0.6 to 3.0 cm2 y-1 at the three sites. Our findings indicate that hydrodynamic differences can lead to greater variation in sediment and faunal characteristics on a single seamount than are found in similar regimes on different seamounts. Comparison of the Horizon Guyot and Magellan Rise data to comparable data from eastern Pacific seamounts, reveals lower organic carbon content, microbial abundance, macrofaunal densities, and subsurface deposit feeder representation, in central than eastern Pacific seamount sediments
Levin, L.A. and C.L. Thomas. 1986. Macrofaunal Distributions on Deep Seamounts: Drawing Inferences About Physical and Chemical Processes. EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union 67: 995
Levin, L.A. and C.L. Thomas. 1988. The Ecology of Xenophyophores (Protista) on Eastern Pacific Seamounts. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 35(12): 2003-2028
Abstract: Large, agglutinating protozoans of the class Xenophyophorea are the dominant epifaunal organisms on soft and hard substrates of many bathyal seamounts in the eastern Pacific Ocean off Mexico. Observations made with the submersible Alvin and remotely towed camera sleds on 17 seamounts at 31.degree., 20.degree., 13.degree. and 10.degree.N revealed more than ten distinct xenophyophore test morphologies. Most of these appear to represent previously undescribed species. Reticulate forms are numerically dominant at 20.degree., 13.degree. and 10.degree.N. Xenophyophore abundances increase with decreasing latitude, being rare at 30.degree.N, present at densities of 0.1-1.0 m-2 at 20.degree. and 13.degree.N and often exceeding 1.0 m-2 at 10.degree.N, occasionally reaching 10-18 m-2. Highest concentrations are observed on caldera floors near the base of steep caldera walls, at depths between 1700 and 2500 m. Most individuals select sand-size pelagic foraminiferan tests (63-500 .mu.m) and exclude pebble, silt and clay-size particles for test construction. Xenophyophores on seamounts modify the structure of metazoan communities and may play a role in maintenance of infaunal diversity. Twenty-seven xenophyophore tests were found to provide habitat for 16 major macrofaunal taxa (152 individuals) and three meiofaunal taxa (333 individuals). The presence of xenophyophores also enhances the abundance of isopods, tanaids, ophiuroids, nematodes and harpacticoid copepods dwelling in sediments surrounding the tests. Mobile megafauna are attracted to sediment beneath and adjacent to xenophyophores. We suggest that xenophyophores, which are abundant on many topographic features in deep water (e.g. guyots, trenches, canyons and continental slopes), are a functionally important component of deep-sea benthic communities and require further autecological and synecological investigation
Levin, L.A., C.L. Huggett, and K.F. Wishner. 1991. Control of Deep-Sea Benthic Community Structure by Oxygen and Organic-Matter Gradients in the Eastern Pacific Ocean. Journal of Marine Research 49(4): 763-800
Abstract: At boundaries of oxygen minimum zones (OMZs), bathyal faunas experience steep gradients in oxygen and organic-matter availability. The present study compares changes in microbial, meiofaunal, macrofaunal and megafaunal benthic assemblages along these gradients on Volcano 7, a 2.3-km high seamount in the eastern tropical Pacific. Faunal tolerance to dysaerobic (low oxygen) conditions varies with organism size; microbial and meiofaunal abundances are less affected than macro- and megafaunal abundances. At the exceedingly low concentrations (< 0.1 ml/l) encountered on the upper summit of Volcano 7, oxygen appears to exert primary control over abundance, composition and diversity of macrofauna, overriding other factors such as food availability and sediment grain size. When oxygen concentration is sufficient, food availability in sediments (indicated by the presence of labile material such as chlorophyll a) is highly correlated with meiofaunal and macrofaunal abundance [abstract truncated]
Levin, L.A., C.L. Thomas, and K. Wishner. 1991. Polychaete Response To Oxygen Gradients on A Deep Seamount in the Eastern Pacific Ocean. Bulletin of Marine Science 48(2): 590
Abstract: The authors examined changes in the community structure of infaunal polychaetes along a dramatic oxygen gradient present on Volcano 7 (13 degree N 102 degree W), a 3-km high seamount, with a summit at 730 m, that protrudes into the oxygen minimum zone in the eastern Pacific off Mexico. Polychaete densities were lowest (50/m super(2)) in the low-oxygen zone present at the uppermost seamount summit (730-750 m). Slightly deeper (780-870 m) polychaete densities were highest, exceeding 5,000/m super(2). At flank (1,300-1,350 m) and base (2,850-3,150 m) sites, densities decreased to 765-1,312/m super(2). Diversity increased with increasing oxygen and depth. They infer that primarily oxygen levels, but also organic matter, substrate type and flow regime, dictate infaunal polychaete abundance, composition, and lifestyles on Volcano 7
Levin, L.A., D.J. DeMaster, L.D. Mccann, and C.L. Thomas. 1986. The Effects of Giant Protozoans (Class: Xenophyophora) on Deep-Seamount Benthos. Marine Ecology Progress Series 29: 99-104
Levin, L.A., E.L. Leithold, T.F. Gross, C.L. Huggett, and C. Dibacco. 1994. Contrasting Effects of Substrate Mobility on Infaunal Assemblages Inhabiting Two High-Energy Settings on Fieberling Guyot. Journal of Marine Research 52(3): 489-522
Abstract: The influence of seamount-intensified flows on the structure of infaunal assemblages was examined at two sand-covered sites located 2.3 km apart atop the summit plain of Fieberling Guyot (32 degree 27.6'N 127 degree 48.0'W). Both sites experience strong, tidal bottom currents with flows exceeding 20 cm/s on a daily basis (4 mab). Estimates of shear velocity (u sub(*)) did not differ significantly between the two sites. However, differences in sediment composition and density produced different sediment transport regimes at the two sites. At Sea Pen Rim (SPR), located on the NW perimeter (635 m), sedimentary particles were composed primarily of basaltic sands that experienced negligible transport during the study period. At White Sand Swale (WSS, 580 m), a narrow valley enclosed on three sides by basalt outcrops, sediments were composed almost entirely of foraminiferal sands that moved daily. Sediment organic content and microbial abundances were similar at the two sites. Infauna (> 300 mu m) had higher densities at WSS (1870/m super(2)) than SPR (1489/m super(2)), but lower expected species richness. Although the 2 sites shared nearly 50% of identified species, peracarid crustaceans, echinoderms, sponges, and bryozoans were proportionally more important in the stable substrates of SPR, while turbellarians, bivalves, and aplacophorans were better represented in the shifting sands of WSS. The infauna of WSS lived deeper in the sediment column (> 50% below 2 cm) than that of SPR (> 50% in the upper 1 cm), at least partly because the majority (83%) at WSS were subsurface burrowers with motile lifestyles. Tube-building and epifaunal lifestyles were more common at SPR than WSS, as were surface-deposit and filter-feeding modes
Levin, L.A., L.D. Mccann, and C.L. Thomas. 1991. The Ecology of Polychaetes on Deep Seamounts in the Eastern Pacific Ocean. Ophelia Suppl. 5: 467-476
Levin, L.A., R.J. Etter, M.A. Rex, A.J. GOODAY, C.R. Smith, J. Pineda, C.T. Stuart, R.R. Hessler, and D. Pawson. 2001. Environmental Influences on Regional Deep-Sea Species Diversity. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 32: 51-93
Abstract: Most of our knowledge of biodiversity and its causes in the deep-sea benthos derives from regional-scale sampling studies of the macrofauna. Improved sampling methods and the expansion of investigations into a wide variety of habitats have revolutionized our understanding of the deep sea. Local species diversity shows clear geographic variation on spatial scales of 100-1000 km. Recent sampling programs have revealed unexpected complexity in community structure at the landscape level that is associated with large-scale oceanographic processes and their environmental consequences. We review the relationships between variation in local species diversity and the regional-scale phenomena of boundary constraints, gradients of productivity, sediment heterogeneity, oxygen availability, hydrodynamic regimes, and catastrophic physical disturbance. We present a conceptual model of how these interdependent environmental factors shape regional-scale variation in local diversity. Local communities in the deep sea may be composed of species that exist as metapopulations whose regional distribution depends on a balance among global-scale, landscape-scale, and small-scale dynamics. Environmental gradients may form geographic patterns of diversity by influencing local processes such as predation, resource partitioning, competitive exclusion, and facilitation that determine species coexistence. The measurement of deep-sea species diversity remains a vital issue in comparing geographic patterns and evaluating their potential causes. Recent assessments of diversity using species accumulation curves with randomly pooled samples confirm the often-disputed claim that the deep sea supports higher diversity than the continental shelf. However, more intensive quantitative sampling is required to fully characterize the diversity of deep-sea sediments, the most extensive habitat on Earth. Once considered to be constant, spatially uniform, and isolated, deep-sea sediments are now recognized as a dynamic, richly textured environment that is inextricably linked to the global biosphere. Regional studies of the last two decades provide the empirical background necessary to formulate and test specific hypotheses of causality by controlled sampling designs and experimental approaches.
Levin, L.A.I.. 1997. Control of Benthic Processes by Oxygen and Topography. Unknown
Abstract: Studies of bathyal settings in the Pacific and Indian Oceans indicate that macrobenthic communities are strongly influenced by abiotic factors including topography-induced flow, substrate mobility, bottom-water oxygen availability and organic-matter inputs. Mensurative and manipulative experiments conducted on Fieberling Guyot demonstrated that infaunal species composition, lifestyles, living positions, and colonization rates and mechanisms vary with sediment transport regime. Studies of the benthic fauna within oxygen minimum zones of the Oman margin (NW Arabian Sea) and on a seamount in the eastern Pacific suggest that oxygen and organic loading together affect macrobenthic species composition, diversity, and bioturbation potential. Strong zonation of mega- and macrobenthic communities was observed across the lower boundary of both oxygen minimum zones. Multiple regression of bathyal macrobenthic data from the Pacific and Indian Oceans indicate that together depth, latitude, sediment organic-carbon content and bottom-water oxygen concentration explain 52-87% of variation in measures of species diversity. Within oxygen minimum zones, bottom- water oxygen most affects species richness, while organic matter availability controls the distribution of individuals among species (evenness). Further understanding of marine benthic community structure will derive from investigation of interactions among abiotic factors, particularly those influenced by human activity. See attached listing of publications resulting from this grant
Levitt, D.A.. 1996. Lithospheric Bending at Subduction Zones and Geophysical Investigations of the Pukapuka Volcanic Ridge System, Altimeter Gravity Lineations and South Pacific Superswell Depth Anomaly. p. xvi-151
Lewis, M.. 1999. CSIRO-SEBS (Seamount Epobenthic Sampler), a New Epibenthic Sled for Sampling Seamounts and Other Rough Terrain. Deep-Sea Research 46: 1101-1107
Liltved, W.R.. 1987. A New Trivia (Triviidae) and Primovula (Ovulidae) (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia) From the South Atlantic and Southwest Indian Oceans. Veliger 29(4): 415-418
Lindsay, R.W., D.M. Holland, and R.A. Woodgate. 2004. Halo of Low Ice Concentration Observed Over the Maud Rise Seamount. Geophysical Research Letters 31(13): Art. No. L13302 JUL 1 2004
Abstract: A distinctive halo of low sea ice concentration has been observed above the Maud Rise seamount in the eastern Weddell Sea. The 300-km circular halo is seen most clearly in the monthly mean ice concentration for the months July through November. The mean was computed from satellite-based passive microwave measurements over a 23-year period. The halo is most distinct in October; even then, however, the mean ice concentration in the halo is just 10% less than in the center, where it is very near 100%. The halo may reflect the existence of a Taylor cap circulation over the seamount or other topographically induced mechanisms
Linkowski, T.B.. 2001. Some Aspects of the Biology of Maurolicus Muelleri (Sternoptychidae) From the South Atlantic. Rep. ICES CM 1983/H:17, International Council for the Exploration of the Sea
Lisitsyn, A.P. and I.A. Bogdanov. 1990. Zhelezo-Margantsevye Korki i Konkretsii Podvodnykh Gor Tikhogo Okeana. p. 228-xxiv
Lisovenko, L.A. and V.G. Prut'ko. 1986. Reproductive Biology of Diaphus Suborbitalis Weber (Myctophidae) in the Equatorial Indian Ocean. 1. Oogenesis and Spawning. [Reproductivnaya Biologiya Diaphus Suborbitalis...]. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 26(4): 619-629
Abstract: Based on the analysis of 1,000 individuals Diaphus suborbitalis from trawl catches taken at 40-200 m and 400-600 m above the Equator Seamount in Mar-Jun 1980 it is stated that males were smaller and attained maturity earlier than females. The intermittent spawning was recorded throughout the entire period of observations with a peak in May. The oogenesis of the species is classified as continuous and wavy
Littlehales, G.W.. 1932. The configuration of the oceanic basins. in: Physica of the Earth - V Oceanogrpahy, The National Academy of Sciences, Washington DC, pp. 13-46
Littlehales, G.W. and R. Clover. 1890. The Average Form of Isolated Submarine Peaks, and the Interval Which Should Obtain Between Deep-Sea Soundings Taken to Disclose the Character of the Bottom of the Ocean. pp. 7-1
Littler, M.M., D.S. Littler, S.M. Blair, and J.N. Norris. 1986. Deep-Water Plant Communities From an Uncharted Seamount Off San Salvador Island, Bahamas: Distribution, Abundance, and Primary Productivity. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 33(7): 881-892
Abstract: Studies from a submersible on a seamount off San Salvador (Bahamas) revealed a diverse multilayered macrophyte community, with net productivity levels comparable to shallow water seaweeds although receiving only 1-2% of the light energy available at the surface. Four zonal assemblages occur over the depth range from 81 to 268 m and consist of a Lobophora-dominated group (81-90 m), a Halimeda assemblage (90-130 m), a Peyssonnelia group (130-189 m), and a crustose coralline zone (189-268 m). This deep flora is composed of unique deep-water taxa combined with shallow water forms characteristic of shaded, low-light conditions
Littler, M.M., D.S. Littler, S.M. Blair, and J.N. Norris. 1985. Deepest Known Plant Life Discovered on an Uncharted Seamount. Science 227(4682): 57-59
Abstract: The discovery of abundant autotrophic macrophytes living below 200 m indicates their importance to primary productivity, food webs, sedimentary processes and as reef builders in clear oceanic waters. Estimates concerning minimum light levels for macroalgal photosynthesis and macrophytic contributions to the biology and geology of tropical insular and continental borderlands must now be revised
Littler, M.M., D.S. Littler, and M.D. Hanisak. 1991. Deep-Water Rhodolith Distribution, Productivity, and Growth History at Sites of Formation and Subsequent Degradation. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 150(2): 163-182
Abstract: The 1.27-km super(2) upper platform surface of San Salvador Seamount, Bahamas, ranges in depth from 67 to 91 m and averages 95.8% cover of rhodoliths that contribute an estimated 391 to organic C multiplied by yr super(-1) to deep-sea productivity. The predominant nongeniculate coralline alga of the slope environment has an extremely narrow PI curve suggesting that some deep-water benthic algae may be acclimated to restricted light ranges. Platform areas contain up to five-deep accumulations ( approximately equals 45 cm thick) of rhodoliths with their visible, planar (2-D), crustose algal cover (68.5%) composed of 41% Lithophyllum sp., 14.9% other nongeniculate corallines, and 12.6% Peyssonnelia sp. Platform rhodoliths also contain approximately equals 25% average planar cover of the foraminiferan Gypsina sp. overlying the rock-penetrating chlorophyte Ostreobium sp. On the steep slopes of the seamount, to a depth of 290 m, rhodoliths that have spilled down from the relatively flat platform average 17.4% cover. Over platform depths from 67 to 91 m, rhodoliths are fairly uniform in composition and abundance
Litvinov, F.F.. 1990. Ecological Characteristics of the Spiny Dogfish Squalus Mitsukurii From the Nazca and Sala-y-Gomez Submarine Ridges. [Ehkologicheskaya Kharakteristika Katrana Squalus Mitsukurii Podvodnykh Khrebtov Naska i Sala-i-Gomes.]. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 30(4): 577-586
Abstract: Based on the analysis of 44 males and 72 females taken from depths of 160-545 m data are given on size, age, age at maturity and food habits of spiny dogfish (Squalus mitsukurii ). It is supposed that there are 2 reproductively-isolated subpopulations occurring above individual seamounts and groups of seamounts
Litvinova, N.M.. 1981. Brittle-stars (Ophiuroidea). A.P.Kuznetsov and A.N.Mironov [eds.], P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, USSR Academy of Sciences, Moscow, pp. 113-131
Litvinova, N.M.. 2001. The brittle stars from the genus Ophiomyces (Echinodermata, Ophiuroidea). in: Composition and Structure of the Marine Bottom Biota, A.P.Kuznetsov, Zezina, and O.N. [eds.], VNIRO Publishing House, Moscow, pp. 145-158
Litvinova, N.M.. 1975. Ophiuroids of the Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico Collected During the 14th Cruise of the R/V "Akademic Kurchatov". Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 100: 196-204
Litvinova, N.M.. 1992. Revision of the Genus Ophiotholia (Echinodermata, Ophiuroidea). Zoologichesky Zhurnal 71(3): 47-57
Litvinova, N.M.. 1991. A New Species of a Rare Genus Ophiohelus (Echnodermata, Ophiuroidea). Zoologichesky Zhurnal 70(6): 146-148
Liu, Z.. 1996. The Origin and Evolution of the Easter Seamount Chain. p. x-265
Logan, A.. 1998. Recent Brachiopoda From the Oceanographic Expedition SEAMOUNT 2 to the North-Eastern Atlantic in 1993. Zoosystema 20(4): 549-562
Abstract: Eight species of recent brachiopods belonging to the genera Neocrania, Dyscolia, Abyssothyris, Stenosarina, Eucalathis, Platidia, Phaneropora and Dallina have been identified from collections from the 1993 SEAMOUNT 2 expedition to Meteor, Hyeres, Irving-Cruiser, Plato, Atlantis, Tyro and Antialtair seamounts in the north-eastern Atlantic. The species misidentified by Jeffreys (1878) as Terebratula vitrea var. sphenoidea (non Philippi, 1844) is described as Stenosarina davidsoni n.sp. The affinities of the SEAMOUNT 2 brachiopods are with the Mauritanian biogeographic province. Diversity and number of stations yielding brachiopods increase from south to north in the cluster of six seamounts (Meteor-Tyro) south of the Azores. Brachiopod diversity for the seven seamounts as a whole is less than for the Canary Islands to the east. There is an as yet unexplained absence from the seamounts of deeper water species belonging to such genera as Pelagodiscus, Hispanirhynchia, Terebratulina, Gryphus, Megerlia and Macandrevia, which commonly occur around island archipelagos such as Madeira, the Canaries and the Cape Verdes, as well as off the Iberian coast and the African mainland
Lommerzheim, A.. 1981. Palaozane Serpulidae Und Spirorbidae (Polychaeta) Von Den Emperor Seamounts, NW-Pazifik. Zitteliana 7: 31-54
Longhurst, A.R. and W.G. Harrison. 1988. Vertical Nitrogen Flux From the Oceanic Photic Zone by Diel Migrant Zooplankton and Nekton.
Lonsdale, P., W.R. Normark, and W.A. Newman. 1972. Sedimentation and Erosion on Horizon Guyot37. Bull.Geol.Soc.Amer. 83: 289-316
Lorz, H.V., W.G. Pearcy, and M. Fraidenburg. 2003. Notes on the Feeding Habits of the Yellowtail Rockfish, Sebastes Flavidus, Off Washington and in Queen Charlotte Sound.. California Fish and Game 69: 33-38
Abstract: Sebastes flavidus caught in bottom trawls off Washington fed almost exclusively on euphausiids. Those caught in midwater trawls in Queen Charlotte Sound had eaten euphausiids as well as pelagic and benthic fishes. The limited data suggested that feeding occurred mainly during the night or early morning hours, although some feeding probably occurred during daytime as well. Diel changes in behavior associated with feeding on vertically migrating prey may explain day-night differences in catches of some rockfishes.
Lowry, J.K. and A.A. Myers. 2003. New Amphipod Crustaceans From the Indo-West Pacific (Amathillopsidae : Eusiridae : Iphimediidae). Raffles Bulletin of Zoology 51(2): 219-256
Abstract: Based on recent collections from the Indo-West Pacific the following new amphipods are described: an amathillopsid, Jeanjustia pedra, new genus and new species, from seamounts south of Tasmania; an eusirid, Oradarea dawa, new species; and the iphimediids, Coboldus mberensis, new species, Iphimedia caledoniana, new species, and I. maitrensis, new species, from New Caledonia; I. rachanoi, new species, and I. phuketensis, new species, from Thailand; I. damawan, new species, I. mizegwadan, new species, and Curidia ramonae, new species, from Papua New Guinea; and Curidia knoxi, new species, from the New Zealand subantarctic
Lueck, R.G. and T.D. Mudge. 1997. Topographically Induced Mixing Around a Shallow Seamount. Science 276(5320): 1831-1833
Abstract: Measurements of the rate of dissipation of kinetic energy around a shallow seamount in the eastern North Pacific show that mixing there is 100 to 10,000 times as large as that far away from the seamount. If such values are typical of other seamounts, mixing across density surfaces in the ocean occurs mainly at their boundaries, and topographically induced mixing may help to explain the discrepancy between the observed intensity of mixing in the interior of the oceans and that required to satisfy models of ocean circulation.
Lutjeharms, J.R.E. and A.E.F. Heydorn. 1981. The Rock-Lobster Jasus Tristani on Vema Seamount: Drifting Buoys Suggest a Possible Recruiting Mechanism. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 28(6): 631-636
Abstract: The recruitment mechanism for rock-lobster larvae to the isolated location of Vema Seamount in the South Atlantic Ocean could occur by the drift of larvae from the distant Tristan da Cunha Islands. An analysis of the drifts of free-floating weather buoys in the area presents the first support for this long-standing hypothesis by showing that the drift directions, the travel times, and the sea-surface temperatures experienced on route are those required for successful recruitmen
Lutjeharms, J.R.E. and A.E.F. Heydorn. 9999. Recruitment of Rock Lobster on Vema Seamount From the Islands of Tristan Da Cunha. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 28(10): 1237
Lutjeharms, J.R.E. and A.E.F. Heydorn. 1982. The Rock Lobsters of Vema Seamount. African Wildlife 36(1): 5
Lutjeharms, J.R.E. and H.R. VALENTINE. 1981. Ocean Circulation Studies in the Vicinity of Southern Africa: Preliminary Results Using FGGE Drifters and Remote Sensing. Advances in Space Research 1: 211-223
Lysenko, N.I., M.A. Golovinova, and V.N. Sval'nov. 1982. Late Cretaceous Nerineids From the Marcus-Necker Rise in the Pacific. [O Nakhodke Pozdnemelovykh Nerineid Na Podnyatii Markus-Nekker v Tikhom Okeane.]. Doklady Academia Nauk S.S.S.R 263(5): 1237-1238
Abstract: Recovery of the shallow-water nerineid gastropod shells from the surface of a guyot (18 degree 00', 7N.; 173 degree 34' 7E) suggests that in the late Med- and early Upper Cretaceous the guyots within the Marcus-Necker system reached the water surface level
Lyubimova, T.G.. 1985. A study of the Antarctic ecosystems. [Issledovaniya ehkosistem Antarktiki.]. in: Biological Principles of Fishery in the Open Ocean [Biologicheskie Osnovy Promyslovogo Osvoeniya Otkrytykh Rajonov Okeana], pp. 21-28
Abstract: Zonality in spatial and quantitative distribution of bioresources and primarily, of dominant groups and species of marine organisms and characteristic features of their ecology and trophic relationships are indicative of a large-scale differentiation of communities and occurrence of several ecosystems within the Antarctic area of the Southern Ocean. Large ecosystems of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current and of the marginal seas of the Antarctica were distinguished along with local independent ecosystems from the island shelves and seamounts
MARTIN, J.W. and T.A. HANEY. 2005. Decapod Crustaceans From Hydrothermal Vents and Cold Seeps: a Review Through 2005. Zoological journal of the Linnean Society 145(4): 445-522
Abstract: The taxonomic status, biogeographical distributions and existing collections are reviewed for all species of decapod crustaceans known from the vicinity of hydrothermal vents and cold (hydrocarbon or brine) seeps. To date, more than 125 species representing 33 families of decapods have been reported. Represented families are, in alphabetical order within infraorder, the penaeoid families Benthesicymidae and Sergestidae; the caridean families Alvinocarididae (all of which are vent or seep endemics), Crangonidae, Glyphocrangonidae, Hippolytidae, Nematocarcinidae, Oplophoridae, Palaemonidae, Pandalidae and Stylodactylidae; the anomuran families Chirostylidae, Galatheidae, Lithodidae and Parapaguridae; the brachyuran crab families Atelecyclidae, Bythograeidae (all of which are vent endemics), Cancridae, Epialtidae, Geryonidae, Goneplacidae, Homolidae, Majidae, Ocypodidae, Oregoniidae, Parthenopidae, Pisidae, Portunidae and Varunidae; the lobster (astacidean) family Nephropidae; and the thalassinidean families Axiidae, Callianassidae and Calocarididae. Some species appear to be vagrants, here defined as opportunistic species occasionally found in the vicinity of vent sites but not restricted to them. Other species, notably members of the shrimp family Alvinocarididae and the crab family Bythograeidae, are clearly endemics, known only from vent or seep sites and presumably restricted to them. All endemic vent shrimps, most of which were originally treated as members of the family Bresiliidae, are now treated as members of the family Alvinocarididae. The family Mirocarididae proposed earlier is no longer recognized following a recent review of the characters that define the genus Mirocaris and the family Alvinocarididae. Currently recognized vent-associated species of shrimp belong to six genera: Alvinocaris, Chorocaris, Mirocaris, Nautilocaris, Opaepele and Rimicaris; the genus Iorania is no longer recognized. Several more genera and species are in various stages of description (manuscripts in press or in review). Of the endemic shrimp genera, only Alvinocaris has been reported from both hydrothermal vents and cold seeps. Vagrant shrimp species include members of the families Crangonidae (one species), Hippolytidae (several species in the genus Lebbeus), Nematocarcinidae (genus Nematocarcinus, often seen but rarely collected), Oplophoridae (five genera), Palaemonidae (one species) and Pandalidae (one species of Chlorotocus questionably included). Within the Anomura, vent-associated species of the family Galatheidae (squat lobsters), most belonging to the genera Munida and Munidopsis, are probably vagrants rather than endemics, although some species are known only from vent sites to date and may prove to be true endemics. The galatheid genus Munidopsis is the most speciose and widespread of all vent-associated taxa and has been reported from both hot vents and cold seeps, although this probably reflects only the fact that it is a widespread and speciose deep-sea genus. Other galatheid genera reported from vent sites are Alainius, Phylladiorhynchus and Shinkaia. Also in the Anomura, three chirostylids in two genera (Eumunida and Uroptychus) are known, and the family Lithodidae is represented at several sites (by species in five genera). All of these anomurans are assumed by us to be vagrants rather than endemics, although some species are known only from one or two sites and may prove to be true endemics. The anomuran hermit crab family Parapaguridae is represented by a single species described recently from an active hydrothermal vent; however, the family (or at least a hermit crab assumed to belong to this family) is also known from other locations where it has not been collected. Among the Brachyura, endemic crab species are all members of the family Bythograeidae, which currently consists of five genera (with the number of recognized species in parentheses): Bythograea (6), Cyanagraea (1), Segonzacia (1), Austinograea (4) and Allograea (1). Vagrant crab species in the Atelecyclidae, Cancridae, Epialtidae, Geryonidae, Goneplacidae, Homolidae, Majidae, Ocypodidae, Oregoniidae, Parthenopidae, Pisidae and Portunidae reported from or near vents or seeps are assumed to be vagrants. One genus of Varunidae (Grapsoidea), Xenograpsus, is restricted to shallow-water volcanic systems off Japan and Taiwan and is apparently endemic to shallow thermal sites. The lobster family Nephropidae (known from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge) is represented by one recently described species of the genus Thymopides, the only other species of which is known from Antarctic waters. The thalassinoid ('mud shrimp') families Axiidae, Callianassidae and Calocarididae (all reported from the Gulf of Mexico) are represented by species as yet undescribed, with the exception of one recently described axiid from the Gulf and one vagrant callianassid species reported from a shallow volcanic system in the Aegean Sea. Unresolved taxonomic problems, some of which are presently under study by traditional morphological methods and/or comparative studies employing allozymes as well as mtDNA data, are mentioned, and limited genetic information as it relates to biogeography is included where known. A discussion of vent biogeography as it pertains to information on the Decapoda is included. Biogeographical trends include the apparent overall similarity of the Indian Ocean sites to those of the Mid-Atlantic with respect to decapods. Both Indian Ocean and Mid-Atlantic systems exhibit a relatively low endemic crab diversity (one species each, though in different genera) and a relatively high diversity and density of shrimp, including the alvinocarid shrimp genera Mirocaris and Rimicaris, which are found nowhere else. Collection trends include the unfortunate tendency for oceanographic researchers to store vent and seep specimens in university or personal laboratory freezers and other non-recognized repositories, making access to specimens, as well as accurate assessment of their systematic and biogeographical status, difficult. c 2005 The Linnean Society of London, Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 2005, 145, 445-522
MCLEAN, J.H.. 1990. Neolepetopsidae a New Docoglossate Limpet Family From Hydrothermal Vents and Its Relevance to Patellogastropod Evolution. Journal of Zoology (London) 222(3): 485-528
Abstract: Six new species of limpets from hydrothermal vents at spreading centres, hydrothermal vents on seamounts, or cold sulphide seeps are described in three new genera in the new family Neolepetopsidae. Anatomy is detailed separately by V. Fretter (1990). The family is considered to be a living descendant of the Palaeozoic-Mesozoic family Lepetopsidae (proposed herein), based on Lepetopsis Whitfield, 1882. Both families are placed in the new superfamily LEPETOPSACEA, new suborder Lepetopsina, order Patellogastropoda. New genera and species are: NEOLEPETOPSIS, type species N. gordensis, from the Gorda Ridge, and three additional species: N. densata, from an active sulphide chimney near 12.degree. N on the East Pacific Rise, N. verruca from a sulphide chimney near 21.degree. N on the East Pacific Rise, and N. occulta from hydrothermal vents on the caldera floor of Green Seamount near 21.degree. N; EULEPETOPSIS, type species E. vitrea, from hydrothermal vents at the Galapagos Rift and the East Paciic Rise near 21.degree., 13.degree. and 11.degree. N; PARALEPETOPSIS, type species P. floridensis, from cool, hypersaline, sulphide seeps at the base of the continental slope off the west coast of Florida. Inclusion in Patellogastropoda is indicated by plesiomorphic characters: symmetrical shell lacking coiled phase, no epipodium in adult, single dorsally arched jaw, docoglossate dentition with a licker below the tip of the radula, both left and right kidney, and gonad discharging through right kidney. The radula differs from that of other patellogastropods in having the denticle caps delicate and non-mineralized, the shafts articulating with shafts and cusps of adjacent teeth in the row and with those in adjacent rows, and in having some capacity for longitudinal bending. The rachidian is well developed; the first two pairs of lateral teeth are regarded as homologues of the inner lateral teeth of Patella; the third lateral tooth is larger than the others and is considered a modified pluricuspid tooth; there are two pairs of plate-like marginals. Tooth morphology differs in each genus but all have a very long second lateral with a strong mid-shaft nub to articulate with the overhanging edge of the pluricuspid. The neolepetopsid radula is interpreted as close to that of the patellogastropod archetype except for its lack of mineralization and reduction in the number of marginal teeth. The radula in living docoglossate outgroups (chitons and monoplacophorans) is mineralized and the teeth are articulating. Articulating teeth are therefore regarded as plesiomorphic in patellogastropods. I speculate that articulating teeth may have been characteristic of Palaeozoic and early Mesozoic patellogastropods and that the non-articulating, straight-shafted and rapidly replaced teeth of extant Patellina may have arisen in the Mesozoic, a time at which patellogastropods of modern appearance underwent a radiation in shallow-water habitats
MUSYL, M.K., R.W. BRILL, C.H. BOGGS, D.S. Curran, T.K. Kazama, and M.P. Seki. 2003. Vertical Movements of Bigeye Tuna (Thunnus Obesus) Associated With Islands, Buoys, and Seamounts Near the Main Hawaiian Islands From Archival Tagging Data. Fisheries Oceanography 12(3): 152-169
Abstract: To learn more about the movement patterns of bigeye tuna (Thunnus obesus), we deployed archival tags on 87 fish ranging in fork length from 50 to 154 cm. Thirteen fish were recaptured, from which 11 archival tags were returned, representing in aggregate 943 days-at-liberty. We successfully retrieved data from 10 tags, representing 474 days in aggregate. The largest fish recaptured was 44.5 kg [131 cm fork length (FL)] and the smallest 2.8 kg (52 cm). The deepest descent recorded was 817 m, the coldest temperature visited 4.7 degrees Celsius, and minimum oxygen level reached ~1 mL per L. Fish spent little time at depths where water temperatures were below 7 degrees Celsius and oxygen levels less than ~2 mL per L. Five fish were recaptured near the offshore weather buoy where they were tagged. Based on vertical movement patterns, it appeared that all stayed immediately associated with the buoy for up to 34 days. During this time they remained primarily in the uniform temperature surface layer (i.e. above 100 m). In contrast, fish not associated with a floating object showed the W-shaped vertical movement patterns during the day characteristic of big eye tuna (i.e. descending to ~300-500 m and then returning regularly to the surface layer). Four fish were tagged and subsequently recaptured near Cross Seamount up to 76 days later. These fish exhibited vertical movement patterns similar to, but less regular than, those of fish not associated with any structure. Bigeye tuna appear to follow the diel vertical movements of the deep sound scattering layer (SSL) organisms and thus to exploit them effectively as a prey resource. Average night-time depth was correlated with lunar illumination, a behaviour which mimics movements of the SSL
Macfarlane, R.B., E.C. Norton, and M.J. Bowers. 1993. Lipid Dynamics in Relation to the Annual Reproductive Cycle in Yellowtail Rockfish (Sebastes Flavidus). Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 50(2): 391-401
Abstract: In yellowtail rockfish (Sebastes flavidus), lipids that accumulated in mesenteries and liver during the summer and early fall upwelling were subsequently translocated to developing ovaries during late fall and winter. Tissue and serum lipids were assessed by stage of ovary maturation from fish collected monthly over six annual reproductive cycles (1985-91) from Cordell Bank, a seamount off central California. Lipids were primarily transported to ovaries prior to fertilization. Energetic lipids (triglycerides, nonesterified fatty acids) were maximal in serum during yolk accumulation stages and declined significantly during embryonic stages. Between fertilization and parturition, lipid and protein content of ovaries declined by about 21%, a value approaching the minimum for lecithotrophy (i.e. ovoviviparity). During gestation, however, serum phospholipids and calcium (vitellogenin surrogate) were significantly elevated relative to male levels, suggesting matrotrophic contributions. A reproductive mode that is primarily lecithotrophic but supplemented by maternal inputs during embryogenesis would be beneficial to viviparous fishes of the California coast. This strategy may optimize reproduction by coupling the disparate times of food abundance and gestation, yet allow for provision of nutrients late in the reproductive cycle should they be available
Magnussen, E.. 2002. Demersal Fish Assemblages of Faroe Bank: Species Composition, Distribution, Biomass Spectrum and Diversity. Marine Ecology Progress Series 238: 211-225
Abstract: Sixty-one fish species were caught in 303 trawl hauls in annual spring bottom surveys between 1983 and 1996. Based on cluster analyses, the Faroe Bank fish fauna can be grouped into 3 assemblages: shallow, intermediate and deep assemblage. The boundaries of these assemblages are strongly connected to depth, whereas the relatively homogeneous oceanographic features have a relatively small influence. Although the total number of species is high, the 4 most common species make up more than 60%, both of the total abundance and biomass. A change in species composition has occurred on the Faroe Bank during the last decades. The fish assemblage on the Faroe Bank is mainly boreal, but the occurrence of Arctic as well as Mediterranean species bears witness to the composite nature of the area. Distribution maps of the most common species are presented. The fish species are distributed regularly across the depth range from 95 to 771 m. Preferred depth for the most common fish species are also given. The highest species diversity was found on the southwestern (1.295) and western sides of the Bank (1.261). Species diversity increased with depth and was highest at depths of >500 m. The highest evenness index (0.611) was found in the shallowest area.
Malahoff, A.. 1992. Evaluation of the Cobalt Crust Continuum on Seamounts in the EEZ of Hawaii : Final Report, October 1, 1989 - September 30, 1991. pp. 5-7
Malod, J.A. and J.R. Vanney. 1980. A Geomorphological Study of the Le Danois Bank Slope (North Spanish Continental Margin) Based on a Multi-Beam Echo Sounder Survey and Observations With the Submersible Cyana. Annales de L'Institut Oceanographique 56((Suppl. S)): 73-83
Malz, H.. 1981. Palaozane Ostracoden Von Den Emperor Seamounts NW-Pazifik. Zitteliana 7: 3-29
Mammerickx, J.. 1992. The Foundation Seamounts: Tectonic Setting of a NewlyDiscovered Seamount Chain in the South Pacific. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 113: 293-306
Abstract: Large areas of the South Pacific remain unsurveyed because they are so remote. A major volcanic chain, the FoundationSeamounts lies between 33¦S and 39¦S and between lll¦W and 125¦W. Poorly defined on conventional bathymetric charts, itbecomes very apparent when combining an analysis of conventional geophysical data with the satellite altimeter data. Thelength of the seamount chain is 1350 km and the volcanoes are clustered within a 180 km wide band, trending approximatelyN70W, which is the direction of absolute motion of the Pacific plate over a fixed reference system. Some of these volcanoesare so shallow that they may have emerged above the sea surface at an earlier time. No dates are known for the seamounts.Surrounding the Foundation Seamounts chain, the tectonic setting is that of the Pacific plate at the time when the strikeof the spreading ridge changed from a northwesterly direction to the present northeasterly one. This episode of spreadingreorganization involved the existence of a short-lived microplate. West of the Pacific Antarctic ridge, a captured segment ofNazca plate accounts for the large discrepancies in the magnetic anomalies offsets along the Agassiz fracture zone. Largepropagators like the Adventure and Kurchatov troughs are described. The newly discovered western segment of the Chilefracture zone is the Pacific plate match of the Chile fracture zone on the Nazca plate.
Mandritsa, S.. 2002. New Species of the Genus Pteropterus (Scorpaenidae:Scorpaeniformes) From the Indian Ocean.. Voprosy ikhtiologii 42(1): 129-130
Manilo, L.G.. 1993. On the Discovery of Kentrocapros Rosapinto (Ostraciontidae) Off the Maldive Islands. Journal of Ichthyology 33(6): 134-135
Abstract: Kentrocapros rosapinto is one of the least known and rarest of the boxfishes in the subfamily Aracaninae (Nelson, 1874). Lindberg (1971) and Tyler (1980) recognized this group as the family Aracanidae. The species was described by Smith (1949) in the genus Aracanostracion from a specimen SL 143 mm, caught in Delagoa Bay (southeast Africa). This species was placed by Tyler (1980) in Kentrocapros. Subsequently, the species was discovered on the Saya de Malha Bank at depths of 125-206 m (Matsuura and Yamakaya, 1982) and on the Walters Seamount at depths of 180-250 m (Collete and Parin, 1991). There are two specimens of K. rosapinto in the fish collection of the Zoological Museum at the Institute of Zoology of the Academy of Sciences of the Ukraine (IZANU) labeled 'Indian Ocean, Maldive Islands, 7 degree N, 74 degree E, donated by L.A. Nikolaichuk.' Considering the considerable distance of the new discovery site from previous sites, it seemed appropriate to provide a short description of these specimens. (DBO) | English abstract
Manning, R.B.. 1992. Two New Species of the Deep-Sea Crab Genus Chaceon From the Pacific Ocean Crustacea Decapoda Brachyura. Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Section A Zoologie 14(1): 209-215
Abstract: Two new species of Chaceon with laterally compressed dactyli on the walking legs are described from localities in the Pacific Ocean, C. poupini from the Marquesas Islands and C. imperialis from the Emperor Seamounts. Five species of Chaceon are now known from localities in the Pacific Ocean
Manning, R.B. and L.B. Holthuis. 1989. Two New General and Nine New Species of Geryonid Crabs (Crustacea: Decapoda: Geryonidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 102: 50-77
Markager, S. and K. SANDJENSEN. 1992. Light Requirements and Depth Zonation of Marine Macroalgae. Marine Ecology-Progress Series 88(1): 83-92
Abstract: Light compensation points (I(c)) for growth were low (0.3 to 2.5 mumol m-2 s-1) for the temperate marine macroalgae Chondrus crispus, Fucus serratus, Petalonia fascia, Porphyra purpurea and Ulva lactuca measured at 7-degrees-C. These I(c)-values corresponded to those estimated by a physiological model including light absorption and quantum yield for growth to describe carbon gain, and weight specific dark respiration, dark loss rate and thallus specific carbon (mol C m-2 thallus) to describe carbon loss. Absorption and quantum yield were close to the theoretical maximum for all species and could not explain differences in I(c). Respiration and thallus specific carbon varied more than 15-fold and were the main factors responsible for variations in I(c). Experimental I(c)-values correspond to 0.12 to 0.61 % of the yearly surface light dose in Denmark (56-degrees-N). These values agree with the % of surface light (%SI) available at the depth limits of leathery and foliose macroalgae at different latitudes. Hence, there is no surplus of energy to balance grazing and mechanical losses, and these factors must be of minor importance for macroalgae growing at great depths. A literature review of depth limits for marine macroalgae reveals an upper zone of mainly leathery algae with depth limits of about 0.5 % SI, an intermediate zone of foliose and delicate algae with depth limits at about 0.10 % SI, and a lower zone of encrusted algae extending down to about 0.01 % SI. This zonation pattern is accompanied by a decrease in thallus specific carbon (i.e. thinner thalli) with increasing depth. The inverse relationship between growth rate at low light and thallus specific carbon suggests that a thin thallus is essential for growth and survival of marine macroalgae at great depths
Markhaseva, E.L. and S.B. Schnack-Schiel. 2003. New and Rare Calanoid Copepods From the Great Meteor Seamount, North Eastern Atlantic. Ophelia 57(2): 107-123
Abstract: Nine benthopelagic calanoid taxa belonging to seven genera were found in 11 samples collected at the Great Meteor Seamount, northeastern Atlantic at depths from 295 to 560 m by means of an epibenthic sledge during a cruise of RV "Meteor" in 1998. A new species of Xanthocalanus (family Phaennidae), X. meteorae sp. nov. is described, as well as a male of Paracomantenna minor, which is the first description of a male in this genus. The following known benthopelagic calanoids could be identified: Bradyidius arm
Markina, N.P., O.E. Muravyova, and T.P. Kamysheva. 1990. Structure Variability of Planktonic Community and Environmental Changes in Fish Habitats With Regard to a Shift of Frontal Zones in the Area of Eltanin Break. Biologiia Moria Supplement 577: 66-76
Markov, A.V.. 1988. Sea Urchins of the Family Saleniidae: Composition and Distribution. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 67(4): 567-574
Markov, A.V.. 1988. Deep-Sea Urchins of the Genus Salenia (Echinoidea). Zoologichesky Zhurnal 67(3): 375-383
Markov, A.V.. 1989. Species Composition of the Genus Trigonocidaris (Echinoidea). Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 68(8): 75-84
Martin, A.P., R. Humphreys, and S.R. Palumbi. 1992. Population Genetic Structure of the Armorhead Pseudopentaceros-Wheeleri in the North Pacific Ocean Application of the Polymerase Chain Reaction To Fisheries Problems. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 49(11): 2386-2391
Abstract: Armorhead (Pseudopentaceros wheeleri) occur in the subarctic, epipelagic habitats of the northern Pacific Ocean and are known to reproduce on seamounts in the central Pacific. Over the last few decades, overexploitation of seamount populations led to dramatic declines in abundances of reproductive populations. We undertook a study of the population genetics of armorhead to test whether distinct stocks exist in association with specific seamounts. We used the polymerase chain raction (PCR) and a combination of DNA sequencing and restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis to analyze mDNA variants for individuals collected from three localities: two seamounts and from the open ocean. We discovered that mtDNA haplotypes are not partitioned geographically, refuting the hypothesis that different seamounts harbor genetically distinct populations. Furthermore, genetic similarity of seamount and open-ocean fish supports the hypothesis that armorhead migrate between the central and northern Pacific Ocean for reproduction and feeding, respectively
Masuda, H., K. Amaoka, C. Araga, T. Uyeno, and T. Yoshino. 1992. The Fishes of the Japanese Archipelago. K.M.Muzic, vol. English Edition, Tokyo, Tokai University Pressp. -456
Matsuura, Y.. 1982. Distribution and Abundance of Skipjack (Katsuwonus Pelamis ) Larvae in Eastern Brazilean Waters. Bol.Inst.Oceanogr., Sao Paulo 31(2): 5-7
Abstract: Based on data from 2 ichthyoplankton surveys conducted off the eastern Brazilian coast in June and November-December 1978, the larval distribution of the skipjack Katsuwonus pelamis is discussed. K. pelamis larvae were more abundant in the November-December cruise (southern hemisphere spring). They occurred mainly at stations near the margin of the continental shelf or over seamounts. Out of 240 specimens of scombrid larvae collected in this area, K. pelamis larvae comprised only 10.4% (25 specimens). The most abundant larvae were Thunnus spp. with 68.8% (165 specimens)
Matthiessen, B. and H.O. Fock. 2004. A Null Model for the Analysis of Dietary Overlap in Macroramphosus Spp. at the Great Meteor Seamount (Subtropical North-East Atlantic). Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 294-304
Abstract: Macroramphosus spp. (Centriscidae, Macroramphosinae) are the most abundant demersal fishes on the Great Meteor Seamount (GMR, subtropical NE Atlantic, 30degrees N, 28.5degrees W). Previous investigations evidenced the existence of two species that differed in morphology and diet. A deep-bodied benthos feeding type (b-type), M. scolopax, could be significantly distinguished from a slender planktivorous type (p-type), M. gracilis. In this study we investigate whether dietary differences are also significant. Based on a novel null model termed ortho-RA3 in accordance with Lawlor (1980), the analysis of dietary overlap revealed significant differences between feeding types for two of three hypotheses that were tested, i.e., between-group differences and within-group differences for M. gracilis. Reasons for the failure of the third hypothesis (within-group differences for M scolopax) are discussed. Our results 4 reinforce the hypothesis of two competing species of snipefishes at GMR
Matthiessen, B., H.O. Fock, and H. von Westernhagen. 2003. Evidence for Two Sympatric Species of Snipefishes Macroramphosus Spp. (Syngnathiformes, Centriscidae) on Great Meteor Seamount. Helgoland Marine Research 57(1): 63-72
Abstract: About 202 specimens of snipefishes (Macroramphosus spp.) from Great Meteor Seamount (GMR, subtropical NE Atlantic, 30degreesN, 28.5degreesW) were analysed with respect to diet composition and morphology. Fifty specimens belonged to the deep-bodied benthos-feeding type (b-type) whose diet consisted of foraminifers, pteropods, decapods and polychaetes, whereas the slender planktivorous individuals (p-type, n=140) mainly fed on ostracods, copepods, pteropods and foraminifers. Twelve specimens showed no specialisation with respect to feeding (p/b-type). Both feeding types can be significantly distinguished from each other by means of bi- and multivariate morphological analysis considering the variables body depth, length of second dorsal spine, diameter of orbit and standard length. We discuss the hypothesis that M. gracilis represents a transient juvenile stage of M. scolopax. Since our specimens of the M. gracilis type were larger than specimens of the M. scolopax-type, such an ontogenetic shift is unlikely to occur. Our results support the hypothesis of Clarke for Australian snipefishes that for Macroramphosus spp. locally two distinct sympatric species must be anticipated, corresponding to M. scolopax and M. gracilis and the b- and p-types, respectively
Matveenkov, V.V., S.G. Poyarkov, O.B. Dmitrenko, A.I. Al'mukhamedov, G.R. Gamsakhurdiya, and O.L. Kuznetsov. 1993. Geological Particularities of the Seamounts Structure in Azoro-Gibraltar Zone (Based on Results of Deep Sea Drilling). Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 33(5): 752-762
Mauchline, J. and J.D.M. Gordon. 1991. Oceanic Pelagic Prey of Benthopelagic Fish in the Benthic Boundary Layer of a Marginal Oceanic Region. Marine Ecology Progress Series 74: 109-115
Maul, G.E.. 1972. On a New Species of the Genus Callionymus From the Great Meteor Seamount (Percomorphi, Callionymoidea, Callionymidae). Bocagiana (Funchal) 18(30): 1-8
Maul, G.E.. 1976. The Fishes Taken in Bottom Trawls by R.V. Meteor During the 1967 Seamounts Cruises in the Northeast Atlantic. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 22: 1-69
Maul, G.E.. 1972. On a New Species of Eel of the Genus Gnathophis (Apodes, Congridae) From the Meteor Seamount. Unknown VI(30): 1-7
McCormick, R.. 1992. The Potential Deepwater Species Fishery in the North Atlantic. for Bord Iascaigh Mhara, Dun Laoghaire, Dublin, Ireland
McDaniel, N., D. Swanston, R. Haight, D. Reid, and G. Grant. 2003. Biological Observations at Bowie Seamount. Preliminary Report Prepared for Fisheries and Oceans Canada, pp. 1-25
McDougall, I. and R.A. Duncan. 1988. Age Progressive Volcanism in the Tasman Seamount. Earth and Planetary Science 89: 207-220
McGuinness, D.S.. 1994. Physical Modeling of Narrow Current-Topography Interaction in a Rotating and Stratified Environment. p. ix-69
McKnight, D.G.. 1984. Echinoderms Form Macquarie Island and the Macquarie Ridge. NZOI Rec. 4: 139-147
McMillan, P.. 1999. New Grenadier Fish of the Genus Coryphaenoides (Pisces:Macrouridae); One From New Zealand and One Widespread in Southern Indo-West Pacific and Atlantic Oceans.. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research: 481-489
Meincke, J.. 1971. Der Einfluss Der Grossen Meteorbank Auf Schichtung Und Zirkulation Der Ozeanischen Deckschicht. "Meteor"-Forsch.-Ergebnisse. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse 9A: 67-94
Melendez, C. and D.F. Markle. 1997. Phylogeny and Zoogeography of Laemonema and Guttigadus (Pisces; Gadiformes; Moridae). Bulletin of Marine Science 61(3): 593-670
Abstract: The systematics of the "Laemonema" subgroup were examined and resulted in recognition of two genera, Laemonema with 12 species, and Guttigadus with eight species (including two of uncertain status). Two new species of Laemonema are described from the Indian Ocean and western Atlantic. Juvenile (Svetovidovia) stages are known for L. barbatulum, L. melanurum, L. verecundum and the new western Atlantic form. All have an unpigmented posterior trunk whereas the known juvenile stages of Guttigadus have numerous v
Menard, H.W.. 1984. Origin of Guyots: The Beagle to Seabeam. Journal of Geophysical Research 89(B13): 11117-11123
Menard, H.W.. 1964. Marine Geology of the Pacific. New York, McGraw Hillp. -271
Menard, H.W. and H.S. Ladd. 1963. Oceanic islands, seamounts, guyots and atolls. in: The Earth Beneath the Sea - History, M.N.Hill [ed.], John Wiley, London, pp. 365-387
Menard, H.W. and R.S. Dietz. 1951. Submarine Geology of the Gulf of Alaska. Bulletin of the Geological Society of America 62: 1263-1285
Metaxas, A.. 2004. Spatial and Temporal Patterns in Larval Supply at Hydrothermal Vents in the Northeast Pacific Ocean. Limnology and Oceanography 49(6): 1949-1956
Abstract: Larval supply in marine benthic invertebrates influences patterns of settlement and recruitment to adult populations. To successfully colonize newly formed or distant hydrothermal vents, which are discontinuous and ephemeral habitats, larvae of vent invertebrates must possess long-range dispersal abilities. However, a significant proportion of locally produced larvae must remain within the adult habitat to maintain the observed dense assemblages of invertebrates. I compared spatial and temporal patterns in larval availability (flux and abundance) at hydrothermal vents within and between ridge segments in the northeast Pacific ocean at Axial Seamount and Endeavour Segment on the Juan de Fuca Ridge and at Magic Mountain on Explorer Ridge. Near-bottom (within 50 cm) larval supply (individuals m-2 d-1) at five vents on Axial Seamount, measured with passively collecting traps in 2000 and 2001, varied temporally by an order of magnitude, but not spatially at scales of tens of meters to kilometers. The most abundant larval taxa were gastropods (particularly the limpet Lepetodrilus fucensis) and polychaetes. Larval abundance in the water column within the axial valley was measured with net tows by the remotely operated vehicle ROPOS at the three ridge segments: Axial Seamount (2000, 2001); Endeavour Segment (2001, 2002); Magic Mountain (2002). Abundance was greater by an order of magnitude at the Endeavour Segment than at Axial Seamount and Magic Mountain, and it did not differ between on-vent (within tens of meters) and off-vent (up to 5 km from the venting source) locations within the axial valley. The uniformly high abundance of larvae within axial valleys suggests that larval supply within a ridge segment is most likely localized, implying significant larval retention on the scale of vent fields and possibly ridge segments
Mezhov, B.V.. 1981. Isopoda. in: Benthos of the Submarine Mountains Marcus-Necker and Adjacent Pacific Regions, A.P.Kuznetsov and A.N.Mironov [eds.], P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, USSR Academy of Sciences, Moscow, pp. 62-82
Mikhaylin, S.V.. 1977. The Intraspecific Variability of the Frostfish Lepidopus Caudatus40. Journal of Ichthyology 17: 201-210
Millar, R.H.. 1968. A Collection of Ascidians From the Vema Seamount. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 38: 1-21
Abstract: 1. A collection of thirteen species of ascidian is described, from the Vema Seamount, four of which are only identified to the genus.2. Three of the species are described as new: Synoicum atlanticum, Aplidium vemense, and Pseudo-distoma michaelseni.3. The affinities of the ascidian fauna are mainly with those of South Africa.
Millard, N.A.. 1966. Hydroids of the Vema Seamount. Annals of the South African Museum 48: 489-496
Miller, D.G.M.. 1986. A Late Phyllosoma Larva of Jasus Tristani Holthuis (Decapoda, Palinuridea). Crustaceana (Leyden) 50(1): 1-6
Abstract: Jasus tristani Holthuis, 1963, is found only at the mid-Atlantic islands of the Tristan da Cunha group and on Vema Seamount, some 600 nm North-west of Cape Town, South Africa. The specimen described is in the final phyllosoma stage as indicated by a full complement of gills. It was collected by the M.V. S.A. Agulhas at a position (40 degree 31'S 10 degree 03'W) 11 nm South-west of Gough Island; an eight square metre, rectangular midwater trawl was used. The animal is clearly a Jasus and closely resembles Jasus lalandii . In view of the catch location and because of the presence of features hitherto not reported for J. lalandii , the present specimen is identified as J. tristani
Millers, S.E. and L.G. Eldredge. 1996. Numbers of Hawaiian Species: Supplement 1. Bishop Museum Occasional Papers 45: 8-17
Mills, E.L.. 1983. Problems of deep-sea biology: An historical prespective. in: Deep-Sea Biology, G.T.Rowe [ed.], John Willey and Sons, Toronto
Mironov, A.N.. 1978. Meridosternin Echinoids (Echinoidea:Meridosternina) Collected During the 16-Th Cruise of the R/V "Dm. Mendeleyev". Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 113(208): 226
Mironov, A.N.. 1994. Bottom Faunistic Complexes of Oceanic Islands and Seamounts. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 129: 7-16
Mironov, A.N.. 9999. Bottom Fauna of the Atlantis-Great Meteor Seamount Chain. in press
Mironov, A.N.. 1997. Holasteroid Echinoids. 4. Echinosigra. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 76(2): 173-186
Mironov, A.N.. 1990. Bathyal Echinoids of the South-East Atlantic. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 126: 132-136
Mironov, A.N.. 1985. Circumcontinental Zonation in Distribution of Atlantic Echinoids. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 120: 70-95
Mironov, A.N.. 1985. Sea urchins as potential indicators of benthopelagic fish concentrations above summits of seamounts. [Morskie ezhi kak vozmozhnye indikatory skoplenij bentopelagicheskikh ryb nad vershinami podvodnykh okeanicheskikh podnyatij.]. in: Biological Bases of the Fisheries Developing of the World Ocean, M.E.Vinogradov and M.V.Flint [eds.], Nauka, Moscow, pp. 231-236
Abstract: The bulk of bottom fauna sampled by bottom trawls above 6 oceanic rises in the Northeast, and East Atlantic, East and Southeast Pacific and West Indian oceans consisted of Echinoidea belonging to the following 7 species: Coelopleurus floridanus, Echinus acutus, E. euryporus, Stereocidaris nascaensis, Centrostephanus nitidus, Phormosoma bursarium and Scrippsechinus fisheri . The analysis of the stomach contents has shown that the species were eury-, necro- and detritophages. Feces and remnants of fishes were found in sea urchin intestines from 3 areas
Mironov, A.N.. 1981. Deep Sea Echinoids of the Genus Plesiodiadema (Echinoidea, Aspidodiadematidae). Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 115: 174-182
Mironov, A.N.. 1981. Sea urchins (Echinoidea).. in: Benthos of the Submarine Mountains Marcus-Necker and Adjacent Pacific Regions, A.P.Kuznetsov and A.N.Mironov [eds.], P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, USSR Academy of Sciences, Moscow, pp. 131-140
Mironov, A.N.. 1975. Deep-Sea Urchins (Echinodermata, Echinoidea) Collected During the 14th Cruise of the R/V "Akademic Kurchatov". Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 100: 205-214
Mironov, A.N.. 1971. Soft Sea Urchins of the Family Echinothuriidae Collected by the R/V "Vityaz" and the "Academik Kurchatov" in the Pacific and Indian Oceans. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 92: 317-325
Mironov, A.N. and A.M. Podrazhanskiy. 1979. Bottom Fauna Studies During the 21st Cruise of the R/V Dmitriy Mendeleyev Using the Pisces-7 Deep-Water Vehicle. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 19(5): 625-626
Abstract: Bottom fauna studies were conducted during the 21st cruise of the R/V Dmitriy Mendeleyev during August-December of 1978. The main tasks of the benthos work during the cruise were to impose conditions to be observed in the planning and successful conduct of further bottom fauna studies with the Pisces submersible and to determine the state and laws governing the distribution of the bottom population of sea mounts
Mironov, A.N. and A.M. Sagalevich. 1987. Life Above Seamounts [Zhizn' Na Podvodnykh Gorakh.]. Priroda (Moscow)(6): 34-42
Abstract: The paper deals with faunistic complexes of seamounts which are characterized by a complicated zoogeographic structure. The specific water dynamics results in sharp changes in the isotherm and isohaline positions by depth and water enrichment with oxygen down to 500 m. The bioproductivity above the seamounts often exceeds the average biomass in adjacent areas by 100 times
Mironov, A.N. and A.Yu. Sagaidachny. 1984. Morphology and Distribution of the Recent Echinoids of the Genus Echinocyamus (Echinoidea: Fibulariidae). Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 119: 179-204
Mironov, A.N. and F.A. Pasternak. 1981. Species composition and distributional patterns. in: Benthos of the Submarine Mountains Marcus-Necker and Adjacent Pacific Regions, A.P.Kuznetsov and A.N.Mironov [eds.], P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, USSR Academy of Sciences, Moscow, pp. 10-28
Mironov, A.N. and N.N. Detinova. 1990. Bottom Fauna of the Nazca and Sala y Gomez Ridges. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 124: 269-278
Mironov, A.N. and O.A. Sorokina. 1998. Sea Lilies of the Order Hyocrinida (Echinodermata, Crinoidea). Moscow, Zoological Museum of Moscow State University, Zoologicheskie Issledovania 2p. -117
Mironov, A.N., A.V. Gebruk, and L.I. Moskalev. 1998. Biogeographical Patterns of the Hydrothermal Vent Fauna: a Comparison With "Non-Vent Biogeography". Cahiers de biologie marine 39(3-4): 367-368
Abstract: The hydrothermal vent fauna has a high ratio of taxa specific for vent biotopes, i.e. obligate vent taxa (> 90% at the species level). This observation, together with the dramatic difference between the vent and regular non-vent deep-sea communities, has resulted in vent fauna being treated as a separate evolutionary and biogeographic unit (e.g. DOVE Workshop Report). In general, the large-scale biogeographical patterns of the hydrothermal vent fauna agree well with those of the non-vent fauna. There is a strong reason to believe that the distribution of both faunas on a global scale is controlled by the same factors. The effect of the non-vent ocean environment on the distribution of vent organisms occurs most likely through dispersal stages of vent organisms. Various examples show that the distribution of faunistic assemblages of different types (from different environments) is described by the same zonal regularities. Thus, similar latitudinal zonation is typical for fresh-water and terrestrial faunas; similar latitudinal and vertical zonation is found in faunas of continental slopes and seamounts. Global biogeographic patterns of abyssal and ultra-abyssal (hadal, or deep-sea trench) faunas are also in a good correspondence. On the community level, hydrothermal vent fauna indeed clearly differs from the non-vent one. However, there is not enough reason to distinguish separate hydrothermal and non-hydrothermal biogeographical provinces. The distribution of vent and non-vent faunas on the global scale is most likely controlled by universal factors and both faunas belong to the same biogeographical provinces
Miura, T. and J. Hashimoto. 1991. Two New Branchiate Scale-Worms (Polynoidae: Polychaeta) From the Hydrothermal Vent of the Okinawa Trough and the Volcanic Seamount Off Chichijima Island [Western Pacific Ocean]. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 104(1): 166-174
Abstract: Two new polynoid polychaete species are described from the Kaikata Seamount, a volcanic front of Izu-Ogasawara Island-Arc system, and the Izena Hole, a hydrothermal vent in the Okinawa Trough. Branchipolynoe pettiboneae sp. nov., found living commensally in the mantle cavities of deep-sea mussels, is close to B. seepensis in having large elytra and branchiae beginning on segment 3, however, the new species differs from the latter in having the subbiramous parapodia with digitiform notopodia instead of the biramous parapodia with conical notopodia. Opisthotrochopodus japonicus sp. nov. differs from other congeners in having the ventral cirri and lacking the modified neuropodial organs on posterior parapodia
Mochioka, N., T. Otake, S. Ishikawa, S. Watanabe, M. Oya, and K. Tsukamoto. 2000. Anguilla marmorata leptocephali. in: Preliminary Report of the Hakuho Maru Cruise, Ocean Research Institute, University of Tokyo, Tokyo, pp. 55-56
Mochizuki, K.. 1989. Distribu Neoscombrops and Scombrops, With Comments on Their History. Nature and Culture (Tokyo University Museum) 1: 79-98
Mochizuki, K. and K. Shirakihara. 1983. A New and a Rare Apogonid Species of the Genus Epigonus From Japan. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 30(3): 199-207
Abstract: A new species of Epigonus (family Apogonidae), E. ctenolepis , is described from two specimens caught from Owase, Japan. This species is distinguishable from other species of the genus in having a compressed body, opercle with a pungent, fully-ossified spine, no eighth rib below tenth vertebra, 10 dorsal soft rays, ctenoid scales on lateral line, 24 similar to 25 total gill rakers, etc. E. atherinoides (Gilbert) is also described from nine specimens caught on the top of the Komahashi Seamount (ca. 28 degree 06'N, 134 degree 39'E) in the Kyushu-Palau Ridge, northwest Pacific. E. atherinoides is distinguished from other species of Epigonus in having a wider body (body width greater than or equal to body depth at insertion of pectoral fin), opercle with a fully-ossified spine, no eight rib below tenth vertebra, 10 dorsal soft rays, cycloid scales on lateral line, etc. A key to the four Japanese species of Epigonus is presented
Moffit, R.B. and D.R. Kobayashi. 2000. Recommended Overfishing Definitions and Control Rules for the Western Pacific Recional Fisher Management Council's Bottom and Seamount Groundfish Fishery Management Plan. Southwest Fisheries Science Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-00-03, Southwest Fisheries Science Center, Honolulu Laboratory, NMFS, NOAA, Honolulu, HI, p. -8
Moffitt, R.B. and J.J. Polovina. 1987. Distribution and Yield of the Deepwater Shrimp Heterocarpus Resource in the Marianas [Pacific Ocean]. U S National Marine Fisheries Service Fishery Bulletin 85(2): 339-350
Abstract: A shrimp trapping survey was conducted at 22 islands and banks in the Mariana Archipelago during a 2-year field period. Three species of deepwater shrimp were found in abundance at various depths: Heterocarpus ensifer at 366-550 m, H. laevigatus at 550-915 m, H. longirostris > 915 m. Heterocarpus laevigatus was the largest and most abundant of the three and has the greatest economic potential. Estimates of the unexploited biomass of this species by bank were calculated from estimates of catchability, relative abundance, and habitat area. An archipelago average of the unexploited trappable biomass was estimated to be 0.8 t/nmi2. Evaluation of length-frequency distributions produced estimates of asymptotic length (L.infinity.) of 55 mm carapace length, instantaneous growth constant (K) of 0.3 yr-1, and instantaneous total mortality (Z) of 0.75 yr-1. A recommended yield of 162.0 t/year (0.2 t/nmi2 per year) for the entire archipelago was calculated using the Beverton and Holt yield-per-recruit equation based on minimum spawning stock considerations. Of this yield, 85% would come from the southern islands (e.g., Guam and Saipan), 13% from the northern islands (e.g., Pagan and Anatahan), and 2% from the western seamounts (e.g., Arakane Reef and Pathfinder Reef)
Mohiuddin, M.M., Y. Ogawa, and K. Matsumaru. 2000. Late Oligocene Larger Foraminifera From the Komahashi-Daini Seamount, Kyushu-Palau Ridge and Their Tectonic Significance. Paleontological Research 4(3): 191-204
Abstract: A larger foraminiferal assemblage consisting of Miogypsinella ubaghsi (Tan), Spiroclypeus margaritatus (Schlumberger) and other species is described from limestone blocks dredged at two sites on the Komahashi-Daini Seamount of the Kyushu-Palau Ridge. The fauna dates the limestone samples as Late Oligocene and is correlatable with the younger part of the Minamizaki Limestone on the Ogasawara (Bonin) Islands. These shallow-water benthic foraminifera give evidence for the shallow-water attitude of the Kyushu-Palau Ridge during the Oligocene, which has been rifted, submerged, and finally subsided to the present water depth
Mohn, C. and A. Beckmann. 2002. The Upper Ocean Circulation at Great Meteor Seamount Part I: Structure of Density and Flow Fields. Ocean Dynamics 52(4): 194-204
Abstract: The circulation patterns at Meteor Seamount are investigated for implications for the marine ecosystem, using a numerical ocean circulation model. The importance of tidal amplification and rectification as well as internal tide generation has been documented in Part I of this study. Passive tracers confirm the idea that there is an area above the seamount which is largely isolated from the surroundings. Lagrangian particle trajectories are used to test and quantify the potential for retention. We find that passively advected organisms are more likely to remain in the near-surface layers above Meteor Seamount than actively migrating organisms, which might escape from the area. Finally, the importance of strong wind events on the distribution of particles is illustrated.
Mohn, C., J. Bartsch, and J. Meincke. 2002. Observations of the Mass and Flow Field at Porcupine Bank. ICES Journal of Marine Science 59(2): 380-392
Abstract: During spring 1994 and summer 1995 hydrographic transects across the Porcupine Bank, an elliptical topographic structure adjoining the shelf-edge west of Ireland, were carried out to investigate the thermohaline properties and flow field characteristics in the vicinity of the bank. The CTD observations show a dome-like deformation of the temperature and density field together with an intrusion of cold. dense water above the bank summit. Additional acoustic current measurements in summer 1995 indicate that the dome-like perturbation of the mass field is accompanied by an anti-cyclonic. bottom-intensified circulation along the flanks of the bank. The doming of the near-bank temperature and density field and the eddy-like pattern of the flow field in summer 1995 may result from a Taylor column formation. It is suggested that a persistent Taylor column circulation around Porcupine Bank provides an important mechanism for the retention of pelagic eggs and larvae of the various marine species spawning in the area. (C) 2002 International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Published by Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved
Moiseyev, Y.. 1986. Distribution of Protozoans Near Seamounts in the Western Indian Ocean. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 26(1): 86-90
Abstract: The spatial distribution of crustaceans (infusoria and zooflagellates) was studied to identify possible anomalies in their distribution above the summits of seamounts in the underwater relief. The mass species were the infusoria Strombidium sp., Tiarina fusus, Tintinuipsis (sic) tenue and T. perminutus and the zooflagellates Monas sp., Oicomonas sp., Bodo saltans , and Rhynchomonas nasuta . The maximum protozoan biomass values in the 0-150-m layer were found above Farquhar seamount (1.9 mg/cm super(2)) and the lowest above the Equator seamount (77 mg/m super(2)). An increase in the number of crustaceans when the summits of seamounts were approached in the direction of currents was not found in all areas. The vertical distribution of the protozoans generally showed two biomass peaks: one at the surface and one in the thermocline
Molodtsova, T.N.. 2005. A New Species of Saropathes (Cnidaria,Anthozoa, Antipatharia) From the Norfolk Ridge(South-West Pacific, New Caledonia). Zoosystema 27(4): 699-707
Abstract: A new species of the genus Saropathes Opresko, 2002 (Antipatharia,Schizopathidae, Schizopathinae) is described. Saropathes margaritae n. sp. differsfrom the closely related S. scoparia (Totton, 1923) in having shortercurved backward primary pinnules, in a lower order (up to three) of subpinnulation,in more (up to eight) secondary pinnules on each primary, as well asin the size and arrangement of spines. The polypar and abpolypar spines inS. margaritae n. sp. differ in form and size, the maximum height of the polyparspines being up to 0.12 mm. The antipatharian fauna reported fromseamounts is discussed and a list of species is provided.
Monniot, C. and F. Monniot. 1992. Ascidians From the Lusitanian Seamounts (Seamount I Cruise). Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Section A Zoologie 14(3-4): 591-603
Abstract: During a program of zoological investigation on the top of the Lusitanian seamounts thirteen tunicates have been recorded, one of which is new (Molgula satyrus n.sp.). Two species, previously considered as strictly abyssal, were collected at 200 m depth only. The others are known from the European continental slope
Monteiro, L.R., J.A. Ramos, R.W. Furness, and A.J. DelNevo. 1996. Movements, Morphology, Breeding, Molt, Diet and Feeding of Seabirds in the Azores. Colonial Waterbirds 19(1): 82-97
Abstract: This paper describes the structure and ecology of the Azores seabird assemblage. Recent observations on movements, morphology, breeding, molt, diet and feeding are combined with a literature review to provide a comprehensive framework for future research. The local populations of small Procellariiformes show a slight tendency to be larger body-sized, compared to southern Macaronesian allopatric populations, but this is not true for the large Cory's Shearwater. Among the Laridae, the Common Tern is slightly but consistently larger than among other eastern and western North Atlantic populations. The Azores seabirds exhibit fixed predictable annual breeding cycles and the phenology of Procellariiformes shows an overall similarity with those at Madeira, Salvages and Canary Is. The chick rearing periods of Procellariiformes with similar ecological niches do not overlap, suggesting partitioning of breeding habitat and food resources. The most important colonies are multispecific. Inter-specific competition for nest sites is high among Procellariiformes and this presumably reflects negatively on their breeding success. Intra-specific competition for nest sites is important among Cory's Shearwater and it is the possible reason for the evolution of temporally segregated populations of Band-rumped Storm-Petrel. Adults of species with high nest-site tenacity show poor body condition int the pre-laying period, which reflects the high cost of nest site maintenance and defense. Most species feed opportunistically on a wide variety of shoaling fish and squid. They produce their young in late spring and summer which apparently coincides with the period of maximum food availability. The petrels exploit vertically migrating mesopelagic fish and Cory's Shearwater feeds often in association with marine predators such as dolphins and tuna. Seamounts with associated upwellings are important foraging areas for seabirds
Montgomery, E.T. and J.M. Toole. 1994. Fine- and Microstructure Observations at Fieberling Guyot : R/V New Horizon Cruise Report. p. 27
Moolenbeek, R.G.. 1986. Studies on Conidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda), 6 - Conidae of the Chesterfield Islands, With Description of Conus Luciae Nova Species. Bulletin of the Zoological Museum of Amsterdam, vol. 10(25)pp. 205-214
Moore, J.A. and J.K. Galbraith. 1998. Results of Exploratory Fishing Off the Northeastern United States. ICES. Counc. Meet. of the Int. Counc. for the Exploration of the Sea, Cascais (Portugal), 16-19 Sep 1998, Copenhagen, p. -9
Abstract: From 1995 to 1997, exploratory deep-sea fishing was conducted along the continental slope, in canyons, and on certain seamounts by a few commercial fishers from New England. Most fishing occurred from the vicinity of Hudson Canyon to northeastern Georges Bank, and between depths of 310 and 1850 m. This fishing effort, and other recent research, have produced new findings concerning the composition of slope and seamount fish faunas within this area, including the addition of 80 species new to the area. This corresponds to roughly a 15 % increase in the total number of deep-sea pelagic and demersal species known off New England. Preliminary information is also provided on the catches and potential viability of commercial deep-sea fisheries in the region. A precautionary approach is recommended in the further development of deepwater fisheries
Moore, J.A., M. Vecchione, B.B. Collette, R. Gibbons, and K.E. Hartel. 2004. Selected Fauna of Bear Seamount (New England Seamount Chain), and the Presence of "Natural Invader" Species. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 241-250
Abstract: Bear Seamount (39degrees 55' N; 67degrees 30'W) is an extinct undersea volcano rising up from the continental slope of Georges Bank. This seamount is the westernmost peak in the New England Seamount (NES) chain. The fauna associated with this seamount was little known until twenty trawl stations were made in late 2000 by the NOAA RV "Delaware II". That cruise resulted in a faunal list of almost 300 species of invertebrates and fishes. A follow-up cruise in July 2002 has added to our knowledge of overall spe
Morato, T., E. Sola, M.P. Gros, and G. Menezes. 2001. Feeding Habits of Two Congener Species of Seabreams, Pagellus Bogaraveo and Pagellus Acarne, Off the Azores (Northeastern Atlantic) During Spring of 1996 and 1997. Bulletin of Marine Science 69(3): 1073-1087
Abstract: The blackspot seabream, Pagellus bogaraveo, has traditionally been the main target species of the bottom longline fishery in the Azores. However, in recent years several other species have increased in economic importance, including the axillary seabream, Pagellus acarne. Despite their commercial value, few studies regarding their diet composition were found in the literature. Data were collected during the demersal cruise surveys that took place aboard the RV ARQUIPELAGO during the spring of 1996 and 1997. The stomach contents of blackspot and axillary seabreams were examined to define their diets. Both seabreams studied fed on a wide variety of small organisms, mainly fishes and several invertebrates. Prey fishes were important in the diets of both blackspot seabream and axillary seabream (61.3 and 76.3% frequency of occurrence, respectively). Thaliaceans and ophiuroids were the most important invertebrates for both species. In addition, blackspot seabream also fed upon pelagic gastropods while axillary seabream consumed bivalves and echinoids. Prey composition of the blackspot seabream diet varied mainly due to the use of different environments, and consequently prey availability. The feeding behavior of this species appears to be size related, as small individuals are mostly males and live preferentially in coastal areas and shallower waters, and exhibit different feeding habits from those observed for larger individuals, which are mainly females and live preferentially at offshore banks and deeper waters. Prey composition indicated that both predators have the ability to feed near the bottom on benthic prey as well as pelagic species in the water column. This study suggests that in addition to locally produced food, the productivity of many seamounts; communities is also dependent on a regular supply of productivity that drift past seamount. Although the results of the stomach contents analysis showed a significant feeding overlap, we suggest that they may not be sharing resources with each other, because the trophic activities of the two species are segregated by differences in habitat use. In this study, habitat partitioning appeared to be an important factor in preventing diet overlap
Morato, T., E. Sola, M.P. Gros, and G. Menezes. 2003. Diets of Thornback Ray (Raja Clavata) and Tope Shark (Galeorhinus Galeus) in the Bottom Longline Fishery of the Azores, Northeastern Atlantic. Fishery Bulletin 101(3): 590-602
Abstract: Tope shark (Galeorhinus galeus) and thornback ray (Raja clavata) are the two most captured elasmobranch species by the Azorean bottom longline fishery. In order to better understand the trophic dynamics of these species in the Azores, the diets of thornback ray and tope shark caught in this area during 1996 and 1997 were analyzed to describe feeding patterns and to investigate the effect of sex, size, and depth and area of caprue on diet. Thornback rays fed mainly upon fishes and reptants, but also upon polychaetes, mysids, natant crustaceans, isopods, and cephalopods. In the Azores, this species preyed more heavily upon fish compared with the predation patterns described in other areas. Differences in the diet may be due to differences in the environments (e.g. in the Azores, seamounts and oceanic islands are the major topographic features, whereas in all other studies, continental shelves have been the major topographic feature). No differences were observed in the major prey consumed between the sexes or between size classes (49-60, 61-70, 71-80, and 81-93 cm TL). Our study indicates that rays inhabiting different depths and areas (coastal or offshore banks) prey upon different resources. This appears to be related to the relative abundance of prey with habitat. Tope sharks were found to prey almost exclusively upon teleost fish: small shoaling fish, mainly boarfish (Capros aper) and snipefish (Macroramphosus scolopax), were the most frequent prey. This study illustrates that thornback rays and tope sharks are top predators in waters off the Azores.
Mordasova, N.V.. 1987. Chlorophyll content in the Southwest Atlantic Ocean [Issledovaniya khlorofilla v yugo-zapadnoj chasti Atlanticheskogo okeana.]. in: Comprehensive Fisheries Studies Carried Out by Vniro in the World Ocean. [Kompleksnye Rybokhozyajstvennye Issledovaniya Vniro V Mirovom Okeane.], D.E.Gershanovich [ed.], pp. 79-95
Abstract: Determination of chlorophyll "a" using the "Aquatrack" sounder to measure fluorescence of chlorophyll "a" continuously down to the depth of 400 m was carried out during the 23rd cruise of the R/V Akademik Knipovich in Feb.-March, 1985. The patterns of chlorophyll distribution in waters of different types in relation to oceanic and biological factors were established. High inhomogeneity in the chlorophyll "a" distribution both in open and near-shelf areas was recorded. In the gyre and eddy zones (off South G
Mori, K., T. Kakegawa, Y. Higashi, K.i. Nakamura, A. Maruyama, and S. Hanada. 2004. Oceanithermus Desulfurans Sp. Nov., a Novel Thermophilic, Sulfur-Reducing Bacterium Isolated From a Sulfide Chimney in Suiyo Seamount. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology 54(Part 5): 1561-1566
Abstract: A novel thermophilic, microaerophilic, sulfur-reducing bacterium designated strain St55BT was isolated from a sulfide chimney in the hydrothermal field of Suiyo Seamount (Izu-Bonin Arc, Western Pacific). Cells of the isolate were rod-shaped and tended to form a chain-link circular structure (a rotund body) at exponential phase under good growth conditions. The isolate was a chemoheterotroph requiring yeast extract for growth. Although strain St55BT used oxygen as an electron acceptor, it could not form colonies in an oxygen concentration of more than 5% (v/v). The isolate also used nitrate, nitrite or elemental sulfur in the absence of oxygen. A phylogenetic analysis based on the 16S rRNA gene sequence revealed that the isolate was closely related to Oceanithermus profundus, belonging to the phylum 'Deinococcus-Thermus' (sequence similarity 99.5%). However, strain St55BT differed from O. profundus in terms of usage of electron donors, cellular fatty acid profile and DNA G+C content. In addition, a DNA-DNA hybridization test indicated low relatedness between the isolate and O. profundus. For the reasons given above, the name Oceanithermus desulfurans sp. nov. is proposed for strain St55BT (= NBRC 100063T = DSM 15757T)
Mortensen, P.B., M. Hovland, T. Brattegard, and R. Farestveit. 1995. Deep Water Bioherms of the Scleractinian Coral Lophelia Pertusa (L.) at 64oN on the Norwegian Shelf: Structure and Associated Megafauna. Sarsia 80: 145-158
Moskalev, L.I. and S.V. Galkin. 1986. Studies of Fauna of Submarine Rises During the 9th Cruise of the R/V Akademik Mstislav Keldysh. [Issledovaniya Fauny Podvodnykh Podnyatij v 9-m Rejse Nauchno-Issledovatel'Skogo Subna Akademik Mstislav Keldysh.]. Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 65(11): 1716-1721
Abstract: Results of bottom fauna investigations in the Pacific and Indian Oceans in 1984-1985 are presented. Detailed data are given on the fauna of 2 submarine rises of the Magellan seamounts. A comparison is made between methods of faunistic studies by means of manned submersibles and traditional fishing gear cast from the vessel. Data are given on trophic characteristics and distribution of macrofauna as related to the main types of macrotopography of the seamounts
Moskalev, L.I., Ya.I. Starobogatov, and Z.A. Filatova. 1983. New Data on the Abyssal Monoplacophora From the Pacific and South Atlantic Oceans. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 62(7): 981-996
Moskaylev, L.I., A.N. Mironov, R.Y. Levenstein, and N.B. Keller. 1983. Study of Bottom Fauna During 2th Cruise R/V "Vityaz II" in the Central Part of the Atlantic Ocean. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 62(10): 1598-1599
Mourino, B., E. Fernandez, P. Serret, D. Harbour, B. Sinha, and R. Pingree. 2001. Variability and Seasonality of Physical and Biological Fields at the Great Meteor Tablemount (Subtropical NE Atlantic). Oceanologica Acta 24(2): 167-185
Abstract: Five oceanographic surveys were conducted at the Great Meteor Tablemount (subtropical NE Atlantic; 30.0 degreesN, 28.5 degreesW) throughout the 1992-1999 period tc, investigate temporal variability in the relationship between the physical structure of the water column associated with the seamount and phytoplankton biomass and/or production rates. Local increases in chlorophyll a, enhanced carbon incorporation rates and changes in phytoplankton species composition were associated with the seamount. These effects were subjected to a large degree of temporal and spatial variability both at seasonal and shorter time scales. (C) 2001 Ifremer/CNRS/LRD/Editions scientifiques et medicales Elsevier SAS
Moyer, C.L.. 1995. Microbial Diversity and Community Structure Determinations Through Analyses of SSU RRNA Gene Distributions and Phylogeny. University of Hawaii at Manoap. xii-151
Moyer, C.L., F.C. Dobbs, and D.M. Karl. 1994. Estimation of Diversity and Community Structure Through Restriction-Fragment-Length-Polymorphism Distribution Analysis of Bacterial 16s Ribosomal-Rna Genes From a Microbial Mat at an Active, Hydrothermal Vent System, Loihi Seamount, Hawaii. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 60(3): 871-879
Abstract: PCR was used to amplify (eu)bacterial small-subunit (16S) rRNA genes from total-community genomic DNA. The source of total-community genomic DNA used for this culture-independent analysis was the microbial mats from a deep-sea, hydrothermal vent system, Pele's Vents, located at Loihi Seamount, Hawaii. Oligonucleotides complementary to conserved regions in the 16S rRNA-encoding DNA (rDNA) of bacteria were used to direct the synthesis of PCR products, which were then subcloned by blunt-end ligation into phagemid vector pBluescript II. Restriction fragment length polymorphism patterns, created by using tandem tetrameric restriction endonucleases, revealed the presence of 12 groups of 16S rRNA genes representing discrete operational taxonomic units (OTUs). The rank order abundance of these putative OTUs was measured, and the two most abundant OTUs accounted for 72.9% of all of the 16S rDNA clones. Among the remaining 27.1% of the 16S rDNA clones, none of the 10 OTUs was represented by more than three individual clones. The cumulative OTU distribution for 48 bacterial 16S rDNA clones demonstrated that the majority of taxa represented in the clone library were detected, a result which we assume to be an estimate of the diversity of bacteria in the native hydrothermal vent habitat. 16S rDNA fingerprinting of individual clones belonging to particular OTUs by using an oligonucleotide probe that binds to a universally conserved region of the 16S rDNA fragments was conducted to confirm OTU specificity and 16S rDNA identity
Moyer, C.L., F.C. Dobbs, and D.M. Karl. 1995. Phylogenetic Diversity of the Bacterial Community From a Microbial Mat at an Active, Hydrothermal Vent System, Loihi Seamount, Hawaii. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 61(4): 1555-1562
Abstract: The phylogenetic diversity of small-subunit rRNA genes associated with the domain Bacteria was examined (by using previously defined operational taxonomic units (C. L. Moyer, F. C. Dobbs, and D. M. Karl, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 871-879, 1994); those for Pele's Vents Bacteria are hereafter abbreviated PVB OTUs) with samples from a microbial mat at an active, deep-sea hydrothermal vent system. A cluster of phylogenetically related PVB OTUs (OTUs 2, 3, 6, and 8) was closely affiliated with Thiovulum sp. contained within the epsilon subclass of the class Proteobacteria and accounted for 60.5% of the small-subunit rRNA bacterial clone library from Pele's Vents. A second, smaller cluster of PVB OTUs (OTUs 1 and 11) was closely affiliated with Xanthomonas sp., contained within the gamma subclass of the Proteobacteria and accounted for a total of 27.1% of the bacterial clone library. The remaining five PVB OTUs each accounted for 2.1% of the clones recovered and were affiliated with the following phylogenetic groups: PVB OTU 5 was a member of the Alteromonas group; PVB OTU 12 was a member of the Colwellia assemblage; PVB OTU 4 was loosely determined to be a member of the Thiothrix group, with the endosymbiotic bacteria from Bathymodiolus thermophilus and Calyptogena magnifica as the nearest relatives; PVB OTU 10B was a member of the Myxobacterium group; and PVB OTU 9A was a member of the Paraphyletic assemblage, with the Octopus Spring microbial mat type K clone as the closest known relative. PVB OTU 7 was determined to be a PCR-generated chimeric structure combined from two described phylotypes detected in this study, thereby decreasing the previously estimated number of major PVB OTUs from 12 to 11
Mullineaux, L.S.. 1987. Organisms Living on Manganese Nodules and Crusts: Distribution and Abundance at Three North Pacific Sites. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 34(2): 165-184
Abstract: A diverse and abundant assemblage of deep-sea organisms lives on the surface of manganese nodules and crusts. The organisms on nodules collected at two sites (equatorial North Pacific and central North Pacific) and on crusts collected at one site (seamount chains near the Hawaiian Islands) were identified and quantified. Eukaryotic organisms attached to a nodule can cover up to 20% of the upper surface (average coverage is about 10%). The number of hard-substrate organisms (larger than 63 .mu.m) per area of sea floor was about 10 times the faunal density of the nearby soft-substrate macrofauna (larger than 300 .mu.m) but only about a tenth of the faunal density of sediment-dwelling meiofauna (sizes between 44 and 300 .mu.m). Foraminifers, many undescribed even at the family level, are the predominant taxonomic group, both in number of individuals and in percentage cover. Suspension feeding metazoans and rhizopod protozoans suspected of suspension feeding were common in the hard-substrate fauna at all sites, in contrast to sediment-dwelling infauna and epifauna, which are predominantly deposit feeders
Mullineaux, L.S.. 1994. Implications of mesoscale flows for dispersal of deep-sea larvae. in: Reproduction, Larval Biology, and Recruitment of the Deep-Sea Benthos, C.M.Young and K.J.Eckelbarger [eds.], Columbia University Press, New York, pp. 201-222
Mullineaux, L.S. and C.A. Butman. 1990. Recruitment of Encrusting Benthic Invertebrates in Boundary-Layer Flows: A Deep-Water Experiment on Cross Seamount [North Pacific Ocean]. Limnology and Oceanography 35(2): 409-423
Abstract: A 48-d field experiment on recrutiment of metazoan larvae and other foraminiferal propagules of deep-water, encrusting invertebrates was conducted on the summit of Cross Seamount (central North Pacific, 410-m depth). Experimental substrata were circular flat plates with differing thicknesses and surface characteristics, designed so that larval responses to the plate boundary-layer flow could be evaluated relative to other factors, such as substratum composition and texture. Flume studies indicated that rectangular plates with thin edges (1.5mm) develop a boundary layer that thickens gradually downstream from the upstream edge, while plates with thick edges (10.0 mm) develop a separation eddy extending 2-3 cm downstream from the leading edge. Dissolution patterns of alabaster disks deployed on Cross Seamount indicated that similar flow patterns developed over plates at the field site. Recruitment of organisms (mostly benthic foraminifers) onto the thin plates was significantly lower very near the edges than near the centers of the plates. Recruts on the thick plates were most abundant 2-3 cm in from the edges of the plates, where the attachment point of the separation eddy was expected to occur most frequently. These results suggest that larval settlement may be a function of very small-scale variations in the boundary-layer flow, reflecting, for example, larval supply to the plate, larval retention on the plate surface, and active larval responses to the flow regime over the plates. Several taxa recruited exclusively onto thick plates covered with finely powdered ferromanganese crust, however, suggesting active selection for substratum composition or texture
Mullineaux, L.S. and S.W. Mills. 1997. A Test of the Larval Retention Hypothesis in Seamount-Generated Flows. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 44(5): 745-770
Abstract: Distributions of larvae of benthic invertebrates in the water column near Fieberling Guyot, a tall seamount in the eastern tropical Pacific, were compared with studies of physical oceanographic processes in an effort to test the hypothesis that larvae are retained in seamount-generated flows. Field measurements of currents during 1990 and 199 had shown that flows near the seamount were driven by tidal rectification, resulting in anticyclonic circulation over the summit and a vertical-radial circulation cell characterized by downwelling at the seamount center, outwelling at the level of the rim, and inward return flows above the level of the rim. No persistent, bottom-trapped, stagnant region was detected on the seamount, but the tidally rectified vertical-radial circulation could theoretically retain larvae. Larval abundances quantified in net samples collected near the seamount in September of 1989 and 1990 were slightly higher near the seamount center than over the Bank or base (far field), but did not show the distinct, bottom-trapped aggregation expected from retention in a classic Taylor cap. Larval abundance patterns over the broad region of the seamount (even at the far field sampling locations) were, however, consistent with retention in the tidally rectified circulation. Hydroid colonization on settlement plates suspended on moorings for 6-and 13-month periods (an indirect measure of hydroid larval abundance) was concentrated over a narrow depth range (450-650 m) but extended radially over 40 km away from the seamount center, a pattern also consistent with larval transport and retention in the tidally-rectified circulation cell
Mundy, B.C.. 1990. Development of Larvae and Juveniles of the Alfonsins, Beryx Splendens and B. Decdactylus (Berycidae, Beryciformes). Bulletin of Marine Science 46(2): 257-273
Mundy, B.C. and H.G. Moser. 1997. Development of Early Stages of Pelagic Armorhead Pseudopentaceros Wheeleri With Notes on Juvenile Ps. Richardsoni and Larval Histiopterus Typus (Pisces, Percoidei, Pentacerotidae). Bulletin of Marine Science 61(2): 241-269
Abstract: Two larvae (4.2 and 7.2 mm notochord length (NL)) and 28 juveniles (8.3-15.3 mm standard length (SL)) of the pelagic armorhead, Pseudopentaceros wheeleri, are described from surface tows taken near seamounts in the central North Pacific Ocean (29.5-30.5degree N, 178-180degree E) during February 1985. Diagnostic features of the larvae include dark pigment on all but the posterior 9-20% of the body, a thick, long intestine (preanal length 76.4-76.9% NL), a supraoccipital crest, spiny supraorbital ridges, and preopercular spines. Juveniles are darkly pigmented over the head and body, with a blotched pattern on specimens >11 mm SL. In juveniles, additional large spines are present on the lacrimals, posttemporals, supracleithra, and cleithral lobes. A 7.4-mm SL Histiopterus typus larva from western Australia has similar head spines but strikingly elongated dorsal- and pelvic-fin elements, more evenly distributed pigment, a larger head, and a more compressed body, compared to Ps. wheeleri. Juvenile Ps. wheeleri can be differentiated from juveniles of the other North Pacific pentacerotids, Pentaceros japonicus and Evistias acutirostris, by numbers of fin rays and from the very similar Southern Hemisphere Ps. richardsoni by vertebral count, interpelvic width, and the absence of anterior spines on the supraoccipital crest. All known armorhead juveniles share a distinctive pattern of cranial spines that includes spines on the lacrimals, large spines in laterally projecting supraorbital ridges, and an enlarged, serrated supraoccipital crest, in addition to the spines on the preopercles, opercles, posttemporals, supracleithra, and pterotics found in many percomorph larvae. Pelagic young of Ps. wheeleri were collected only in neuston tows in winter. The neustonic distribution of small pelagic armorhead may contribute to their advection from seamount spawning sites
Murina, V.V.. 1978. On the Sipunculids and Priapulids Fauna of the Southern Pacific. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 113: 130-131
Murina, V.V.. 1974. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Fauna of Sipunculid Worms From the South Atlantic Based on the Data of the "Akademik Kurchatov" Expedition in 1971. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 98: 228-239
Murina, V.V.. 1978. New and Rare Echiurids of the Family Bonellidae. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 113: 107-119
Murina, V.V.. 1993. New Data of the Fauna of Sipunculida, Echiurida and Priapulida From Atlantic Ocean. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 127: 107-121
Murray, H.W.. 1941. Submarine Mountains in the Gulf of Alaska. Bulletin of the Geological Society of America 52: 333-362
Murray, J.. 1895. A Summary of the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Station 246 (Hess Plateau). vol. Rep. Sci. Res. Voyage H.M.S. Challenger During the Years 1872-1876pp. 961-966
Murray, J. and J. Hj÷rt. 1965. The Depths of the Ocean; a General Account of the Modern Science of Oceanography Based Largely on the Scientific Researches of the Norwegian Steamer Michael Sars in the North Atlantic. (37), New York, Weinheim, J. Cramer, Historiµ Naturalis Classicap. -821
Myers, N., R.A. Mittermeier, C.G. Mittermeier, G.A.B. da Fonseca, and J. Kent. 2000. Biodiversity Hotspots for Conservation Priorities. Nature 403: 853-858
Abstract: Consenrationists are far from able to assist all species under threat, if only for lack of funding. This places a premium on priorities: how can we support the most species at the least cost? One way is to identify 'biodiversity hotspots' where exceptional concentrations of endemic species are undergoing exceptional loss of habitat. As many as 44% of all species of vascular plants and 35% of all species in four vertebrate groups are confined to 25 hotspots comprising only 1.4% of the land surface of the Earth. This opens the way for a 'silver bullet' strategy on the part of conservation planners, focusing on these hotspots in proportion to their share of the world's species at risk.
Nakabo, T., T. Yamamoto, and C.H. Chen. 1983. Two New Species of the Genus Foetorepus (Callionymidae) From the Emperor Seamounts, North-Central Pacific. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 29(4): 349-354
Abstract: Two new dragonets, Foetorepus kinmeiensis and F. kanmuensis , are described from Kinmei and Kanmu Seamounts of the Emperor Seamount Chain in the North-Central Pacific. Both species are red in ground color, but they can be separated from each other by color pattern, shape of the preopercular spine, thickness of pelvic fin rays, and length of the first dorsal fin ray in male
Nakagawa, S., K. Takai, K. Horikoshi, and Y. Sako. 2004. Aeropyrum Camini Sp. Nov., a Strictly Aerobic, Hyperthermophilic Archaeon From a Deep-Sea Hydrothermal Vent Chimney. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology 54(Part 2): 329-335
Abstract: A novel hyperthermophilic archaeon, designated strain SY1T, was isolated from a deep-sea hydrothermal vent chimney sample collected from the Suiyo Seamount in the Izu-Bonin Arc, Japan, at a depth of 1385 in. The cells were irregular cocci (11.2 to 2.1 mum in diameter), occurring singly or in pairs, and stained Gram-negative. Growth was observed between 70 and 97 degreeC (optimum, 85 degreeC; 220 min doubling time), pH 6.5 and 8.8 (optimum, pH 8.0), and salinity of 2.2 and 5.3 % (optimum, 3.5 %). It was a strictly aerobic heterotroph capable of growing on complex proteinaceous substrates such as yeast extract and tryptone. The G + C content of the genomic DNA was 54.4 mol%. Phylogenetic analysis based on the 16S rDNA sequence of the isolate indicated that the isolate was closely related to Aeropyrum pernix strain K1T. However, no significant genetic relatedness was observed between them by DNA-DNA hybridization. On the basis of the molecular and physiological traits of the new isolate, the name Aeropyrum camini sp. nov. is proposed, with the type strain SY1T (=JCM 12091T=ATCC BAA-758T)
Nakagawa, S., K. Takai, K. Horikoshi, and Y. Sako. 2003. Persephonella Hydrogeniphila Sp. Nov., a Novel Thermophilic, Hydrogen-Oxidizing Bacterium From a Deep-Sea Hydrothermal Vent Chimney. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology 53(3): 863-869
Abstract: A novel thermophilic, hydrogen-oxidizing bacterium, designated 29WT, was isolated from a deep-sea hydrothermal vent chimney sample collected from the Suiyo Seamount in the Izu-Bonin Arc, Japan, at a depth of 1385 m. The cells were cocci (0.9-1.0 mum in diameter) and straight rods (2.3-2.7 mum long) under static and agitated culture conditions, respectively. The new isolate was an obligate chemolithoautotroph growing by respiratory nitrate reduction with H2, forming N2 as a final product. A very low concentration of O2 (optimum 0.6-0.8%, v/v) was also used as an alternative electron acceptor while reduced sulfur compounds did not serve as electron donors. Anoxic hydrogen-oxidizing growth with nitrate was observed between 50 and 72.5degreeC (optimum 70degreeC; 40 min doubling time), pH 5.5 and 7.6 (optimum pH 7.2), and in the presence of 1.5 and 5.0% NaCl (optimum 2.5%). The G+C content of the genomic DNA was 37.3 mol%. Phylogenetic analysis based on 16S rDNA sequences indicated that the isolate was a member of the recently described genus Persephonella in a potential new family within the order Aquificales. On the basis of the physiological and molecular properties of the new isolate, the name Persephonella hydrogeniphila sp. nov. is proposed. The type strain is strain 29WT (=JCM 11663T=DSM 15103T)
Nakagawa, T., J.i. Ishibashi, A. Maruyama, T. Yamanaka, Y. Morimoto, H. Kimura, T. Urabe, and M. Fukui. 2004. Analysis of Dissimilatory Sulfite Reductase and 16S RRNA Gene Fragments From Deep-Sea Hydrothermal Sites of the Suiyo Seamount, Izu-Bonin Arc, Western Pacific. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 70(1): 393-403
Abstract: This study describes the occurrence of unique dissimilatory sulfite reductase (DSR) genes at a depth of 1,380 m from the deep-sea hydrothermal vent field at the Suiyo Seamount, Izu-Bonin Arc, Western Pacific, Japan. The DSR genes were obtained from microbes that grew in a catheter-type in situ growth chamber deployed for 3 days on a vent and from the effluent water of drilled holes at 5degreeC and natural vent fluids at 7degreeC. DSR clones SUIYOdsr-A and SUIYOdsr-B were not closely related to cultivated species or environmental clones. Moreover, samples of microbial communities were examined by PCR-denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) analysis of the 16S rRNA gene. The sequence analysis of 16S rRNA gene fragments obtained from the vent catheter after a 3-day incubation revealed the occurrence of bacterial DGGE bands affiliated with the Aquificae and gamma- and epsilon-Proteobacteria as well as the occurrence of archaeal phylotypes affiliated with the Thermococcales and of a unique archaeon sequence that clustered with Nanoarchaeota. The DGGE bands obtained from drilled holes and natural vent fluids from 7 to 300degreeC were affiliated with the delta-Proteobacteria, genus Thiomicrospira, and Pelodictyon. The dominant DGGE bands retrieved from the effluent water of casing pipes at 3 and 4degreeC were closely related to phylotypes obtained from the Arctic Ocean. Our results suggest the presence of microorganisms corresponding to a unique DSR lineage not detected previously from other geothermal environments
Nakaya, K., K. Amakoa, and K. Abe. 1980. A Review of the Genus Lepidion (Gadiformes, Moridae) From the Northwestern Pacific. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 27(1): 41-47
National Geophysical Data Center. 2001. ETOPO2 Global 2' Elevations. NOAA, vol. September 2001
National Geophysical Data Center. 2006. ETOPO2v2 2-Minute Gridded Global Relief Data. NOAA
National Ocean Service. 1990. Bathymetric Map, California Coast, Davidson Seamount. ,Bathymetric map LM 156
National Ocean Service. 1990. Bathymetric Map : California Coast, Guide Seamount.
National Ocean Service. 1991. Bathymetric Map : Gulf of Alaska, Dall Seamount N.E.. ,Bathymetric map LM118
National Ocean Service. 1991. Bathymetric Map : Southwest of Hawaii, Palmer Seamount. ,Bathymetric map LM124
National Ocean Service. 1991. Bathymetric Map : West of Hawaii, Jaggar Seamount. ,Bathymetric map LM122
Natural History Museum. 2005. The Echinoid Directory.
Nellen, W.. 1973. Investigations on the Distribution of Fish Larvae and Plankton Near and Above the Great Meteor Seamount (Untersuchungen Zur Verteilung Von Fischlarven Und Plankton Im Gebiet Der Grossen Meteorbank). Meteor Forschungsergebnisse 13: 47-69
Nellen, W. and S. Ruseler. 2004. Composition, Horizontal and Vertical Distribution of Ichthyoplankton in the Great Meteor Seamount Area in September 1998. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 132-164
Abstract: Above and near the Great Meteor Seamount, subtropical North-east Atlantic, 24 stations were sampled at eight depth strata in September 1998. The gear used was a modified MOCNESS. Some 18 800 fish larvae were collected, and specimens were identified to species and higher systematic levels. Oceanic taxa typical of the high seas remote from coastal areas dominated, but species that usually are found above shelves or slopes occurred in the samples as well, mainly above and fairly close to the 300 m to 400 m-deep seamount plateau. These larvae kept distinctly clear of the deep oceanic region of several thousand meters. Eighteen taxa from a total of 150 identified belonged to the neritic province, one of these, Chlorophthalmus agassizii, being the third most abundant larva found. For selected species concentrations, horizontal and vertical distribution, as well as vertical day/night migration with respect to sea-bottom depth are discussed. It is concluded that Meteor Seamount may be regarded as an isolated, shallow-water area of only 1465 km(2) inhabited permanently by a coastal fish community with a tow number of species. For the larvae of these species the seamount seems to be a retention area as a result of hydrography. Neritic fish that inhabit the shallow seamount plateau receive food energy mainly from the surrounding oceanic waters
Nemeth, D.. 1994. Systematics and Distribution of Fishes of the Family Champsodontidae (Teleostei: Perciformes), With Descriptions of Three New Species.. Copeia 2: 347-371
Nemoto, K., M. Ishikawa, T. Sato, K. Bandou, I. Sakamoto, M. Nakazawa, S. Kasai, H. Kikuma, M. Seki, and T. Suzuki. 1990. Geomorphology and Geology of the Takuyou Daini and Daisan Seamounts [Japan]. Journal of the Faculty of Marine Science and Technology, Tokai University(30): 105-130
Abstract: The 1988 training cruise of the department of marine mineral recources, Tokai University, was conducted in and around the Takuyou Daini and Daisan Seamounts are in Northwestern Pacific Basin. Geological characteristics of the seamounts (guyot) are clarified on the basis of bathymetric survey, surface sediment study by 3.5kHz echograms and dredged samples from the seamonuths. The Takuyou Daisan Seamount is thought to be sunken atoll based on morphological and petrological evidences. The discovery of Middle Cretaceous (Aptian .approximates. Cenomanian) shallow water fossils from the margin of the summit indicates the age of reefal buidup along the rim of atoll. Identification of planctonic foraminifera within pelagic limestone from the summit of the seamount enable us to estimate a minimum age of pelagic condition at the summit of the atoll. The drowning of the atoll seems to occur due to Cenomanian .approximates. Turonian Transgression. The following samples of volcanic rocks were collected from the Takuyou Daisan Seamount; olivine, pseudomorph basalt, olivine pseudomorph titanaugite basalt, olivine basaltic lapilli tuff, chilled scoriaceous tuff and fresh pumice. The olivine pseudomorph titanaugite basalt belongs to alkalibasaltic series based on SiO2-(Na2O + K2O) diagram, and is plotted on the average line of the alkali basaltic rocks from the Erimo Seamount. The chemical composition of the outer and inner parts of the ferro-manganese nodules from the seamount shows similar tendency as those from the central Pacific area which are believed to be hydrogenous origin. The chemical compositions of each part of the ferro-manganese crusts indicate different variation from those of the Takuyou Daigo Seamount south of the Marcus Island
Nesis, K.N.. 1991. Oxygen Depletion As Related to the Fauna of Seamounts. [Defitsit Kisloroda i Fauna Podvodnykh Gor.]. Priroda (Moscow) 4: 40-41
Abstract: Results of underwater studies in the Tropical Pacific and Tropical Indian Ocean have shown that O sub(2) concentrations exceeding 0.13-0.15 ml/l provide ambient conditions close to normal for the macrofauna. A sharp decrease in the abundance of bottom organisms at depths > 1000 m is attributed to inadequate food availability rather than to O sub(2) deficit
Nesis, K.N.. 1993. Cephalopods From the Saya De Malha Bank, Indian Ocean. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 128: 26-39
Abstract: The paper presents an annotated list of 32 bottom, near-bottom and nearbottom-pelagic cephalopods of which 2 species were recorded only on the bank and 2 more only on the bank and in the southern part of the Mascarene Ridge. Half of the cephalopod fauna is represented by shallow-water species of the genera Sepia, Sepiola, Sepioteuthis, Loligo and Octopus not typical of banks and seamounts, the other half comprises species common on submarine elevations. Most of the species have pelagic larvae or an even longer pelagic stage. The majority of the species are characterized by the Indo-West Pacific or a wider distribution. The cephalopod fauna of the bank was formed as a result of random dispersal processes. The high number of shallow-water species, a unique feature of the cephalopod fauna of the bank, may be attributed to the fact that during the Pleistocene the bank was a coral atoll with numerous islands and atolls in its vicinity
Nesis, K.N.. 1994. Teuthofauna of Walters Shoals, a Seamount in the Southwestern Indian Ocean. Ruthenica 4(1): 67-77
Nesis, K.N.. 1986. Cephalopods of Seamounts in the Western Indian Ocean. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 26(1): 123-130
Abstract: On the tops and slopes of seamounts Error, Equator, Fred, Farquhar and on the slope of NW Madagascar (depths 400 to 950 m) and in midwater over these mounts were found 50 species of cephalopods incl. some new species or new records. Fauna is a typical tropical Indo-West-Pacific one. The number of cephalopods in the mesopelagic zone is lower than in the epi or bathypelagic zone. Fauna of bottom and near-bottom cephalopods in the thalassosub littoral and thalassobathyal is an impoverished fauna of adjacent shelves and continental slopes. The cephalopods found in the near-bottom layers of the thalassobathyal are represented by 4 groups: 1. Bottom and near-bottom bathyal and thalassobathyal species; 2. Pelagic species reproducing at (or near) the bottom and living over the slopes or returning to the slopes for spawning; 3. Mid-depth species performing diel migrations and descending by days to the bottom if it lies at the depth of their normal day living; 4. Non-migrating deepwater species living constantly in the same layer indifferently in midwater or near the bottom. Animals of two last groups are swept to the seamount by currents and are eaten by permanent inhabitants of the thalassobathyal
Nevitt, G.A.. 2000. Olfactory Foraging by Antarctic Procellariiform Seabirds: Life at High Reynolds Numbers. Biological Bulletin 198(2): 245-253
Abstract: Antarctic procellariiform seabirds forage over vast stretches of open ocean in search of patchily distributed prey resources. These seabirds are unique in that most species have anatomically well-developed olfactory systems and are thought to have an excellent sense of smell. Results from controlled experiments performed at sea near South Georgia Island in the South Atlantic indicate that different species of procellariiforms are sensitive to a variety of scented compounds associated with their primary prey. These include krill-related odors (pyrazines and trimethylamine) as well as odors more closely associated with phytoplankton (dimethyl sulfide, DMS). Data collected in the context of global climatic regulation suggest that at least one of these odors (DMS) tends to be associated with predictable bathymetry, including upwelling zones and seamounts. Such odor features are not ephemeral but can be present for days or weeks. I suggest that procellariiforms foraging over vast distances may be able to recognize these features reflected in the olfactory landscape over the ocean. On the large scale, such features may aid seabirds in navigation or in locating profitable foraging grounds. Once in a profitable foraging area, procellariiforms may use olfactory cues on a small scale to assist them in locating prey patches
Newman, J.S.. 1987. Site Surveys of the Central and Southern Ninetyeast Ridge for the Ocean Drilling Program, Leg 121. p. xi-106
Newman, W.A.. 1986. Origin of the Hawaiian Marine Fauna: Dispersal and Vicariance As Indicated by Barnacles and Other Organisms. Crustacean Issues 4: 21-49
Newman, W.A.. 1980. A Review of the Extant Scillaelepas (Cirripedia: Scalpellidae) Including Recognition of New Species From the North Atlantic, Western Indian Ocean and New Zealand. Tethys 9: 379-398
Newman, W.A. and B.A. Foster. 1983. The Rapanuian Faunal District (Easter and Sala y Gomez): In Search of Ancient Archipelagos. Bulletin of Marine Science 33(3): 633-644
Abstract: The shore fauna of Easter and Sala y Gomez Islands displays a remarkably high degree of endemism, primarily at the specific level and recntly estimated at 42% for marine mollusks. It is difficult to explain how such high endemicity could have evolved in situ because of the relatively high rate of extinction expected on small, isolated islands. The islands are also very young (2.5 and 2 million years (My), respectively), so high rates of speciation for marine forms would have been required. By contrast, the Hawaiian Archipelago, where marine mollusk endemism is estimated at 20%, is at least 20 My old. A parsimonious hypothesis for the origin for the endemics of Easter-Sala y Gomez is that most if not all were acquired from elsewhere in teh region. An analysis of the numerous seamounts of the sala y Gomez and Nazca Ridges, which extend from Easter to near South America, shows that most were once likely islands
Ng, P.K.L. and M.-S. Jeng. 1999. The Brachyuran Crabs (Crustacea: Decapoda: Eumedonidae and Portunidae) Symbiotic With Echinoderms in Taiwan. Zoological Studies 38(3): 268-274
Abstract: Five species of brachyuran crabs in 2 families (Eumedonidae and Portunidae) are reported as symbiotic with echinoderms in Taiwan. Echinoecus pentagonus is associated with sea urchins (Echinoidea), while Harrovia albolineata, Permanotus purpureus, and Tiaramedon spinosum are reported from featherstars (Crinoidea). All four are eumedonids. One portunid, Lissocarcinus orbicularis, is reported from sea cucumbers (Holothuroidea). Of these, 4 species, Echinoecus pentagonus, Harrovia albolineata, Permanotus purpureus, and Lissocarcinus orbicularis are new records for the island. Specimens previously recorded as Harrovia elegans are here shown to be H. albolineata instead.
Nienstedt, J.C. and A.J. Arnold. 1988. The Distribution of Benthic Foraminifera on Seamounts Near the East Pacific Rise. Journal of Foraminiferal Research 18(3): 237-249
Abstract: We have examined a suite of 43 samples from three seamounts near the East Pacific Rise, spanning a depth range of 788 to 3,353 m. A variety of techniques, including determinations of organic carbon content, X-ray diffraction, biometry and various univariate and multivariate statistical analyses, revealed that both depth-related hydrographic factors and hydrothermal processes affect the distribution and diversity of benthic foraminifera in the study area. The R- and Q-mode factor and cluster analyses were employed to quantify the relationships between the samples studied. Gradational changes in assemblage composition are punctuated by two breaks: an oxygen-minimum zone occurring above 1,100 m, and the CCD at approximately 3,000 m. Additionally, the presence of an Epistominella exigua/Nuttallides umbonifera assemblage provides evidence of a deep-ocean current boundary. We found that anomalous temperature conditions associated with hydrothermal activity may be detectable by biometric analysis of Uvigerina auberiana
Nishikawa, Y. and I. Warashina. 1988. Escolar, Lepidocybium Flavobrunneum (Smith), Commercially Fished in the Waters Adjacent to the Pacific Coast of Japan. Bulletin of the Far Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory 25: 145-162
Abstract: The fishery, biology, and distribution for escolar Lepidocybium flavobrunneum fished by deep longline gear, called "Fukanawa" in Japanese were examined. A commercial scale fishing effort aimed at this species was carried out between 1978 and 1980 in the waters adjacent to the Pacific coast of Japan, between 26 degree -36 degree N and 132 degree -162 degree E. Main fishing ground was formed in the water adjacent to the Izu Islands where the sea bottom goes steeply down to deep water, and high catches of esco
Nishioka, S., Y. Arakawa, and Y. Kobayashi. 1991. Strontium Isotope Profile of Carboniferous-Permian Akiyoshi Limestone in Southwest Japan. Geochemical Journal 25(3): 137-146
Abstract: The chemical and Sr isotope compositions of the Akiyoshi Limestone (SW Japan) were determined. This limestone is a continuous sequence ranging in age from Early Carboniferous to Late Permian and is considered as an organic reef complex deposited on a basaltic seamount. The Sr isotope compositions (87Sr/86Sr) of the Akiyoshi Limestone range from 0.7068 to 0.7088. The time dependent change of the Sr isotope compositions is approximated to the two decreases in Early Carboniferous and Early to Late Permian, and one smooth increase in Middle Carboniferous to Early Permian. Although it is assumed that post-depositional diagenetic alteration may more or less have modified the original isotope values, the profile of the Sr isotope compositions of the Akiyoshi Limestone is interpreted as preserving the temporal change of sea water Sr isotope compositions during Carboniferous to Permian
Noble, M. and L. Mullineaux. 1989. Internal Tidalcurrents Over the Summit of Cross Seamount. Deep-Sea Research 36(12A): 1791-1802
Abstract: Spectral analysis of 46 days of record from a current meter deployed above the summit of Cross Seamount (approximately 300 km west of the Hawaiian Islands) indicates that the strongest current fluctuations were driven by the semidiurnal tide. The tides accounted for 28% of the variance in the current spectrum, were mainly baroclinic in character, and were propagated towards the west-northwest. The amplitude of the S2 current flowing parallel to the major axis of the current ellipse ranged between 4 and 9 cm-1 s. The S2 current was 1.5 times larger than the M2 current. This ratio is 4 times larger than is expected for this region of the Pacific and is not a general characteristics of flows over seamounts. Instantaneous current speeds over the seamount often exceeded 20 cm s-1 and were probably responsible for the small ripples observed on the sediment-covered regions of the summit.
Norris, J.N. and J.L. OLSEN. 1991. Deep-Water Green-Algae From the Bahamas, Including Cladophora-Vandenhoekii Sp-Nov (Cladophorales). Phycologia 30(4): 315-328
Abstract: Studies on deep-water green algae (Chlorophyta) collected using the submersible Johnson-sea-Link I off San Salvador Island, Bahamas, revealed species belonging to the Cladophorales, Siphonocladales and Bryopsidales. All were either siphonous or giant-celled types, suggesting that these morphologies are the dominant forms of green algae in the Caribbean deep-water flora. Twenty-five taxa are reported, excluding species of Halimeda and an undescribed tetrasporalean alga. Cladophora vandenhoekii sp. nov. (Cladophorales) is apparently a deep-water endemic, remarkable for its exceptionally large cells and net-like appearance. The genus Johnson-sea-linkia Earle et Eiseman is considered to be a synonym of Rhipiliopsis A. Gepp et E. S. Gepp, and the combination R. profunda (Eiseman et Earle) J. Norris et S. Blair is proposed. Microdictyon laxereticulatum Setchell and Avrainvillea lacerata J. Agardh are newly reported from the western Atlantic, and 11 taxa are now reported for the Bahamas: Cladophora coelothrix Kutzing, C. pellucidoidea van den Hoek, Anadyoneme saldanhae Joly et Oliveira Filho, A. linkinana D. Littler et M. Littler, Microdictyon boergesenii Setchell, Struvea anastomosans (Harvey) Piccone et Grunow ex Piccone, Pseudocodium floridanum Dawes et Mathieson, Codium isthmocladum subsp. clavatum (Collins et Hervey) Silva, Bryopsis ramulosa Montagne, Caulerpa racemosa var. occidentalis (J. Agardh) Borgesen, and C. peltata Lamouroux. Twenty-one species are reported from depths of > 20 m more than their previous records. Fifteen of these were found at depths > 50 m greater than previously recorded, eight of which were known only from the intertidal or from water shallower than 10 m
Norris, K.S.. 1983. Biogeography of Cetacea. Bulletin of Marine Science 33(3): 781-782
Abstract: Although the fossil record of the order Cetacea is incomplete in many ways, a general biogeography of living forms can be constructed. The patterns that emerge include clusters of taxa focused around: 1) batch feeding of localized or even seasonal sources of food, 2) life in restricted environments, including brackish and fresh water, but originating in the sea, 3) continental shelf situations, 4) divergence zones in the open sea, especially associated with circumglobal tropical current systems, 5) utilization of energy sources ultimately dependent upon vertical migration and importation of biomass below oceanic thermoclines. These are often associated with oceanic upwelling areas, divergences, or even localized sea mounts in the deep sea, or even in the gyres themselves, and finally 6) a cadre of carnivores that prey upon cetaceans and pinnipeds as an important food source
Nutting, C.C.. 9999. Descriptions of the Alcyonaria Collected by the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries Albatross in the Vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands. Proc.U.S.Nat.Mus. 34(1624): 543-601
O'Connor, J.M., P. Stoffers, P. van den Bogaard, and M. McWilliams. 1999. First Seamount Age Evidence for Significantly Slower African Plate Motion Since 19 to 30 Ma. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 171(4): 575-589
Abstract: Resolving the time-space (and compositional) evolution of volcanism along long-lived South Atlantic hotspot trails is important to understanding the connection between hotspot volcanism and mantle plumes. Ar-40/Ar-34 ages are reported here for rocks dredged from a line of five individual seamounts along an similar to 290 km northeast to southwest line extending from the vicinity of Saint Helena Island, and also for Circe Seamount. These seamounts were created in a midplate setting and could have formed rapidly (less than or equal to 1 Myr). The St. Helena Seamount ages reveal a remarkably linear migration rate of volcanism of 20 +/- 1 mm/yr for at least the past 19 Myr, which is interpreted as the absolute motion of the African plate. Because this is much slower than estimated for earlier African plate migration it also represents the first evidence based on seamount ages for a significant deceleration (similar to 33%) of the African plate since at least 19 Ma. However, this change could have occurred as early as 30 Ma when the limited data for the Tristan/Gough hotspot chain are also considered. This deceleration supports a relationship between African plate speed and the upsurge of hotspot volcanism on the African continent at similar to 25 Ma. We suggest that the increased number of oceanic African hotspots between similar to 19 and 30 Ma points to a Link also between major changes in plate motion and the onset and continuation of oceanic hotspot volcanism. Our study supports the assumption that chains of individual, rapidly (?) formed seamounts have considerably more potential of providing clear insights into how mantle plumes interact with overriding lithosphere than do those consisting of uninterrupted, more massive lines of hotspot volcanism.
O'Driscoll, R.L. and M.R. Clark. 2005. Quantifying the Relative Intensity of Fishing on New Zealand Seamounts. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 39(4): 839-850
Abstract: New Zealand seamounts support major fisheries for several deepwater fish species, including orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus) and smooth oreo (Pseudocyttus maculatus). Although a high proportion of features in the depth range 500-1000 m have been fished, very little is known about the ecological impacts of bottom trawling on seamounts. The potential impact is likely to be influenced by the spatial extent and frequency of fishing. A new index is presented to assess the relative intensity of trawling on New Zealand seamounts. The fishing effects index (FEI) incorporates information on the density of fishing on the seamount as a proportion of the seabed area and also on tow direction. Detailed fisheries data from more than 250 000 tows were examined to calculate FEI for New Zealand seamounts. The most intensively fished seamounts were on the south Chatham Rise, an area characterised by a large number of relatively small features which were fished serially for orange roughy in the 1980s and 1990s. Other seamounts with high FEI were on the north Chatham Rise, Challenger Plateau, and off the east coast of the North Island. A range of sensitivity analyses indicated that the general rankings of seamounts were relatively robust to the choice of arbitrary thresholds used to assign tows to seamounts.
Oberste-Lehn, D.. 1963. Some Geological Considerations in Using Seamount and Coral-Reef Environments for Underwater Missile-Launch Systems. p. ix-46
Oceanographic Institute of Washington. 1968. General Plan for the Sea Use Program and Operations Guide for Project Sea Use I (Utilization of Cobb Seamount in 1968). p. 1
Oceanographic Institute of Washington. 1969. Operations Guide for Project Sea Use II (Utilization of Cobb Seamount in 1969). p. 1
Oceanographic Institute of Washington. 1969. Report on Operations of Project Sea Use I (Utilization of Cobb Seamount in 1968). p. 36
Oceanographic Institute of Washington. 1969. Tasks for the Sea Use Program. p. 16
Oceanographic Institute of Washington. 1971. Development of a Fixed, Permanent Mooring System on the Pinnacle of Cobb Seamount : Final Report.
Odate, T. and K. Furuya. 1998. Well-Developed Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Near Komahashi No. 2 Seamount in the Summer of 1991. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 45(10): 1595-1607
Abstract: Water column properties and velocity fields near Komahashi No. 2 Seamount (29degree52'N and 133degree18'E; 289 m minimum depth) on the Kyushu-Palau Ridge during June 1991 were investigated to describe the formation of a regional subsurface chlorophyll maximum (SCM). Two transects were occupied across the summit of the seamount. Along the first transect, cold (<18degreeC), nitrate-rich (>3 muM) water was uplifted south of the summit by downstream subsurface currents. Similar water properties were observed above and east of the summit along the second transect. An intensified SCM occurred at depths between 75 and 90 m, just above the uplifted isotherms. The SCM seems to have been enhanced by upward transport of nutrients caused by topography-current interactions over the seamount. Another well-developed SCM was observed above and north of the summit (first transect) and west of the summit (second transect). The second SCM did not coincide with the uplifted isotherms, but was associated with relatively saline water (>34.85), which occurred in a broad subsurface layer extending into the bottom of the euphotic zone. The most saline water (>34.90) sampled occurred at the top of this relatively saline layer. The saline water was clearly distinguished from the surrounding waters based on its temperature-salinity properties, suggesting lateral intrusion of an allochthonous water mass originating to the south. The presence of the SCM of allochthonous origins suggests that biological distributions near seamounts may be affected by processes besides upwelling
Ohkushi, K. and H. Natori. 2001. Living Benthic Foraminifera of the Hess Rise and Suiko Seamount, Central North Pacific. Deep-Sea Research Part I-Oceanographic Research Papers 48(5): 1309-1324
Abstract: Rose-Bengal-stained benthic foraminifera in six pilot-core samples and one multicore sample collected from the Hess Rise and Suiko Seamount in August 1994 were studied in order to understand foraminiferal distributions between two areas divided by an oceanic front in the central North Pacific. Samples from the Hess Rise were collected in depths of 2167-3354 m under the warm, saline Kuroshio Extension, while samples from Suiko Seamount came from depths of 1811-1955 m under the cold, less-saline subarctic current. Sediment-trap results for the year prior to our sediment sampling show that organic matter fluxes were about 2.5 times greater at Suiko Seamount than at the Hess Rise. However, the hydrographic structure between 1800 and 3400 m. based on CTD observations, is almost the same at both sites. Temperature decreases from 2.2 to 1.7 degreesC over the depth range of 1800-3400 m, salinity increases from 34.5 to 34.7, and the dissolved oxygen content gradually increases from 1.5 to 3.0 mi l(-1). The faunal populations at the Hess Rise are quite different from those at Suiko Seamount. The abundant species at the Hess Rise are Epistominella exigua, Brizalina pacifica, Fursenkoina cedrosensis and Alabaminella weddellensis. These species characteristically inhabit phytodetrital aggregates deposited on an oligotrophic seafloor. The populations at Suiko Seamount are dominated by Triloculina frigida, Lagenammina cf. arenulata, Reophax subfusiformis, and Reophax scorpiurus. The reason for differences between these populations is unclear. However, the typical phytodetritus-dwelling species E. exigua is dominant at the Hess Rise, which is located in a subtropical area that has a pulsed supply of settling organic matter in the spring. On the other hand, E. exigua is rare at Suiko Seamount, a subarctic site where there are more stable and greater fluxes of organic matter in summer and autumn. Occurrences of this species may be related to the seasonally short supply of organic matter that reaches the seafloor in the oceanic North Pacific. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved
Okamura, O., K. Amakoa, and F. Mitani. 1982. Fishes of the Kyushu-Palau Ridge and Tosa Bay45. Tokyo, Tosho Printing Companyp. -435
Okutani, T. and M. Kuroiwa. 1985. The First Occurrence of Nototodarus (Cephalopoda: Ommastrephidae) From Off Chile, Southeast Pacific (Preliminary Report) [Chile Oki Kara Nototodarus -Zoku No Shinhakken (Tosokuko: Akaika-Ka) Yoho)]. Venus the Japanese Journal of Malacology 44(2): 95-102
Abstract: During exploratory fishing on the so-called 167 Seamount located east of Isla San Felix and Isla San Ambrosio, Chile, eight specimens of "unusual" squids were fished in 1983. A male and a female specimen were brought home for identification. Close examination revealed that this squid belonged to the genus Nototodarus Pfeffer, 1912, previously unknown in the East Pacific. After a literature search and comparision with Nototodarus specimens in hand, it was that concluded that these specimens are referrable to
Okutani, T., H. Saito, and J. Hashimoto. 1989. A New Neritacean Limpet From a Hydrothermal Vent Site Near Ogasawara Islands, Japan. Venus the Japanese Journal of Malacology 48(4): 223-230
Abstract: A limpet collected by the DSRV Shinkai-2000 from a depth of 470 m at a hydrothermal vent site in the Kaikata Seamount near Ogasawara Islands, Japan, represents a new taxon Shinkailepas kaikatensis , gen. et sp. nov., which belongs to the new family Shinkailepadidae near the family Phenacolepadidae of the Neritacea (Archaeogastropoda)
Okutani, T., S. Kojima, and D. Kim. 2004. A New Calyptogena Clam (Bivalvia: Vesicomyidae) From the Southwest Pacific. Venus (Tokyo) 63(1-2): 29-32
Abstract: Calyptogena (Archivesica) edisonensis n. sp. is described from the hydrothermal vent field of the New Ireland Basin (Edison Seamount). This is the first taxonomic description of a vent-associated Calyptogena from the Southwest Pacific. This new species is closely allied to C. (A.) nankaiensis from the Nankai Trough off Honshu, Japan
Oliverio, M, and S. Gofas. 2006. Coralliophiline Diversity at Mid-Atlantic Seamounts (Neogastropoda, Muricidae, Coralliophilinae). Bulletin of Marine Science 79(1): 205-230
Abstract: Eleven species of the Coralliophilinae were identified on seamounts of the NE Atlantic and in the Azores. The species-level taxonomy is reviewed with emphasis on the protoconch species-specific characters. The Meteor group of seamounts yielded six species (plus two unidentified), with 3-6 species found sympatrically. Babelomurex atlantidis is described as new, Coralliophila aedonia (Watson, 1886), Babelomurex sentix (Bayer, 1971) and B. dalli (Emerson and D'Attilio, 1963) are reported for the first time in the mid-North Atlantic. Species which were found either abundant (C. aedonia, B. sentix, B. atlantidis) or reproducing (B. dalli) are assumed to form established populations on the mid-Atlantic seamounts. In the Lusitanian group of seamounts only Gorringe yielded more than one species; all species are shared either with the European mainland or with the Canary islands, and there is no evidence for established populations. The coralliophiline species found on the seamounts showed evidence of planktotrophic larval development; at least two are amphiatlantic, which illustrates the role of the seamounts as stepping stones in transoceanic dispersal. Some species are not known outside the seamounts, but this may be explained by the increased availability of bathyal hard bottoms rather than by limitations to dispersal.
Opresko, D.M. and A. Genin. 1990. A New Species of Antipatharian (Cnidaria: Anthozoa) From Seamounts in the Eastern North Pacific. Bulletin of Marine Science 46(2): 301-310
Abstract: Stichopathes spiessi, new species, is described from the eastern North Pacific and compared with the closely related Stichopathes paucispina (Brook). The two species are differentiated on the basis of the size and shape of the spines (smaller and blunter in S. spiessi) and on the size of the polyps (larger and bimodal in S. paucispina). S. paucispina is redescribed from the type material and its generic placement is established by the uniserial arrangement of its polyps. Both species are found on seamounts in the eastern North Pacific. S. spiessi is very abundant at depths of 450-990 m, whereas S. paucispina occurs mainly below 1,000 m
Orlov, A.M.. 1991. Some preliminary results of fishery investigations in the Marcus-Necker seamount area in winter 1983. [ Nekotorye predvaritel'nye rezul'taty rybokhozyajstvennykh issledovanij v rajone podvodnykh gor Markus-Nekker zimoj 1983 g.]. in: Biological Resources of the Thalassobathyal World Ocean. [Biologicheskie Resursy Talassobatial'Noj Zony Mirovogo Okeana.], A.S.Grechina [ed.], Sb.Nauchn.Tr., Vniro, pp. 177-183, 1991
Abstract: No commercial fish concentrations were recorded either in the pelagic waters or directly on the seamounts during the 1983 winter survey. These findings are consistent with the view that this area is characterized by extremely low productivity and holds no promise for fishery
Otake, T., N. Mochioka, S. Ishikawa, Y. Suzuki, S. Watanabe, M. Oya, T. Yoshinaga, J. Inoue, A. SHINODA, T. MIYAI, T. Utou, H. Matsuura, Y. Kurata, T. Yoshida, P.M. Lokman, A. Torii, H. Katayama, L.T. Won, and K. Fujii. 2000. Distribution of Anguilla japonica leptocephali around Arakane and Pathfinder Seamounts. in: Preliminary Report of the Hakuho Maru Cruise, Ocean Research Institute, University of Tokyo, Tokyo, pp. 45-47
Abstract: Abstract not Available
Owens, W.B. and N.G. Hogg. 1980. Oceanic Observations of Stratified Taylor Colums Near a Bump. Deep-Sea Research 27A: 1029-1045
Abstract: Analyses of two hydrographic sections and records from moored instruments show that the flow over a 400-m high seamount, centred at 36¦N, 55¦W in the recirculation region of the Gulf Stream system, resembles a stratified Taylor column. Potential density sections indicate a bottom intensified uplifting over the seamount with a vertical scale of approx. 3 km. Time series of relative vorticity deduced from the current meter records show a significant correlation with the bathymetry and a similar vertical scale as seen in the density structure. Estimates of the vorticity balance nominally 1000 m above the bottom demonstrate that the balance is between the advection of relative vorticity and vertical vortex stretching which is consistent with Taylor column behavior. Objective stream function maps at the same depth show closed contours near the seamount for most of the nine-month duration of the moored array. The results suggest that the bathymetry distorts the larger scale mean circulation so as to produce large amplitude, small scale variability which should be taken into account before one extrapolates isolated measurements from moored instruments
PETRESCU, I.. 1991. Contribution to the Knowledge of Genus Eudorella Norman, 1867 (Crustacea, Cumacea, Leuconidae) With the Description of Two New Species: Eudorella Bacescui N.Sp. and Eudorella Menziesi N.Sp. Travaux de Museum d'Histoire Naturelle "Grigore Antipa" 31: 375-385
Paine, R.T.. 1976. Biological Observations on a Subtidal Mytilus Californianus Bed. p. -130
Abstract: In this report the Mytilus californianus populations of two pinnacles, Duncan and Duntze Rocks, in the mouth of the Juan de Fuca Strait are examined. M.californianus is found on some, but not all, sea mounts. Despite being one of the most characteristic invertebrates in the rocky intertidal zone, it is uncommon or absent in the subtidal area immediately adjacent to large land areas. Scuba dives off Tatoosh Island, Mukkaw Bay, Skagway Rocks, Spike Rock, Umatilla Reef and the north face of Cape Flattery failed to reveal mussel beds. On the other hand, mussels are abundant down to a depth of 24 m at Duncan and Duntze Rocks and were observed to occur to at least 37.5 m. Cover is solid on occupiable substrates at higher levels and diminishes rapidly at depths below 21 m. Pisaster ochraceus a predator of Mytilus in the intertidal zone occurs on Duncan and Duntze rocks but is uncommon. The biological structure, species composition and distribution pattern of these pinnacles is discussed
Pakhomov, E.A., I.J. Ansorge, and P.W. Froneman. 2000. Variability in the Inter-Island Environment of the Prince Edward Islands (Southern Ocean). Polar Biology 23(9): 593-603
Abstract: Variability in the oceanographic parameters and macrozooplankton and micronekton composition, densities and distributional patterns were investigated during a repeat survey conducted between the Prince Edward Islands in April 1998. Results of this study demonstrated the occurrence of pronounced water pulses along the inter-island trench. The location of the Subantarctic Front to the north of the island plateau, through its interactions with the island group, appeared to have a marked effect on the mesoscale dynamics of physical and biological parameters between and around the islands. Seawater temperature and salinity accounted for >40% of the variation in the zooplankton distribution during the trench studies. A total of 41 macroplankton and micronekton taxa, consisting of subantarctic, subtropical and Antarctic species, were identified. Numerical analyses revealed two major groupings of stations corresponding to an offshore and inshore region. Although there was no evidence for quantitative differences in macroplankton densities between the inshore surveys, offshore plankton biomass was at least three- to eightfold higher than during the trench surveys. The importance of water pulses in carrying stocks of large plankton between the islands appeared to be minimal, at least during the time when the investigation took place
Pakhomov, Y.. 1993. Feeding Habits and Estimate of Ration of Gray Notothenia, Notothenia Squamifrons Squamifrons, on the Ob and Lena Tablemounts (Indian Ocean Sector of Antarctica). Journal of Ichthyology 33(9): 57-71
Abstract: Using long-term (1970-1989) data from the Ob and Lena tablemounts, the feeding habits of Notothenia squamifrons squamifrons were studied and its ration estimated. On the Ob Tablemount in summer, it feeds primarily on salps, ctenophores, and medusae, and in winter it feeds on micronektonic fishes. On the Lena Tablemount, its diet year round consists primarily of gelatinous organisms. With increased age (length) and depth of occurrence, planktonic organisms in the diet are replaced by micronektonic fishes (DBO). | English abstract
Pakhorukov, N.P.. 1999. Underwater Observations on Deepwater Fish of the Atlantic Ocean in the Region of the Sierra Leone Rise. Journal of Ichthyology 39(8): 626-633
Abstract: The results of the observations on the deepwater ichthyofauna of the Atlantic Ocean in the region of the Sierra Leone rise carried out from the DSRV Sever-2 when diving up to 1200 m are given. The most usual species were as follows: spiny dog fish Etmopterus baxteri; aldrovandia Aldrovandia spp.; deepwater one-slit eel Synaphobranchus kaupii; grenadiers of the genera Bathygadus, Coryphaenoides, and Coelorinchus; deepwater coster dory Allocyttus guineensis, and ling Lamprogrammus niger found at all seamounts of the rise. At one of the mounts, Dibranchus atlanticus was present in great numbers, while at the other seamount Epigonus affinis, Promethichthys prometheus, and the unidentified species of the family Gempylidae were found. A survey of the fish population density, which fluctuated from 4.7 to 44 specimens/1000 sq. m, is made. | English abstract
Pakhorukov, N.P.. 1976. Preliminary List of the Bathyal Bottom Fishes of the Rio Grande Rise46. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 104: 318-331
Pakhorukov, N.P.. 2005. Behavior and Distribution of Bottom and Near-Bottom Fish on the Emperor Seamount Chain (the Pacific Ocean). Journal of Ichthyology 45(1): 103-110
Abstract: Data are presented on the composition of ichthyofauna on mounts of the Emperor Seamount Chain (the northwestern part of the Pacific Ocean) according to results of observations from the underwater inhabited device (UID) and trawlings performed with bottom trawls in the depth range of 300 to 1200 m in August 1984. Data are cited on the bottom configuration, ground cover, and underwater currents. In natural habitats, 37 fish species from 34 genera and 24 families were observed; in trawl collections, 16 species from 15 genera and 12families are represented. In the ichthyofauna of the Emperor Seamount Chain, near-bottom (40%) and bottom (36%) species are dominant; the above-bottom and the above-bottom-pelagic species account for only 15 and 9% of the species composition, respectively.
Pakhorukov, N.P. and A.R. Boltachev. 2001. On the Distribution and Behavior of the Oilfish Ruvettus Pretiosus (Gempylidae) Over Seamounts. Journal of Ichthyology 41(9): 755-760
Palmer, H.D.. 1963. Marine Geology of Rodriguez Seamount. University of Southern Californiap. -79
Panetta, P. and F. Fiordiponti. 1984. Molluscs of the Amendolara Seamount (Ionian Sea) [ I Molluschi Del Banco Dell'Amendolara (Alto Ionio)]. Nova Thalassia 6 suppl: 731
Abstract: The results are presented of sampling studies undertaken along the Amendolana Seamount. Some 177 species of molluscs were recorded. Distribution of the species according to the bottom surface is examined
Panetta, P. and M. Imperatrice. 1994. Analysis of Mollusks From the Amendolara Seamount. [Analisi Dei Molluschi Del Banco Dell'Amendolara.]. Bollettino Malacologico 30(1-4): 33-42
Abstract: Benthic Mollusca were collected during 5 benthos surveys carried out on the Amendolara Seamount by the Istituto Sperimentale Talassografico C.N.R. of Taranto (Southern Italy). Space-time distribution of 180 species of Molluscs was studied by means of cluster analysis. An homogeneous population of Mollusca evenly distributed on whole area was found. Relative frequency and entropy was calculated for most species; Chlamys multistriata (Poli), Turritella turbona Mtrs. and Bolma rugosa (L.) showed the highest entropy values. Our analysis demonstrates that the Mollusc population of the Amendolara Seamount belongs the maerl facies of coastal detritic biocenosis
Panetta, P., B. Dell'Angelo, and F. Fiordiponti. 1985. I Poliplacofori Del Banco Dell'Amendolara (Golfo Di Taranto). Oebalia 11(3): 767-769
Parenti, P. and J.E. Randall. 2000. An Annotated Checklist of the Species of the Labroid Fish Families Labridae and Scaridae. Ichthyological Bulletin of the J.L.B.Smith Institute of Ichthyology 68: 1-97
Parin, N.. 1990. Preliminary Review of Fish Fauna of the Nazca and Sala y Gomez Submarine Ridges (Southestern Pacific Ocean). Trudy Instituta Oceanologii AN 125: 6-36
Parin, N. and O. Borodulina. 1990. Review of the Genus Polymetme (Photichthyidae) With the Description of Two New Species.. Voprosy ikhtiologii 30(5): 733-743
Parin, N. and Shcherbachev Y.. 1994. Biogeochemical Progress in the Arabian Sea. MHI-UNAS, US-CIS Arabian Sea Workshop, September 20-25,1993, Sevastipol, Ukraine, pp. 119-124
Parin, N. and V.G. Prutko. 1985. Thalassal Mesobenthopelagic Ichthyocoene Over the Equator Seamount in the Western Tropical Indian Ocean. Oceanology 25(6): 781-783
Abstract: The basis of ichthyocoene in the benthopelagic community above the Equator Seamount in the Indian Ocean (0 degree 26'N, 56 degree 04'E) is a population, probably independent, of the lanternfish Diaphus suborbitalis. This population is the principal food resource not only for the oceanic epipelagic predators that concentrate above the seamount, but also of local populations of some mesobenthopelagic fish (Promethichthys, marine Eumegistus and the like) which are a constant component of the thalassal ichthyocoene.
Parin, N.V.. 1987. Species Affiliation of the Spiny Dogfish of the Genus Squalus Inhabiting Seamounts of the Southeastern Pacific. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 27(4): 531-538
Parin, N.V.. 1987. On the Taxonomic Status of a Dogfish of the Genus Squalus From Seamounts in the Southeast Pacific. [O Vidovoj Prinadlezhnosti Kolyuchej Akuly Roda Squalus , Obitayushchej Na Podvodnykh Gorakh Yugo-Vostochnoj Chasti Tikhogo Okeana.]. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 27(4): 531-538
Abstract: The results of recent taxonomic studies have shown that the dogfish occurring on the Sala-y-Gomez and Nazca Ridges should be identified as Squalus mitsukuri Jordan et Snyder, a common warmwater species. The differences between 8 individuals studied and those taken from the type habitat (off Japan) can be attributed to intraspecific variability. An illustrated description of the species is provided, morphological characters are tabulated and notes on the range are made
Parin, N.V.. 1992. The Southern Boarfish, Pseudopentaceros Richardsoni (Pentacerotidae), in the Southeastern Pacific Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 32(9): 130-132
Abstract: The southern boarfish, Pseudopentaceros richardsoni, is widely dispersed throughout the temperate waters of the southern hemisphere. Originally described from the Cape of Good Hope, it was later identified in all oceans. At present, this species has been recorded from Cape Horn, Tristan-da-Cunha, Walvis Ridge between 25 and 31 degree S, off South Africa, on the underwater ridges in the Indian Ocean-the Madagascar (on Walters Bank), the Western Indian, Eastern Indian (the seamounts near its southern end), off southwest and southeastern Australia, New Zealand, and Kermadec Island, on the Chatam Rise and seamounts of a branch of the Southern Pacific Rise. This distribution is given in the latest revision of the Pentacerotidae and other publications. For the southern part of the Pacific Ocean, P. richardsoni was recorded only once-from one of the seamounts in the Sala y Gomez Ridge (24 degree 57' S and 97 degree 41' W, at depths of 390-420 m) where on 29 September 1975 five adult specimens were caught (Borets, 1980). Later at this same seamount (25 degree 04' S, 97 degree 28' W at a depth of 240-275 m), another species of boarfish was caught, Pentaceros quinquespinis. This species is fairly common at the function of the Sala y Gomez and Nasca ridges where P. richardsoni was never collected. (DBO) | English abstract
Parin, N.V.. 1984. Three New Species of the Genus Physiculus and Other Fishes (Moridae, Gadiformes) From the Submarine Seamounts of the Southeastern Pacific Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 24(4): 46-60
Abstract: Six species of the family Moridae (Antimora rostrata Guenther, Tripterophycis sp., Physiculus hexacytus , sp. n., Ph. longicavis , sp. n., Ph. obscurus , sp. n. and Laemonema rhodochir Gilbert) have been identified on the submarine Naska and Sala-i-Gomes Ridges (southeastern Pacific Ocean). Species of Physiculus and Laemonema have been previously described in detail. Physiculus hexacytus and Ph. longicavis belong to the "Ph. dalwigki Kaup species group", characterized by the presence of a chin barbel and fi
Parin, N.V.. 1991. Three New Species of the Bentho-Pelagic Fish Genus Plagiogeneion From the Southern Pacific and Indian Oceans (Teleostei: Emmelichthyidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 104(3): 459-467
Abstract: Plagiogeneion geminatum, described from eight specimens from a seamount on the Nazca submarine ridge in the southeastern Pacific at 200 m, is most similar to P. rubiginosum, but differs in having more transverse scales (37-39 vs. 29-34), and a slightly shorter pectoral fin and upper jaw. Plagiogeneion unispina, described from five specimens from a seamount of the Sala y Gomez submarine ridge at 280-310 m, and P. fiolenti, described from 35 specimens from Walters Shoals in the southwestern Indian Ocean at 180-300 m, are distinct from other congeners in having only the lower opercular spine sharp and a more slender body. The former has more lateral line and transverse scales than P. fiolenti (67-73 vs. 60-70; 29-31 vs. 31-33)
Parin, N.V.. 1991. Fish Fauna of the Nazca and Sala y Gomez Submarine Ridges, the Easternmost Outpost of the Indo-West Pacific Zoogeographic Region. Bulletin of Marine Science 49(3): 671-683
Abstract: Fishes are now available from 22 of the numerous seamounts rising from the crests of the Nazca and Sala y Gomez Ridges which extend from Easter Island to near South America. A total of 173 species of fishes, in 66 families, exclusive of pelagic species, are now known from these seamounts, largely as the result of recent (1979 to 1987) Soviet expeditions in the area. Of these, 136 species in 58 families were found at depths of 160-580 m. The other 37 species are deeper-dwelling species found on the seamount slopes at depths of more than 600 m. There is a high degree of endemism, 42.8%, mostly related to species of Indo-West Pacific origin; 29.5% are Atlantic Indo-Pacific species; 14.4% are southern subtropical species; and 5.2% are species of uncertain assignment. Only 12 species occur on the ridges and along the coasts of South America. The vast majority age of Indo-West Pacific origin so it appears necessary to shift the boundary of the Indo-West Pacific by extending its southeastern margin from 106.degree. W east to 80.degree.. The high degree of endemism indicates that the area should be considered a separate zoogeographic province divided into two subareas, the Sala y Gomez Ridge and the Nazca Ridge
Parin, N.V.. 1990. Percophid Fishes (Percophidae) From the Sala y Gomez Ridge (Southeast Pacific). Journal of Ichthyology 30(1): 68-79
Abstract: Five spp. of the family Percophidae, including 3 that are new to science, have been found on the seamounts of the Sala y Gomez ridge. Chrionema pallidum sp. nov. differs from the similar C. squamiceps and C. squamentum in the number of scales in the lateral line and the number of rays of the first dorsal fin. Enigmapercis acutirostris sp. nov. lacks the dermal lobes around the anterior nares and the "dorsal operculum" of the eye found in E. reducta. Dactylopsaran dimorphism gen. et sp. nov. is characterized
Parin, N.V.. 1987. Species of Spiny Dogfish of Genus Squalus, Living on Southeastern Pacific Ocean Seamounts. Journal of Ichthyology 27(5): 43-50
Abstract: According to the latest taxonomic studies of the genus Squalus , the dogfish living at the Sala y Gomez and Naska seamounts should be S. mitsukurii , which has a broad distribution in the warm waters of all oceans. Small differences of specimens from the type locality (Japan) can be explained by intraspecific variation. The conclusions of Myagkov and Kondyurin (1986) about the composition of the genus Squalus are not well-founded
Parin, N.V.. 1982. New Species of the Genus Draconette and a Key for the Family of Draconettidae (Osteichthyes). Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 61: 544-563
Parin, N.V.. 1982. Two New Species of Sinistral Flounders (Bothidae, Pleuronectiformes) From the Nazca Ridge.. Bulleten Moskovskogo Obchestva Ispitateley Prirodi 88: 90-96
Parin, N.V.. 1986. Distribution of Mesopelagic Fishes in Slope Waters and Around Submarine Rises. UNESCO Tech.Pap.Mar.Sci. 49: 226-229
Parin, N.V.. 1990. Percophidae From Sala-y-Gomez Submarine Ridge (Southeast Pacific) [Perkofovye Ryby (Percophidae) s Podvodnogo Khrebta Sala-i-Gomes (Yugovostochnaya Chast' Tikhogo Okeana)]. Voprosy ikhtiologii 30(1): 3-12
Abstract: The paper presents illustrated descriptions of 5 species from the family Percophidae found on the seamounts of the Sala-y-Gomez submarine ridge. Of these 5 species 4 are local endemics and 3 are new to science. Comparative remarks and data on the range of the species are provided
Parin, N.V. and A.A. Abramov. 1986. A Contribution to the Revision of the Genus Epigonus Rafinesque (Perciformes, Epigonidae): Species From the Seamounts of the Southeast Pacific and a Preliminary of the Epigonus Robustus "Group". N.V.Parin, Transactions of the PP Shirshov Institute of Oceanology (Russia), vol. 121, Tr.Inst.Okeanol., Fishes of Oceanic Pelagial and Submarine Rises. [Ryby Okeanskoj Pelagiali I Podvodnykh Podnyatij.],pp. 173-195
Abstract: Based on the analysis of material collected during the Soviet expeditions detailed illustrated descriptions are presented of Epigonus notacanthus sp.n. and E. elegans sp.n., the latter belonging to the E. robustus "group", to which the following 3 species are added: E. affinis from the Gulf of Guinea, E. waltersensis from the West Indian Ridge and E. heracleus from the seamounts of the Eltanin Fracture Zone. A key for identification of species of the E. robustus "group" is presented and notes on the range a
Parin, N.V. and A.N. Kotlyar. 1985. Electric Rays of the Genus Torpedo in the Open Southeast Pacific. [Ehlektricheskie Skaty Roda Torpedo v Otkrytykh Vodakh Yugo-Vostochnoj Chasti Tikhogo Okeana.]. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 25(5): 707-718
Abstract: Torpedo tremens De Buen and T. Tremens peruana Chirichigno known from areas off Chile and Peru, respectively, are suggested to be raised to specific ranks. Torpedo tremens was recorded for the first time in the open pelagic area at 37 degree S, 86 degree W. Two species from a seamount at the junction of the Nazca and Sala-y-Gomez ridges (25 degree S, 85 degree W) are described as new to science and figured: T. microdiscus sp.n. differs from other species of the genus in a very small disc and T. semipelagica sp.n. is close to T. peruana . The 4 species considered occur both off the bottom and in the water column. A key for identification of species of the genus Torpedo is presented and morphological characters are tabulated
Parin, N.V. and A.N. Kotlyar. 1988. A New Boarfish Pentaceros Quinquespinis (Pentacerotidae) From the Southeast Pacific. [Novaya Ryba-Kaban Pentaceros Quinquespinis (Pentacerotidae) Iz Yugovostochnoj Chasti Tikhogo Okeana.]. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 28(3): 355-360
Abstract: Pentaceros quinquespinis sp. is described and figured from material collected above 2 seamounts of the Sala-y-Gomez Ridge at the depth of 165-275 m. The new species is close to P. japonicus and P. decacanthus but differs from the former in a fewer number of gill rakers, absence of crests on the throat scale and lower body depth, and from the latter in a greater number of anal spines (5-6 versus 4) and fewer number of scales on the cheeks
Parin, N.V. and A.N. Kotlyar. 1988. A New Armorhead Species, Pentaceros Quinquespinis (Pentacerotidae), From the Southeast Pacific. Journal of Ichthyology 28(4): 79-84
Abstract: Pentaceros quinquespinis , sp. nov. is described on the basis of specimens collected on two seamounts of the Sala y Gomez Ridge at a depth of 165-275 m. The new species is similar to P. japonicus and P. decacanthus , but differs from the former species in having fewer gill rakers, in the absence of crests on the throat scales, and in the squatter body; and from the latter in a larger number of anal spines (usually 5-6, vs. 4) and fewer cheek scales
Parin, N.V. and E. Karmovskaya. 1985. Two New Species of the Nettastomatid Eels (Anguilliformes, Nettastomatidae) From the Southeast Pacific Rises. [ Dva Novykh Vida Nettastomovykh Ugrej (Anguilliformes, Nettastomatidae) s Podvodnykh Podnyatij Yugovostochnoj Chasti Tikhogo Okeana.]. Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 64(10): 1524-1530
Abstract: Nettastoma falcinaris sp. n. is described and figured from 3 specimens (the holotype TL is 717 mm) from a guyot located at the junction of the Nazca and Sala-y-Gomez ridges (25 degree 34'S, 85 degree 21'W) at the depth of approximately equals 100 m. The species is close to N. parviceps and differs from it by the position of nostrils and the dorsal fin base and some other morphological characters. Facciolella castlei sp.n. is described and figured from the holotype of TL of 503 mm taken at 22 degree 06'S, 81 degree 15'E at the depth of 230 m. The species differs from 4 other nominal species of the genus Facciolella by a complex of diagnostic characters (the position of the gill aperture, eye diameter, the number of vertebrae, fin rays and pores in the seismosensory system and pigmentation pattern)
Parin, N.V. and O.D. Borodulina. 1986. A preliminary review of benthopelagic fishes of the genus Antigonia Lowe (Zeiformes, Caproidae) [ Predvaritel'nyj obzor benthopelagicheskikh ryb roda Antigonia Lowe (Zeiformes, Caproidae)]. in: Fishes of Oceanic Pelagial and Submarine Rises. [Ryby Okeanskoj Pelagiali I Podvodnykh Podnyatij.], N.V.Parin [ed.], Tr.Inst.Okeanol, pp. 141-172
Abstract: The genus Antigonia Lowe comprises 12 species 6 of which are recognized as valid: A. capros Lowe (the synonyms are aurora Mueller et Troschel, steindachneri Jordan et Evermann and browni Fowler), A. rubescens (Guenther) (the synonyms are benhatatate Bleeker, fowleri Franz and rhomboidea McCulloch), A. malayana Weber, A. eos Gilbert, A. rubicunda Ogilby and A. combatia Berry et Rathjen. The following species are described as new to science: A. saya from the Tropical Indian Ocean, A. aurorosea from the Sala-y-Gomez Seamount in the Southeast Pacific, A. indica from the Arabian Sea and the Bengal Bay and A. xenolepis (from the Northwestern Ridge in the Northwest Pacific. A key for identification of species of the genus Antigonia Lowe is presented
Parin, N.V. and S.G. Kobyliansky. 1996. Diagnoses and Distribution of Fifteen Species Recognized in Genus Maurolicus Cocco (Sternoptychidae, Stromiiformes) With a Key to Their Identification. Cybium 20(2): 185-195
Abstract: According to the recent revision (Parin and Kobyliansky, 1993), the genus Maurolicus contains fifteen allopatric species differing in combination of a few characters of which number of vertebrae, gill rakers and pectoral fin rays, head length, eye diameter, body depth and pigmentation of stomach and intestine are most important. M. muelleri (Gmelin) occurs only in the eastern North Atlantic. All other species also have restricted ranges in the Mediterranean Sea and adjacent Atlantic Ocean (M. amethystinopunctatus Cocco), western North and equatorial Atlantic (M. weitzmani Parin & Kobyliansky), western South Atlantic (M. stehmanni Parin & Kobyliansky), central South Atlantic at Discovery seamount (M. inventionis Parin & Kobyliansky), eastern South Atlantic and western South Indian Ocean (M. walvisensis Parin & Kobyliansky), western tropical Indian Ocean at Saya de Malha Bank (M. komilovorum Parin & Kobyliansky), Red Sea (M. mucronatus Klunzinger), eastern tropical Indian Ocean and Coral Sea (M. javanicus Parin & Kobyliansky), western North Pacific and Sea of Japan (M. japonicus Ishikawa), central North Pacific at seamounts of North-western and Hawaiian ridges (M. imperatorius Parin & Kobyliansky), western South Pacific (M. australis Hector), eastern South Pacific (M. parvipinnis Vaillant), eastern South Pacific at seamounts of Nazca ridge (M. rudjakovi Parin & Kobyliansky), and eastern equatorial Pacific (M. breviculus Parin & Kobyliansky). Maximum body length of the species varies from 30 mm SL in M. kornilovorum to 65 mm SL in M. muelleri. All species of Maurolicus are benthopelagic fishes most abundant over upper continental slopes and submarine rises
Parin, N.V. and S.V. Mikhailin. 1982. Lepidopus Calcar, a New Trichiurid Fish From the Hawaiian Underwater Ridge. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 29(1): 27-30
Abstract: A new trichiurid, Lepidopus calcar , is described. The species was discovered from the Colahan Seamount of the Hawaiian Ridge at a depth between 270 and 350 m. It is characterized by a stout spur-like second anal spine not developed in adults of other species of Lepidopus . Number of vertebrae and dorsal fin-rays is less than in L. caudatus (Euphrasen) and more than in both L. xantusi Goode et Bean and L. dubius Parin et Mikhailin
Parin, N.V., A.N. Mironov, and K.N. Nesis. 1997. Biology of the Nazca and Sala y Gomez Submarine Ridges, an Outpost of the Indo-West Pacific Fauna in the Eastern Pacific Ocean: Composition and Distribution of the Fauna, Its Communities and History. Advances in Marine Biology 32: 145-242
Abstract: Study of the fauna of the submarine ridges in the south-eastern Pacific began in the 1950s, but the most detailed investigations were made in 1973-1987 during cruises of several Russian research vessels, notably the "Ikhtiandr", "Professor Mesyatzev" and "Professor Shtokman". At 22 seamounts of the Sala y Gomez and Nazca ridges, 177 genera and 192 species of benthopelagic and benthic invertebrates and 128 genera and 171 species of fishes were identified. Seven genera and 150 species were described for the f
Parin, N.V., I.I. Konovalenko, and A.A. Nesterov. 1990. Independent Populations of Neritic Carangids Above the Mountains of the Naska Underwater Mountain Range. Biologiia Moria(3): 16-20
Abstract: During 1978-1985, muroadsi scad (Decapterus muroadsi) and yellowtail amberjack (Seriola lalandi) of various size and at various maturity stages were repeatedly found above the same seamounts of the Nazca submarine ridge. Suppposedly, the both species are represented there by the independent self-reproducing populations which may be considered as "pseudoneritic" ones, sensu Parin (1984)
Parin, N.V., K.N. Nesis, A.Yu. Sagaidachnyi, and N. Shcherbachev Yu. 1993. Fauna of Walters Shoals, a Seamount in the Southwestern Indian Ocean. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 128: 199-216
Parin, N.V., V.G. Nejman, and Y. Rudyakov. 1985. A contribution to bioproductivity of open ocean rises. [K voprosu o biologicheskoj produktivnosti vod v rajonakh podvodnykh podnyatij otkrytogo okeana.]. in: Biological Principles of Fishery in the Open Ocean [Biologicheskie Osnovy Promyslovogo Osvoeniya Otkrytykh Rajonov Okeana.], pp. 192-203
Abstract: The occurrence of concentrations of commercial, mainly, benthopelagic fishes above oceanic rises is attributed either to quasi-stationary column-like eddies that led to the formation of an independent ecosystem biotope or to a horizontal advection of food organisms. Experimental studies conducted in Feb.-March 1983 did not reveal any reliable differences in biological productivity above the rises investigated and the adjacent open sea areas in the Indian Ocean. Theoretical considerations indicate that spatial and temporal stability of eddies above the actual seamounts can provide functioning of pelagic community of a complete cycle. The data obtained made it possible to reject the concept of the occurrence of closed ecosystems above seamounts and to advocate the governing effect on bioproductivity of biological characteristics of run-up currents
Parin, N.V., Y. Pavlov, and D.P. Andrianov. 1988. Ecology of the Mirror Dory, Zenopsis Nebulosus of the Submarine Nasca Ridge. Journal of Ichthyology 28(5): 106-115
Abstract: The mirror dory, Zenopsis nebulosus , is a common benthopelagic fish on the seamounts of the submarine Nasca Ridge. Catches include fish up to 48 cm and 1900 g. Lifespan is at least 13 years; most fish reach maturity in the third year. The food consists mainly of macroplanktonic fishes, crustaceans and squids. Spawning occurs in winter and spring; oocyte maturation is of the continuous asynchronous type with about 100,000 eggs per average egg batch
Park, T.. 1992. Morphological Identification of Ocean Perch (Helicolenus Percoides) Stocks. Newsletter of the Australian Society of Fisheries Biology 22(2): 45-46
Abstract: Two morphs of ocean perch (Helicolenus percoides) are caught in the NSW component of the South East Trawl Fishery (SETF). In 1992 a Total Allowable Catch (TAC) for ocean perch was imposed and Individual Transferable Quotas (ITW) allotted, escalating the need to elucidate the stock status of these forms. This paper outlines a two stage morphological comparison of ocean perch types. A suite of 15 morphometrics and 10 meristics were taken from ocean perch of inshore, offshore and seamount origin. The data were subjected to a series of pattern analysis techniques, including principal component analysis, multivariate analysis, and discriminant analysis. The results show a strong morphological differentiation between the inshore and offshore forms, which has important implications for the TAC and ITQ based management strategy
Parker, T. and V. Tunnicliffe. 1994. Dispersal Strategies of the Biota on an Oceanic Seamount: Implications for Ecology and Biogeography. Biological Bulletin 187(3): 336-345
Abstract: Cobb Seamount lies at 46 degree 46'N, 130 degree 48'W in the northeast Pacific 510 km due west of the Oregon coast. The isolated seamount rises 3000 m in a current field flowing from west to east. The seamount supports dense populations of fish and benthos. Collections and submersible observations of the benthic community produced a list of 117 species representing 13 phyla. The organisms present can nearly all be found on the North American Pacific coast, but the diversity is low. This paper presents an analysis of the larval dispersal modes of the benthos at Cobb Seamount. This remote seamount is dominated by species with either a short-lived or no planktonic larval phase. The preponderance of such larval strategies and the observation of abundant drifting kelp near the seamount suggest that rafting of adults may be an effective dispersal mode. The presence of a recirculating flow in the form of a modified Taylor cap appears important for trapping short-lived larvae on the seamount. However, because the water mass is replaced about every 17 days, medium and long-lived larvae would not be retained. The interplay between local currents, available dispersal vectors, and life-history strategies cannot be overlooked in the interpretation of marine biogeographic patterns
Pasternak, F.A.. 1975. Deep-Sea Pennatularians Genus Umbella From the Caribbean Sea and Puerto-Rican Trench ". Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 100: 160-173
Pasternak, F.A.. 1981. Alcyonacea and Gorgonacea. in: Benthos of the Submarine Mountains Marcus-Necker and Adjacent Pacific Regions, A.P.Kuznetsov and A.N.Mironov [eds.], P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, USSR Academy of Sciences, Moscow, pp. 40-55
Pasternak, F.A.. 1985. Specific Composition and the Ways of Forming of the Bottom Fauna Isolated Underwater Rises. Gorgonarians and Antipatharians of the Seamounts Rockeway, Atlantis, Plato, Great-Meteor and Josephin (Atlantis Ocean). Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 120: 21-38
Abstract: A total of 19 species of gorgonarians were found, of which Tubigorgia cylindrica gen. et sp.n. and Calyptophora microdentata were new to science. The new species are described and figured. Notes on the morphology and range of all the species recorded are made and the bathymetric distribution is tabulated. The coral fauna from the submarine rises comprised species with the amphi-Atlantic and East Atlantic ranges. The gorgonarians from the seamounts situated in the area east of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge did not occur in the area west of the ridge
Pasternak, F.A.. 1984. Gorgonians (Anthozoa: Gorgonacea) of the Seamount in the Nothern Part of Kapingamarangi Rise and the Probability of the Existance of Particular Thalassobathyal Vertical Zone on Isolated Seamounts. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 119: 65-75
Pastore, M.. 1983. An Oxyrhynch Crab New to the Ionian Sea, Maja Goltziana D'Oliveira, 1888 (Decapoda, Brachyura). Crustaceana (Leyden) 45(3): 232-237
Abstract: A male specimen of Maja goltziana was captured on the Amendolara Sea Mount at 39 degree 53'N 16 degree 40'E. The capture of the present specimen near the Amendolara Sea Mount is important because it shows the presence of the species in the central Mediterranean, and it is now added to the list of Decapoda of the Ionian Sea, which at the same time confirms the existence of this species in the Mediterranean
Patterson, M.R.. 1984. Patterns of Prey Capture in the Soft Coral Alcyonium Siderium. Biological Bulletin 167: 613-629
Paulin, C.D. and C.D. Roberts. 1997. Review of the Morid Cods (Teleostei, Paracanthopterygii, Moridae) of New Caledonia, Southwest Pacific Ocean, With Description of a New Species of Gadella.. Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM.Mem.Mus.Natl.Hist.Nat.(MMNHN) 174: 17-41
Paulin, K.D.. 1992. Two New Species of the Genus Physiculus (Moridae) From the Submarine Seamounts of the Southeastern Pacific Ocean. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 31(1): 138-141
Abstract: A description is given of 2 new species of the genus Physiculus collected from the submarine ridge of Saly y Gomez in the southeastern Pacific Ocean: Physiculus parini sp. nov. and P. sazonovi sp
Pautot, G., C. Rangin, A. Briais, J. Wu, S. Han, H. Li, Y. Lu, and J. Zhao. 1990. The Axial Ridge of the South China Sea: A Sea Beam and Geophysical Survey. Oceanologica Acta (Paris) 13(2): 129-144
Abstract: We use observations from the 1985 R/V Charcot cruise Nanhai to document Northwest-Southeast spreading in the 150-200 km wide axial region of the South China Sea (SCS). The data include Seabeam and single channel seismic profiles, complemented by magnetic and gravity anomalies. Detailed surveys were performed on both sides of the ridge to examine the structural fabric. A fine scale structural survey of the flank of a seamount, performed with a side scan sonar, is also presented, as well as results from dredges and cores. These observations imply that the last stage of spreading in the SCS basin was oriented Northwest-Southeast, and created oceanic crust transected by numerous transform faults trending Northwest-Southeast in the central area. The alkalic lavas forming the Scarborough Seamount chain are injected along the relict spreading axis and N 140.degree.E trending transform faults and are dated 11-6 My. They were probably emplaced at the end of the spreading, and after its cessation. We conclude that the structural fabric of the axial ridge is uniform throughout the South China Sea, and that the spreading in the axis area was probably uniform in time. Along the edges of the surveyed area, rift structures with a different orientation (N 80.degree.E) were also observed. We present two alternative kinematic interpretations for the evolution of the basin. One involves the extrusion of Sundaland along large strike-slip faults in response to the India-Asia collision. Rifts trending .approximateseq. Northeast-Southwest are created at the tips of those faults by Tertiary left lateral motion along them, and the oceanic spreading follows the same structural directions. The second interpretation implies a 20 to 30.degree. counterclockwise rotation of the rift axis, with a general kinematic reorganization around 20 My
Paxton, H. and P. GILLET. 2004. Longibrachium Falcigerum, a New Species of Onuphidae (Annelida : Polychaeta) From the Seamount 2 Expedition, North Atlantic Ocean. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 84(1): 59-62
Abstract: A new species, is Longibrachium falcigerum, is described from seamounts in the North Atlantic Ocean, from depths of 495 695 m. Longibrachium falcigerum sp. nov. is unique among its congeners for possessing falcigers and spinigers in the lower chaetal bundle. Another member of the Rhamphobrachium complex, Rhamphobrachium (Spinigerium) brevibrachiatum, occurring with the new species, is briefly characterized
Pearson, D.E., D.A. Douglas, and B. Barss. 1993. Biological Observations From the Cobb Seamount Rockfish Fishery. U S National Marine Fisheries Service Fishery Bulletin 91(3): 573-576
Pearson, P.N., N.J. Shackleton, and M.A. Hall. 1997. Stable Isotopic Evidence for the Sympatric Divergence of Globigerinoides Trilobus and Orbulina Universa (Planktonic Foraminifera). Journal of the Geological Society 154: 295-302
Abstract: Two extant species of spinose planktonic foraminifera, Globigerinoides trilobus and Orbulina universa, shared a common ancestor in the early Miocene, as studied here in well-preserved fossil material from Limalok Guyot in the tropical Pacific (Ocean Drilling Program Site 871). The first appearance of O. universa (15.1 Ma) was preceded by an increase in the morphological variance of the ancestral lineage, including the origin of several new and short-ranging Praeorbulina morphospecies. Biological speciation (cladogenesis) probably occurred before 15.1 Ma. New oxygen (delta(18)O) and carbon (delta(13)C) stable isotopic results are compared with analyses of two reference species, Globigerinoides ruber (shallow water) and Globoquadrina venezuelana (deep water). Oxygen isotopic ratios of G. trilobus, Praeorbulina spp., and O. universa indicate that the entire evolutionary transition took place within mixed layer habitats similar to those occupied by modern G. trilobus. A slight separation in the delta(18)O of O. universa and G. trilobus later in the mid-Miocene may indicate subsequent habitat partitioning. Carbon isotopes suggest that no significant change in the carbon metabolism or degree of photosymbiosis occurred. The origin of Orbulina therefore appears to have been a case of sympatric speciation at shallow depths in the open ocean. The causes of the speciation and morphological transition are unknown
Peden, A.E. and M.E. Anderson. 1981. Lycodapus (Pisces: Zoarcidae) of Eastern Bering Sea and Nearby Pacific Ocean, With Three New Species and a Revised Key to the Species. Canadian Journal of Zoology 59(4): 667-678
Abstract: Lycodapus leptus n.sp., L. poecilus n.sp., and L. psarostomatus n.sp. are described from the eastern Berine Sea. A new key to all known species of Lycodapus is presented. In addition, L. fierasfer Gilbert, L. parviceps Gilbert, and L. derjugini Andriashev are recognized from the Bering Sea and L. microdon Schmidt is recognized from the Sea of Okhotsk. The northern range limit of Lycodapus dermatinus Gilbert is established from a sea mount off southeastern Alaska. A specimen of Lycodapus that cannot be identified to species represents the most southern record for the genus in Asiatic waters
Pedersen, O.P., M. Zhou, K.S. Tande, and A. Edvardsen. 2005. Eddy Formation on the Coast of North Norway - Evidenced by Synoptic Sampling. ICES Journal of Marine Science 62: 615-628
Penas, A. and E. Rolan. 1999. Pyramidellidae (Gastropoda, Heterostropha) From Oceanographic Mission "Seamount 2". Iberus Suplimento 5: 151-199
Penrith, M.J.. 1967. The Fishes of Tristan Da Cuna, Gough Island and the Vema Seamount. Annals of the South African Museum 48(22): 523-548
Pequeno, G.. 1997. Peces De Chile. Lista Sistematica Revisada y Comentada: Addendum. Revista de Biologia Marina y Oceanografia 32(2): 77-94
Pequeno, G.. 1989. Peces De Chile, Lista Sistematica Revisada y Comentada. Revista de biologia marina, vol. 24(2)pp. 1-132
Abstract: A new version of the systematic checklist of the fishes of Chile including 198 families and 978 species, is presented. Aspects dealing with the origin of Chilean lampreys and hagfishes are discussed, as well as the taxonomic changes during the last ten years. Aspects on the taxonomy and distribution of sharks and rays are discussed. Osteichthyes are classified within Taeniopedia and Euteleostei. Each order is treated within the framework of these divisions, and comments are made.
Perrone, A.. 1985. A Form of Dorid Nudibranch of the Tropical Genus Sclerodoris Eliot, 1904 Found in the Mediterranean (Opisthobranchia: Nudibranchia). [Una Forma Di Nudibranchi...]. Thalassia salentina(15): 63-70
Abstract: A living specimen of nudibranchs of the genus Sclerodoris recently has been dredged on the Amendolara Seamount, in the gulf of Taranto. The genus Sclerodoris , with tropical species of nudibranchs, has been previously been reported from Mediterranean. Although identification is difficult, the author believes the specimen may be referred to the species Sclerodoris tuberculata Eliot, 1094 from Indian Ocean
Perrone, A.. 1985. Report on the Biological Survey of Amendolara Seamount: Nudibranchia of Amendolara Seamount. Journal of Molluscan Studies 51(1): 102-103
Pettibone, M.H.. 1990. New Species and New Records of Scaled Polychaetes (Polychaeta: Polynoidae) From the Axial Seamount Caldera of the Juan De Fuca Ridge in the Northeast Pacific and the East Pacific Ocean Off Northern California. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 103(4): 825-838
Abstract: A new species of Harmothoe globosa from the Axial Seamount Caldera on the Juan de Fuca Ridge is described. Polynoids from the Gorda Ridge off northern California include Harmothoe gordae , new species, in Harmothoinae, from Wood Island; Parabathynoe brisinga , new genus, new species, in Arctonoinae, commensal with a brisingid asteroid; Lepidonotopodium piscesae , new record, in Lepidonotopodinae; Levensteiniella kincaidi , new record, and L. intermedia , new species, in Macellicepholinae; and Branchinotogluma grasslei and Opisthotrochopodus tunnicliffeae , new records, in Branchinotogluminae
Pettibone, M.H.. 1988. New Species and New Records of Scaled Polychaetes (Polychaeta: Polynoidae) From Hydrothermal Vents of the Northeast Pacific Explorer and Juan De Fuca Ridges. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 101(1): 192-208
Abstract: The joint Canadian-American Seamount Expedition in the Northeast Pacific uncovered additional polynoid polychaetes associated with hydrothermal vents of the Explorer and Juan de Fuca ridges. They included five species, two new, in three subfamilies of Polynoidae: Lepidonotopodinae: Lepidonotopodium piscesae , new species; Macellicephalinae: Levensteiniella kincaidi Pettibone: Branchinotogluminae: Branchinotogluma grasslei Pettibone, B. sandersi Pettibone, Opisthotrochopodus tunnicliffeae , new species. The diagnosis of Opisthotrochopodus is emended. Habitats of some species are discussed
Pianet, R.. 1994. The Second Regional Tuna Programme of the AT (Commission De L'Ocean Indien). Proceedings of the 5Th Expert Consultation on Indian Ocean Tunas, Mahe, Seychelles, 4-8 October, 1993, Iptp Collect, vol. 8, pp. 38-41
Abstract: A second phase of the Regional Tuna Programme (PTR2) of the Association Thoniere (AT) was funded for three years by the EDF for ORSTOM execution in collaboration with national support centres in Comoros, Madagascar, Mauritius, Seychelles and La Reunion. Eight scientific projects cover, for the western Indian Ocean tropical tunas, the collection and analysis of statistics, population dynamics, behaviour and migrations, biology, oceanographic and biological environment and fish aggregation around logs, FADs and sea mounts. The feasibility of starting an albacore fishery is also being evaluated from historical and environmental data
Pianet, R.. 1998. State of the Scientific Knowledge on Tuna Resources in the Western Indian Ocean. [Etat Des Connaissances Scientifiques Sur Les Ressources Thonieres Dans L'Ocen Indien.]. ORSTOM. International tuna conference 96: Tuna prospects and strategies for Indian Ocean, 27-28-29 November 1996, Mauritius [Conference Thoniere internationale 96, Maurice (Mauritius), 27-29 Nov 1996], Seychelles, pp. 105-138
Abstract: Main research topics and results of the regional tuna project are presented and discussed: implementation of the regional statistical network, migrations and behaviour studies through sonic tracking and feeding behaviour, tuna environment, aggregating devices fishing technics impact, seabottom and seamount hydrologic and fishing impact
Piepenburg, D. and B. Muller. 2004. Distribution of Epibenthic Communities on the Great Meteor Seamount (North-East Atlantic) Mirrors Pelagic Processes. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 55-70
Abstract: The epibenthic megafauna of the Great Meteor Seamount top region was investigated by means of the quantitative analysis of seabed photographs taken during cruise M42/3 of th RV "Meteor" at 15 stations, at water depths of 285 to 603 m in September 1998. The invertebrate megabenthos is rather poor in both abundance and diversity. Mean abundances per station fall in the range of 2.5 to 71.3 ind. m(-2). A total of 52 putative species were identified in the photographs. Species numbers per station varied between
Pietsch, T.W. and V.E. Kharin. 2004. Pietschichthys Horridus Kharin, 1989: A Junior Synonym of Dermatias Platynogaster Smith and Radcliffe, in Radcliffe, 1912 (Lophiiformes : Oneirodidae), With a Revised Key to Oneirodid Genera. Copeia 2004(1): 122-127
Abstract: Pietschichthys horridus Kharin, 1989, of the lophiiform suborder Ceratioidei, family Oneirodidae, is shown to be a junior synonym of Dermatias platynogaster Smith and Radcliffe, in Radcliffe, 1912, the latter now known only from the two holotypes, one collected from off the east coast of Luzon in the Philippines, the other from the Magellan Seamounts in the western North Pacific Ocean. The genus and only known species are diagnosed and redescribed, and a revised key to the genera of the Oneirodidae is provided
Piontkovsky, S.. 2007. Soviet Seamount Sampling (From CenSeam Minigrant). ????
Pollock, D.E.. 1994. The fisheries for two Jasus species of the South-east Atlantic and for Palinurus gilchristi off the southern Cape coast of South Africa. in: Spiny Lobster Management, B.F.Phillips, J.S.Cobb, and J.Kittaka [eds.], Blackwell Scientific Publications, London (Uk), pp. 91-102
Abstract: Two closely-related Jasus species occur in the South-east Atlantic region -- these are the continental species Jasus lalandii of the South African west coast and Namibia and the insular species J. tristani endemic to the Tristan da Cunha and Gough Islands as well as to Vema Seamount in the Cape Basin. Each species supports a fishery, with annual yields of about 5000 and 400 t respectively. The deep-water spiny lobster Palinurus gilchristi supports a fishery yielding approximately 1000 t annually. This species occurs in depths ranging from about 90 to 170 m along the outer edge of the continental shelf to the south of the Cape coast of South Africa. The J. lalandii fishery is managed separately by the South African and Namibian authorities in each country. The Tristan da Cunha Islands and Gough Island are British dependencies, and the fishery at the islands is conducted by the local islanders as well as by a Cape Town-based company which as a concession to exploit the stocks. The P. gilchristi fishery on the South African south coast is managed as a single unit stock. A comprehensive description of the fishery for and biology of J. lalandii in South Africa has been published by Pollock (1986) so details will not be duplicated here. The following sections provide an update on Pollock (1986) for the J. lalandii fishery in South Africa and Namibia since the mid 1970s, a brief review of the fishery for J. tristani, and a concise description of the P. gilchristi resource and its fishery. A comprehensive list of references is provided
Pollock, D.E.. 1990. Paleooceanography and Speciation in the Spiny Lobster Genus Jasus. Bulletin of Marine Science 46(2): 387-405
Abstract: The wide geographic range of spiny lobsters of the genus Jasus around the southern hemisphere is accounted for by long-distance dispersal of teleplanic phyllosoma larvae. Larvae from a South Pacific ancestral Jasus species presumably entered the South Atlantic when circumantarctic circulation developed between 29 and 20 million years ago. Subsequent colonization of islands, seamounts and continental regions in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans is thought to have taken place during late Tertiary and Quaternary glacial periods. Most present-day populations maintain separate species identity, with little evidence of genetic interchange, despite the fact that larvae tend to share the same or similar dispersal and return routes in the large-scale eddies and sub-gyres within the overall anticlockwise circulation systems of each of the three ocean basins. Species integrity appears to be maintained by behavioral barriers of larval recruitment, caused by larval responses to chemical and physical cues specific to home envionments, which induce the final stage phyllosoma larvae to metamorphase into the competent settling stage, the puerulus larva. It is suggested that changes in palaeocirculation systems may have been associated with changes in sea level and emergence and subsidence of seabed ridges, rises and seamount chains, and that such changes in current systems may have accelerated the processes of speciation and extinction in some spiny lobster species
Polovina, J.J.. 1985. Variation in Catch Rates and Species Composition in Handline Catches of Deepwater Snappers and Groupers in the Mariana Archipelago. Proc. Fifth Int. Coral Reef Cong, vol. 5, pp. 515-520
Poore, G.C.B., J. Just, and B.F. Cohen. 1994. Composition and Diversity of Crustacea Isopoda of the Southeastern Australia Continental Slope. Deep-Sea Research 41: 677-693
Poulson, T.L.. 2001. Adaptations of Cave Fishes With Some Comparisons to Deep-Sea Fishes. Environmental Biology of Fishes 62(1-3): 345-364
Abstract: I provide my retrospective and prospective views on adaptations of cave fishes. I emphasize the history of my insights into cave adaptation from 45 years of research using surface, cave-spring, and cave species of amblyopsid fishes. My approach has been to use natural experiments and to always consider multiple hypotheses. To clarify evolutionary adaptations, I show the importance of a broad comparative approach which includes studies of morphology, metabolic physiology, foraging behavior, life history, and ecology. And I show that the most important agents of selection, of darkness and attendant low food supply, are best understood in the context of rigor, variability, and predictability. I also present my insights from what I consider the most insightful contributions on deep-sea fishes. The contributions are those of Marshall in studies of morphology in relation to energy economy of pelagic and benthic species, Childress in studies of physiological and biochemical adaptations with depth for pelagic species, and Koslow in studies on population biology and life history of bathybenthic and benthic sea-mount species. Compared to caves, I suggest that the extremes of metabolic and life history adaptations of deep-sea fish are explained by a longer evolutionary history and a much greater habitat range, food supply, and predation risk. Finally, I take a retrospective view of what we have learned about cave fishes. I discuss possible evolutionary mechanisms that can explain the trends with increasing cave adaptation in amblyopsid fishes, especially progenesis and the pleiotropic effects of the stress resistance syndrome. Finally, based on insights from deep-sea fishes, and emerging new techniques, I suggest what cave fish biologists should do in the future
Poupin, J.. 1998. Crustacea Decapoda and Stomatopoda of French Polynesia. Atoll Research Bulletin 450-458: 1-62
Abstract: French Polynesian Decapoda, restricted to shrimps, and Stomatopoda are inventoried from literature and unpublished fields collections. Number of species is 205 for the shrimps and 26 for the Stomatopoda. Within the shrimps, Caridea dominate with 170 species, mainly Alpheidae (57 species), Palaemonidae (46 species), and Pandalidae (29 species). Full literature and distribution in French Polynesia are indicated for each species. When available a brief indication is also given on the biotop. New records include 23 species of the genera Aristaeomorpha, Funchalia, Metapenaeopsis, Pelagopenaeus, Sicyonia, Nematocarcinus, Janicella, Stylodactylus, Anchistus, Harpiliopsis, Jocaste, Paranchistus, Periclimenes, Philarius, Vir, and Thor, for the shrimps, and Alima, Busquilla, and Gonodactylus, for the Stomatopoda. Modifications to the first documented checklist of the French Polynesian lobsters, hermit crabs, and crabs are also included with 28 additional species of the genera Stereomastis and Panulirus for the lobsters, Calcinus, Dardanus, Catapagurus, Nematopagurus, Pylopaguropsis, Oncopagurus, Munida, and Albunea for the hermit crabs, Calappa, Mursia, Alainodaeus, Hexagonalia, Tetralia, Trapezia, Lithoscapus, Sphenomaia, and Utinomiella, for the crabs. The total number of French Polynesian Decapoda and Stomatopoda is now 758, mainly Brachyura (377 species), Caridea (170 species), and Anomura (126 species). Modern researches alone, i.e. published after 1980, have generated 322 new records. Despite these efforts, knowledge of the regional fauna remains incomplete, and it is estimated that the number of species will easily exceed 800 when recent collections from the Marquesas are fully studied (MUSORSTOM 9). A lot of genera still need a careful revision and groups like the Thalassinidea and Stomatopoda are obviously under-represented.
Pozdnyakov, S.E. and A.V. Vasilenko. 1994. Distribution, Migration, and the Helminth Fauna of the Japanese, Mackerel, Scomber Japonicus, in the Northwestern Pacific Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 34(4): 74-91
Abstract: There are two relatively isolated reproductive groups of mackerel (Scomber japonicus) in the northwestern Pacific Ocean, which, due to their different migration routes, make use of different feeding regions. These groups display differences in their annual cycles, in characteristics of their biology and biotope which are reflected in the qualitative and quantitative composition of their helminth fauna. | English abstract
Pratt, R.M.. 1967. Photography of seamounts. in: Deep-Sea Photography, Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore
Pratt, R.M.. 1963. Great Meteor Seamount. Deep-Sea Research 10: 17-25
Abstract: -Great Meteor Seamount (30 ¦ 00'N. Latitude, 28 30'W. Longitude) has been surveyedon two recent cruises of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. A minimum depth of 147 fm(269 m) was located on the fiat summit surface which has an area of about 560 square miles. Bottomsamples and photographs can be related to a series of terraces that encircle the top of the seamount.Miocene Foraminifera from indurated ooze indicate the seamount is not younger than Miocene;and several alternative hypotheses are presented to explain the age relationship of the terraces tothe summit surface.
Pratt, R.M. and S.M. Thompson. 1962. Report on ATLANTIS Cruises #280-281 : June-July 1962. Rep. 62-40, WHOI, pp. 16-17
Primo, C. and E. Vazquez. 2004. Zoogeography of the Southern African Ascidian Fauna. Journal of Biogeography 31(12): 1987-2009
Abstract: Aim To describe the biogeography of the ascidian fauna of southern Africa, to compare the results obtained with those reported for other fauna and flora of the same region, and to speculate about the origin of ascidians in the region. Location Southern Africa extending over 4000 km from Mossamedes (15degrees S-12degrees E) to Inhaca Island (26degrees30' S-33degrees E), including Vema Seamount (31degrees40' S-8 degrees20' E), Amsterdam-Saint Paul Islands (38degrees S-77degrees30' E) and the Tristan-Gough Islands (38degrees S-12degrees20' W). Methods We constructed a presence/absence matrix of 168 species for 26 biogeographical divisions, 21 classical biogeographical regions described by Briggs (Marine zoogeography, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1974) and five provinces within the southern African region. We considered the following limits and divisions into provinces for the southern African region: Namibia, Namaqua, Agulhas and Natal as proposed by Branch et al. (Two oceans. A guide to the marine life of southern Africa, David Philip Publishers, 1994), and the West Wind Drift Islands province (WWD) according to Briggs (Global biogeography, Elsevier Health Sciences, Amsterdam, 1995). To examine the biogeographical structure, species and divisions were classified using cluster analysis (based on UPGMA as the aggregation algorithm) with the Bray-Curtis index of similarity. This classification was combined with MDS ordination. Main conclusions Four main groups were obtained from the analysis of affinities among species: (1) species present in the WWD, separated by a high percentage of endemisms and a low number of species with a southern African distribution. Moreover, in the light of the species distribution and the results of further analysis, which revealed that they are completely separated and not at all related to the southern African region, it appears that there are no close relationships among the different islands and seamounts of the West Wind Drift Island province. This province was therefore removed from the remaining analyses; (2) species with a wide distribution; (3) species of colder waters present in Namaqua and Agulhas provinces, a transitional temperate area in which gradual mixing and replacement of species negate previous hypotheses on the existence of a marked distributional break at Cape of Good Hope; (4) species of warmer waters related to Natal province. The classification into biogeographical components was dominated by the endemic (47%), Indo-Pacific (25%) and cosmopolitan (13%) components. The analysis of affinities among biogeographical areas separated Namibia from the rest of the southern African provinces and showed that it was related to some extent to the Antarctic region because of the cold-temperate character of the province and the low sampling effort; Namaqua, Agulhas and Natal were grouped together and found to be closely related to the Indo-West Pacific region. In general, our results were consistent with those obtained for other southern African marine invertebrates. The frequency distribution of solitary/colonial strategies among provinces confirmed the domination of colonial organisms in tropical regions and solitary organisms in colder regions. Finally, we speculate that the southern African ascidian fauna mainly comprises Indo-Pacific, Antarctic and eastern Atlantic ascidians
Pringle, M.S., H. Staudigel, and J. Gee. 1991. Jasper Seamount: Seven Million Years of Volcanism. Geology 19(4): 364-368
Abstract: Jasper Seamount is a young, mid-sized (690 km3) oceanic intraplate volcano located about 500 km west-southwest of San Diego, California. Reliable Ar-40/Ar-39 age data were obtained for several milligram-sized samples of 4 to 10 Ma plagioclase by using a defocused laser beam to clean the samples before fusion. Gee and Staudigel suggested that Jasper Seamount consists of a transitional to tholeiitic shield volcano formed by flank transitional series lavas, overlain by flank alkalic series lavas and summit alkalic series lavas. Twenty-nine individual Ar-40/Ar-39 laser fusion analyses on nine samples confirm the stratigraphy: 10.3-10.0 Ma for the flank transitional series, 8.7-7.5 Ma for the flank alkalic series, and 4.8-4.1 Ma for the summit alkalic series. The alkalinity of the lavas clearly increases with time, and there appear to be 1 to 3 m.y. hiatuses between each series. The age data are consistent with the complex magnetic anomaly of Jasper; however, the dominant reversed polarity inferred from the anomaly suggests that most of the seamount formed at ca. 11 Ma, prior to the onset of Chron C5N. The duration of volcanism of Jasper Seamount is slightly longer than the duration of volcanism at Hawaiian volcanoes, suggesting that individual age data from seamounts may constrain the age of a seamount only to within about 7 m.y. unless the stage of volcanism can be unambiguously determined. Extrapolating from the results of our study, similar precision in age determinations should be possible on 50 mg of 1 Ma plagioclase from mid-ocean ridge basalt, opening new possibilities in the geochronology of young, low-potassium volcanic rocks.
Probert, P.K.. 2000. Seamounts, Sanctuaries and Sustainability: Moving Towards Deep-Sea Conservation. Aquatic Conservation 9(6): 601-605
Probert, P.K., D.G. McKnight, and S.L. Grove. 1997. Benthic Invertebrate Bycatch From a Deep-Water Trawl Fishery, Chatham Rise, New Zealand. Aquatic Conservation 7(1): 27-40
Abstract: 1. Benthic invertebrate bycatch was collected during trawling for orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlantina) at water depths of 662-1524 m on the northern and eastern Chatham Rise, New Zealand, in July 1994. Seventy-three trawl tows were examined, 49 from 'flat' areas and 24 from two groups of 'hills' (small seamounts). Benthos was recorded from 82% of all tows. 2. Some 96 benthic species were recorded including Ophiuroidea (12 spp.), Natantia (11 spp.), Asteroidea (11 spp.), Gorgonacea (11 spp.), Holothuroidea (7 spp.), and Porifera (6 spp.). 3. Cluster analysis showed the bycatch from flats and hills to differ significantly. Dominant taxa from flats were Holothuroidea, Asteroidea and Natantia; whereas taxa most commonly recorded from hills were Gorgonacea and Scleractinia. Bycatch from the two geographically separate groups of hills also differed significantly. 4. The largest bycatch volumes comprised corals from hills: Scleractinia (Goniocorella dumosa), Stylasteridae (Errina chathamensis) and Antipatharia (? Bathyplales platycaulus). Such large sessile epifauna may significantly increase the complexity of benthic habitat and trawling damage may thereby depress local biodiversity. Coral patches may require gt 100 yr to recover. 5. Other environmental effects of deepwater trawling are briefly reviewed. 6. There is an urgent need to assess more fully the impact of trawling on seamount biotas and, in consequence, possible conservation measures
Proudman, J.. 1916. On the Motion of Solids in a Liquid Possessing Vorticity. Proceedings of the Royal Society (A) 92: 408-424
Prutko, V.G.. 1985. Collection of Pomfret, Eumegistus Illustris (Bramidae), in the Indian Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 25: 151-154
Pudyakov, Y.A.. 1986. Simulation Model of Separate Fish Populations Inhabiting Submarine Rises. Journal of Ichthyology 26(1): 145-150
Pullen, G., K. Evans, I. Cartwright, and J. Boyes. 1986. Target Trawl Survey on the Cascade Plateau [South-East of Tasmania]. Australian Fisheries 45(6): 2-7
Abstract: The seamount was surveyed to assess the commercial potential of orange roughy and other deepwater trawl fish, and also to develop appropriate techniques for target fishing over hard and rough bottoms. Catch rates were poor, reflecting the extremely difficult fishing conditions. The rugged rock bottom did not allow even limited full seabed contact without the trawl coming fast almost immediately. The feasibility of commercial trawling for deepwater species in the area is extremely doubtful
Purnachandra Rao, V., M. Lamboy, and R. Natarajan. 1992. Possible Microbial Origin of Phosphorites on Error Seamount, Northwestern Arabian Sea. Marine Geology 106(1-2): 149-164
Abstract: Petrographical, mineralogical and microprobe analysis of phosphorites from Error Seamount, in the northwestern Arabian Sea, demonstrates that microbial processes played an important role in the early diagenetic formation of the phosphorites during subaerial exposure of the seamount. The phosphorites on Error Seamount occur as laminated crusts and massive slabs. Low-magnesium calcite and carbonate fluorapatite are the major minerals of the phosphorites, with goethite being important only in the massive slab phosphorites. Elemental sulphur, pyrrhotite, gypsum and chlorite are the mineral phases present in the acid-insoluble residues of the phosphorites. Elemental sulphur, which is exclusively formed by microbial processes, occurs as submicrometre-sized granules on gypsum surfaces. The laminated crust phosphorites consists of organic-rich and organic-poor laminae interlayered with ghost pellets, index fossils of Oligocene to lower Miocene age, peloids and coated grains
Pusch, C., A. Beckmann, F.M. Porteiro, and H. von Westernhagen. 2004. The Influence of Seamounts on Mesopelagic Fish Communities. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 165-186
Abstract: The effects of decreasing water depth on vertically migrating mesopelagic fish was investigated at two shallow topographic features in the NE Atlantic, the Atlantis Seamount and the Great Meteor Seamount. For this purpose the fish assemblage was sampled by means of stratified horizontal midwater tows at three bathymet- rically defined stations: plateau (water depth < 500 m), slope (depth 500 to 1000 m) and oceanic realm (depth > 2300 m). The results show reduced mesopelagic fish densities, species numbers and diversity above the flanks of Atlantis Seamount and Great Meteor Seamount compared to the surrounding oceanic deep water. Multivariate statistical analysis supplied no evidence for the existence of a seamount-associated mesopelagic community at either of the two study, areas. Mesopelagic fish assemblages sampled above the seamount slopes are best described as a thinned-out oceanic community. A total lack of mesopelagic fish species was typical above the plateaus of both seamounts. Truncation of the vertical migration range by shallow bottom topography and enhanced predation by benrhopelagic species are thought to be the main reasons for the observed gaps in mesopelagic fish abundance above the plateaus of both seamounts
Pusch, C., S. Schnack-Schiel, E. Mizdalski, and H. von Westernhagen. 2004. Feeding Ecology of Three Myctophid Species at the Great Meteor Seamount (North-East Atlantic). Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 251-271
Abstract: The feeding ecology of three abundant myctophid species was studied using individuals sampled at the Great Meteor Seamount during a cruise of RV "Meteor", M42/3, in September 1998. Different habitats defined by water depth were sampled with a pelagic trawl: the north-eastern and the south-western slopes of the seamount (bottom depths between 300 and 1500 m), and an oceanic deep-water station (bottom depth > 2300 m). The food composition of the three myctophids was analysed and showed interspecific differenc
Quilty, P.G.. 1993. Tasmantid and Lord Howe Seamounts: Biostratigraphy and Palaeoceanographic Significance. Alcheringa 17(1-2): 27-53
Abstract: Dredged calcareous sediments associated with the volcanic edifices of Gascoyne, Taupo, Derwent Hunter, Stradbroke, Britannia, Moreton and Recorder Seamounts (Tasmantid Seamount chain) and Nova Bank, Argo Bank, Capel Bank and Gifford Guyot (Lord Howe Seamount chain) have yielded a diverse biota including abundant foraminiferids and calcareous algae. These fossils constrain hypotheses on the age and environment of formation of the seamounts and also give data on oceanographic conditions existing at the time of accumulation of the sediments. All sediments accumulated in normal marine salinities. Gascoyne Seamount sedimentation originated in tropical to subtropical water 15-20 m deep but age-diagnostic fossils have not been recovered.Taupo Seamount includes sediments with a Late Miocene foraminiferid fauna with abundant calcareous algae but lacking Lepidocyclina. Water temperature was tropical to subtropical. Derwent Hunter Seamount has a similar biota but includes Lepidocyclina. The age is earliest Middle Miocene. Stradbroke Seamount yielded Middle Miocene ooze but this probably represents part of its history significantly after the initial volcanic phase of its buildup.Britannia Seamount contains earliest Middle Miocene (N9) L. howchini, planktonic and encrusting foraminiferids and calcareous algae suggesting accumulation in shallow water. Conditions were tropical to subtropical.Moreton Seamount yielded a latest Miocene tropical ooze and Recorder Seamount produced no identifiable biota.The Lord Howe chain seamounts yield ages consistent with the hypothesis that they formed as the Indo-Australian plate moved north at a steady rate (6 cm/yr) over a stationary hotspot.Nova Bank samples are both latest Oligocene and earliest Miocene in age and accumulated in outer continental shelf depths.Argo Bank consists in part of lepidocyclinid limestone of Middle Miocene age.Gifford Guyot has calcarenite of latest Early Miocene age with volcanic debris suggesting that this is the age of part of the building phase of that seamount.Capel Bank samples yielded only Quaternary ooze. Several younger samples were recovered and these yield data on the interval after the initial phase of seamount formation. Many such data are from cavity and burrow infill in the primary (or oldest) sediment. Others are nonlithified ooze samples.
Quinn, J.F.J.. 1992. New Species of Solariella (Gastropoda: Trochidae) From the Western Atlantic Ocean. Nautilus (Havertown, PA) 106(2): 50-54
Abstract: Three new species of the genus Solariella Wood, 1842, are described, Solariella quadricincta is known only from the continental shelf off northeastern Venezuela in depths of 26-86 m, and S. staminea is known only from the Davis Seamount off southeastern Brazil in 60 m; shells of both species are very similar to those of S. carvalhoi Lopes and Sa Cardoso, 1958. Solariella cristata is known from the upper continental slope of Isla Cancun, Yucatan, Mexico, and off Key Largo, Florida Keys, in depths of 155-256 m, and off St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles in 165-201 m
REEVES, R.R. and E. MITCHELL. 1993. Status of Baird Beaked-Whale, Berardius-Bairdii. Canadian Field-Naturalist 107(4): 509-523
Abstract: Baird's Beaked Whale, Berardius bairdii, is a large odontocete with a distribution restricted to the cool, deep waters of the northern North Pacific Ocean and contiguous seas. Off the Asian coast where the species has been exploited for centuries three stocks are recognized: Sea of Japan, Okhotsk Sea, and Pacific Ocean. Off North America the range extends from Alaska to Mexico. Baird's Beaked Whales are observed mainly over the continental slope and in pelagic areas with submarine escarpments and seamounts. They are deep divers that prey on squid and deep-sea fish. Schools of up to 30 animals have been observed, but groups of four to ten are more typical. Baird's Beaked Whales were exploited on a relatively small scale by shore-based whalers in the eastern North Pacific; 35 were taken in British Columbia between 1950 and 1966. Exploitation since the late 1960s has been limited to Japanese waters, where a national quota of about 60 Baird's Beaked Whales has been in effect since 1988. Sighting surveys on the whaling grounds indicate a population of several thousand Baird's Beaked Whales available to the fishery. There is no immediate concern for the survival of the species and no COSEWIC status designation is required
Rachor, E.. 1975. Quantitative Unterscuchungen Uber Das Meiobenthos Der Nordostatlantischen Tiefsee. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 21: 1-61
Rainnie, W.O.J.. 1968. An Operating Season With Alvin for Science. Journal of Ocean Technology 2(4): 11-18
Ralston, S.. 1988. Length-Weight Regressions and Condition Indices of Lutjanids and Other Deep Slope Fishes From the Mariana Archipelago [Pacific Ocean]. Micronesica 21(1-2): 189-198
Abstract: Predictive length-weight regressions for 23 commercial species of Marianas bottom fish are derived, based on a resource assessment program of hook-and-line sampling over deep slope (165-240 m) fishing grounds. Species in the snapper (Lutjanidae), grouper( Serranidae), and jack (Carangidae) families predominated in the catch, especially members of the deep-sea lutjanid genus Pristipomoides. Of the species examined, eight were characterized by allometric growth. An index of fish condition was calculated for individuals from the most abundant species, and this was analyzed for regional variation. It was found that bottom fish populations from the seamounts of the West Mariana Ridge were consistently heavier and more robust for their length than those sampled elsewhere
Ramil, F. and W. Vervoort. 1992. Pseudoplumaria New-Genus A New Atlantic Genus of the Family Plumulariidae Cnidaria Hydrozoa. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 66(16-40): 485-492
Abstract: Description of a new genus of Hydroida (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria) from Atlantic seamounts in the eastern subtropical Atlantic (area between Cape Sao Vicente, Portugal, and Madeira). Description of the type of the genus [P. sabinae sp. n.) and allocation to the new genus of a second species hitherto brought to Plumularia Lamarck, 1816 [Pseudoplumaria marocana comb. nov.]
Ramil, F., W. Vervoort, and J.A. Ansin. 1998. Report on the Haleciidae and Plumularioidea (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) Collected by the French SEAMOUNT 1 Expedition. Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden)(322): 1-22
Abstract: The study of a part of the material collected by the French oceanographic expedition "SEAMOUNT 1" made it possible to identify 21 species and one subspecies of hydroids of the families Haleciidae (4 species), Aglaopheniidae (7 species), Halopterididae (3 species), Kirchenpaueriidae (2 species and one subspecies) and Plumulariidae (5 species). Of these species, 10 have an Atlantic-Mediterranean distribution, 6 are cosmopolites, 4 are known from the north-eastern Atlantic, near to the area studied, and only o
Randall, J.E.. 1999. Review of the Dragonets (Pisces: Callionymidae) of the Hawaiian Islands, With Descriptions of Two New Species. Pacific Science 53(2): 185-207
Randall, J.E.. 1975. Notes on the Hawaiian Filefish Pseudomonacanthus Garretti. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 21(4): 223-226
Randall, J.E.. 1998. Shore Fishes of Hawaii. Honolulu, University of Hawai'i Pressp. -216
Randall, J.E. and C.H. Chen. 1985. First Record of the Labrid Fish Bodianus Cylindriatus (Tanaka) From the Hawaiian Islands. Pacific Science 39(3): 291-293
Abstract: The labrid fish Bodianus cylindriatus (Tanaka), previously known only from Japan, is recorded from the Kanmu Seamount of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands from a single specimen 145 mm SL which has been deposited in the Bernice P. Bishop Museum under BPBM 30346. The fish was taken by trawling at a depth of 340-510 m
Randall, J.E. and K.K.P. Lim. 2000. A Checklist of the Fishes of the South China Sea. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology 8 Suppl.: 569-667
Randall, J.E. and P.C. Heemstra. 1991. Revision of Indo-Pacific Groupers (Perciformes: Serranidae: Epinephelinae), With Descriptions of Five New Species. Indo-Pacific Fishes 20: 1-332
Randall, J.E., H. Ida, and J.L. Earle. 1994. Ammodytoides Pylei, a New Species of Sand Lance (Ammodytidae) From the Hawaiian Islands. Pacific Science 48(1): 80-89
Abstract: A new sand lance, Ammodytoides pylei, is described from 17 specimens collected on sand substratum in the depth range of 7 to 120 m from Molokai to the Ladd Seamount in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. It is characterized by 48-52 dorsal rays, 22-25 anal rays, 15-17 pectoral rays, 109-116 lateral-line scales, 29-33 gill rakers, 59-60 vertebrae, an elongate body (depth 8.5-10 in standard length (SL)), and a series of small blackish spots at the margin of the dorsal fin. The spawning behavior is described
Randall, J.E., T. Shimizu, and T. Yamakawa. 1982. A Revision of the Holocentrid Fish Genus Ostichthys, With Descriptions of Four New Species and a Related New Genus. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 29(1): 1-26
Abstract: The following species of Ostichthys were recognized: O. japanicus from the Western Pacific and Andaman Sea; O. acanthorhinus , a new species from the Gulf of Oman, Arabian Sea, and Bali Is. O. sandix , a new species from the Hawaiian Islands similar to the preceding two in possessing 3 1/2 scales above the lateral line. O. hypsipterygion , a new species from Japan related to O. sandix , O. kaianus from the Western Pacific and Indian Oceans; O. archiepiscopus from Hawaii, Japan and Reunion (hence antitropical); O. delta , a new species from Reunion and Samoa, unique in having XI dorsal spines; and O. trachypoma from the Western Atlantic. Keys are given to the genera of the Myripristinae and the species of Ostichthys .
Rao, M.V. and W.A. Newman. 1972. Thoracic Cirripedia From Guyots of the Mid-Pacific Mountains. Transactions of the San Diego Society of Natural History 17: 69-94
Rao, V.P.. 1986. Phosphorites From the Error Seamount, Northern Arabian Sea. Marine Geology 71: 177-186
Rappaport, Y.. 1996. Seamount Shape and Size Distribution Near Easter Island. p. viii-128
Rashid, M.M.. 1996. Seamount Statistics and Crustal Accretion at the Mid-Atlantic Ridge (26p0sN) From a High Resolution Data Set. p. viii-110
Rathjen, W.F.. 1986. Alternate Species--Fact or Fiction?. ELEVENTH ANNUAL TROPICAL AND SUBTROPICAL FISHERIES TECHNOLOGICAL CONFERENCE OF THE AMERICAS, W.S.Otwell and J.A.Koburger [eds.], edition 45, Florida Sea Grant Program.Gainesville FL, p. 6
Abstract: As traditional marine resources become less available due to fishing pressure, management practice or other factors the producing segment of the industry is challenged to identify alternate resources to maintain access to market opportunities. Varieties which were ignored a decade ago are being harvested or examined to fill voids in the supply of product. Worldwide these encompass a wide variety including squids, krill, lantern-fish, deepwater crustacea, sea mount resources and a variety of pelagic fishes. In the southeast and adjacent area significant increases are notable from aquaculture production: molluscs (scallops and clams), specialty products for export (such as mullet roe); sharks and a variety of other products which have increased their market share. Examination of other resources is underway. These include deepwater crabs and other crustacea, small tunas, butterfish, squids and octopus and other products. Additional opportunities await identification. Some of these are suggested along with a discussion of known impediments
Raymore, P.A.Jr.. 1982. Photographic Investigations on Three Seamounts in the Gulf of Alaska. Pacific Science 36(1): 15-34
Abstract: Geological and biological features of three of nine Gulf of Alaska seamounts surveyed by the National Marine Fisheries Service during the summer of 1979 are compared and discussed. A modified free vehicle photographic system, which produced the first photographs of the fauna and substrate on the summits of Patton, Giacomini, and Quinn seamounts, is described. Interpretations of echo sounding data, a limited number of rock samples, photographs from the seamount summits, and exploratory fishing catches are also presented. Geological features described as characterizing the summits of the three surveyed seamounts seem consistent with similar features described from other Pacific basin seamounts. The taxonomic composition of the observed epibenthic invertebrate fauna, and demersal and benthopelagic fishes, is discussed. Patton seamount is described as having the greatest taxonomic diversity. Photographs from the summits of Patton, Giacomini, and Quinn seamounts are presented
Rehder, R.A.. 1980. The Marine Mollusks of Easter Island (Isla De Pascua) and Sala-y-Gomez. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 289: 1-167
Rehder, R.A. and H.S. Ladd. 1973. Deep and Shallow-Water Mollusk From the Central Pacific. Tohuku University Sci.Rep. 6: 37-51
Reid, S.B., J. Hirota, R.E. Young, and L.E. Hallacher. 1991. Mesopelagic-Boundary Community in Hawaii - Micronekton at the Interface Between Neritic and Oceanic Ecosystems. Marine Biology 109: 427-440
Ribe, N.M.. 1981. Towards a Dynamic Model of Intraplate Volcanism. p. xii-210
Rice, A.L. and D.I. Williamson. 1977. Planktonic Stages of Crustacea Malacostraca From Atlantic Seamounts. [Planktische Stadien Von Crustaceen (Malacostraca) Von Gewassern Der Atlantischen Seekuppen.]. (26)p. -64
Abstract: The report considers all planktonic stages of the Mysidacea Lophogastrida, Amphionidacea and Decapoda taken by R.V.'Meteor' in plankton samples over Josephine and Great Meteor Seamounts and regions of similar latitude off the Portuguese and Moroccan coasts. Larvae of most species in the vicinity of the seamounts were virtually confined to the upper 100 m. Circadian vertical migration was not evident. The waters over the seamounts were not avoided by holopelagic species. Such waters yielded fewer species of meroplanktonic larvae than the coastal regions and showed few species in common with each other or with the coastal regions. One larval species from both seamounts and three from Great Meteor Seamount show major characters unknown in larvae from European or North African waters
Richards, W.. 1992. Comments of the Genus Lepidotrigla (Pisces:Triglidae) With Descriptions of Two New Species From the Indian and Pacific Oceans.. Bulletin of Marine Science 51(1): 45-65
Richardson, P.L.. 1980. Anticyclonic Eddies Generated Near the Corner Rise Seamounts. Journal of Marine Research 38(4): 673-686
Abstract: During 1977 two freely drifting buoys, originally in the Gulf Stream, looped over an in the lee of the Corner Rise seamounts. The trajectories suggest that by mid-August an anticyclonic eddy was generated over the seamounts, where it remained for six weeks. During the period October-December it left the seamounts and drifted southwestward with a mean speed of 5 cm/sec. The eddy was characterized by a clockwise circulation with speeds of 30 cm/sec and an overall size of 200 km. An XBT survey showed that the eddy contained a warm core manifested by a depression of the main thermocline; at the center the 15 degree isotherm was located at a depth of 715 m. During the period June-August a third buoy looped in a second anticyclonic eddy which also drifted southwestward in the lee of the Corner Rise. The implication of these measurements is that, every few months, warm core eddies form near the Corner Rise and that they subsequently drift southwestward forming a wake region downstream of the seamounts. | During 1977 two freely drifting buoys, originally in the Gulf Stream, looped over and in the lee of the Corner Rise seamounts. The trajectories suggest that by mid-August an anticyclonic eddy was generated over the seamounts, where it remained for six weeks. During the period October-December it left the seamounts and drifted southwestward with a mean speed of 5 cm/sec. The eddy was characterized by a clockwise circulation with speeds of 30 cm/sec and an overall size of 200 km. An XBT survey showed that the eddy contained a warm core manifested by a depression of the main thermocline; at the center the 15SUP-o isotherm was located at a depth of 715 m. During the period June-August a third buoy looped in a second anticyclonic eddy which also drifted southwestward in the lee of the Corner Rise. The implication of these measurements is that, every few months, warm core eddies form near the Corner Rise and that they subsequently drift southwestward forming a wake region downstream of the seamounts.
Richardson, S.L.. 1981. Pelagic Eggs and Larvae of the Deepsea Sole, Embassichthys Bathybius (Pisces: Pleuronectidae), With Comments on Generic Affinities. Fishery Bulletin 79(1): 163-170
Abstract: The deepsea sole, Embassichthys bathybius (Gilbert), occurs in the northeast Pacific Ocean from Santa Catalina Island, southern California, to Pratt Seamount, Gulf of Alaska, in depths from 320 to 1,432 m. It grows to 47 cm and is reportedly uncommon. Life history data are minimal and nothing is known about its reproduction or early life. Pelagic eggs and larvae of this species are described here for the first time based on collections taken off the Oregon coast. Knowledge of these early stages provides some insight into reproductive strategy as well as information on larval morphology which may be useful for examining systematic relationships
Richer de Forges, B.. 1992. A New Species of Sphenocarcinus A. Milne Edwards, 1875 From Tasmantid Guyots, S. Lowryi N.Sp. (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura) With Notes on the Taxonomic Status of the Genus. Records of the Australian Museum 44(1): 1-5
Abstract: A new species of Sphenocarcinus with a bifid rostrum, S. lowryi, is described from the Tasman Sea. This brings to 17 the number of species in the genus
Richer de Forges, B.. 1990. Explorations for Bathyal Fauna in the New Caledonian Economic Zone. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Serie A Zoologie 145: 9-54
Richer de Forges, B.. 1986. Decouvertes D'Un "Fossile Vivant" En Nouvelle-Caledonie. ORSTOM-ACTUALITES 16: 14-15
Richer de Forges, B.. 1993. Deep Sea Crabs of the Tasman Seamounts (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura). Records of the Australian Museum 45(1): 11-24
Abstract: This study of a collection of deep sea crabs from the Tasman Sea contains eleven species, of which five are new: Halicarcinus lucasi, Macropodia trigonus, Leptomithrax depressus, Kimbla franklini, Pugettia tasmanensis
Richer de Forges, B.. 1993. Resultants Des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 156: 475-491
Richer de Forges, B.. 2004. Electronic Database of Norfolk Ridge Seamount Samples, 2004 Version.
Richer de Forges, B.. 2001. Electronic Database of ORSTOM Sampling on the Norfolk Ridge.
Abstract: These data were provided to SeamountsOnline as an electronic database. It represents the compilation of multiple expeditions to the Norfolk Ridge seamounts, and forms the foundation of many publications. See de Forges et al. Nature 2000 for an overview.
Richer de Forges, B.. 1987. La Faune De Profondeur En Nouvelle-Caledonie. ORSTOM-ACTUALITES 19: 7-10
Richer de Forges, B. and C. Chevillon. 1996. Les Campagnes D'Echantillonnage Du Benthos Bathyal En Nouvelle-Caledonie, En 1993 Et 1994 (BATHUS 1 to 4, SMIB 8 Et HALIPRO 1). Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 168: 33-53
Richer de Forges, B. and J.C. Estival. 1985. Xenophoridae De Nouvelle-Caledonie Et Des Iles De Chesterfield. Rossiniana 28: 19-22
Richer de Forges, B. and J.C. Estival. 1986. Les Conidae Recoltes Par Dragages Dand Les Eaux Neo-Caledoniennes. Rossiniana 32: 14-18
Richer de Forges, B. and J.L. Menou. 1988. The echinoderms of the soft bottoms of the south-western lagoon of New Caledonia. J.H.Choat, D.Barnes, and M.A.Borowitzka [eds.], Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium. Townsville, Australia. 8th-12th August 1988. Volume 2: Contributed Papers, pp. 31-35
Richer de Forges, B. and J.L. Menou. 1993. The MUSORSTOM 7 Cruise in the Wallis and Futuna Economic Zone. Report and List of Stations. [La Campagne MUSORSTOM 7 Dans La Zone Economique Des Fles Wallis Et Futuna. Compte Rendu Et Liste Des Stations.]. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Serie A Zoologie, vol. 156, Paris, France, Results of the Musorstom Cruise.Volume 10 [Resultats Des Campagnes Musorstom.Volume 10], A.Croisnierpp. 9-25
Abstract: The MUSORSTOM 7 cruise took place from the 5th of May to the 4th of June 1992 in the Wallis and Futuna economic zone. The 142 dredgings and trawlings were realized in the upper bathyal zone, on the slopes of Futuna, Alofi and Wallis Islands and on the slopes of the numerous seamounts laying in this area. The deep sea fauna collected was quite poor but diverse. Some animals described formerly from New Caledonian's waters are now rediscovered on the Pacific plate (Sphinctozoa, Gymnocrinus, Amalda)
Richer de Forges, B. and R. Pianet. 1984. Resultats Preliminaires De La Campagne Chalcal a Bord Du N.O. "Coriolis". Rapports Scientifiques et Techniques, Rep. 32, Institut Francais de Recherche Scientifique pour le Developpement en Cooperation
Richer de Forges, B. and R. Pianet. 1984. Preliminary Results of Chalcal Cruise by O/V Coriolis . (July 12-31 1984). [Resultats Preliminaires De La Campagne Chalcal a Bord Du N/O Coriolis . (12-31 Juillet 1984)]. (32), Noumea (New Caledonia), Orstom, Rapp.Sci.Tech.Cent.p. -29
Abstract: In July 1984 the O.V. Coriolis commenced a cruise for benthic seamount exploration of the Exclusive Economic Zone of New Caledonia, and for test lane snapper longline fishing. Several trawling zones have been delimited and new species harvested
Richer de Forges, B., C. Chauvin, and C. Hoffschir. 2007. Database "Oceane" on the Norfolk and Lord Howe Ridge Seamounts. Noumea, New Caledonia, UMR Systematique, Adaptation, Evolution, IRD
Richer de Forges, B., C. Chevillon, P. Laboute, G. Barbigant, J.L. Menou, and P. Tirard. 1988. Corail 2 Oceanographic Cruise in the Chesterfield Archipelago (R/V Coriolis , 18 July-6 August 1988) [ La Campagne Corail 2 Du Le Plateau Des Fles Chesterfield (N.O. Coriolis Et N.O. Alis , 18 Juillet Au 6 Aout 1988)]. Rapp.Sci.Tech.Sci.Mer Biol.Mar.Cent., Issue #50, Orstom, Noumea (New Caledonia), p. -70
Abstract: Two scientific cruises took place in the Chesterfield Archipelago in the Coral Sea between the G.B.R. and New Caledonia. The first cruise studied benthos (Corail 2) and the second the ichthyofauna (Corail 1). Soft bottoms of the Chesterfield Archipelago, Lansdowne bank and Fairway bank were sampled with 149 dredges and 23 beam trawls. Following a presentation on the biogeographical interest of this archipelago taking into account the geological situation, the goals of the cruises are described. Preliminary results regarding substrate nature, sediments and the distribution of several taxa are presented by maps
Richer de Forges, B., E. Faliex, and J.L. Menou. 1996. The MUSORSTOM 9 Cruise in the Vanuatu Archipelago. Report and List of Stations. [La Campagne MUSORSTOM 8 Dans L'Archipel De Vanuatu. Compte Rendu Et Liste Des Stations.]. P.Bouchet, Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, vol. 168(15), [Musorstom Cruises Reports, Vol.15.] Resultats Des Campagnes Musorstompp. 9-32
Abstract: The MUSORSTOM 8 cruise was carried out in the Vanuatu Archipelago from 19 September to 14 October 1994.186 samples were made by dredging and trawling in the upper-bathyal zone,on the slope of the islands and on the top of the Bouga
Richer de Forges, B., E. Faliex, and J.L. Menou. 1996. La Campagne MUSORSTOM 8 Dans L'Archipel De Vanuatu. Compe Rendu Et Liste Des Stations. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 168: 9-32
Richer de Forges, B., J.A. Koslow, and G.C.B. Poore. 2000. Diversity and Endemism of the Benthic Seamount Macrofauna in the Southwest Pacific. Nature 405(6789): 944-947
Abstract: Seamounts comprise a unique deep-sea environment, characterized by substantially enhanced currents and a fauna that is dominated by suspension feeders, such as corals. The potential importance of these steep-sided undersea mountains, which are generally of volcanic origin, to ocean biogeography and diversity was recognized over 40 years ago, but this environment has remained very poorly explored. A review of seamount biota and biogeography reported a total of 597 invertebrate species recorded from seamounts worldwide since the Challenger expedition of 1872. Most reports, based on a single taxonomic group, were extremely limited: 5 seamounts of the estimated more than 30,000 seamounts in the world's oceans accounted for 72% of the species recorded. Only 15% of the species occurring on seamounts were considered potential seamount endemics. Here we report the discovery of more than 850 macro- and megafaunal species from seamounts in the Tasman Sea and southeast Coral Sea, of which 29-34% are new to science and potential seamount endemics. Low species overlap between seamounts in different portions of the region indicates that the seamounts in clusters or along ridge systems function as 'island groups' or 'chains,' leading to highly localized species distributions and apparent speciation between groups or ridge systems that is exceptional for the deep sea. These results have substantial implications for the conservation of this fauna, which is threatened by fishing activity.
Richer de Forges, B., P. Laboute, and J.L. Menou. 1986. La Campagne Musorstom V Aux Iles Chesterfield. Rapports Scientifiques et Techinques, Rep. 41, Institut Francais de Recherche Scientifique pour le Developpement en Cooperation
Richer de Forges, B., R. Grandperrin, and P. Laboute. 1987. La Campagne CHALCAL II Sure Les Guyots De La Ride De Norfolk (N.O. CORIOLIS, 26 Octobre-Ler Novembre 1986). Rapports Scientifiques et Techniques, Sciences de la Mer, Rep. 42, Institut Francais de recherche scientifique pour le developpement en cooperation
Rigby, S. and C.V. Milson. 2000. Origins, Evolution and Diversification of Zooplankton. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 31: 293-313
Riley, S.. 1970. The Legal Implications of the Sea Use Program. Marine Technology Society Journal 1(1): 31-46
Rivaton, J.. 1989. Premiere Observations Sur La Faune Ichthyologique Des Iles Chesterfield (Mer Du Corail). Cybium 13(2): 138-164
Rivaton, J., P. Fourmanoir, P. Bourret, and M. Kulbicki. 1990. Checklist of Fishes From New Caledonia. ORSTOM Sciences de la Mer Biologie Marine Rapport Provisoire, Rep. 3, ORSTOM, Noumea, New Caledonia, pp. 1-171
Abstract: The present checklist is a compilation of all fish species known from the 200 miles limit around New Caledonia. A total of 1759 species are distributed among 199 families. The most speciose families are shallow water and benthic, if one excepts the Myctophidae which are pelagic. Two tables allow a few comparisons with other checklists from the Pacific. However one should be cautious when making such comparisons because the sampling effort may be very different from one checklist to the next. In new Caledonia most of the sampling has taken place in the South West lagoon and on the soft bottoms of the North. More sampling is needed in particular on the outer reef slopes of the barrier reef, on the sea mounts, around the atolls of Uvea, Surprises, Beautemps-Beaupre, the Loyalty islands and the isle of Pines. This checklist will be completed later with a list of the most common synonyms, vernacular names for most species and a better bibliography
Roberts, C.D.. 2003. A New Species of Trumpeter (Teleostei; Percomorpha; Latridae) From the Central South Pacific Ocean, With a Taxonomic Review of the Striped Trumpeter Latris Lineata. Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand 33(4): 731-754
Abstract: The silver trumpeter Latris pacifica sp. nov. is described based on 18 specimens collected at 100-300 in depth from the Foundation Seamounts area in the central South Pacific Ocean. It can be distinguished from all other latrids and cheilodactylids in having the following counts: D. XIX-XX,40-44; A. 111,32-37; vertebrae 18+24-25 = 42-43; and a near uniform silvery grey to silver-brown body. This new latrid is most closely related to Latris lineata and is placed in the genus Latris which is rediagnosed. The striped trumpeter Latris lineata is taxonomically reviewed based on 22 specimens collected from Tristan da Cunha, Amsterdam Island, Tasmania, New Zealand, and the Foundation Seamounts. Its presence off Chile, based on specimens identified as L. hecateia but no longer extant, is uncertain. A key to the species of Latridae is provided
Roberts, C.D. and A.L. Stewart. 1997. Gemfishes (Scombroidei, Gempylidae, Rexea) of New Caledonia, Southwest Pacific Ocean, With Description of a New Species. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 174: 125-141
Roberts, C.D. and C.D. Paulin. 1997. First Record of the Eucla Cod, Euclichthys Polynemus McCulloch, (Teleostei, Paracanthopterygii, Euclichthyidae) From New Caledonia, Southwest Pacific Ocean, With Notes on Morphological Characters. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle 174: 43-50
Abstract: The Australasian Eucla cod, Euclichthys polynemus McCulloch, family Euclichthyidae, is described for the first time from the New Caledonian Exclusive Economic Zone where it appears to be restricted to seamount "B" (24 degree 55'S, 168 degree 21'E) on the northern Norfolk Ridge southeast of New Caledonia. The Eucla cod is superficially very similar to morid cods (family Moridae), but can be distinguished by a long filamentous pelvic fin with four to six distal elements, an unequally divided anal fin, and an
Roberts, C.M.. 2002. Deep Impact: the Rising Toll of Fishing in the Deep Sea. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 17(5): 242-245
Roberts, C.M., J.P. Hawkins, and F.R. Gell. 2005. The Role of Marine Reserves in Achieving Sustainable Fisheries. PHILOSOPHICAL TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY B-BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 360: 123-132
Abstract: Many fishery management tools currently in use have conservation value. They are designed to maintain stocks of commercially important species above target levels. However, their limitations are evident from continuing declines in fish stocks throughout the world. We make the case that to reverse fishery declines, safeguard marine life and sustain ecosystem processes, extensive marine reserves that are off limits to fishing must become part of the management strategy. Marine reserves should be incorporated into modem fishery management because they can achieve many things that conventional tools cannot. Only complete and permanent protection from fishing can protect the most sensitive habitats and vulnerable species. Only reserves will allow the development of natural, extended age structures of target species, maintain their genetic variability and prevent deleterious evolutionary change from the effects of fishing. Species with natural age structures will sustain higher rates of reproduction and will be more resilient to environmental variability. Higher stock levels maintained by reserves will provide insurance against management failure, including risk-prone quota setting, provided the broader conservation role of reserves is firmly established and legislatively protected. Fishery management measures outside protected areas are necessary to complement the protection offered by marine reserves, but cannot substitute for it.
Roberts, D.G., N.G. Hogg, D.G. Bishop, and C.G. Flewellen. 1974. Sediment Distribution Around Moated Seamounts in the Rockall Trough. Deep-Sea Research 21: 175-184
Roberts, J.M., D. Long, J.B. Wilson, P.B. Mortensen, and J.D. Gage. 2003. The Cold-Water Coral Lophelia Pertusa (Scleractinia) and Enigmatic Seabed Mounds Along the North-East Atlantic Margin: Are They Related?. Marine Pollution Bulletin 46(1): 7-20
Abstract: In this study, an updated distribution of Lophelia pertusa between the Porcupine Seabight and Norwegian shelf is presented. It seems unlikely that enigmatic mound structures observed at water depths of more than 570 m during acoustic seabed surveys, particularly to the west of the Shetland Islands, are related to the occurrence of L. pertusa. At these depths in the Faroe-Shetland Channel, the predominant influence of cold Arctic water precludes its growth. Iceberg dumpsites are also considered unlikely explanations for the origin of these mounds, and they are interpreted as most likely to be related to the release of fluids at the seabed. When mound structures were investigated, no scleractinian corals were recovered at water depths >500 m. This study shows the importance of seabed temperature as an environmental control on cold-water coral distribution. The significance of cold-water coral habitats in sustaining high levels of local-scale biodiversity is now becoming apparent in parallel with increased hydrocarbon extraction and fishing activity beyond the shelf edge. There is growing evidence that these areas have been marked by the passage of deep-water trawls. It seems likely that trawling activity has already reduced the extent of cold-water coral distribution in this region of the north-east Atlantic.
Roden, G.I.. 1994. Effects of the Fieberling Seamount Group Upon Flow and Thermohaline Structure in the Spring of 1991. Journal of Geophysical Research 99: 9941-9962
Roden, G.I.. 1991. Subarctic-Subtropical Transition Zone of the North Pacific: Large-Scale Aspects and Mesoscale Structure. NOAA Technical Report NMFS(105): 1-38
Abstract: The subarctic-subtropical transition zone of the North Pacific is investigated on the basis of high resolution hydrographic data. The transition zone is an oceanwide feature associated with the oceanic and atmospheric gyre scale circulations. It is bounded in the north and south by frontal zones, in which one or several meandering fronts and frontal eddies occur. The positions of the transition and frontal zones do not vary by more than 150-200 km from their climatological mean positions. Individual fronts are highly variable in time and space. The northern boundary of the transition zone is marked by the disappearance of the subarctic halocline and the overlying shallow temperature minimum, and by large changes in the hydrostatic stability structure. A seasonal stability gap develops there in winter. The interannual variability of the subarctic front depends upon the flow dynamics at the particular geographical location. Over the Emperor Seamounts, the front appears to be topographically trapped, varying by not more than 50 km from its mean position at 43.degree. N during 1981-1986; elsewhere, the displacements from the mean are about 150 km. The southern boundary of the transition zone is best described by the disappearance of the subtropical halocline and by large changes in the structure of the thermocline. A pervasive mesoscale eddy field is always present within the transition zone. The amplitudes of these eddies are three times larger west than east of the Emperor Seamounts
Roden, G.I.. 1987. Effects of Seamounts and Seamount Chains on Ocean Circulation and Thermohaline Structure. Geophysical Monographs of the American Geophysical Union 43: 335-354
Roden, G.I.. 1986. Aspects of Oceanic Flow and Thermohaline Structure in the Vicinity of Seamounts. NOAA Technical Report NMFS(43): 3-12
Roden, G.I.. 1991. Mesoscale Flow and Thermohaline Structure Around Fieberling Seamount. Journal of Geophysical Research 96(C9): 16653-16672
Abstract: The circulation and thermohaline structure around Fieberling and the three neighboring seamounts to the ESE are examined on the basis of high-resolution observations in August 1989. In the upper layers, the primary interaction is with well-defined intrusions of water of subtropical and subarctic origin, linked to the outer boundary of a southward meandering California current. The effects of flow-topography interaction are complex and vary with depth. At the level of Fieberling's top, about 450 m, the impinging subtropical flow is deflected anticyclonically, and several eddies are generated. Uplift of isopycnals suggestive of upwelling is observed above the tops of all four seamounts. The height of the upwelling cones varies between 120 and 240 m, depending upon background stratification, and their axes are sometimes tilted, apparently by shear of the large-scale flow. Strong subsurface jets, 10-20 km wide and 500-1000 m thick, with speeds up to 30 cm/s, have been found in the vicinity of the seamounts. In the lower layers the primary interaction is with large-scale flow from the southeast.
Roden, G.I. and W.J. Fredericks. 1992. North Pacific Ocean, Fieberling Seamount, CTD Data Report : R/V New Horizon, 24 April - 11 May, 1991. p. x-618
Roden, G.I. and W.J. Fredericks. 1989. North Pacific Ocean, Fieberling Seamount, CTD Data Report : R/V New Horizon, 19 August - 3 September, 1989. p. x-422
Roden, G.I., B.A. Taft, and C.C. Ebbesmeyer. 1982. Oceanographic Aspects of the Emperor Seamounts Region. Journal of Geophysical Research 87(12): 9537-9552
Roden, G.I., B.A. Taft, and R.T. Williams. 1984. Emperor Seamounts Expedition : Data Report, 15 June - 26 July 1982, RV Thomas G. Thompson. p. 619
Rodriguez-Romero, J., A.F. Muhlia-Melo, F. Galvan-Magana, F.J. Gutierrez-Sanchez, and V. Gracia-Lopez. 2005. Fish Assemblages Around Espiritu Santo Island and Espiritu Santo Seamount in the Lower Gulf of California, Mexico. Bulletin of Marine Science 77(1): 33-50
Abstract: Fish composition, abundance, and diversity were recorded by visual censuses at five sites near the Espiritu Santo Island and one near the Espiritu Santo Seamount, and compared to hydrographic parameters (salinity, oxygen, water temperature). Surveys conducted between November 1995 and October 1996 recorded 51,099 fishes, belonging to 41 families, 82 genera, and 120 species. The most common species near the island were: sergeant major, Abudefduf troschelii; Cortez rainbow wrasse, Thalassoma lucasanum; scissortail damselfish, Chromis atrilobata; Cortez damselfish, Stegastes rectifraenum; bluebarred parrotfish, Scarus ghobban; Pacific creolefish, Paranthias colonus; yellow snapper, Lutjanus argentiventris; Cortez sea chub, Kyphosus elegans; king angelfish, Holacanthus passer; and Mexican goatfish, Mulloidichthys dentatus; whereas in the seamount were: Pacific creolefish; Cortez damselfish; Cortez rainbow wrasse; black skipjack, Euthynnus lineatus; king angelfish; red snapper, Lutjanus peru; yellow snapper, mackerel scad, Decapterus macarellus; mullet snapper, Lutjanus aratus; and Mexican goatfish. Fish abundance and diversity changed seasonally between the island and the seamount, mainly related to the topographical differences between the two sites. The island has protected and shallow areas, substrate with small rocks to moderate sandy patches; whereas the seamount is in deep water, has strong currents, large boulders on the benthos, and no protective areas.
Roff, J.C. and S.M.J. Evans. 2002. Frameworks for Marine Conservation - Non-Hierarchical Approaches and Distinctive Hahitats. Aquatic Conservation-Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 12(6): 635-648
Abstract: 1. Conservation efforts have traditionally been directed to 'flagship' species (whales, seals, migratory birds, etc.) that capture public attention. Often these flagship species occupy distinctive habitats. Distinctive habitats appear to be distinguished because of anomalous physical structures and unique oceanographic processes occurring within them, whereas representative habitats are not notable in this way. Distinctive habitats are found in areas of various physical anomalies described primarily by temperature, chlorophyll and topography. 2. Several different kinds of distinctive habitats can be defined by their anomalous physical structures and oceanographic and biological processes. Species diversity may be either higher or lower in distinctive than in representative habitats. Distinctive habitats predominantly belong to a class of environments called 'ergoclines', and are typically associated with elevated resources at some 'trophic level'. 3. These elevated resources may be either the product of true production (i.e. they are generated in situ), or they are the product of physical accumulation due to circulation mechanisms. These processes lie at the heart of the ecology of distinctive habitats, and are fundamental to maintenance of ecosystem health, ecological integrity, distributions, abundances and recruitment of species, patterns of animal migrations, and potential or actual fisheries yields. 4. Conservation strategies need to examine the relationships between distinctive and representative habitats and species diversity. A strategy, leading from studies on flagship or other focal species, could have several advantages. It should rejuvenate the inherent appeal and significance of 'species' approaches to marine conservation, provide a rationale for human interest and a new foundation for examination of marine ecological interactions. It would also require a novel synthesis of relationships between 'species' and 'spaces' approaches to marine conservation by asking how we can take the best advantage of both approaches, rather than seeing them as in conflict. Copyright (C) 2002 John Wiley Sons, Ltd
Rogers, A.D.. 2000. The Role of the Oceanic Oxygen Minima in Generating Biodiversity in the Deep Sea. Deep-Sea Research Part 2: Topical Studies in Oceanography 47(1-2): 119-148
Abstract: Many studies on the deep-sea benthic biota have shown that the most species-rich areas lie on the continental margins between 500 and 2500 m, which coincides with the present oxygen-minimum in the world's oceans. Some species have adapted to hypoxic conditions in oxygen-minimum zones, and some can even fulfil all their energy requirements through anaerobic metabolism for at least short periods of time. It is, however, apparent that the geographic and vertical distribution of many species is restricted by the presence of oxygen-minimum zones. Historically, cycles of global warming and cooling have led to periods of expansion and contraction of oxygen-minimum layers throughout the world's oceans. Such shifts in the global distribution of oxygen-minimum zones have presented many opportunities for allopatric speciation in organisms inhabiting slope habitats associated with continental margins, oceanic islands and seamounts. On a smaller scale, oxygen-minimum zones can be seen today as providing a barrier to gene-flow between allopatric populations. Recent studies of the Arabian Sea and in other regions of upwelling also have shown that the presence of an oxygen-minimum layer creates a strong vertical gradient in physical and biological parameters. The reduced utilisation of the downward flux of organic material in the oxygen-minimum zone results in an abundant supply of food for organisms immediately below it. The occupation of this area by species exploiting abundant food supplies may lead to strong vertical gradients in selective pressures for optimal rates of growth, modes of reproduction and development and in other aspects of species biology. The presence of such strong selective gradients may have led to an increase in habitat specialisation in the lower reaches of oxygen-minimum zones and an increased rate of speciation
Rogers, A.D.. 1999. The Biology of Lophelia Pertusa (Linnaeus 1758) and Other Deep-Water Reef-Forming Corals and Impacts From Human Activities. International Review of Hydrobiology 84(4): 315-411
Rogers, A.D.. 2004. The Biology, Ecology and Vulnerability of Seamount Communities.
Rogers, A.D.. 1994. The Biology of Seamounts. Advances in Marine Biology 30: 305-354
Rogers, A.D., S. Morley, E. Fitzcharles, K. Jarvis, and M. Belchier. 2006. Genetic Structure of Patagonian Toothfish (Dissostichus Eleginoides) Populations on the Patagonian Shelf and Atlantic and Western Indian Ocean Sectors of the Southern Ocean. Marine Biology 149: 915-924
Rosenberg, G.. 2004. A Biotic Database of Indo-Pacific Marine Mollusks. http://data.acnatsci.org/obis/, Academy of Natural Sciences
Rosenberg, G. and R. Salisbury. 1991. Two New Species of Vexillum From the Western Pacific (Gastropoda, Costellariidae). Nautilus (Havertown, PA) 105(4): 147-151
Abstract: Vexillum brunneolinea n. sp. is described from the Palau Islands and compared to Vexillum acuminatum and V. semisculptum . It is the first member of its genus reported in which some individuals lack apertural lirations. Vexillum elliscrossi n. sp. is described from Hawaii and central Pacific guyots and compared to Vexillum daedalum and Vexillum xenium
Rosenblatt, R.H. and R.R. Wilson. 1987. Cutlassfishes of the Genus Lepidopus With Two New Eastern Pacific Species. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 33
Roshchin, E.A.. 1985. Some Biological Properties of Redbait, Emmelichthys Nitidus (Emmelichthyidae), From a Seamount in the Notal Zone of the Indian Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 25(6): 44-50
Abstract: The biology of southern redbait Emmelichthys nitidus , living on a seamount in the notal zone of the Indian Ocean, is described. Regular changes were observed in the size structure of the group studied. Stages of sexual maturation have been identified, spawning periods determined, daily and seasonal feeding dynamics examined, and the qualitative-quantitative characteristics of feeding analyzed
Rotondo, G.M., V.G. Springer, and G.A. Scott. 1981. Plate Movement and Island Integration - a Possible Mechanism in the Formation of Endemic Biotas With Special Reference to the Hawaiian Islands. Syst.Zool. 30: 12-21
Rougerie, F. and B. Wauthy. 1986. Atoll-Oasis Functioning and the "Endo-Upwelling" Concept. [Le Concept D'Endo-Upwelling Dans Le Fonctionnement Des Atolls-Oasis.]. Oceanologica Acta (Paris) 9(2): 133-148
Abstract: In the central desert region of the tropical ocean, atolls constitute veritable oases. The classical model of atoll functioning, based solely on horizontal exchanges between the lagoon and oligotrophic oceanic surface water, is unable to balance nutrient budgets in a manner that accounts for the high organic production; a source of nutrients external to the ecosystem is needed, particularly for phosphorus and silica. French studies carried out since 1965 in the Tuamotu archipelago, have made it possible to demonstrate the reality of vertical exchanges between lagoon and deep oceanic water through the permeable atoll basement. The geothermal endo-upwelling concept is expounded: it comprises a vertical ascent of deep oceanic water, driven by geothermal heat flow, through the atoll's internal structure; nutrient-rich upwelled water supplies the reef-building biocenosis at the surface. The role played by endo-upwelling in volcanic island evolution is discussed (atoll morphogenesis, the guyots question)
Roukhiyajnen, M.I., Y. Artemov, and R.V. Bocharova. 1986. Small-Scale Distribution of Phytoplankton in the Areas of the South Atlantic Bottom Elevations. [ Melkomasshtabnoe Raspredelenie Fitoplanktona v Rajonakh Podnyatij Okeanicheskogo Dna Yuzhnoj Atlantiki.]. Ekologiia morya(22): 3-10
Abstract: Characteristic features of phytoplankton distribution from the Davis and Model'naya banks off South America, and from the Valdivia Seamount and Udachnaya Bank off South Africa are considered. The average number of cells and the biomass above the Davis and Model'naya banks were 6 degree 10 super(6) and 6 mg/m super(3) and 7.3 degree 10 super(6), and 7.3 mg/m super(3) respectively. The respective values for the banks off South Africa were 13 degree 10 super(6) cells and 11 mg/m super(3). Bottom topography is shown to affect phytoplankton distribution in the Valdivia Seamount and the Udachnaya Bank areas. Patches of phytoplankton concentrations were characterized by mesotrophic ranges of abundance and biomass
Roux, M.. 1988. Les Lys De Mer Temoins De L'Evolution. Pour la Science 126: 78-88
Roux, M. and D.L. Pawson. 1999. Two New Pacific Ocean Species of Hyocrinid Crinoids (Echinodermata), With Comments on Presumed Giant-Dwarf Gradients Related to Seamounts and Abyssal Plains. Pacific Science 53(3): 289-298
Abstract: Hyocrinus foelli, n. sp. is a small hyocrinid sea lily from the abyssal ferromanganese nodule fields of the North Pacific Ocean. Hyocrinus giganteus, n. sp. is a very large hyocrinid from Horizon Seamount in the eastern Pacific that shows close affinities to H. cyanae from the western Pacific, off New Caledonia. A possible giant-dwarf heterochronic gradient, related to scarcity of food supply in abyssal plains and its abundance in seamount environments, is discussed
Rowden, A., M. Clark, S. O'Shea, and D. McKnight. 2003. Benthic Biodiversity of Seamounts on the Southern Kermadec Volcanic. Marine Biodiversity Biosecurity Report 3: 23
Rowden, A.A., M.R. Clark, and I.C. Wright. 2005. Physical Characterisation and a Biologically Focused Classification of "Seamounts" in the New Zealand Region. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 39: 1039-1059
Abstract: The physical, biological, and oceanographiccharacteristics of seamounts of the NewZealand region of the South Pacific Ocean are poorlyknown. The aim of this study was to present a synopsisof the physical characteristics of seamountswithin the region, and to present a preliminary classificationusing biologically meaningful variables.Data for up to 16 environmental variables were collatedand used to describe the distribution and characteristicsof the c. 800 known seamounts in the NewZealand region. Seamounts span a wide range ofsizes, depths, elevation, geological associations andorigins, and occur over the latitudinal range of theregion, lying in different water masses of varyingproductivity, and both near shore and off shore. Assuch, it was difficult to generally describe New Zealandseamounts, as there is no typical feature.Thirteen environmental variables were included ina multivariate cluster analysis to identify 12seamount similarity groupings, for a subset of overhalf the known seamounts. The groupings generallydisplayed an appreciable geographic distributionthroughout the region, and were largely characterisedby a combination of four variables (depth atpeak, depth at base, elevation, and distance fromcontinental shelf). In the future, the findings of thepresent study can be tested to determine the validityand usefulness of the approach for directing futurebiodiversity research and informing management ofseamount habitat
Rowden, A.A., R.M. Warwick, and D.P. Gordon. 2004. Bryozoan Biodiversity in the New Zealand Region and Implications for Marine Conservation. Biodiversity and Conservation 13(14): 2695-2721
Abstract: Marine biodiversity and its distribution in the New Zealand region were determined using historical data for an appropriate indicator taxon, the Bryozoa. Bryozoans were identified as belonging to three communities, termed Intertidal/Shelf/Slope (ISS) and Deep-Sea 1 and 2 (DS1 and DS2). Biodiversity was assessed using measures based on relatedness of species, average taxonomic distinctness and variation in taxonomic distinctness. High values of biodiversity for the ISS community are particularly concentrated at both ends of two main islands of New Zealand; the biogenic substratum of the Three Kings Plateau and Foveaux Strait. High values of biodiversity for the DS1 community were primarily located on the seamounts of the northern edge of the Chatham Rise. Values of biodiversity for stations comprising the DS2 community were generally low. The relationship between bryozoan community composition/biodiversity and depth suggested that habitat availability/heterogeneity, sedimentary perturbation and primary productivity could be evoked to explain the pattern of biodiversity observed. The results of the study indicate particular areas of the shelf and deep-sea environment that could be protected in order to conserve New Zealand's marine biodiversity
Rowden, A.A., S. O'Shea, and M.R. Clark. 2002. Benthic Biodiversity of Seamounts on the Northwest Chatham Rise. Marine Biodiversity Biosecurity Report No. 2, Ministry of Fisheries, Wellington, NZ, p. -21
Rudjakov, J.A. and A.N. Zalkin. 1990. 18th Cruise of R/V "Professor Stockman": A Next Step of Hydrobiological Investigations of the Ocean Near-Bottom Layer. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 124: 7-14
Rudjakov, J.A., N.V. Kucheruk, and S.D. Chistikov. 1990. Population Structure of Projasus Bahamondei George (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palinuridae) From the Underwater Nazca Ridge. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 124: 156-160
Rudyakov Yu, A. and A.G. Timonin. 1986. Seston Biomass in the Regions of Seamounts of the Western Part of the Indian Ocean. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 26(4): 679-683
Abstract: Data on the plankton displacement volumes do not support the idea of high plankton abundance in the regions of separate seamounts in the western part of the Indian ocean. Average plankton biomass in the upper 100 m layer close to summit proved to be about 60 mg/m3, the number quite fitting the typical situation for the tropical part of the ocean. Statistically significant increase of biomass was determined in the Equator seamount area at the depth of 400-600 m
Rudyakov Yu, A., A.L. Vereshchaka, G.M. Vinogradov, and M.V. Geptner. 1990. Seston Biomass in the Near-Bottom Layer of the South-Western Indian Ocean. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 30(1): 114-120
Abstract: The near-bottom horizontal hauls on the levels 2 and 30 m above the bottom (mab) in Mozambique Channel, Saya-de-Malya and Walters shoals areas reveal the significant decreasing of seston biomass at 2 mab. Above Walter shoal the difference was 13.2 mg/m3 and was not equal zero for p<0.001. These results contradict the previously published data which show the biomass increasing in the near-bottom layer. The impoverishment observed may well be due to eating away of living zooplankton component of seston by bottom and near-bottom carnivores with consumption rate ca. 300 mg.center dot.m-2.center dot.day-1. The animals dwelling this seamount live mainly on the plankton brought by the horizontal advection. It is the production of surrounding waters that mainly provides the seamount communities with the food
Rudyakov, Y.. 1996. Russian Biological Investigations of the Near-Bottom Ocean Layer With the Use of Towed Devices and Unmanned Vehicles. [Russkie Biologicheskie Issledovaniya Pridonnogo...]. Russ.J.Aquat.Ecol 5(1-2): 59-64
Abstract: The history and results of Russian biological investigations of the near-bottom ocean layer with the use of towed instruments and vehicles are reviewed. Analysis of the results obtained and comparison with literature data shows that the zooplankton biomass in the near-bottom layer is, as a rule, in line with values obtained at the same depth in the pelagic zone far from the coast. Over seamounts, the biomass of plankton often decreases close to the bottom. Data on the remarkably rich plankton close to hydrothermal vents are not quite reliable because they were obtained with violation of the principle of random sampling. There is some symmetry in the vertical distribution of animals downward from the ocean surface and upward from its bottom. This may be due to dispersal from the ocean-bottom and ocean-atmosphere interaction zones. Because of the existence of species with wide vertical distribution ranges, the near-surface and near-bottom ocean layers are interconnected, and the near-bottom communities have influence on the water column population. Pelagic animals currently assumed to be deep-water dwellers may actually be a mixed group consisting of 2 groups of species: older developmental stages of animals propagating at the surface and near-bottom animals requiring bottom from successful completion of their life sycle
Ryland, J. and P.A. Tyler. 1989. Reproduction, Genetics and Distributions of Marine Organisms. Olsen & Olsen
STrat, B.. 1997. Results of the MUSORSTOM Cruises. Vol. 17 [Resultats Des Campagnjes MUSORSTOM. Volume 17]. Memoires du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, vol. 174pp. 1-213
STrat, B. and J.V. Andreata. 1992. Deep-Sea Fishes Collected During Cruise MD-55 Off Brazil. Cybium 16(1): 81-100
Abstract: The present paper is an annotated list of the deep-sea fishes trawled during the oceanographic cruise MD-55 by the R.B. Marion Dufresne off Brazil during 1987. 85 species are reported representing 39 families with several rare species of Congridae, Synaphobranchidae, Alepocephalidae, Chlorophthalmidae, Macrouridae and Ophidiidae. There are also 26 first records for the south western Atlantic and or the Brazilian waters. Specimens are deposited in the collections of the Universidade Santa Ursula, Rio de Janeiro and in the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris.
STret, B.. 1994. Chondrichthyan Fishes of New Caledonia. Chondros 5(3): 6-9
Sadakane, H., Y. Takeda, K. Tabuchi, S. Tatsumi, and T. Nishiyama. 1989. Fishery and Echo Surveys on the Seamounts in the Tonga Ridge [South Pacific Ocean] Using a Global Positioning System. Journal of Shimonoseki University of Fisheries 38(1): 1-6
Abstract: Echo-surveys are basically important to evaluate the productivity of fishing grounds extending over the southern part of the Tonga Islands. However, seamounts and their bottom configurations in this area are not known in detail. As part of a fishery development program in cooperation with the government of Tonga and FAO, echo-surveys and line fishing tests were conducted in December 1987. Five subareas (A, B, C, D, and E) were chosen after making a preliminary echo-survey in the southern part of the Tonga Ridge, in which there were some seamounts reported so far, but the details of these seamount's tops and vicinities were not clearly surveyed. Prior to the surveys, four cross lines were set in the subarea A and the parallel lines were set in other four subareas to clarify the configurations and depth contours. The ship's positions were determined by a Global Positioning System (GPS) along the sounding lines during survey at 0.25-2.0 n. miles intervals. In the subareas B and C, the configurations of two seamounts were clearly measured; one being a pinnacled shape with steep slope and other being a conical shape with gentle slope. The position of the seamount in subarea B did not differ greatly from that shown in charts. The positions, depth contour lines and shapes of the seamounts in subarea A, C and E differed considerably from those shown in charts. Also, it was found from the present surveys that a seamount in subarea D was not in existence. As a result of line fishing tests made in the subarea A, six species of high-value fish were caught. The GPS is one of the most important satellite devices to get reliable ship's position, especially in the water of the Tonga Islands
Sager, W.W.. 1983. Seamount Paleomagnetism and Pacific Plate Tectonics. p. xvii-472
Sakai, T.. 1978. Decapod Crustacea From the Emperor Seamount Chain. Researches of Crustacea 8 (Suppl): 1-39
Sakai, T.. 1980. On New or Rare Crabs Taken From Japanese and Central Pacific Waters.. Researches of Crustacea 10: 73-84
Sakiura, H.. 1977. The Pelagic Armorhead, Pentaceros Richardsoni, Fishing Grounds Off the Hawaiian Islands, As Viewed by the Soviets. Rep. JAMARC Report no. 17
Sako, Y., S. Nakagawa, K. Takai, and K. Horikoshi. 2003. Marinithermus Hydrothermalis Gen. Nov., Sp. Nov., a Strictly Aerobic, Thermophilic Bacterium From a Deep-Sea Hydrothermal Vent Chimney. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology 53(1): 59-65
Abstract: A novel thermophilic marine bacterium, designated strain T1T, was isolated from a deep-sea hydrothermal vent chimney sample collected from the Suiyo Seamount in the Izu-Bonin Arc, Japan, at a depth of 1385 m. Cells of strain T1T were rod-shaped, occurring in pairs or filamentous, and stained Gram-negative. Growth was observed between 50.0 and 72.5degreeC (optimum 67.5degreeC; 30 min doubling time) and at pH 6.25-7.75 (optimum pH 7.00). The isolate absolutely required NaCl, at a concentration of 0.5-4.5% (optimum 3.0%). It was a strictly aerobic heterotroph capable of growing solely on complex organic substrates such as yeast extract, tryptone and Casamino acids, utilizing glutamate, proline, serine, cellobiose, trehalose, sucrose, acetate and pyruvate as complementary substrates. The G+C content of the genomic DNA was 68.6 mol%. The 16S rRNA gene sequence of the isolate was most similar to those from members of the genus Thermus, but the isolate was distantly related to them at the genus level (<90%). In addition, phylogenetic analysis indicated that the isolate was on a novel lineage, deeply branched prior to divergence of the genus Thermus. On the basis of phylogenetic analysis and physiological traits of the isolate, it should be described as a member of a novel genus distinct from the previously described genus Thermus. The name Marinithermus gen. nov. is proposed, with Marinithermus hydrothermalis gen. nov., sp. nov. as the type species. The type strain of M. hydrothermalis gen. nov., sp. nov. is strain T1T (=JCM 11576T=DSM 14884T)
Sala, E., O. Aburto-Oropeza, G. Paredes, and G. Thompson. 2003. Spawning Aggregations and Reproductive Behavior of Reef Fishes in the Gulf of California. Bulletin of Marine Science 72(1): 103-121
Abstract: Spawning aggregations numbering up to tens of thousands of reef fishes have disappeared throughout the tropics due to fishing, causing the collapse of their populations and of commercial fisheries in many regions. Although there is a wealth of information on spawning aggregations in the Caribbean and the Indopacific, there are almost no data on spawning aggregations of commercial reef fishes in the Tropical Eastern Pacific. Here we describe aggregations and the reproductive behavior of eight species of reef fishes in the Gulf of California, Mexico. The serranids Mycteroperca prionura and M. rosacea, the snapper Lutjanus novemfasciatus, and the jacks Caranx sexfasciatus and Seriola lalandi form spawning aggregations of 12 to > 1000 individuals on islands, exposed coastal rocky reefs, and seamounts. The serranids Paranthias colonus and the snapper L. argentiventris spawn in schools with densities similar to these during non-reproductive periods. We observed aggregations of the serranid M. jordani but (lid not observe spawning. Some spawning aggregations of these and other species (such as Epinephelus itajara and Stereolepis gigas) have now disappeared from the Gulf of California due to fishing. Our findings suggest the existence of undocumented spawning aggregations throughout the Tropical Eastern Pacific that sustain varied levels of fishing pressure. These spawning aggregations must be identified and protected in order to ensure the replenishment of fish populations
Salas, C. and S. Gofas. 1996. Arca Pectunculoides Scacchi, 1834 and A. Philippiana Nyst, 1848 (Currently Bathyarca Pectunculoides and B. Philippiana; Mollusca, Bivalvia): Proposed Conservation of the Specific Names. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 53(3): 173-177
Abstract: The purpose of this application is to conserve the specific names of Arca pectunculoides Scacchi, 1834 and A. philippiana Nyst, 1848 for two European bivalves. Since 1978 the name Arca grenophia Risso, 1826 has been generally, but incorrectly, adopted as a senior synonym of A. pectunculoides, the type species of Bathyarca Kobelt, 1891; however, A. grenophia is conspecific with A. philippiana. Use of A. grenophia in place of A. philippiana would create considerable confusion and its suppression is proposed. Both A. pectunculoides and A. philippiana are widely distributed from Norway to southern Morocco, the Canary Islands, the Azores and seamounts of the North Atlantic, and the Mediterranean. Both were originally described from Pleistocene fossils
Saltzman, J.. 1995. Zooplankton Ecology in Relation to a Prominent Oxygen Minimum Zone and a Seamount in the Eastern Tropical Pacific. University of Rhode Islandp. xv-335
Saltzman, J.. 1996. Ecology and Life History Traits of the Benthopelagic Mysid Boreomysis Oparva From the Eastern Tropical Pacific Oxygen Minimum Zone. Marine Ecology Progress Series 139(1-3): 95-103
Abstract: The ecology and life history traits of Boreomysis oparva, a recently described benthopelagic mysid, were examined from the seamount Volcano 7 which penetrates into the oxygen minimum zone. In the near-bottom waters, B. oparva was very abundant at the lower summit in the oxygen minimum zone ( lt 0.2 ml O-2 l-1). It decreased in abundance with increasing depth and increasing oxygen at the flank and was absent from the base of Volcano 7. Length distribution of free-living stages was continuous, from 4 to 26 mm, and similar at the lower summit and flank. This and the presence of larvae of all stages suggest continuous rather than seasonal reproduction. Reproductive females with developing larvae were more abundant at the lower summit than the flank. This new oxygen minimum zone mysid has relationships of egg volume and clutch size to female body length similar to other meso- and bathypelagic mysids
Saltzman, J. and K.F. Wishner. 1997. Zooplankton Ecology in the Eastern Tropical Pacific Oxygen Minimum Zone Above a Seamount: 2. Vertical Distribution of Copepods. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 44(6): 931-954
Abstract: The abundance and vertical distribution (0-1230 m) of copepods were studied in the eastern tropical Pacific near the seamount Volcano 7 to examine the influence of the extreme oxygen minimum zone (OMZ). Maximum zooplankton biomass and copepod abundance were in the themocline zone. A secondary peak in biomass and copepod abundance was evident between 600 and 1000 m, which included the depth of the lower interface of the OMZ. This prominent secondary peak in zooplankton is a feature unique to OMZ regions. There were four general trends of vertical distribution of copepod abundance. These trends appeared to be related to the oxygen concentration and gradients. The most common vertical distribution was a pattern of maximum abundance in the mixed layer and thermocline zones, with a secondary maximum in the zone of the lower OMZ interface (600-1000 m). Clausocalanus spp., Oncaea, spp., Euchaeta spp., Oithona spp. and Corycaeus spp. showed this trend. Low oxygen concentration did not appear to restrict these groups, since they were present throughout the OMZ. The second vertical distributional pattern was vertical migration between the thermocline and the OMZ. Pleuromamma robusta showed this pattern, with maximum abundance at night in the thermocline zone and during the day in the core of the OMZ. In addition, there was a secondary maximum of abundance at the lower OMZ interface zone. The third type of distribution was shown by copepods that were abundant in the upper OMZ and at the lower OMZ interface zones. Eucalanus inermis, Haloptilus paralongicirrus and Heterostylites longicornis were dominant copepod species that exhibited this pattern. They were either absent from the mixed layer or at similar abundances in the mixed layer and upper OMZ. The fourth pattern was shown by copepod species that live primarily above the OMZ day and night. The majority of the species appeared to be tolerant of the extreme low oxygen concentrations. Rhincalanus spp. was the dominant copepod that was excluded by low oxygen concentrations. In general, species also found in other OMZ regions showed similar distributions in this study, indicating that low oxygen is a major controlling factor. Some vertical niche separation among congeneric species was indicated for Eucalanidae, Metridiidae and Augaptilidae
Saltzman, J. and K.F. Wishner. 1997. Zooplankton Ecology in the Eastern Tropical Pacific Oxygen Minimum Zone Above a Seamount: 1. General Trends. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 44(6): 907-930
Abstract: The distribution of zooplankton in the oxygen minimum zone (OMZ) of the eastern tropical Pacific and near a seamount was investigated. The oxygen minimum layer appeared to be an important factor influencing the vertical distribution of zooplankton taxa below the thermocline. The maximum zooplankton in terms of biomass and numbers was in the thermocline zone, with a secondary maximum in the depth zone that included the lower OMZ interface (600-1000 m). Most taxonomic groups showed this secondary peak in abundance in the lower OMZ interface depth zone and minimum abundances above it. The secondary maximum in zooplankton at the lower OMZ interface seems to be unique to OMZ regions. Only larvaceans and mollusks did not appear to be strongly influenced by the minimum concentrations of oxygen. Four vertical distribution patterns characteristic of different taxonomic groups may be indicative of their different tolerances to minimum oxygen concentrations. The physical intrusion of the seamount (summit at 730 m depth) did not cause major changes in the distribution of pelagic zooplankton. Significant biological and physical differences between locations above and away from the seamount were found only within the upper OMZ (100-300 m)
Saltzman, J. and T.E. Bowman. 1993. Boreomysis Oparva, New Species, a Possum Shrimp (Crustacea: Mysidacea) From an Eastern Tropical Pacific Seamount. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 106(2): 325-331
Abstract: Boreomysis oparva is described from near-bottom low oxygen waters surrounding an inactive seamount, Volcano 7. It is characterized by an upturned rostrum, large eyes without papillae, and a male pleopod 3 exopod with 3 spiniform setae on each of the last eight segments. It is abundant slightly below the seamount summit in near-bottom low oxygen water, but absent from water near the seamount base (with higher oxygen) and from low oxygen pelagic waters
Samadi, S., L. Bottan, E. Macpherson, B.R. De Forges, and M.C. Boisselier. 2006. Seamount Endemism Questioned by the Geographic Distribution and Population Genetic Structure of Marine Invertebrates. Marine Biology 149(6): 1463-1475
Abstract: Previous studies have suggested that the high diversity associated with the Norfolk seamounts (Southwest Pacific) could reflect endemism resulting from limited dispersal due to hydrological phenomena. Crustaceans of the family Galatheidae are thoroughly studied in the New Caledonia economic zone permitting the analysis of species distribution pattern between the New Caledonia slope and Norfolk ridge seamounts. This analysis has shown that, qualitatively, the same species are sampled on seamounts and on the New Caledonia slope. Local endemism was never detected. However, on each seamount, and therefore on a small surface, a very high number of species are usually sampled, suggesting that seamounts are biodiversity hot spots. Then, to evaluate whether the seamounts constitute patches of isolated habitat, we explore the pattern of genetic diversity within several species of crustaceans and gastropods. Analysis of the intra-specific genetic structure using the mitochondrial marker COI reveals that populations of two Galatheidae species (Munida thoe and Munida zebra), polymorphic for this marker, are genetically not structured, both among seamounts and between the seamounts and the island slope. The genetic structure over a similar sampling scheme of two Eumunida species (Chirostylidae, the sister family of Galatheidae) and a planktotrophic gastropod (Sassia remensa) reveals a similar pattern. Population structure is observed only in Nassaria problematica, a non-planktotrophic gastropod with limited larvae dispersal. Thus, the limitation of gene flow between seamounts appears to be observed only for species with limited dispersal abilities. Our results suggest that the Norfolk seamounts rather than functioning as areas of endemism, instead, may be highly productive zones that can support numerous species in small areas.
Sanchez, P. and J.A. Alvarez. 1988. Scaeurgus Unicirrhus (Orbigny, 1840) (Cephalopoda, Octopodidae): First Record From the South-East Atlantic. South African journal of marine science/Suid-Afrikaanse tydskrif vir seewetenskap 7: 69-74
Abstract: The first recorded specimens of Scaeurgus unicirrhus from the South-East Atlantic are described. Five males and two females were captured on the Valdivia Bank, Walvis Ridge, between 24 and 27 degree S, 400 miles off the Namibian coast. They are compared with specimens caught from other areas, and historical and geographic surveys of the species are made
Santos.R.S., S. Hawkins, L.R. Monteiro, M. Alves, and E.J. Osodro. 1995. Marine Research, Resources and Conservation in the Azores. Aquatic conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 5: 311-354
Sasaki, S.. 1973. Surveys on Mid-Pacific Seamounts by the R/V Kaiyo- Maru. II. Biology. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Fisheries Oceanography 23: 62-70
Sasaki, T.. 1974. The Pelagic Armorhead, Pentaceros Richardsoni Smith, in the North Pacific. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Fisheries Oceanography 24: 156-165
Sasaki, T.. 1978. Progress and Current Status on Exploration of Seamounts Fishing Grounds [North Pacific]. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Fisheries Oceanography 33: 51-53
Sasaki, T.. 1986. Development and Present Status of Japanese Trawl Fisheries in the Vicinity of Seamounts. NOAA Technical Report NMFS 43: 21-30
Sassa, C., K. Kawaguchi, T. Kinoshita, and C. Watanabe. 2002. Assemblages of Vertical Migratory Mesopelagic Fish in the Transitional Region of the Western North Pacific. Fisheries Oceanography 11(4): 193-204
Abstract: Assemblages of vertical migratory mesopelagic fish are described for the nighttime upper 20 m layer of the transitional and adjacent waters in the western North Pacific. Twenty-three mesopelagic fish species belonging to six families and 16 genera were collected during June 1996. Family Myctophidae was most speciose, represented by 17 species, followed by Sternoptychidae (two spp.) and Bathylagidae (one spp.). Six assemblages are recognized based on their species composition: Subarctic, Northern Transition, Southern Transition, Subtropical, Slope Water and Seamount Assemblages. These assemblages are also characterized by size composition and biomass of the catches. The distributions of the Subarctic, Northern Transition, Southern Transition and Subtropical Assemblages are approximately defined by the Kuroshio and Oyashio fronts and the Subarctic Boundary. Slope Water and Seamount Assemblages are closely related to the slope water around the shelf edge off Japan and waters around the Shatsky Rise and the Emperor Seamount chain, respectively. The importance of the Southern Transition Assemblage area between the Kuroshio front and Subarctic Boundary as spawning and nursery grounds of many subarctic, transitional and subtropical fishes is elucidated, based on the geographical distribution patterns of their larvae and juveniles
Sato, M.. 1979. Discoveries of Fish Reefs in Ogasawara Fishing Ground. Journal of the Faculty of Marine Science and Technology, Tokai University 12: 293-307
Abstract: Okinotorishima Island and Minamitorishima Island are the southernmost and the easternmost islands in Japan. The fishing ground for fish of the warm current extends to the tropical sea area to the south of these islands. The great sea mount range, which is the extension of the Fuji volcanic zone, passes through Ogasawara fishing ground to the south of the Pacific Ocean. Many sea mounts and fish reefs are distributed on this great sea mount range, which is abundant in migratory fishes such as skipjack and tuna. Especially these sea mounts and fish reefs are good stationary fishing grounds for bottom fish, and a lot of fish catch has been continued. In the present paper, the author attempts to decribe the characteristics of the Ogasawara fishing grounds in relation to the distribution and discoveries of sea mounts and fish reefs
Sato, M.. 1983. Discoveries of Sea Mountains and Fish Reefs in Fishing Grounds in the Sea Off the Eastern Coast of Japan. [ Nihon Tobu Kaiiki Gyojo No Kaizan, Gyosho to Sono Hakken.]. Journal of the Faculty of Marine Science and Technology, Tokai University 16: 265-280
Abstract: In this paper, the author describes the distribution, discovery and development of the seamounts and fish reefs scattered between northeastern Japan and the northwest Pacific Seamounts
Sato, M.. 1983. Discoveries of Fish Reefs in Fishing Grounds in the Sea of Japan. Journal of the Faculty of Marine Science and Technology, Tokai University(15): 403-418
Abstract: In the eastern and southwestern part of the Sea of Japan, Rishiri Island, Sado Island, Oki Island and other islands are situated along the Japanese Island chain. Together with these islands many shallows, sea mounts and sea banks are scattered, which are abundant with bottom fish and migratory fish, forming excellent fishing grounds. These sea mounts and fish reefs have been discovered and developed by Japanese fishermen on the coast of the Sea of Japan. Following the discoveries, related agencies of the Japanese Government and Prefectural governments have made detailed investigations on them and have been making researches on the conservation of fishery resources and fishing method for the higher productivity and for keeping them as good fishing grounds. The distribution, discoveries and development of these sea mounts, banks and fish reefs, are described
Savinykh, V.F. and A.A. Balanov. 2000. Distribution, Migrations, and Some Biological Traits of Scopelosaurus Adleri and S. Harryi (Notosudidae). Journal of Ichthyology 40(2): 155-164
Abstract: The available data on biology are considered for two North Pacific species of the Notosudidae, and distribution and migration patterns are described. Larvae of Scopelosaurus harryi are recorded only off the southern Japanese islands and Taiwan. The farther to the northeast along the Kuroshio and North Pacific Current, the greater the fish length. With the existing currents, the juveniles drift to subarctic waters of the northern Pacific (the Bering Sea included), where they feed. In late autumn, large individuals make southward migrations to spawning grounds. The main spawning area is on the Japanese coast, the second spawning area is off California, where the juveniles of this species are also found. Distribution of S. adleri is principally similar to that of S. harryi. However, both species occur only as larval and fry stages in the epipelagic zone. Individuals of S. adleri over 10 cm long occur only in the mesopelagic zone. Thus, considering the catches of larvae, the main spawning area of S. adleri is off California, and some individuals spawn off Japan and over the Emperor Seamount Chain. Occurrence of both species in catches of bottom trawls indicated that S. adleri is a mesobenthopelagic species and S. harryi is a mesopelagic species. The geographic range of both species belongs to the subtropical distant-spawning type; however, only a short part of the life cycle (reproduction and egg incubation) occurs in subtropical waters. Development of juveniles and feeding both take place in subarctic waters and in the transitional zone. | English abstract
Sazonov, J.. 1986. Physiculus Cynodon Sp. N. (Gadiformes, Moridae) From the North Pacific Seamounts. [Physiculus Cynodon Sp. N. (Gadiformes, Moridae) s Podvodnykh Gor Severnoj Chasti Tikhogo Okeana.]. Zoologicheskij zhurnal (Moscow) 65(2): 305-308
Abstract: The new species (P. cynodon ) is described and figured from 5 individuals caught at 300-500m at 31 degree 03'N, 175 degree 53'E and comparative notes on other species of the genus are made
Sazonov, Y.. 1998. A Brief Review of the Genus Narcetes (Alepocephalidae) With a Description of the Genus Type N.Erimelas. Journal of Ichthyology 38(6): 491-500
Sazonov, Y.. 1997. A New Species of Conocara Genus (Alepocephalidae) From the Indo-Pacific Region.. Journal of Ichthyology 37(9): 749-753
Sazonov, Y.. 1985. Two New Macrourid Species (Gadiformes) From Northern Pacific Seamounts. Journal of Ichthyology 25(6): 13-21
Abstract: Two new macrourid species, Malacocephalus boretzi sp. nov. and Nezumia tinro sp. nov. caught on the seamounts of the Northwestern and the Hawaiian ranges in the Pacific Ocean, are described
Sazonov, Y.. 1994. Additions to the List of Grenadiers (Gadiformes, Bathygadidae, Macrouridae) From the Northwest Ridge (Pacific Ocean) [Dopolneniya k Spisku Makrurusov (Gadiformes, Bathygadidae i Macrouridae) Severo-Zapadnogo Podvodnogo Khrebta (Tikhij Okean)]. Journal of Ichthyology 34(5): 98-115
Abstract: The paper present detailed illustrated descriptions of 4 rare grenadier species Bathygadus antrodes, Hymenocephalus hachijoensis, Nezumia obliquata and Coelorinchus anisacanthus first recorded over seamounts of the Northwest Ridge. The latter species is described as new to science. Additional morphometric and distribution data for N. tinro and C. matsubarai are provided
Sazonov, Y. and N.P. Pakhorukov. 1992. Tripterophycis Svetovidovi--A New Record for the Southern Atlantic. Journal of Ichthyology 32(1): 131-134
Abstract: Svetovidov's three-fin hake, Tripterophycis svetovidovi, described relatively recently on the basis of six specimens from the southern subtropical zone of the Indian and Pacific Oceans (Sazonov and Shcherbachev, 1986), was unknown from the Atlantic Ocean. The closely related species T. gilchristi was known from all the three oceans (except southeastern Pacific), although in the southwestern Atlantic it was discovered only in 1974 (Pakhorukov, 1976). Three specimens of T. svetovidovi and a few large specimens of T. gilchristi were caught on the same site of the Kit Range and Rui-Grande Peak during the expedition of the R/V Ikhtiandr in the southern Atlantic. Two other specimens of the former species were caught in the type locality during the expedition of the R/V Prof. Shtokman. The present article contains information on the first discovery of T. svetovidovi in the southern Atlantic, compares the Atlantic specimens with those from other areas, and provides a precise diagnosis of the species. Morphometry was done by standard methods (Sazonov and Shcherbachev, 1986). The specimens are preserved in the Zoological Museum of Moscow State University (ZM MGU). Photographs and X-rays were taken by the workers at the Institute of Oceanology, Academy of Sciences of the USSR, S.M. Dudarev and V.D. Tsinovskiy, to whom we express sincere gratitude (DBO). | English abstract
Sazonov, Y.I.. 1985. Two New Grenadier Species (Gadiformes, Macrouridae) From North Pacific Seamounts. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 25(5): 719-727
Abstract: Malacocephalus boretzi Sazonov and Nezumia tinro Sazonov caught at 30 degree 16'N, 178 degree 43'E and at 44 degree 30'N, 171 degree 31'E respectively, are described, figured and compared with other species of genus
Sazonov, Y.I.. 1994. Additions to the List of Macrourids (Gadiformes, Bathygadidae, and Macrouridae) From the Northwest Pacific Ridge. Journal of Ichthyology 34(5): 98-115
Abstract: Detailed descriptions are presented of four rare macrourid species found for the first time on the northwest Pacific Ridge: Bathygadus antrodes, Hymenocephalus hachijoensis, Nezumia obliquata, and Caelorinchus anisacanthus. The latter is a new species that is closely related to the Hawaiian species, C. aratrum and C. doryssus, from which it differs in having a relatively shorter snout, greater orbital diameter, which exceeds the postorbital distance, and considerably more weakly armed scales. Morphometric data and additional information about distribution are presented for two other species (Nezumia tinro and Caelorinchus matsubarai previously described from this region from single specimens
Sazonov, Y.I. and T. Iwamoto. 1992. Grenadiers (Pisces Gadiformes) of the Nazca and Sala Y Gomez Ridges Southeastern Pacific. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 48(2): 27-95
Abstract: Twenty-five species of grenadiers are recorded from the Nazca and Sala y Gomez ridges in the southeastern Pacific. New species include: Caelorinchus immaculatus, C. multifasciatus, C. nazcaensis, C. spilonotus, Hymenocephalus neglectissimus, H. semipellucidus, Kuronezumia pallida, Ventrifossa macrodon, V. teres, and V. obtusirostris. Caelorinchus immaculatus is very similar to C. karrerae from the southeastern Atlantic and Indian Ocean. The H. striatissimus complex is examined using new data. Hymenocephalus semipellucidus and H. neglectissimus appear to be part of this complex. The subspecies H. s. hachijoensis from Japan is elevated to full species status. Kuronezumia, formerly considered a subgenus of Nezumia, si redefined and elevated to generic status to include K. pallida, K. bubonis, K. leonis, K. macronema, K. dara, and two undescribed species. Despite proximity of the ridges to the mainland coast of Peru, relationships of the associated fauna are to the west, particularly the western Pacific and Hawaiian Islands [USA]. Of the 25 species from these ridges, eight are definitely known from the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands: Caelorinchus spilonotus, Cetonurus crassiceps, * Coryphaenoides paradoxus, * H. striatulus, Malacocephalus laevis, * Mataeocephalus acipenserinus, Nezumia propinqua, * and Pseudocetonurus septifer. Three other species whose identifications are underdetermined may be part of, or have close counterparts in, the Hawaiian fauna: Gadomus sp. c. melanopterus, Hymenocephalus sp. cf. aterrimus, and Trachonurus villosus *? The four species marked with an asterisk are broadly distributed through the Pacific, India, and Atlantic oceans. Malacocephalus laevis is known from the continental slopes of southern California and on seamounts off Baja California [Mexico], but nowhere else along the Pacific coast of Central and South America. Caelorinchus immaculatus is also recorded from mainland South America; Nezumia convergens is questionably represented by a specimen from the Sala y Gomez Ridge
Scagel, R.F.. 1970. Benthic Algae of Bowie Seamount. Syesis 3: 15-16
Scheirer, D., K. MacDonald, D. Forsyth, S. Miller, D. Wright, M. Cormier, and C. Weiland. 1996. A Map Series of the Southern East Pacific Rise and Its Flanks, 15¦ S to 19¦ S. Marine Geophysical Researches 18: 1-12
Scheltema, R.. 1986. Long-Distance Dispersal by Planktonic Larvae of Shoal-Water Benthic Invertebrates Among Central Pacific Islands. Bulletin of Marine Science 39(2): 241-256
Schlacher, T.A., M.A. Schlacher-Hoenlinger, B. Richer de Forges, and J.A. Hooper. 2003. Elements of Richness and Endemism in Sponge Assemblages on Seamounts. Proceedings of the 10th Deep-Sea Biology Symposium, Coos Bay, Oregon, Aug. 25-29
Schlacher-Hoenlinger, M.A., A. Pisera, and J.N.A. Hooper. 2005. Deep-Sea "Lithistid" Assemblages From the Norfolk Ridge (New Caledonia), With Description of Seven New Species and a New Genus (Porifera, Demospongiae). Zoosystema 27(4): 649-698
Abstract: Some seamounts are regarded as deep sea "island systems" of extraordinary biomass and richness, containing assemblages of highly unique taxa, often with restricted species ranges. Here we report on some unique "lithistid" sponges from South Pacific seamounts along the Norfolk Ridge (New Caledonia). The polyphyletic "lithistid" Demospongiae are characterized by the presence of choanosomal articulated spicules (desmas), which form an extremely rigid skeleton in most genera. Sponge assemblages were sampled fro
Schlee, S.. 1973. A History of Oceanography: The Edge of an Unfamiliar World. London, Halep. -398
Schnack-Schiel, S.B. and S. Henning. 2004. Occurrence and Distribution Pattern of Mesozooplank-Ton at the Great Meteor Seamount (Subtropical North-East Atlantic). Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 101-114
Abstract: The effect of the Great Meteor Seamount on the distribution and composition of mesozooplankton was investigated in September 1998. Stratified zooplankton tows were carried out at 17 stations with a multiple opening-closing net. At all stations holoplankton dominated the assemblages (99%). Copepods were by far the most abundant taxon representing about 90% of the total specimens. Appendicularians ranked second in abundance, their main abundance being at plateau stations, followed by gastropods and ostra-cods. Larval stages of benthic and pelagic taxa were found only in small numbers. Most taxa occurred at all stations, independent of habitat, but larvae of cirrepedes, bryozoans and Branchiostoma were only found above the plateau. Most taxa occurred in higher mean numbers above the plateau compared to the slope and oceanic habitats, but a significant difference between habitats could only be shown for a few taxa. Day-night differences were found between the habitats. The mean abundance was high above the plateau during daytime, over the slope and in the oceanic habitat, however, during the night. This suggests that the interactions of migrating zooplankton with the relatively shallow topography of the Great Meteor Seamount lead to gap formation above the plateau during night
Schulz, K.. 2003. A New Species of the Genus Disco (Copepoda, Calanoida, Discoidae) From the Eastern North Atlantic. Sarsia (Oslo) 88(2): 107-112
Abstract: The male of Disco compressus is described from a mesopelagic plankton haul taken above the Great Meteor Seamount in the eastern North Atlantic. The new species is differentiated by its small size, 0.4 mm, greatly reduced setation of the extremely atrophied post-oral limbs, maxillule and maxilla, and the armature of swimming legs including the exceptional, almost symmetrical, fifth pair of legs in the male
Schwartz, M.L.. 1972. Seamounts As Sea-Level Indicators. Geological Society of America Bulletin 83: 2975-2980
Schwartz, M.L. and K.L. Lingbloom. 1973. Research Submersible Reconnaissance of Cobb Seamount. Geology 1: 31-32
Scott, G.A. and G.M. Rotondo. 1983. A Model to Explain the Differences Between Pacific Plate Island-Atoll Types55. Coral Reefs 1: 139-150
Scripps Institution of Oceanography. 2002. Benthic Invertebrate Collection Database.
Scripps Institution of Oceanography. 1976. Deep Sea Drilling Project Release Number 246 : New Record Is Achieved on Productive DSDP Leg 47. p. 9
Scripps Institution of Oceanography. 1976. Summary of Deep Sea Drilling Project Leg 47B. p. 7
Scripps Institution of Oceanography. 1976. Deep Sea Drilling Project Operations Resume Leg 47. p. 27
Segre, A.G. and C.j.a. Stocchino. 1969. Nuove Osservazioni Sulla Geologia e Morfologia Delle Montagne Submarine Del Mar Tirreno. pp. 13-14
Seifried, S. and H.K. Schminke. 2003. Phylogenetic Relationships at the Base of Oligoarthra (Copepoda, Harpacticoida) With a New Species As the Cornerstone. Organisms, Diversity & Evolution 3(1): 13-37
Abstract: Romete bulbiseta gen. et sp. nov. (Aegisthoidea Giesbrecht, 1892: Rometidae fam. nov.) is described from the Great Meteor Seamount, northeast Atlantic. An analysis of the phylogeny and evolution of the basal Harpacticoida Sars, 1903 is presented. Cerviniidae Sars, 1903 and Cervinioidea Sars, 1903 are respective junior synonyms of Aegisthidae Giesbrecht, 1892 and Aegisthoidea Giesbrecht, 1892. Rometidae fam. nov. is identified as sistertaxon of Aegisthidae. Rotundiclipeidae Huys, 1988 and Styracothoracidae Huys, 1993 are removed from Aegisthoidea and placed in Syngnatharthra tax. nov., sistergroup of Aegisthoidea. Maxillipedasphalea Lang, 1944 is polyphyletic and therefore not maintained here. A morphological analysis of taxa of Harpacticoida reveals the autapomorphies of Rometidae, Aegisthidae, Aegisthoidea, Syngnatharthra, and Oligoarthra Lang, 1944. Diagnoses for these taxa are given
Seki, M.P. and B.C. Mundy. 1991. Some Notes on the Early Life Stages of the Pacific Pomfret, Brama Japonica, and Other Bramidae From the Central North Pacific Ocean. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 38(1): 63-68
Abstract: English abstract
Seki, M.P. and D.A. Somerton. 1994. Feeding Ecology and Daily Ration of the Pelagic Armorhead, Pseudopentaceros Wheeleri, at Southeast Hancock Seamount. Environmental Biology of Fishes 39(1): 73-84
Abstract: The unusual life history of pelagic armorhead, Pseudopentaceros wheeleri, includes occupation of epipelagic subarctic and transitional waters of the northeast Pacific Ocean and Gulf of Alaska as subadults and subsequent recruitment to the southern Emperor and northern Hawaiian Ridge (SE-NHR) seamounts in the central North Pacific Ocean where they assume a demersal existence and begin maturation as adults. Feeding ecology and daily ration were examined in pelagic armorhead during field studies conducted at Southeast Hancock Seamont (29 degree 48' N, 179 degree 04' E) in the SE-NHR seamounts. A total of 1133 stomachs collected during June-July 1985, January 1988, and July 1988 were examined for contents; only 19.7% contained food items. The diet consisted of pelagic tunicates and other micronektonic animals that are associated with the vertically migrating sonic scattering layer that is advected over the seamount from the adjacent oceanic environment. Peak feeding occurred in the early morning on migrating organisms likely trapped by the expanse of the seamount summit during the morning descent. Newly recruited armorhead had lower feeding rates than older, previously recruited fish. Estimates of daily ration for previously recruited armorhead were 1.17 g (0.26% of body weight) in the summer of 1985 and 12.87 g (2.86% of body weight) in the summer of 1988. Since estimated values for the evacuation coefficient and the duration of the daily feeding period did not differ between sampling periods, the increase in daily ration was due to an increase in feeding rate. The proportion of the diet composed of pelagic tunicates was also higher in 1988
Seki, M.P. and D.T. Tagami. 1986. Review and Present Status of Handline and Bottom Longline Fisheries for Alfonsin. NOAA Technical Report NMFS(43): 31-36
Sekine, Y. and T. Hayashi. 1992. Oceanic Structure in the Vicinity of A Seamount the Daini Kinan Kaizan South of Japan. Mer (Tokyo) 30(1): 17-26
Abstract: The hydrographic observations in the vicinity of a seamount, the Daini Kinan Kaizan, south of Japan have been carried out three times in summer of 1989 and 1990. It is suggested that a pattern with week downward shift of isotherms and isohalines in the eastern side above the top of the seamount and upward shift of them just above the top of the seamount are maintained more than ten days. Vertical displacement of isotherms and isohalines at depths below the top of the seamount was always observed over the flank of the seamount. In relation to this water structure, prominent geostrophic flow with large vertical difference existed in the deep water below 1000 m. This suggests that topographic effect of the seamount is confined to depths with large vertical geostrophic shear and to greater depths. Micro-structures were observed over the seamount. In particular, a remarkable vertical temperature inversion with zonally coherent structure over the top of the seamount was observed observed in the first cruise made in July 1990
Shandikov, G.A.. 1986. Biological Characteristics of Nototheniops Tchizh (Balushkin) (Nototheniidae) From the Ob and Lena Seamounts, Indian Sector of the Southern Ocean. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 153: 91-109
Shandikov, G.A.. 1991. Review of the Antarctic Rock Cod Genus Nototheniops (Nototheniidae) From the Indian Sector of the Southern Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 31(9): 91-115
Abstract: The genus Nototheniops Balushkin, 1976, includes 4 species only one of which--Nototheniops tchizh (Balushkin)--inhabits the Indian sector of the Southern Ocean. On the basis of the study of morphological features, including the characters of scaling, lateral-line system, and biology of N. tchizh from different points of its area, this species was subdivided into 3 subspecies: N. tchizh tchizh (Balushkin) (Lena and Ob seamounts), N. tchizh minutus subsp. n. (Prince Edward Islands), N. tchizh crozetensis subsp. n. (Crozet Islands). The comparison of the subspecies of N. tchizh with other species of Nototheniops was made. | English abstract
Shaw, F.R. and N.B. Parks. 1997. Movement Patterns of Tagged Sablefish, Anoplopoma Fimbria, Recovered on Seamounts in the Northeast Pacific Ocean and Gulf of Alaska. NOAA Technical Report NMFS 0(130): 151-158
Abstract: Over 250,000 sablefish, Anoplopoma fimbria, were tagged and released off the U.S. West Coast, in the Gulf of Alaska and the Bering Sea, and in waters near the Aleutian Islands between 1971 and 1990. This paper describes the recovery of 95 tagged sablefish on seamounts in the Gulf of Alaska and northeastern Pacific Ocean since 1979 and indicates that many of these sablefish moved from coastal waters to the seamounts. These seamounts are located 110-330 km from the continental slope, with water depths between ranging from 2,900 to 5,300 m. Some of these fish had been free for nearly 20 years, and some were recaptured over 3,000 km from where they were tagged. These tagged sablefish recoveries support the hypothesis that sablefish populations of the Gulf of Alaska and northeast Pacific Ocean seamounts are maintained by fish moving from the slope region of the continental shelf
Shcherbachev Y.. 1993. Preliminary Review of the Genus Physiculus (Moridae,Gadiformes) in the Indian Ocean and Adjacent Waters of the South Atlantic.. Trudy Instituta Oceanologii AN 128: 147-178
Shcherbachev Y., Y. Sazonov, and T. Iwamoto. 1992. Synopsis of the Grenadier Genus Kuronezumia (Pisces: Gadiformes: Macrouridae), With Description of a New Species. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 48(3): 97-108
Shcherbachev Yu, N. and T. Iwamoto. 1995. Indian Ocean Grenadiers of the Subgenus Coryphaenoides, Genus Coryphaenoides (Macrouridae, Gadiformes, Pisces). Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 48(14): 285-314
Shcherbachev Yu, N., E.I. Kukuev, and V.I. Shlibanov. 1985. Composition of Bottom and Benthopelagic Ichthyocenoses of Seamounts in the Southern Midatlantic Ridge. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 25(1): 35-50
Abstract: Data were presented on 49 spp. belonging to 33 families. Biotopic groups of fish from seamounts in the southern Midatlantic Ridge were described. Data were presented on their distribution
Shcherbachev Yu, N., E.I. Kukuev, and V.I. Shlibanov. 1985. Composition of the Benthic and Demersal Ichthyocenoses of the Submarine Mountains in the Southern Part of the North Atlantic Range. Journal of Ichthyology 25: 110-125
Abstract: Material is presented on the composition of the ichthyofauna above the peaks and slopes of the submarine mountains (seamounts) in the southern part of the North Atlantic range
Shcherbachev, Y.. 1987. A Preliminary List of Thalassobathyal Fishes From the Tropical and Subtropical Indian Ocean. [ Predvaritel'Nyj Spisok Talassobatial'Nykh Ryb Tropicheskikh i Subtropicheskikh Vod Indijskogo Okeana.]. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 27(1): 3-11
Abstract: Based on the analysis of collections (97 species from 35 families) in 1974-1983 obtained by the Soviet research vessels and on literature material, a list comprising 263 species belonging to 65 families of cartilaginous and teleost fishes from 16 seamounts and individual rises is presented with notes on bathymetric distribution. More than 50% were constituted by ancient deep-sea species. A total of 14 species were new records for the Indian Ocean. A number of representatives of the genera Lepidion, Physiculus, Coelorinchus, Coryphaenoides, Nezumia and Ventrifossa were not identified to a specific rank
Shcherbachev, Y., N.V. Parin, N.P. Pakhorukov, and A.S. Piotrovskij. 1986. Mesobenthic and mesobenthopelagic fishes from seamounts in the western Tropical Indian Ocean. [Mezobenthal'nye i mezobentopelagicheskie ryby nekotorykh podvodnykh podnyatij v zapadnoj tropicheskoj chasti Indijskogo okeana.]. in: Fishes of Oceanic Pelagial and Submarine Rises. [Ryby Okeanskoj Pelagiali I Podvodnykh Podnyatij.], N.V.Parin [ed.], pp. 195-214
Abstract: Based on the analysis of samples obtained during a joint cruise of the R/Vs Akademik Kurchatov and Rift in Feb.-June 1983 an annotated list of demersal fishes from the Error and Freda seamounts and submarine rises in the West Indian Ocean is presented to include 82 species from 36 families of teleost and cartilaginous fishes. Centrophorus tesselatus, Neobythites fasciatus, Benthodesmus vitazi, Chrionema chryseres and Phenacoscopius sp. were recorded for the first time in the Indian Ocean. A total of 18 species appeared to be new to science
Sherstyukov, A.I. and A.S. Nostov. 1986. Collections of Juvenile Alfonsino, Beryx Splendens (Berycidae), in the Region of the Uglovoye Submarine Rise. Journal of Ichthyology 26: 123-124
Shi-Chieh, S.. 1993. Fishes of Taiwan.
Shibanov, V.N. and A.N. Kalugin. 1989. The results of fish accounting, carried out with the use of the "Sever 2" underwater apparatus, on seamounts of the North Atlantic Ridge. in: Bioresursy Mezo- i Batipelagiali Otkrytoi Chasti Severnoi Atlantiki. [The Bioresources of the Meso- and Bathypelagial of the Open Waters of the North Atlantic], A.K.Chumakov [ed.], PINRO, Murmansk, pp. 199-215
Shibanov, V.N., A.N. Kalugin, and A.S. Yarovoi. 1989. On a method of evaluating the reserves of rock grenadier on the seamounts of the North Atlantic Ridge. in: Bioresursy Mezo- i Batipelagiali Otkrytoi Chasti Severnoi Atlantiki. [The Bioresources of the Meso- and Bathypelagial of the Open Waters of the North Atlantic], A.K.Chumakov [ed.], PINRO, Murmansk, pp. 156-165
Shinohara, G., H. Endo, K. Matsuura, Y. Machida, and H. Honda. 2001. Annotated checklist of the deepwater fishes from Tosa Bay, Japan. in: Deep-Sea Fauna and Pollutants in Tosa Bay, T.Fujita, H.Saito, and M.Takeda [eds.], National Science Museum, Tokyo, pp. 283-343
Shippen, N.T.. 2001. Foreign Vessel Observer Report, Aso Maru (June 9 - 19, 1983). Southwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, pp. H-83-04
Shippen, N.T.. 1983. Foreign Vessel Observer Report, Aso Maru (June 9 - July 21, 1983). Southwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-83-18
Shippen, N.T.. 1982. Foreign Vessel Observer Report, Aso Maru (July 17 - August 10, 1982). Southwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-82-16
Shirai, S. and K. Nakaya. 1990. A New Squalid Species of the Genus Centroscyllium From the Emperor Seamont Chain. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology 36(4): 391-398
Abstract: A new etmopterine species, Centroscyllium excelsum, is described from 21 adult specimens captured in the Emperor Seamount Chain, central North Pacific. The present species is distinguished from its congeners in having a very high and semicircular-shaped 1st dorsal fin with a developed spine, dermal denticles only on dorsal side of head and trunk, the 2nd dorsal spine arising behind pelvic fin base, a short caudal peduncle, and prefrontal wall and chondrifted eye stalk on neurocranium. Ten embryos were collected from one of the female specimens, and some embryonic features are also noted
Shirayama, Y.. 1990. Free-Living Nematodes Collected From an Anaerobic Habitat at a Sea Mount in the Eastern Pacific. Zoological science (Tokyo) 7(6): -1185
Abstract: Results of the taxonomic study are reported for the free-living deep-sea nematodes collected from the "Volcano 7" sea mount in the eastern Pacific using a deep-sea submersible "Alvin." The environment at the foot area of this sea mount was completely anaerobic. Only xenophyophores could be found as macrobenthos there. Nematodes were exclusively dominant in meiofauna, but due to the extreme condition, their diversity was low, namely only four orders, seven families, ten genera, and ten species could be class
Shomura, R.S.. 1986. Seamounts: A Biological Concourse in the Open Sea. An Introductory Statement. R.N.Uchida, S.Hayasi, and G.W.Boehlert, Environmental Resources of Seamounts in the North Pacific(43), NOAA Technical Report NMFSpp. 1-2
Shomura, R.S.. 1988. Cooperative Fisheries Oceanography Cruise. Hawaii Fishing News 13(3): 15
Shomura, R.S. and R.A. Barkley. 1980. Ecosystem Dynamics of Seamounts -- a Working Hypothesis. Proceedings of the Fourth Symposium for the Co-Operative Study of the Kuroshio and Adjacent Regions, 14-17 February, 1979, the Japan Academy, Tokyo, p. 789
Abstract: The process of recruitment and the maintenance of animal populations which have pelagic egg and larval stages and which are associated with reefs, offshore banks, and seamounts have not been clearly defined. One hypothesis advanced has been that recruitment takes place from "upstream" sources and that large eddies play a part in the process. The present report discusses the possible role of "Taylor" columns as the mechanism for sustaining high biolocical activity over certain banks and seamounts. Its existe
Shreider, M.Y.. 1994. Benthic Goose Barnacles (Lepadomorpha) From the Western Indian Ocean. [Donnye Morskie Utochki (Lepadomorpha) Zapadnoj Chasti Indijskogo Okeana.]. Bottom Fauna of Seamounts[Donnaya Fauna Podvodnykh Gor], vol. 129, Nauka, Tr.Ioranpp. 156-164
Abstract: Illustrated descriptions of Planoscalpellum zevinae sp. n. and Trilasmis lucida sp. n. are presented, and a list of goose barnacle species recorded in the western Indian Ocean is provided. The bathymetric and geographical distribution of benthic Lepadorpha is considered
Shreider, M.Y.. 1994. The Benthic Lepadomorpha (Cirripedia, Thoracica) From the Western Part of the Indian Ocean. Trudy Instituta Oceanologii AN 129: 156-164
Sibert, J., K. Holland, and D. Itano. 2000. Exchange Rates of Yellowfin and Bigeye Tunas and Fishery Interaction Between Cross Seamount and Near-Shore FADs in Hawaii. Aquatic Living Resources (France) 13(4): 225-232
Abstract: Yellowfin and bigeye tunas (Thunnus albacores and Thunnus obesus) were tagged and released between August 1995 and December 1997 at Cross Seamount and NOAA weather buoys about 200 Nmi south of Honolulu. The release and recapture data were stratified into five sites, and a bulk transfer model was used to estimate natural mortality, fishing mortality and transfer rates between the five sites. Bigeye are much more persistent at Cross seamount and less vulnerable to the fishery than yellowfin. Fishing accounts for about 5 % of the total mortality of both bigeye and yellowfin at Cross Seamount. Yellowfin are a major component of catches at inshore FADs in Hawaii. The rate of immigration from Cross Seamount to the inshore FADs is very low for both species. The fishing mortality at Cross seamount is substantial but is not adversely impacting the populations either at Cross or the inshore FADs
Sieg, J.. 1981. A New Species of the Genus Paratanais (Crustacea: Tanaidacea), P. Spinanotandus, From Seamount Vema. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 94(4): 1271-1278
Abstract: A new species, P. spinanotandus n.sp., is described from South African waters. Relationship to other species of the genus is discussed briefly
Silver, E.A., R. von Huene, and J.K. Crouch. 1973. Tectonic Significance of the Kodiak-Bowie Seamount Chain, Northeastern Pacific. Geology 2(3): 147-150
Abstract: The hypothesis of a fixed melting spot reference frame (M) for relative plate motion is tested in the northeastern Pacific Ocean, where the Kodiak-Bowie seamount chain intersects the northern triple junction between the Pacific, American, and Juan de Fuca plates. Available age determinations on Kodiak and Giacomini Seamounts provide an estimated average rate of volcanic propagation along the chain of 6.5 cm per yr and allow estimates of plate movements relative to the melting spot. The inferred motion of the American plate relative to M is close to that observed along the Yellowstone-Snake River Plain volcanic trend and broadly supports the concept of a fixed melting spot reference frame. However, the convex northward curvature of the Kodiak-Bowie chain and of several chains to the south does not support the hypothesis. The lack of parallelism between these seamounts and the Hawaiian chain suggests slow relative movement between the Kodiak-Bowie and Hawaiian melting spots.
Sime-Ngando, T., K. Juniper, and A. Vezina. 1992. Ciliated Protozoan Communities Over Cobb Seamount: Increase in Biomass and Spatial Patchiness. Marine Ecology Progress Series 89(1): 37-51
Abstract: Species composition, abundance, biomass and patchiness of ciliated protozoa were examined for evidence of increasing standing stock in relation to productivity (chlorophyll a, primary production) over an eastern subarctic Pacific seamount (Cobb, 46 degree 45'N, 130 degree 48'W). Ciliates were unusually diverse with 49 different taxa recorded ranging in size from 15 to 350 mu m in length. Their abundance was relatively low while carbon biomass was very high compared to those of most marine systems. This implies that over Cobb Seamount, ciliates counterbalance their low numbers by increasing in size, partly due to exclusion of small planktonic common species (Strobilidium , scuticociliates, hymenostome-type cells) by larger cells, particularly plastidic oligotrichs of the genus Laboea . Integrated biomass to 80 m depth at times peaked at 0.6 g C m super(-2), which exceeds the standing stock of the entire microzooplankton in some oceanic areas. Statistical 2-dimensional analysis of the spatial structure showed the existence of patchiness
Simpson, E.S.W. and A.E.F. Heydorn. 1965. Vema Seamount. Nature 207(4994): 249-251
Skryabin, V.A.. 1980. Microzooplankton of the Southeast Atlantic [Mikrozooplankton Yugo-Vostochnoj Chasti Atlanticheskogo Okeana]. Ekologiia morya 4: 30-35
Slater, R.A. and R.H. Goodwin. 1973. Tasman Sea Guyots. Marine Geology: 81-99
Smith, D.G.. 1970. The Correct Identity of Two "Rare" Hawaiian Eels. Copeia 1970(2): 366-367
Smith, D.K.. 1988. Shape Analysis of Pacific Seamounts. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 90: 457-466
Smith, D.K.. 1985. The Statistics of Seamount Populations in the Pacific Ocean. p. xvii-212
Smith, D.K. and T.H. Jordan. 1988. Seamount Statistics in the Pacific Ocean. Journal of Geophysical Research 93: 2899-2919
Smith, K.L., W.C. Schwab, M. Noble, and C. de Moustier. 1989. Physical, Geological and Biological Studies on Four Pacific Seamounts: Introduction. Deep-Sea Research 36(12A): 1785-1790
Smith, K.L.I.. 1994. Coupling of Pelagic and Benthic Communities Over a Seamount in the Eastern North Pacific. Final Rept. 1 Oct 88-30 Sep 93. Rep. 1, p. -9
Abstract: Recent studies indicate that seamounts can be sites of enriched biological activity with enhanced biomass of pelagic and benthic organisms relative to the surrounding water. We undertook a study to examine the interaction of micronekton/nekton and benthopelagic animals/epibenthic megafauna over a deep oceanic seamount, Fieberling Guyot, located in the eastern North Pacific. We monitored the number and movements of acoustically detectable targets within the bottom 100 m of the water column over the summit using a vertically-profiling acoustic array developed for this study. A large multiple opening-closing net system (10 m2) and free-vehicle baited traps were used to collect the pelagic fauna for identification, sizing and gut content analysis. A total of 26 acoustic targets were detected, dispersed non-randomly with a skewed distribution between 65 and 85 m above bottom. Temporal distribution of targets was random but revealed higher numbers in the morning than in the evening. The micronekton/nekton consisted of 114 species which were gravimetrically dominated by fish, especially the macrourid, Malacocephalus laevis. Four species of benthopelagic animals/epibenthic megafauna were collected including a new macrourid species, Nezumia n.sp. There are no strong trends in the diel distribution of the micronekton/nekton and the limited data on acoustic targets shows a random temporal distribution. Alternative explanations of trophic coupling over Fieberling Guyot are discussed. Biological oceanography, Micronekton/nekton, Benthic community. (DBO)
Smith, K.L.J., R.J. Baldwin, and J.L. Edelman. 1989. Supply of and Demand for Organic Matter by Sediment Communities on Two Central North Pacific Seamounts. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 36(12): 1917-1932
Abstract: Concurrent measurements of sediment community oxygen consumption (SCOC) and particulate organic carbon flux (POCF) were made over two central North Pacific seamounts to test two hypotheses: (1) the benthic boundary layer community metabolism represented by SCOC (carbon demand) is inversely related to water depth; (2) the flux of particulate organic carbon entering the benthic boundary layer (carbon supply) is inversely related to water depth. To test these hypotheses, we chose two heavily sedimented (depositional) seamounts at different depths under surface waters with productivity of similar magnitude: Horizon Guyot (ca 1490 m depth at summit cap) and Magellan Rise (ca 3130 m depth at summit cap). A control station was established near each seamount. SCOC was measured with a free vehicle grab respirometer and Alvin-placed grab respirometers; POCF was measured with sediment traps moored at 100 m above the seamount summit cap and at a comparable depth from the surface at the control station. Significantly higher rates of SCOC (P < 0.01) were measured on the Horizon Guyot summit cap than on the Magellan Rise summit cap during the same month (March 1987). This evidence supports our first hypothesis of a depth-mediated gradient in SCOC. In contrast, POCF at Horizon Guyot was only half that measured at Magellan Rise in the same time period. This evidence does not support our second hypothesis. POCF over the seamounts was less than concurrently measured fluxes at the same depth over the control stations. We attribute this difference to higher current speeds over the seamounts resulting in a lower trapping efficiency of sediment traps. The ratios of POCF:SCOC, which range from 0.12 to 0.71 over the seamounts, suggest indirect pelagic/benthic coupling, possibly through suspended POC and dissolved organic carbon
Smith, P.J., S.M. McVeagh, J.T. Mingoia, and S.C. France. 2004. Mitochondrial DNA Sequence Variation in Deep-Sea Bamboo Coral (Keratoisidinae) Species in the Southwest and Northwest Pacific Ocean. Marine Biology 144(2): 253-261
Abstract: The Keratoisidinae are a poorly known, but phenotypically diverse group of deepwater corals. Recent developments in deepwater trawling in the southwest Pacific have provided many more specimens of bamboo corals. Two sub-regions of the mitochondrial genome were sequenced to test genetic relationships among specimens collected over a wide geographical range (27-50degrees S): a sub-region of the large-subunit rRNA (16S rRNA), characterized by a highly variable insertion/deletion (INDEL#2) region; and a non-coding region between COII and COI. Based on DNA haplotypes, 14 species of Keratoisidinae were recognized among 88 specimens from deep water in the southwest Pacific Ocean. The common haplotypes also appeared in specimens collected in the northwest Pacific Ocean and may indicate that some bamboo coral species are widespread in the Pacific, or that the mitochondrial markers are insensitive to recent speciation events. Many specimens were taken from flat bottom areas and, contrary to assumptions, the bamboo corals are not endemic to seamounts. The closure of some seamounts to trawling will protect bamboo corals from extinction, but not from local depletion
Smith, P.J., S.M. McVeagh, Y. Won, and R.C. Vrijenhoek. 2004. Genetic Heterogeneity Among New Zealand Species of Hydrothermal Vent Mussels (Mytilidae : Bathymodiolus). Marine Biology 144(3): 537-545
Abstract: Molecular systematic studies provide evidence for three new species of Bathymodiolus-like hydrothermal vent mussels (Bivalvia: Mytilidae) from relatively shallow waters (depth less than 750 m) associated with the Kermadec Arc off northern New Zealand. Mitochondrial COI sequences from the three putative new species differed substantially from those of other known bathymodiolin species from the Pacific and Indian Oceans. Population genetic analysis of one of these species (Bathymodiolus new species NZ-1) revealed heterogeneity in allozyme gene frequencies between samples collected from two seamounts about 50 km apart. Factors that might contribute to genetic differentiation between neighbouring seamounts are discussed
Smith, R.C., *Name(s) missing*, and E.A. Dunlap. 1986. Distribution of Cetaceans and Sea-Surface Chlorophyll Concentrations in the California Current. Marine Biology 91: 385-402
Smith, T.L.. 1987. Geology and Volcanic Development of a Near-Ridge Seamount and New Evidence for the Diversity of Origin of Seamount Hyaloclastites : Results From Integrated Alvin/ANGUS and Laboratory Study.
Smith, W.G. and W.W. Morse. 2001. Retention of Larval Haddock Melanogrammus Aeglefinus in the Georges Bank Region, a Gyre-Influenced Spawning Area. Marine Ecology Progress Series 24: 1-13
Smith, W.H.F. and D.T. Sandwell. 1997. Global Sea Floor Topography From Satellite Altimetry and Ship Depth Soundings. Science 277: 1956-1962
Smoot, N.C.. 1986. Bathymetric Atlas of North Pacific Guyots. University of Southern Mississippip. v-129
Sokolova, M.N.. 1994. Feeding Peculiarities of Macrobenthos From Seamounts As Seen on Sea Urchins. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 129: 31-43
Sokolova, M.N.. 1994. Food Habits of Macrobenthos on Submarine Elevations With Particular Reference to Sea Urchins. [Osobennosti Pitaniya Makrobentosa Podvodnykh Podnyatij Na Primere Morskikh Ezhej.]. Bottom Fauna of Seamounts [Donnaya Fauna Podvodnykh Gor], vol. 129, Nauka, Tr.Ioranpp. 31-43
Abstract: The paper analyzes gut contents in 8 species and subspecies of ordinary sea urchins occurring on 6 seamounts and submarine banks in different latitudinal zones and at different distances from continents in the Pacific, Atlantic and Indian oceans. It was found that "the rain of dead bodies" consisting of mesoplanktonic invertebrates and fishes is an important source of food material for the macrobenthos of submarine elevations. Necrophagy is common among carnivorous invertebrates including most of the specie
Sokolova, M.N.. 1991. Bottom populations of deep ocean trophic areas and potential ecological impact of large-scale exploitation of ferromanganese nodules. [Donnoe naselenie glubokovodnykh troficheskikh...]. in: Biotopic Basis of the Distribution of Commercial and Food Marine Animals.) [Biotopicheskie Osnovy Raspredeleniya Promyslovykh I Kormovykh Morskikh Zhivotnykh.], A.A.Nejman [ed.], Sb.Nauchn.Tr., Vniro, pp. 24-33
Abstract: On the ocean floor of areas with high concentrations of ferromanganese nodules, attached epifaunal invertebrates account for approximately equals 50% of the macrobenthos biomass in oligotrophic and around 30% in adjacent eutrophic areas. These are seston-feeders acquiring their food from the water column. Large-scale exploitation of ferromanganese nodules which involves scraping and stirring of sediments may destroy populations of macrobenthos, primarily seston-feeders in oligotrophic areas. Stirred sediment plumes carried about by currents may inflict damage on bottom communities and pelagic populations in highly productive areas and disturb seamount ecosystems
Sokolova, M.N.. 2000. Feeding of regular sea-urchins from underwater raisings in the Atlantic Ocean. in: Benthos of the Russian Seas and the Northern Atlantic, A.P.Kuznetsov and O.N.Zezina [eds.], VNIRI Publishing House, Moscow, pp. 68-75
Solomon-Raju, N. and R.H. Rosenblatt. 1971. New Records of a Parisitic Eel, Simenchelys Parasiticus, From the Central North Pacific With Notes on Its Metamorphic Form56. Copeia: 312-313
Somerton, D.A.. 1995. A Stock Survey Technique Using the Time to Capture of Individual Fish on Longlines. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 52: 260-267
Somerton, D.A.. 1991. Detecting Differences in Fish Diets. Fishery bulletin (Seattle WA) 89(1): 167-169
Abstract: Statistical comparison of the diet of a predator between areas or time-periods allows one to distinguish true dietary differences from sampling variability and may lead to a better understanding of a species' feeding habits. A new approach for testing differences in diets using non-parametric MANOVA is examined. The method is applied to determine whether the diet of pelagic armorhead Pseudopentaceros wheeleri from the Southeast Hancock Seamount changed between two sampling periods.
Somerton, D.A.. 1981. Fusitriton Oregonensis From the Patton Seamount in the Gulf of Alaska. Veliger 24(2): 185-186
Somerton, D.A.. 1987. Assessment of the Stock Condition of Pelagic Armorhead on Southeast Hancock Seamount. Southwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-87-09, p. -7
Somerton, D.A. and B.S. Kikkawa. 1992. Population Dynamics of Pelagic Armorhead Pseudopentaceros-Wheeleri on Southeast Hancock Seamount. U S National Marine Fisheries Service Fishery Bulletin 90(4): 756-769
Abstract: Pelagic armorhead Pseudopentaceros wheeleri are the target of a directed trawl fishery on many of the southern Emperor-northern Hawaiian Ridge seamounts. The population dynamics of armorhead for the period 1970-90 were reconstructed for Southeast Hancock seamount, the southernmost of the seamounts commercially fished, by using commercial catch-and-effort statistics, various biological measurements, and research stock-survey data. The population declined almost continuously from a 1972 high of 500 metric tons (t) to a 1989 low of 25 t. In addition to the intense fishery, this decline was due partly to the sporadic pattern of armorhead recruitment. Natural mortality rate was estimated as 0.54/year; however, females had a higher mortality rate than males
Somerton, D.A., B.S. Kikkawa, and A.R. Everson. 2001. Biological Assessments of the Hawaii Bottom Fish Stocks and the Southeast Hancock Seamount Armorhead Stock, 1988. Soutwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-89-06
Sorokin Yu, I. and O.V. Sorokina. 9999. Bacterioplankton in the Seamount Regions in the Western Part of the Indian Ocean. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 25(6): 1006-1012
Abstract: During the 36-th cruise of the R/V (Akademik Kurchatov) there was determined number biomass, and production of bacterioplankton in areas up the sea mounts (Equator 2), (Fred), (Farcoire), and (Rodriges) and in coastal waters waters of Madagascar and Agalega Islands. It was found that submarine elevations do not influence the abundance of bacterioplankton. The bacterioplankton biomass within the layer 0-100 n varied from 20 to 90 mg/m3. Following this index the waters of the western Indian Ocean should be characterized as mesotrophic. Mean value of specific microbial production (P/B) per day varied from 0.3 to 1.0. Vertical distribution bacterioplankton within the water column showed two maxima: one near the surface, and the other-at the upper boundary of thermocline. Roles of bacterioplankton in feeding of zooplankton and in the decomposition of organic matter in water column in the areas investigated are discussed
Sorokin, Y.. 1987. Primary Production in the Indian Ocean As Influenced by Seamounts. [Pervichnaya Produktsiya v Indijskom Okeane i Otsenka Vliyaniya Na Nee Podvodnykh Podnyatij.]. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 27(2): 293-300
Abstract: A modified C super(14) method was used to measure primary production in the vicinity of seamounts in the West Indian Ocean during the 36th cruise of the R/V Akademik Kurchatov (March-April 1983). A high primary production was recorded in the areas of trade-wind currents above the "Fred" and "Farquhar" seamounts (on the average 0.3-0.8 g C/m super(2) per day) and off the coast of Madagascar (0.5-2 g C/m super(2) per day). In the area south-east of Mauritius Island the primary production averaged 0.2-0.4 g C/
Southward, A.J. and D.S. Jones. 2003. A Revision of Stalked Barnacles (Cirripedia: Thoracica: Scalpellomorpha: Eolepadidae: Neolepadinae) Associated With Hydrothermalism, Including a Description of a New Genus and Species From a Volcanic Seamount Off Papua New Guinea. Senckenbergiana Maritima 32(1-2): 77-93
Abstract: In describing a new species of pedunculate barnacle that occurs in large numbers in sulphidic seep conditions on a volcanic seamount off Lihir Island, Papua New Guinea, it has been necessary to revise the Neolepadinae and erect two new genera. Capitulum and peduncle characters distinguish the new genera from the species of Neolepas that occur at hydrothermal vents along the East Pacific Rise. The new genus and species from Lihir Island also differs from Neolepas osheai described from the Kermadec Ridge, which, together with an undescribed species discovered on the Pacific-Antarctic Ridge, belongs to another new genus. The species discussed are all adapted to feed on fine particles, including bacteria
Southward, A.J., E.C. Southward, B. Spiro, G.H. Rau, and V. Tunnicliffe. 1994. 13C/12C of Organisms From Juan De Fuca Ridge Hydrothermal Vents: A Guide to Carbon and Food Sources. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 74(2): 265-278
Abstract: Soft tissue delta-13C values were determined in vestimentiferan tube worms, alvinellid polychaetes and molluscs from Axial Seamount and Middle Valley, North-east Pacific. Inorganic carbon in mollusc shells and water samples was also analysed. In the vestimentiferan, Ridgeia piscesae, which lives in symbiosis with sulphur-oxidizing chemolithoautotrophic bacteria, tissue samples from the Axial vents showed delta-13C values from -11 to -16 permill , whereas at Middle Valley, where venting occurs through sediments, the delta-13C ranged from -16 to -26 permill . The tissues of an associated polychaete, Paralvinella palmiformis, which feeds on free-living bacteria, had delta-13C values in the range -21 to -26 permill . The bivalve Calyptogena from Middle Valley was more depleted than Ridgeia and Paralvinella, -37 permill , closer to the ratios found in chemolithoautotrophic symbioses in non-vent habitats. Considerable, but variable, depletion (-23 to -42 permill ) was found in small gastropods. Mollusc shells and diluted vent water differed little in delta-13C compared to inorganic carbon in ambient deep sea-water. The vestimentiferan results have no simple explanation. In Ridgeia from the hotter vents there is a slight size effect, with lesser discrimination against 13C in the larger animals, but this is very much less marked than site differences. The site effect suggests that local environmental conditions, including temperature, may control discrimination against the heavy isotope during transport and fixation of CO-2 by both symbiotic and free-living chemolithoautotrophic bacteria. Such variation must be taken into account when tracing carbon sources and carbon flow in hydrothermal vent communities. The new data from the Juan de Fuca Ridge system agree with data from other vent systems in showing a difference from the ratios (-16 to -20 permill ) found in non-vent benthic animals dependent on photosynthetic food sources. Carbon-13 depletion typical of methanotrophy was not found. The main source of organic carbon for the Juan de Fuca Ridge vent fauna appears to be bacterial chemolithoautotrophy based on reduced sulphur
Southward, E.C., A. Schulze, and V. Tunnicliffe. 2002. Vestimentiferans (Pogonophora) in the Pacific and Indian Oceans: A New Genus From Lihir Island (Papua New Guinea) and the Java Trench, With the First Report of Arcovestia Ivanovi From the North Fiji Basin. Journal of Natural History 36(10): 1179-1197
Abstract: Explorations by the German Research Vessel Sonne in the fore-arc and back-arc basins of the western Pacific Ocean have collected vestimentiferan tube worms from both warm vent and cold seep sites. Edison Seamount is a small volcanic cone on the southern flank of Lihir Island, in the Tabar-Feni island chain. Beds of vesicomyid clams on the summit (1450 m depth) are associated with hydrothermal effluent, whereas an uplifted scarp (1600 m depth) nearby is covered by low temperature gas-rich sediments. A methane anomaly has been detected in the water column above the scarp. The benthic fauna includes vestimentiferan tubeworms and bathymodiolid mussels. Bottom photographs show that the vestimentiferans occur singly or in small groups. Four specimens were collected by TV-guided grab. They are described as a new species of a new genus, related to the cold-seep genus Escarpia, of the family Escarpiidae. A single specimen obtained from the landward slope of the Java Trench (1500 m) is identified as the same species, extending its area of distribution by some 6000 km westward. Arcovestia ivanovi, already known from hydrothermal vents in the Manus Basin, has now been obtained from a hydrothermal site in the North Fiji Basin
Spencer, T.. 1989. Tectonic and Environmental Histories in the Pitcairn Group [South Pacific Ocean] Paleogene to Present: Reconstructions and Speculations. Atoll Research Bulletin(322): 1-42
Abstract: Interpretation of SEASAT geoid anomaly data and improved seafloor mapping of the south-central Pacific suggest a complex tectonic history for the islands of the Pitcairn group. While Oeno atoll formed at .approximates. 16m.y.BP at a 'hotspot' now south of the Easter microplate, subsequent progressive island development at Henderson (13m.y.), Ducie (8m.y.) and Crough seamount (4m.y.) resulted from the lateral leakage of magma from the Oeno lineation along an old fracture zone, itself originating during the Tertiary reorientation of the Pacific plate. Al all four islands cessation of volcanism was followed by subsidence and the development of a carbonate cap. My comparison, Pitcairn has been the product of recent (< 1m.y.) volcanic activity along an independent, subparallel hotspot lineation. Nevertheless, this activity has interacted with the older island chain by transforming Henderson Island, through the process of lithospheric flexure, into an uplifted atoll with .approximates. 30, of relief. These tectonic processes have been accompanied by changes in sea level and oceanographic conditions. As the Holocene record shows, the deciphering of the sea level record at these islands is difficult; sea level change has been a response not only to glacio-eustatic processes but also to a range of isostatic, and possibly geoidal effects. Although the Pitcairn group at .approximates. 24.degree. S occupies a marginal position for reef growth and development, reconstructions of palaeoceanographic conditions for the Tertiary and Quaternary suggest that the tropical water masses were largely unaffected by either changes in ocean circulation systems or climatic cooling and that water temperatures in the past have been very similar to those experienced at the present time
Spiridonov, V., M. Tnrkay, W.E. Arntz, and S. Thatje. 2006. A New Species of the Genus Paralomis (Crustacea: Decapoda: Lithodidae) From the Spiess Seamount Near Bouvet Island (Southern Ocean), With Notes on Habitat and Ecology. Polar Biology 29: 137-146
Abstract: A new species of the genus Paralomis, Paralomis elongata, has been collected from the Spiess seamount near Bouvet Island in the Southern Ocean. The species shows close affinity with P. anamerae Macpherson, 1988, from the Patagonian Shelf, P. africana Macpherson, 1987, from the south-western African shelf, and P. aculeata Henderson, 1888, from Crozet Islands. Morphological differences among the species and ecological characteristics are discussed.
Spiridonov, V.A.. 1996. A Scenario of the Late-Pleistocene-Holocene Changes in the Distributional Range of Antarctic Krill (Euphausia Superba). Marine Ecology 17(1-3): 519-541
Abstract: Oceanographic evidence along with the data on Euphausia superba distribution indicate that the reproductive range of this species is related to the southernmost core of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current (ACC), the Weddell Gyre, the Ross Gyre, and the systems of mesoscale eddies in the Bellingshausen Sea, in the Prydz Bay area, and the D'Urville Sea. During the Last Glaciation Maximum, at ca. 18 ka BP, both the Weddell and the Ross Gyres as well as near-coastal circulations probably lost their importance in the maintenance of Antarctic krill populations due to cooling of the water column and development of multi-year sea ice. Within the ACC at that time, some smaller-scale circulations related to islands and seamounts could have played a major role in controlling krill distribution. If, nevertheless, refugia for self-maintained krill populations remained in the near-coastal zone, particularly in the eastern Indian sector, geographical isolation might have caused divergence between the two species of the gregarine Cephaloidophora commonly infesting krill at present
Spiridonov, V.A.. 1994. The Swimming Crabs (Crustacea, Brachyura, Portunidae) of Submerged Rises and Insular Shelves of the Atlantic and Indian Oceans. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 129: 126-153
Abstract: A collection of portunid crabs is described with notes on the geographical distribution of the species. Lists of species recorded on submarine elevations and island shelves of the Atlantic and Indian oceans are provided, and the portunid faunas of the 2 oceans are compared
Spiridonov, V.A. and M. Turkay. 2001. Deep Sea Swimming Crabs of the Charybdis Miles Species Group in the Western Indian Ocean (Crustacea : Decapoda : Portunidae). Journal of Natural History 35(3): 439-469
Abstract: The deep-sea species of the Charybdis miles group occurring in the western Indian Ocean are revised on the basis of recent collections obtained by German and Russian expeditions. Two new species are described, Charybdis meteor sp. n. from the Straits of Bab el Mandeb and Charybdis crosnieri sp. n. from the insular margins and seamounts of the western Indian Ocean, which has been previously identified as Charybdis sagamiensis Parisi, 1916. The C. miles group represents a lineage with a probably relatively recent tendency for submergence which culminated in the formation of C. acutidens Turkay, 1986, a characteristic species of the deep Red Sea water mass
Spiridonov, V.A., E.M. Noethig, M. Schroeder, and A. Wisotzki. 1996. The Onset of Biological Winter in the Eastern Weddell Gyre (Antarctica) Planktonic Community. Journal of Marine Systems 9(3-4): 211-230
Abstract: Data on hydrography, phyto- and zooplankton, obtained on a transect along the 0 degree meridian during the Winter Weddell Gyre Study, June 1992, revealed peculiarities of the early winter situation in the eastern Weddell Gyre. The vertical distribution and developmental stage composition of Rhincalanus gigas, Calanoides acutus, Calanus propinquus and krill, Euphausia superba larvae, were a good index for a general assessment of the seasonal condition of the plankton communities. There were five zones differing in seasonal situation: (1) The Polar Front and the southern ACC (not studied in detail), (2) The Weddell Front, (3) The Weddell Gyre interior, (4) The Maud Rise area, and (5) The Coastal Current zone. In the Weddell Front, the planktonic community resembled an autumnal situation with moderate phytoplankton biomass; the overwintering stock of copepods was not completely formed and the occurrence of calyptopes larvae of E. superba indicated that krill continued to reproduce until May. In the Weddell Gyre interior, a typical winter plankton community was found even before sea ice had formed. The specific hydrographic regime of the Maud Rise (governed by the mesoscale circulation over the seamount) support the late autumn conditions similar to the Weddell Front (but without early krill larvae). The plankton of the Coastal Current was a winter community. We conclude that in the eastern part of the Weddell Front (compared to the western part) seasonal development of both phytoplankton and herbivorous zooplankton is delayed in spring but prolonged in late autumn. Furthermore, it appears that the Weddell Sea ecosystem exhibits a much higher degree of spatial and temporal variability than thought before. This may have an impact on seasonal pattern of organic carbon transport from the pelagic realm to deeper water layers and to the sediment
Sponaugle, S., R.K. Cowen, A. Shanks, S.G. Morgan, J.M. Leis, J.S. Pineda, G.W. Boehlert, M.J. Kingsford, K.C. Lindeman, C. Grimes, and J.L. Munro. 2002. Predicting Self-Recruitment in Marine Populations: Biophysical Correlates and Mechanisms. Bulletin of Marine Science 70(1): 341-375
Abstract: Mounting evidence suggests that some populations of benthic marine organisms may be less demographically 'open' than previously thought, The degree to which a population receives recruits from local sources versus other populations has important ecological and management ramifications. For either of these reasons, it is often desirable to estimate the degree to which a population of interest is self-recruiting. Although methods for actual estimation of population self-recruitment are limited and often difficult to employ, the presence of several biological and physical conditions may improve our estimates of self-recruitment for particular populations, Biological traits of benthic adults (relative fecundity, spatial and temporal patterns of spawning and larval release, parental investment), as well as pelagic larvae (stage of development at hatching, pelagic larval duration, vertical migration behavior, horizontal swimming ability, and sensory capabilities) influence where and when larvae are released, where and how they are transported, their ability to move actively in the pelagic realm, and finally, spatial and temporal settlement patterns. Physical variables potentially influencing self-recruitment include site isolation, coastal complexity and flow variability. Within these physical variables we discuss explicit mechanisms by which larvae may be retained in proximity to their natal population. We provide examples from specific locations such as coral reefs, isolated islands and seamounts, and semi-enclosed embayments such as lagoons and estuaries, as well as characteristic oceanographic features such as upwelling systems, fronts, moving convergences, eddies and counter currents. We evaluate direct and indirect evidence to predict the relationship between these biophysical variables and the degree of self-recruitment in benthic marine organisms. We conclude that physical factors that result in a departure from unidirectional, depth-uniform water flow provide the opportunity for retention of larvae, and therefore of self-recruitment. These physical factors are common in the ocean and vary in intensity among locations and times. Some enable retention of passive larvae (physical retention). whereas others lead to retention only with active behavioral input by the larvae (biophysical retention). Larval behavior that can contribute to or result in retention or return to natal sites ranges from simple vertical orientation (within the capabilities of the larvae of most taxa) to complex sensory abilities and strong swimming (known to occur in larvae of a few taxa, particularly decapod crustaceans and fishes). For all taxa. both the pelagic larval duration and the time to behavioral competency will have a strong influence on likelihood of self-recruitment. Understanding the biophysical mechanisms by which larvae are retained near or return to their natal population will be necessary before generalizations can be made. Examples highlight the importance of each variable to processes controlling self-recruitment. For most cot-relates, further study is clearly warranted. Although certain variables hold promise for predicting self-recruitment, complex, non-linear interactions among these biophysical variables must be considered
Springer, V.G.. 1982. Pacific Plate Biogeography, With Special Reference to Shorefishes57. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 367: 1-182
Stecher, J., M. Tuerkay, and C. Borowski. 2002. Faunal Assemblages on the Pacific-Antarctic Ridge Near the Foundation Seamount Chain (37degree30' S, 110degree30' W). Cahiers de biologie marine 43(3-4): 271-274
Stehmann, M.. 1993. New Records of an Adult Couple of Malacoraja Kreffti (Stehmann, 1977) From the Rockal Trough Area, Eastern North-Atlantic (Pices, Rajiformes, Rajidae). Archiv fur Fischereiwissenschaft 41(3): 169-186
Stein, D.L., B.N. Tissot, M.A. Hixon, and W. Barss. 1992. Fish-Habitat Associations on a Deep Reef at the Edge of the Oregon Continental Shelf. Fishery Bulletin 90(3): 540-551
Abstract: Heceta Bank is a large reef on the edge of the central Oregon continental shelf that supports a wide variety of commercial fisheries. Using the research submersible Delta, we studied fish abundances on Heceta Bank and the relationship between species composition of fish assemblages and bottom types. Cluster analysis indicated that fish assemblages were most unique on mud, boulder, rock ridge, mud and cobble, and mud and boulder substrates. Rockfishes, particularly pygmy Sebastes wilsoni sharpchin S. zacentrus, rosethorn S. helvomaculatus, and yellowtail S. flavidus, were the most abundant fishes and dominated all substrates except mud, where Dover sole Microstomus pacificus and zoarcids Lycodes pacificus were most abundant. Principal component analysis (PCA) and canonical correlation analysis (CCA) were used to determine the sources of variation within the data. PCA demonstrated that habitat variability was a fundamental cause of heterogeneity among fish assemblages. In contrast, CCA showed how species occurrences were related to specific substrates. Ontogenetic shifts in behavior and substrate preference occurred in pygmy rockfish. Small juveniles often formed dense schools above the bank's shallower rocky ridges. Larger individuals occurred in nonpolarized assemblages on the bottom in cobble and boulder fields. | English abstract
Steinberger, B.. 2002. Motion of the Easter Hot Spot Relative to Hawaii and Louisville Hot Spots. Geochemistry Geophysics Geosystems 3(11): 1-27
Abstract: Hot spots have been widely used as a fixed reference frame for plate motions; however, it should be expected that the underlying plumes are advected in a dynamic mantle. Here a simple numerical model of hot spot motion due to large-scale mantle flow is applied to the Easter, Hawaii and Louisville hot spots. Computations are performed for a range of different buoyant plume rising speeds, ages and locations, mantle density and viscosity structures, etc. It is shown that a westward motion of the Easter hot spot at several cm per year relative to Hawaii and Louisville hot spots is a robust result for a large range of model parameters. In order to obtain an appropriate boundary condition for mantle flow near the Easter hot spot and to find out on which plate to expect the Easter hot spot track for a given time, published isochrons were rotated to the past ridge locations in a reference frame that takes the computed motion of Hawaii and Louisville hot spots into account. Calculations that include flow in the mantle and therefore relative movement of hot spots yield a better explanation of the observed age distribution along the Sala y Gomez ridge than assuming hot spot fixity; at the same time they predict a hot spot track on the Nazca plate that is roughly similar to the shape of the Nazca and Sala y Gomez ridges. Furthermore, the Easter hot spot was in an intraplate location on the Nazca plate during the past 43 Ma, somewhat closer to the ridge between approximately 43 and 26 Ma than between approximately 26 Ma and now. In contrast, if hot spots are assumed fixed, a location close to the ridge and rather on the Pacific plate between approximately 43 and 26 Ma is predicted. Based on morphology and gravity signature it is suggested that the Nazca ridge and the eastern Tuamotu Island Plateau were created by plume material that erupted at the East Pacific Rise while the Easter plume was located sufficiently close to enable such an interaction, whereas the Sala y Gomez ridge was formed above the Easter plume in an intraplate setting. This implies that, if hot spots have indeed moved as computed here, during formation of the Nazca ridge (between approximately 43 and 26 Ma) plume material erupted at the ridge several 100 km away from the plume, whereas no volcanism occurred directly above the plume. It also implies that any seamounts on the Pacific plate east of the Tuamotu Plateau are unrelated to the Easter plume.
Sterrer, W.. 1998. How Many Species Are There in Bermuda?. Bulletin of Marine Science 62(3): 809-840
Abstract: Explored since 1515 and documented in at least 3000 publications, Bermuda's natural history is well enough known to permit a first biodiversity inventory similar to one being conducted in Hawaii. Although seamount Bermuda originated 110 mya and was "topped up" by a separate volcanic event 33 mya, its extant biodiversity was largely shaped by pleistocene sea level fluctuations which alternately favored terrestrial and shallow marine biota. It was more recently molded by cataclysmic episodes of species extinc
Stitt, S.. 1993. Deepwater Fisheries - Canada's First Look Down in the Deeps. Fishing News International (London) 32(7): 16-17
Abstract: Abstract not Available
Stock, J.H.. 1991. Pycnogonides De La Campagne Seamount 1 Au Large De La Peninsule Iberique Et Dans Le Golfe Ibero-Morocain [Pycnogonids From the Seamount 1 Cruise, Off Iberian Peninsula and in the Ibero-Moroccan Bay]. Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle Section A Zoologie 13(1-2): 135-142
Abstract: Ten species of Pycnogonides (and two unidentified forms) are reported from the Gorringe, Josephine, Seine, Ampere and Galice shoals localised off (< 250 km) the Iberian and Moroccan coasts, in a range of deep-water between 180 and 2100 m. Nine of these species were already known in the neighbouring areas: one species is new to the science and belongs to the genus Austrodecus that was unknown before from the North and Central Atlantic ocean. As to the pycnogonids, the seamounts do not show a very clear endemism despite their isolation. [The new species is A. conifer.]
Stock, J.H.. 1996. Pycnogonida: Description of Ascorhynchus, A. miniscapus, sp.nov.from the Bayonnaise Bank (NW of the Wallis and Futuna Islands) [Pycnogonida: Description d'Ascorhynchus miniscapus...]. in: Musorstom Cruises Reports [Resultats Des Campagnes Musorstom], A.Croisnier [ed.], pp. 349-353
Abstract: A new species of Ascorhynchus, A. miniscapus, is described from the Bayonnaise Bank (SW Pacific) at depths of 400-420 m. The new taxon belongs to a small group of species within this large genus, characterized by a short tarsus and a two-segmented chelifore scape
Stock, J.H.. 1993. Some Remarkable Distribution Patterns in Stygobiont Amphipoda. Journal of Natural History 27(4): 807-819
Abstract: Vicariant distribution patterns in stygobiont amphipod genera can be explained by plate tectonic effects (opening of the Atlantic) and by Tethyan events. Consequently these must be 'old' genera. Many stygobionts have congeneric relatives in shallow marine waters. The occurrence of old genera on 'young' islands seems to indicate that the young islands must have existed as shallow banks or seamounts in the period when the Atlantic started to open, and before the disruption of the Tethys Sea
Stocks, K.. 2002. SeamountsOnline: an Online Information System for Seamount Biology. Version 3. seamounts.sdsc.edu
Stocks, K.. 9999. Using SeamountsOnline, a Biogeographic Information System for Seamounts, to Examine Patterns in Seamount Endemism. Copenhagen, Denmark 1-5 October.
Stocks, K.I., G.W. Boehlert, and J.F. Dower. 2004. Towards an International Field Programme on Seamounts Within the Census of Marine Life. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 51(1-3): 320-327
Abstract: The Census of Marine Life (www.coml.org) is an international science initiative organizing field programmes to sample and survey the biology of under-explored habitats in the ocean. In August 2003, the CoML hosted a workshop to evaluate the current state of scientific knowledge on seamounts, determine the priorities for future research, and investigate the potential value of a CoML field programme on seamounts. The workshop participants concluded that a CoML programme could have a major impact on the future of seamount research. They defined a set of priority research questions on seamount ecology and outlined four areas of activity to undertake: 1) promoting future field research; 2) databasing and synthetic analysis of existing seamount data; 3) networking and coordinating the envisioned international, interdisciplinary programme; and 4) outreach to communicate results beyond the research community, particularly to seamount management and conservation bodies
Stretta, J.M. and M. Petit. 1992. Determination of the Movements of Tunas and Environmental Variations. [Determinisme Du Deplacement Des Thonides Et Variabilite De L'Environnement.]. Meeting of the ICCAT Standing Committee on Research and Statistics, Madrid (Spain), Nov 1991. International Commission for the Conservation of Atlantic Tunas, vol. 39, edition 1, pp. 322-331
Abstract: In the convergence areas, processes are upwellings (coastal and equatorial), thermal domes, thermal ridge, island effects and sea mounts. The unifying concept of this enrichment process is the popping up of the thermocline in the euphotic layer. Inside oligotrophic waters, micro-upwellings induce patches of fertility. The equatorial area of the ocean has a type of vertical pulsations which are not well known and not yet modelled. The satellite imagery (NIMBUS-7) shows inside of oligotrophic areas this kind of spatial heterogeneity with a surprising time variability. On the other hand, on examination of the migratory model for yellowfin (Thunnus albacares ) in the Atlantic Ocean, it is observed that young yellowfin and adults are found in areas where an enrichment process took place before their arrival
Struhsaker, P.J.. 1974. National Fisheries Plan: Fisheries Development Task for the Central and Western Pacific Region, 1974. Soutwest Fisheries Center Administrative Report, Rep. H-74-11
Struhsaker, P.J.. 1973. A Contribution to the Systematics and Ecology of Hawaiian Bathyal Fishes. University of Hawaiip. 482
Strusi, A., A. Tursi, E. Cecere, C. Montanaro, P. Panetta, and R. Cavallo. 1985. The Amendolara Seamount (High Ionian Sea): General Description. [Il Banco Dell'Amendolara (Alto Jonio): Descrizione Generale.]. Oebalia 11(1): 379-388
Abstract: In this paper the authors describe a typical sub-marine seamount located in the high Ionian Sea (Gulf of Corigliano), at about 10 miles from the coast. The authors provide some data taken from historical sources, concerning the origin of such seamount, as well as some general pieces of information about the main biocenosis found
Sua, D.. 1990. Population Dynamics of Etelis Carbunculus (Lutjanidae) in Tonga, South Pacific. Fishbyte 8(3): 4-5
Abstract: This paper presents a tentative estimate of the parameters L sub( infinity ) and K of the von Bertalanffy growth function, and an estimate of total mortality derived from the analysis, using the ELEFAN I and II programs, of length-frequency data on the snapper Etelis carbunculus) collected on seamounts of the Kingdom of Tonga, South Pacific. | English abstract
Sulak, K. and Shcherbachev Y.. 1997. Zoogeography and Systematics of Six Deep-Living Genera of Synaphobranchid Eels, With a Key to Taxa and Description of Two New Species of Ilyophis.. Bulletin of Marine Science 60(3): 1158-1194
Sunamura, M., Y. Higashi, C. Miyako, J.i. Ishibashi, and A. Maruyama. 2004. Two Bacteria Phylotypes Are Predominant in the Suiyo Seamount Hydrothermal Plume. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 70(2): 1190-1198
Abstract: Microbial diversity and populations in a hydrothermal plume that was present inside the caldera of the Suiyo Seamount, a submarine volcano on the Izu-Bonin Arc, were investigated by performing a phylogenetic analysis of the 16S rRNA gene and by using fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH). Corresponding to transmissivity, an indicator of turbidity, the vertical total cell count as determined by 4',6'-diamidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI) staining varied from 5.6X104 to 1.1X105 cells ml-1, and the apparent plume layer was assessed to be at a depth of 1,050 to 1,200 m inside the caldera and to contain 1.0X105 to 1.1X105 cells ml-1. From microbial samples collected in the plume by an in situ filtration system, the following two major phylogenetic groups, which were closely related to sulfur-oxidizing microbes, were obtained: the SUP05 group belonging to the gamma subclass of the Proteobacteria (13 of 20 clones) and the SUP01 group belonging to the epsilon subclass of the Proteobacteria (5 of 20 clones). Specific oligonucleotide probes for these groups (SUP05-187 and SUP01-63) were designed and were used with various water samples obtained from the Suiyo Seamount. In the apparent plume layer, up to 66% of the total counts of microbial cells were estimated to be Bacteria cells that hybridized to EUB338, and few cells were identified by the archaeal probe ARCH915. Almost all Bacteria cells were hard to identify with the known group-specific probes, such as ALF19, GAM42a, and CF319, while 88 to 90% of the Bacteria cells hybridized with SUP05-187 and >98% of them were considered members of the SUP05 and SUP01 populations. In a low-temperature vent fluid emitted from a bivalve-colonized mound, the SUP05 cells accounted for >99% of the Bacteria cells, suggesting that a portion of the plume cells originated on the surface of the seafloor at a depth of about 1,380 m. From further analysis of cell morphology (i.e., cell size and cell elongation index) we inferred that the SUP05 cells were active in the plume layer at a depth of 1,050 to 1,200 m compared to the activity in a near-bottom layer, while many elongated cells were found between these layers. These findings suggest that the morphology and distribution of SUP05 cells have complex relationships with hydrothermal activities and water circulation. Although growth and production rates remain to be defined, we concluded that this Suiyo Seamount caldera has functioned as a natural continuous incubator for these two phylotypes of Bacteria in an aphotic deep-sea environment
Suzuki, U. and T. Takahashi. 1978. Topographies and Fisheries Resources in the Emperor Seamounts [North Pacific]. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Fisheries Oceanography 33: 54-56
Suzuki, Y., K. AIDA, T. Itake, P.M. Lokman, U. Kohler, T. Uto, S. Ishikawa, and T. Inagaki. 2000. Adult eel sampling. in: Preliminary Report of the Hakuho Maru Cruise, Ocean Research Institute, University of Tokyo, Tokyo, pp. 38-39
Svetlichnyj, L.S.. 1980. Distribution of Net Plankton in the Subtropical and Subantarctic Waters of the Southeast Atlantic [Raspredelenie Setnogo Planktona v Subtropicheskikh i Subantarcticheskikh Vodakh Yugo-Vostochnoj Chasti Atlantiki]. Ekologiia morya 4: 25-29
Swenson, U., A. Backlund, S. McLoughlin, and R.S. Hill. 2001. Nothofagus Biogeography Revisited With Special Emphasis on the Enigmatic Distribution of Subgenus Brassospora in New Caledonia. Cladistics-the International Journal of the Willi Hennig Society 17(1): 28-47
Abstract: Dispersals versus vicariance events and the presence of subgenus Brassospora in New Caledonia are two riddles of Nothofagus biogeography, a genus also distributed in New Guinea, New Zealand, South America, Southeast Australia, and Tasmania, Within a cladistic framework using the software COMPONENT 2.0, we demonstrate that most parsimonious area cladograms (areagrams) sensu cladistic biogeography need not always be the most plausible explanation nor reflect alternative geological hypotheses, The most parsimonious Nothofagus history sensu historical biogeography is reconstructed where a minimum of dispersed taxa is hypothesized and vicariance events are identified. A fully resolved well-established Nothofagus phylogeny was reconciled with three geological hypotheses (geograms) of East Gondwana break-up: (a) the conventional view (b) an Australian-New Caledonian relationship, and (c) a biotic interchange between New Guinea and New Caledonia. Fossils determined to subgenus were optimized to the predicted lineages in the reconciled tree. Due to extensive extinctions, a maximum of three vicariance events are inferred, all being basal in the subgenera, an indication of subgeneric diversification prior to the break-up of Gondwana. Two taxa, N. gunnii and N. menziesii, are hypothesized as being long-distance dispersed, The most parsimonious solution suggests a close relationship between New Guinea and New Caledonia, supporting a Brassospora colonization route, but this hypothesis fails to predict numerous extinct lineages observed in the fossil record and thus must be rejected. The traditional break-up sequence of Gondwana is not the most parsimonious solution, indicating one incongruent node, but causes no overall incongruence with the fossil record, Considering all parameters, the occurrence of Brassospora in New Caledonia is most parsimoniously explained as a single colonization event from New Zealand where the subgenus subsequently went extinct in the Pliocene, (C) 2001 The Willi Hennig Society
Sysoev, A.V.. 1990. Gastropods of the Fam. Turridae (Gastropoda: Toxoglossa) From the Underwater Sala y Gomez Ridge. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 124: 245-260
Sysoev, A.V. and D.L. Ivanov. 1985. New Taxa of Turridae (Gastropoda, Toxoglossa) From the Nazca Ridge (Southeastern Pacific). Zoologichesky Zhurnal 64(2): 194-205
TRACEY, D.M., B. Bull, M.R. Clark, and K.A. Mackay. 2004. Fish Species Composition on Seamounts and Adjacent Slope in New Zealand Waters. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 38(1): 163-182
Abstract: Datasets from deep-water fisheries abundance surveys on the commercially important species-orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus), smooth oreo (Pseudocyttus maculatus), and black oreo (Allocyttus niger) -were used to compare fish fauna between seamounts in 10 different parts of the New Zealand region. For five of these areas, fauna was also compared between the seamounts and nearby areas of the relatively flat slope. Dominant species were listed for each area. Diversity was compared between seamount complexes, and between seamount and slope areas. Differences between the species taken in different seamount areas were investigated using similarity analysis. Total species richness was similar in all seamount regions, but mean species richness was found to be much higher in southern areas. Species richness was consistently higher on the relatively flat slope than on seamounts. Five seamount areas south of 41degreesS were found to have similar fish fauna, as compared with three seamount areas north of 41degreesS which were different from the southern areas and from each other
Tabachnik, K.R.. 2002. Family Euplectellidae Gray, 1867. in: Systema Porifera. A Guide to the Classification of Sponges, J.N.A.Hooper and R.W.M.Van Soest [eds.], Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, New York, pp. 1388-1434
Tabachnik, K.R.. 2002. Family Rossellidae Schulze, 1885. in: Systema Porifera. A Guide to the Classification of Sponges, J.N.A.Hooper and R.W.M.Van Soest [eds.], Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, New York, pp. 1441-1505
Tabachnik, K.R.. 1994. A New Species of the Genus Rhabdocalyptus From the Western Indian Ocean. [Novyj Vid Roda Rhabdocalyptus Iz Zapadnoj Chasti Indijskogo Okeana.]. Bottom Fauna of Seamounts [Donnaya Fauna Podvodnykh Gor], vol. 129, Nauka, Tr.Ioranpp. 153-155
Abstract: Rhabdocalyptus monstraster sp. n., a new sponge of the family Rosselidae, is described and figured from the specimen collected from a depth of 700-720 m at 12 degree 27S, 48 degree 06E
Tabachnik, K.R.. 9999. Revision of the Genus Asconema (Porifera, Hexactinellida). Senckenbergiana Maritima
Tabachnik, K.R.. 1990. Hexactinellid Sponges From South-East Atlantic Ocean. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 126: 67-73
Tabachnik, K.R.. 1990. Hexactinellid Sponges From the Nazca and Sala y Gomez Ridges. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 124: 161-173
Tabachnik, K.R.. 1988. Hexactinellid sponges from the mountains of west Pacific. in: Structural and Functional Researches of the Marine Benthos, A.P.Kuznetsov and M.N.Sokolova [eds.], P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, Soviet Acadademy of Science, Moscow, pp. 49-64
Tabachnik, K.R. and L.L. Menshenina. 2002. Family Family Pheronematidae Gray, 1870. in: Systema Porifera. A Guide to the Classification of Sponges, J.N.A.Hooper and R.W.M.Van Soest [eds.], Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, New York, pp. 1267-1280
Takahashi, Y. and T. Sasaki. 1977. Trawl Fishery in the Central North Pacific Seamounts. Division of Northern Waters Groundfish Resources, Far Seas Fisheries Research laboratory
Takai, K., H. Kobayashi, K.H. Nealson, and K. Horikoshi. 2003. Deferribacter Desulfuricans Sp. Nov., a Novel Sulfur-, Nitrate- and Arsenate-Reducing Thermophile Isolated From a Deep-Sea Hydrothermal Vent. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology 53(3): 839-846
Abstract: A novel anaerobic, heterotrophic thermophile was isolated from a deep-sea hydrothermal vent chimney at the Suiyo Seamount in the Izu-Bonin Arc, Japan. The cells were bent, flexible rods, with a single polar flagellum. Growth was observed between 40 and 70degreeC (optimum temperature: 60-65degreeC; doubling time, 40 min) and between pH 5.0 and 7.5 (optimum pH 6.5). The isolate was a strictly anaerobic heterotroph capable of using complex organic compounds (yeast extract, tryptone, peptone, casein and Casamino acids), ethanol and various organic acids as energy and carbon sources. Hydrogen could serve as a supplementary energy source. Elemental sulfur (S0), nitrate or arsenate was required for growth as an electron acceptor. The G+C content of the genomic DNA was 38.6 mol%. Phylogenetic analysis based on 16S rDNA sequences indicated that isolate SSM1T is closely related to Deferribacter thermophilus BMAT (98.1%). However, the novel isolate could be clearly differentiated from D. thermophilus BMAT on the basis of its physiological and genetic properties. The name Deferribacter desulfuricans sp. nov. (type strain SSM1T=JCM 11476T=DSM 14783T) is proposed
Takai, K., S. Nakagawa, Y. Sako, and K. Horikoshi. 2003. Balnearium Lithotrophicum Gen. Nov., Sp. Nov., a Novel Thermophilic, Strictly Anaerobic, Hydrogenoxidizing Chemolithoautotroph Isolated From a Black Smoker Chimney in the Suiyo Seamount Hydrothermal System. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology 53(6): 1947-1954
Abstract: A novel, extremely thermophilic bacterium, designated strain 17ST, was isolated from a deep-sea hydrothermal vent chimney at the Suiyo Seamount in the Izu-Bonin Arc, Japan. The cells were rods with no apparent motility, most of which were narrow in the middle in the exponential-growth phase and had several polar flagella at both ends. Growth was observed between 45 and 80 degreeC (optimum temperature, 70-75 degreeC; doubling time, 80 min) and between pH 5.0 and 7.0 (optimum pH, 5.4). The isolate was a strictly anaerobic chemolithoautotroph that was capable of using molecular hydrogen as its sole energy source and carbon dioxide as its sole carbon source. Elemental sulfur (S0) was required for growth as an electron acceptor. The G+C content of the genomic DNA was 34cntdot6 mol%. Phylogenetic analysis based on 16S rDNA sequences indicated that the isolate was related to Thermovibrio ruber ED11/3LLKT and Desulfurobacterium thermolithotrophum BSAT, whilst it appeared to be a novel lineage prior to the divergence of these genera. This isolate could also be differentiated from both T. ruber ED11/3LLKT and D. thermolithotrophum BSAT on the basis of physiological properties. The name Balnearium lithotrophicum gen. nov., sp. nov. is proposed for this isolate (type strain, 17ST=JCM 11970T=ATCC BAA-736T)
Takano, Y., T. Horiuchi, Y. Edasawa, K. Kobayashi, K. Marumo, and T. Urabe. 2002. Amino Acids in Deep-Sea Hydrothermal Sub-Vent at Suiyo Seamount, Izu-Bonin ARC, Pacific Ocean. Origins of Life and Evolution of the Biosphere 32(5-6): 478-479
Tamura, S.. 1978. Economics of Seamounts Fishing Grounds. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Fisheries Oceanography 33: 65-66
Tanishima, M., J. Hashimoto, K. Fujikura, Y. Fujiwara, and J.C.I. Hunt. 1996. A Trial to Elucidate Locomotory Activity Patterns in a Deep-Sea Crab (Family: Bythograeidae) [Shinkaisei Tanbirui Yunohanagani (Kasho) No Hoko Katsudo Rizumu Kaimei No Kokoromi.]. Jamstec J.Deep Sea Res./Jamstec Shinkai Kenkyu(12): 231-238
Abstract: The locomotory activities of undescribed bythograeid crabs collected from hydrothermal vent communities were examined under atmospheric pressure. Specimens were collected from the Kaikata, Suiyo and Nikko Seamounts between 430m and 1,400m and tested individually. The locomotory activity pattern of the crabs synchronized with the light-dark cycle, and the activity was highest during the dark period of an imposed light-dark cycle. However, no specific diel pattern was found under constant darkness. Therefore, we operated to impair vision within the eyestalks. After the operation, no clear diel pattern was exhibited. This result suggests that bythograeid crabs have light receptors on the eyestalks or proximal to the eyestalks and can use light for diel synchrony although they do not have compound eyes and inhabit in a low-light environment
Taniuchi, T. and H. Tachikawa. 1999. Geographical Variation in Age and Growth of Squalus Mitsukurii (Elasmobranchii: Squalidae) in the North Pacific. 5th Indo-Pacific Fish Conference.: 321-328
Taniuchi, T., H. Tachikawa, M. Shimizu, and Y. Nose. 1993. Geographical Variations in Reproductive Parameters of Shortspine Spurdog in the North Pacific. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi/Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Scientific Fisheries. 59(1): 45-51
Abstract: Reproductive parameters of Squalus mitsukurii were compared for 4 localities in the North Pacific, i.e. off Choshi (app. 36 degree N, 141 degree E), Masseiba (app. 30 degree N, 139 degree E), Ogasawara Islands (app. 27 degree N, 142 degree E), and on the Hancock Seamount (app. 30 degree N, 180 degree E). The size at maturity and the maximum size for both sexes were larger in Choshi than in Ogasawara and Hancock by 160-280 mm. Sexual dimorphism in the 2 parameters was also found for each locality. Clasper lengths and testis weights showed a rapid increase with the onset of maturation. Fecundity expressed as litter and clutch sizes showed large differences among the Choshi, Masseiba, and Ogasawara specimens. Fecundity increased with latitude. Both litter and clutch sizes increased with the length of the parent and were described as regression lines for these three localities. It is concluded that this shark has a common reproductive strategy but that each population manifests a fecundity schedule according to the local environmental conditions. The annual increment of growth was estimated to be 18 mm after maturation on the assumption that the shark produced pups every 2 years
Tapley, B.D. and D.T. Sandwell. 1986. Undersea Volcano Production Versus Lithospheric Strength From Satellite Altimetry [Microform] : Semiannual Research Progress/Status Report for the Period June 1, 1986 - November 31, 1986. p. 1
Tavares, M.. 1999. New Species and New Records of Deep-Water Caridean Shrimps From the South Atlantic Ocean (Crustacea, Decapoda). Zoosystema 21(4): 671-677
Tavares, M.. 1999. The Cruise of the Marion Dufresne Off the Brazilian Coast: Account of the Scientific Results and List of Stations. Zoosystema 21(4): 595-605
Taylor, G.I.. 1917. Motions of Solids in Fluids When the Flow Is Not Irrotational. Proceedings of the Royal Society (A) 93: 99-113
Taylor, J. and G.C.B. Poore. 1998. A Review of the Genus Leontocaris (Crustacea: Caridea: Hippolytidae) With Descriptions of Three Species From Southeastern Australian Seamounts and Slope. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 57(1): 57-69
Abstract: The genus Leontocaris and its species are diagnosed. Leontocaris bulga sp. nov. and Leontocaris yarramundi sp. nov. are described and illustrated, compared with four other species of the genus, and a key for their identification provided. New observations of L. amplectipes Bruce, 1990 are made from new material from seamounts southeast of Tasmania
Teramoto, T.. 1979. Preliminary Report of the Hakuho Maru Cruise KH-75-5, September 12 - October 27, 1975: Kuroshio and Adjacent Waters. University of Tokyo (Japan). Ocean Research Institute, p. -56
Abstract: The cruise aimed at observing the behaviour of the Kuroshio in the area where it crosses the Izu Ridge. Special interest was taken in revealing changes in the movements of surface and subsurface waters. These were supposed to be generated in association with the change in density stratification. The second aim was to present the detailed density structure of the Kuroshio to the south of the Japanese Islands. Observations were focussed to make clear the linked structure of the Kuroshio with an accompanying large cold eddy. The third aim was to reveal the fine density structure formed in association with the presence of the small sea mount, Kokushone. In addition, studies were made of the turbulent heat flux, inorganic nitrogen metabolism and phytoplankton
Thandar, A.S.. 1988. A New Subgenus of Holothuria With a Description of a New Species From the South-East Atlantic Ocean. Journal of Zoology (London) 215(1): 47-54
Abstract: A new species of an aspidochirotid holothurian, Holothuria vemae sp. nov., from the Vema Seamount in the south-east Atlantic Ocean, is described. The new species is referable to Rowe's (1969) Lessonothuria group, but since it, together with the north-east Atlantic H. (L.) arguinensis Koehler & Vaney and the Mediterranean H. (L.) poli delle Chiaje, differs significantly from the other species currently included in this subgenus, a new subgenus, Roweothuria, is erected to accommodate the three species. The relationship of the new subgenus is discussed with reference to the provisional evolutionary tree proposed by Rowe (1969), where it is shown that Roweothuria probably occupies an intermediate position either between Acanthotrapeza and Lessonothuria or between the latter subgenus and Vaneyothuria. A table is presented summarizing the principal differences between the three species included in the new subgenus
Thiel, H.. 1983. Meiobenthos and nanobenthos of the deep sea. in: The Sea, G.T.Rowe [ed.], John Wiley and Sons, Totonto, pp. 167-229
Thiel, H.. 1970. Bericht Uber Die Benthosuntersuchungen Wahrend Der "Atlantischen Kuppenfahrten 1967" Von F.S. "Meteor"58. Meteor Forschungsergebnisse: Reihe D 7: 23-42
Thistle, D.. 1998. Harpacticoid Copepod Diversity at Two Physically Reworked Sites in the Deep Sea. Deep-Sea Research Part Ii-Topical Studies in Oceanography 45(1-3): 13-24
Abstract: Grassle's and Jumars' theories of diversity maintenance in the quiescent deep sea view millimeter-to-meter-scale patchiness (mostly of biological origin) as crucial. In other deep-sea regions, episodes of strong near-bottom flow put the surficial sediment layers into motion, obliterating the biologically produced, millimeter-to-meter-scale patchiness. Under these theories, sites eroded so frequently that such patchiness is eliminated almost as soon as it is created should have lower diversities than sites where the time between erosive events is sufficient for this type of patchiness to be produced and exploited. I tested this prediction by comparing the diversities of harpacticoid copepods at two sites on Fieberling Guyot to determine whether Grassle's and Jumars' theories can be extended to the portion of the deep sea that experiences episodic erosive flows. At White Sand Swale (= WSS) (32 degrees 27.581'N, 127 degrees 47.839'W), strong near-bottom flows erode the surficial sediment daily. At Sea Pen Rim ( = SPR) (32 degrees 27.631'N, 127 degrees 49.489'W), strong near-bottom flows erode the surficial sediment a few times annually. Contrary to expectation, the diversity of harpacticoid copepods was significantly greater at WSS than at SPR. However, the erosion regime at WSS may create small-scale patchiness that promotes harpacticoid diversity. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved
Thistle, D.. 1996. The Meiofauna of Two Physically Disturbed Soft-Bottom Sites on a Seamount. Twenty-Fourth Annual Benthic Ecology Meeting, Held in Columbia, South Carolina, March 7-10, 1996, p. 80
Abstract: Physical disturbance in the deep sea has been shown to affect the fauna,but the generality of these results is uncertain.The author compared two sites on Fieberling Guyot where the sediment is reworked by near-bottom flow
Thistle, D. and L.A. Levin. 1998. The Effect of Experimentally Increased Near-Bottom Flow on Metazoan Meiofauna at a Deep-Sea Site, With Comparison Data on Macrofauna. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 45: 625-638
Abstract: It has been argued that strong near-bottom flows affect macrofauna and meiofauna in the deep sea, but the evidence comes largely from studies that compared sites separated geographically by hundreds to thousands of kilometers and in depth by hundreds of meters. In this paper, the results of the first experimental investigation of the effects of strong near-bottom flow on deep-sea metazoan meiofauna are presented. At a site (32degree 27.581'N, 127degree 47.839'W) at 583 m depth on the Fieberling Guyot summit plain, the submersible Alvin emplaced weirs designed to increase the near-bottom flow locally. After 6.5 weeks, sediments in the weirs and unmanipulated locations in the vicinity were sampled. The abundances of nematodes, harpacticoid copepods, ostracods, and kinorhynchs, considered collectively and as individual taxa, were significantly lower in the weir samples than in the background samples. Parallel responses were observed in total macrofaunal and mollusk abundances. Proportional declines in kinorhynchs and mollusks were observed as well. These results suggest that strong near-bottom flow can reduce the abundance of meiofauna and macrofauna in the deep sea and alter assemblage composition
Thistle, D., L.A. Levin, A.J. Gooday, O. Pfannkuche, and P.J. Lambshead. 1999. Physical Reworking by Near-Bottom Flow Alters the Metazoan Meiofauna of Fieberling Guyot (Northeast Pacific). Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 46(12): 2041-2052
Abstract: Although much of the deep sea is physically tranquil, some regions experience near-bottom flows that rework the surficial sediment. During periods of physical reworking, animals in the reworked layer risk being suspended, which can have both positive and negative effects. Reworking can also change the sediment in ecologically important ways, so the fauna of reworked sites should differ from that of quiescent locations. We combined data from two reworked, bathyal sites on the summit of Fieberling Guyot (32degree27.631'N, 127degree49.489'W; 32degree27.581'N, 127degree47.839'W) and compared the results with those of more tranquil sites. We tested for differences in the following parameters, which seemed likely to be sensitive to the direct or indirect effects of reworking: (1) the vertical distribution of the meiofauna in the sea bed, (2) the relative abundance of surface-living harpacticoids, (3) the proportion of the fauna consisting of interstitial harpacticoids, (4) the ratio of harpacticoids to nematodes. We found that the vertical distributions of harpacticoid copepods, ostracods, and kinorhynchs were deeper on Fieberling. In addition, the relative abundance of surface-living harpacticoids was less, the proportion of interstitial harpacticoids was greater, and the ratio of harpacticoids to nematodes was greater on Fieberling. These differences between Fieberling and the comparison sites suggest that physical reworking affects deep-sea meiofauna and indicate the nature of some of the effects
Thomas, R.W.. 1967. Bathymetric-Magnetic Field Investigations : Southern Portion, San Juan Seamount. p. 11
Timokhin, I.G.. 1993. Distribution and Biology of Some Shark Species in the Equatorial Zone of the Western Indian Ocean [ Raspredelenie i Biologiya Nekotorykh Vidov Akul v Ehkvatorial'Noj Zone Zapadnoj Chasti Indijskogo Okeana.]. YugNIRO (Southern Scientific Research Institute of Marine Fisheries & Oceanography). Interstate Conf. 'Resources of Tunas and Related Species in the World Ocean and Problems of their Rational Utilization, Kerch (Ukraine), pp. 113-114
Abstract: Studies carried out in different months during the period 1983-1986 in the high seas of the equatorial western Indian Ocean (including areas in the vicinity of the 'Equator' seamount and Saya-de-Malha Bank) prove their prospects for shark long-lining. The area of the 'Equator' seamount (0 degree 20'-0 degree 30'N, 55 degree 58'-56 degree 08'E) is promising area for development of specialized fisheries of sharks in certain periods. In May-August 6 species of sharks pertaining to 3 families (Lamnidae, Alopiidae, Carcharhinidae) were found in catches. Sharks were 44.5% of total catch as a whole in the area for the period under investigation. Hook rate varied in the range from 0.30 to 0.72, being 0.60 on the average. Silky shark (Carcharhinus falciformis) was predominant in the catches. Saya-de-Malha Bank (8 degree 16'-11 degree 06'S, 59 degree 58'-60 degree 50'E) is the most productive area for shark harvesting. Twelve shark species pertaining to 5 families (Hexanchidae, Lamnidae, Alopiidae, Carcharhinidae) were found in catches, harvesting of these species reached 61.9% of total fish catch. Value of catches per effort varied in the great range from 25 to 234 kg, being 71.7 kg on the avearge in the area per 100 hooks. Hook rate was equal to 0.78. Most sharks were harvested in the depth diapason of 80-100 m. Silvertip shark (C. albimarginatus) and dusky shark (C. obscurus) were the most abundant species. (DBO)
Tinker, S.W.. 1978. Fishes of Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaiian Service, Inc.p. -532
Tokarev, Y.N., E.P. Bityukov, and R. Williams. 2003. Influence of Seamounts at the Atlantic Ocean on Modification of the Bioluminiscence and Plankton Characteristics. Marine Ecological Journal 2(1): 46-58
Abstract: The bioluminescence and plankton characteristics in the euphotic layer over 11 seamounts in the Atlantic Ocean were studied. Investigations were carried out along the axis of flow over the mounts. Bathyphotometric measurements (1606 casts) were taken from 2 m to 100 m depths at 87 stations over the various seamounts with a vertical resolution of 1 m. Plankton samples were taken with Juday nets and submersible electric pumps with 36 m3ò òh-1 performance. The bioluminescence characteristics varied over seamounts with different geomorphological features. The hydrodynamic gyres, created by the bottom elevations, and the upwelling of water with biogenic elements, also seem to have effects on the quantitative characteristics of the plankton. The largest changes in the structure and intensity of the bioluminescence field were observed in the regions of large geomorphological formations. For example, over mountains at greater depth in the North Atlantic Ocean (Slozhnaya, Mayskaya, Hecate sea mounts) changes were observed between 5 and 16 km from their peaks, while in the regions of comparatively shallow bank, such as Valdivia, changes were seen up to distances of 100 km. The influence of sharppicks sea mounts (Meteor and Irving, Udachnaya bank) on the bioluminescence field and distribution of plankton was not so evident. For example, the effects of the Meteor and Irving mountains were observed only over their peaks, with the intensity of bioluminescence exceeding the background levels by 1.5 to 3 times. The same effect was observed over the Udachnaya bank that was being characterised by higher productivity. In the region of Valdivia bank, which has a depth similar to the Meteor and Irving sea mounts (about 250 m) the bioluminescence intensity, in the upper 100 m layer increased over 20 times if compared with the open ocean.
Tommasi, L.R. and M.A. Aron. 1987. Echinoderms From the Submarine Banks of the Vitoria-Trindade Seamounts Chain [Equinodermes Dos Bancos Submarinos Da Cadeia De Montanhas Vitoria-Trindade.]. Relatorio interno do Instituto Oceanografico, Issue #18, Relatorio interno do Instituto Oceanografico, Universidade de Sao Paulo, Sao paulo, p. -9
Abstract: The echinoderms dredged during cruises of the R/V Almirante Saldanha to Vitoria-Trindade (19 degree -21 degree S) submarine mountains are described. Thirty-three species were found (1 Crinoidea, 7 Echinoidea, 6 Asteroidea and 19 Ophiuroidea); the most numerous species were Ophiothrix angulata, Amphiura kinbergi and Ophiocoma riisei , and the most frequent were: Ophiothrix angulata, Ophiocoma pumila, O. riisei, Ophiactis mulleri, Ophionereis squamulosa and Ophiostigma isacanthum
Trasvina-Castro, A., G.G. de Velasco, A. Valle-Levinson, R. Gonzalez-Armas, A. Muhlia, and M.A. Cosio. 2003. Hydrographic Observations of the Flow in the Vicinity of a Shallow Seamount Top in the Gulf of California. Estuarine Coastal and Shelf Science 57(1-2): 149-162
Abstract: An interdisciplinary study of the 'El Bajo de Espiritu Santo' (EBES) seamount in the Gulf of California leads to a number of conclusions on the interaction between the dynamics and the biology on a shallow seamount. The EBES seamount is a mid-latitude, shallow seamount where the frequency of the tidal forcing (K1 + M2) is superinertial. It is a place of high concentration of zooplankton, fish larvae and pelagic fish. A number of processes identified here are capable of locally enhancing productivity at very different time scales. Entrainment induced by vertical shear of the currents generates mixing on its summit. Three-dimensional tidal advection is important during spring tides. Surface hydrographic fields change quickly due to common, short-lived wind bursts, which force current jets out of the neighboring Bay of La Paz. Impinging large-scale flows perturb the vertical structure along the flanks of the seamount. Low frequency (1-3 weeks) cool and warm events, consequence of the large-scale dynamics in the Gulf of California, also reach the seamount. Recent consecutive El Nino y La Nina events produced large (2-3degreesC) interannual temperature differences. Not only biomass but diversity is also high, 104 different species of fish larvae have been identified here. This is thought to be due to the specific geographical location of the seamount. Outflows from the Bay of La Paz (and the variability observed in near-surface temperature record suggests that there are other phenomena) promote higher diversity of species by carrying larvae and zooplankton from regions biologically different to the EBES seamount. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved
Travassos, P., F.H.V. Hazin, J.R. Zagaglia, R. Advincula, and J. Schober. 1999. Thermohaline Structure Around Seamounts and Islands Off North-Eastern Brazil. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 47(2-3): 211-222
Abstract: The influences of current and topography on the thermohaline structure around seamounts and islands off North-Eastern Brazil were investigated. Changes in the thermohaline structure were observed close to seamounts located in the western part of the Fernando de Noronha chain and throughout the North Brazilian Chain. The main observed features were an uplifting of the isotherms and isohalines and a step-wise gradient in vertical temperature profiles, providing evidence of seamount-induced perturbations. These patterns were more pronounced above seamounts with summits located just below the thermocline base. At one seamount in the North Brazilian Chain, a pronounced upwelling cone was found, suggesting the formation of a Taylor column. Consisting of a diameter of 20 km and a height of 90 m, this dome extended into the euphotic zone and presented the greatest potential for enrichment of the surface layers. There was no evidence to show that any of the upwellings extended to the surface
Trunov, I.A.. 1990. Fishes of the Family Moridae From the Southeast Atlantic (Paralaemonema Gen. Et Spp. N.). Journal of Ichthyology 30(2): 76-86
Abstract: Consideration is given to 3 new species of the Moridae that are classified in a new genus Paralaemonema : P. nudirostre sp. n. (Discovery seamount), P. nudicephalum sp. n. (Whale ridge) and P. squamirostre sp. n. (Atlantic waters of South Africa). Diagnoses and descriptions of the species are given
Trunov, I.A.. 1992. Morid Cods From the Southeast Atlantic (Genera Lipidion, Austrophycis, and Tripterophycis). Journal of Ichthyology 32(8): 92-99
Abstract: Four species of morid cods are examined: Lepidion capensis Gilchrist, L. natalensis Gilchrist, Austrophycis cf. marginata (Guenther), and Tripterophycis gilchristi Boulenger from the southwest coast of Africa, Walvis Ridge, and Discovery Seamount. Taxonomic characters and distribution of these species are delineated and expanded.
Trunov, I.A.. 1986. Rattails (Pisces: Macruridae) From the Region of Discovery Seamount (Southeastern Atlantic Ocean). Biulleten' Moskovskogo Obhchestva Ispytatelei Prirody Otdel Biologicheskii 91(2): 22-35
Abstract: The species composition of rat-tails in the area of the Discovery submarine mountains is considered. Members of the genus Coelorinchus have been shown to be dominant among all rat-tails in the area (five species from nine found there). The descriptions of six species as well as data on their distribution and some comparative remarks are presented.
Trunov, I.A.. 1992. Fishes of the Family Moridae From the Southeast Atlantic (Genera Lepidion, Austrophycis, Tripterophycis ) [ Ryby Semejstva Moridae Iz Yugo-Vostochnoj Chasti Atlanticheskogo Okeana (Rody Lepidion, Austrophycis, Tripterophycis )]. Voprosy ikhtiologii/Journal of Ichthyology 32(4): 3-9
Abstract: Lepidon capensis Gilchrist, L. natalensis Gilchrist, Austrophycis cf. marginata (Gunther) and Tripterophycis gilchristi Boulenger are described and figured from material obtained from off southwestern Africa, Walvis Ridge and Discovery Seamount. New data on the taxonomic characters and distribution of the species are provided
Tseytlin, V.B.. 1985. The Energetics of the Fish Population Habitating the Underwater Mountain. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 25(2): 237-239
Tsukamoto, K., J. Aoyama, and M.J. Miller. 2002. Migration, Speciation, and the Evolution of Diadromy in Anguillid Eels. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 59(12): 1989-1998
Abstract: Recent findings and hypotheses about the migration, spawning ecology, phylogenetic relationships, and possible mechanisms of speciation of anguillid eels are overviewed. The offshore distribution and otolith microstructure of small leptocephali suggest that the Japanese eel Anguilla japonica may spawn at seamounts west of the Mariana Islands in the western North Pacific during the new moon of each month from April to November. Some temperate eels have been found to remain in coastal areas after recruitment without a freshwater growth phase (ocean residents or sea eels), showing flexible patterns of migratory histories. Recent molecular phylogenetic studies suggest that the tropical eel Anguilla borneensis from the Borneo Island region is the most ancestral species. Every eel species or population has its own migration loop (migration route or life cycle) that connects their spawning area and growth habitats. Spatial and temporal shifts in these migration loops could cause separation into subpopulations, or speciation. Therefore, the large-scale migration of temperate eels probably evolved from local migrations of tropical eels as a result of long-distance dispersal of leptocephali from spawning sites in tropical waters of low latitude to temperate growth habitats at higher latitudes
Tsukamoto, K., T. Otake, N. Mochioka, T. Lee, H. Fricke, T. Inagaki, J. Aoyama, S. Ishikawa, S. Kimura, M.J. Miller, H. Hasumoto, M. Oya, and Y. Suzuki. 2003. Seamounts, New Moon and Eel Spawning: The Search for the Spawning Site of the Japanese Eel. Environmental Biology of Fishes 66(3): 221-229
Abstract: After analyzing all the collection data for larvae of the Japanese eel, Anguilla japonica, in the western North Pacific, we found that the spawning site of this species appears to be near three seamounts in the West Mariana Ridge, 2000-3000 km away from their freshwater habitats. These seamounts are located in the westward flow of the North Equatorial Current and are hypothesized to provide cues for migrating silver eels and to serve as possible aggregation sites for spawning. Back-calculated birth dates based on otolith microstructure of leptocephali indicate that the Japanese eel does not spawn continuously during the long spawning season from April to November, but is synchronized to spawn periodically once a month during new moon. This lunar periodicity of spawning and the seamount spawning hypothesis are new developments in the millennium-old mystery of eel spawning that has fascinated naturalists since the time of Aristotle.
Tsunogai, S.. 1987. Deep-Water Circulation in the North Pacific Deduced From Silica-Oxygen Diagrams. Journal of the Oceanographical Society of Japan 43(1): 77-88
Abstract: A simple dissolved silica (Si) and dissolved oxygen (O) diagram method was applied to study the deep-water circulation in the North Pacific and the following results and conclusion have been obtained. In the abyssal water flowing northward in the western Pacific Si increases with a constant ratio of Si to decreasing O (Si/O = -0.30). The water is designated as the main sequence. In the ewastern Pacific the Si-O diagram is characteristic of the location and reflects the degrees of mixing with older waters and of alteration due to decomposition of biogenic material. The Bay of Alaska is found to be a great source of silica in the North Pacific and its bottom water spreads out to the central North Pacific north of 40.degree. N, called here the abyssal front. The younger abyssal water in the Eleutian Trench flowing to the eastern North Pacific north of 40.degree. N comes through the north end of the Kuril-Kamchatka Trench instead of the gap in the Emperor Seamounts at about 46.degree. N. The deep water is almost completely homogenized by active isopycnal mixing and advection when the deep water reaches its upper boundary by upwelling in the western North Pacific including the Bering Sea. Thus the high productivity in the Bering Sea is principally caused neither by the direct supply of abyssal water rich in nutrients nor by the extremely active vertical mixing reaching depths greater than 500 m, but it may be caused simply by the shallower upper boundary of the deep water mass in the Bering Sea, from which nutrients are easily transported to the surface
Tucholke, B.E. and N.C. Smoot. 1990. Evidence for Age and Evolution of Corner Seamounts and Great Meteor Seamount Chain From Multibeam Bathymetry. Journal of Geophysical Research 95(B11): 17555-17569
Tunnicliffe, V. and A.J. Southward. 2004. Growth and Breeding of a Primitive Stalked Barnacle Leucolepas Longa (Cirripedia : Scalpellomorpha : Eolepadidae : Neolepadinae) Inhabiting a Volcanic Seamount Off Papua New Guinea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 84(1): 121-132
Abstract: A pedunculate barnacle, Leucolepas longa, occurs in densities over 1000 individuals m(-2) on the summit of a small seamount near New Ireland, Papua New Guinea. Most of the population grows on vesicomyid clams projecting from sulphide-rich sediments, or on their dead shells, but the barnaele also settles on rock and on tubes of a vestimentiferan. Collections of several hundred barnacles allowed comparison of population and reproductive characteristics. The barnacle is a suspension feeder with a lightly-armoured stalk that can grow to 40 cm above the bottom. Growth appears to be rapid and both reproduction and recruitment are continuous. The barnacles brood egg masses within the capitular chamber and 46% of one sample was brooding. Lecithotrophic nauplii released upon retrieval to the surface were cultivated for 45 days. Metamorphosis to Stage IV yielded an actively swimming larva about 1 mm long overall, which still contained lipid reserves, indicating capacity for wide dispersal
Tunnicliffe, V., S.K. Juniper, and M.E. DE BURGH. 1985. The Hydrothermal Vent Community on Axial Seamount Juan-De-Fuca Ridge North America. JONESBulletin of the Biological Society of Washingtonpp. 453-464
Turner, D.L., R.B. Forbes, and C.W. Naeser. 1973. Radiometric Ages of Kodiak Seamount and Giacomini Guyot, Gulf of Alaska: Implications for Circum-Pacific Tectonics. Science 182(4112): 579-581
Abstract: Kodiak Seamount and Giacomini Guyot have been dated at 22.6 ¦ 1.1 and 19.9 ¦ 1.0 [2 (standard deviation)] x 106 years, respectively. Concordant whole-rock and plagioclase potassium-argon dates and fission-track apatite ages demonstrate that significant quantities of excess radiogenic 40Ar are not present in the dated samples. These seamounts are the northwesternmost edifices of the Pratt-Welker chain, which cuts obliquely across magnetic anomaly patterns in an older northeastern Pacific sea floor. The older of the two dated seamounts is in the Aleutian Trench, apparently about to be subducted. If one assumes that seamounts are generated by plate motion over a fixed hot spot in the mantle, a Pacific-plate motion of 6.6 centimeters per year during early Miocene time may be calculated.
Turnewitsch, R., J.L. Reyss, D.C. Chapman, and L.R.S.. 2004. Evidence for a Sedimentary Fingerprint of an Asymmetric Flow Field Surrounding a Short Seamount. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 222: 1023-1036
Abstract: Physical oceanographic modeling and field studies have shown that kilometer-scale seafloor elevations of comparable breadth and width (abyssal hills, knolls, seamounts) are surrounded by complex flow fields. Asymmetric flow fields, reversed flow and closed streamlines around the topographic feature (Taylor caps), and resonantly amplified tidal currents around the seamount rim potentially control near-bottom particle dynamics, particle deposition at the seafloor and, consequently, the formation of the sedimentary record. We combine numerical modeling and field data to study how such topographically controlled flow-field features are reflected in the sedimentary record. Sediment deposition on a topographically isolated abyssal knoll (height: 900 m) on the Porcupine Abyssal Plain in the Northeast Atlantic (water depth above the abyssal plain: 4850 m) was studied, (1) by comparing the spatial distribution of Pb-210 fluxes, calculated from inventories of sedimentary excess Pb-210, with Pb-210 input from the water column as recorded by sediment traps; and (2) by comparing sedimentary grain-size distributions and Zr/Al ratios (an indicator for contents of the heavy mineral zircon) at slope, summit and far-field sites. Given Rossby numbers greater than or equal to 0.23, a fractional seamount height of similar to 0.2, and the absence of diurnal tides it is concluded that an asymmetric flow field without Taylor cap and without amplified tidal currents around the seamount rim is the principal flow-field feature at this knoll. The results and conclusions are as follows: (1) Geochemical and grain-size patterns in the sedimentary record largely agree with the predicted pattern of flow intensity around the topographic elevation: with increasing current strength (erosiveness) there is evidence for a growing discrepancy between water column-derived and sediment-derived Pb-210-fluxes, and for increasing contents of larger and heavier particles. The topographically controlled flow field distorts a homogeneous particle-flux input signal from the ocean interior and results in kilometer-scale differences of the amount and composition of the deposited material. (2) The fact that, at the summit, the sediment-derived Pb-210 flux is lower than the water-column-derived Pb-210 flux indicates that the passing water is partly advected around and partly advected over the knoll. (3) The orientation of the sedimentary pattern indicates that at least during the past 100 years ( similar to 5 Pb-210 half lives) northward currents prevailed within the lowest similar to 1000 in of the water column on the Porcupine Abyssal Plain. The fact that the modelled spatial current-velocity distribution shows a better match with sedimentary velocity (erosiveness) proxies at higher than at lower inflow velocities suggests that mean far-field current velocities might have been higher in at least the past 100 years as compared to today. More comprehensive studies of this kind could provide information on paleo-changes of the orientation and current velocity of flow fields in the deep ocean.
Turpaeva, E.P.. 1974. The Pygnogonids of the Scotia Sea and the Surrounding Waters. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 98: 277-305
Turpaeva, E.P.. 1990. Pygnogonida From Southern Atlantic. Transactions of the P.P.Shirshov Institute of Oceanology [Trudy Instituta Okeanologii AN USSR] 126: 108-126
Tyler, P.A. and H. Zibrowius. 1992. Submersible Observations of the Invertebrate Fauna on the Continental Slope South-West of Ireland (NE Atlantic Ocean). Oceanologica Acta (Paris) 15(2): 211-226
Tyler, P.A. and J.D. Gage. 1978. Reproductive Ecology of Deep Sea Ophiuroids from the Rockall Trough. in: Cyclic Phenomena in Marine Plants and Animals, E.Naylor and R.G.Hartnoll [eds.], Pergamon Press, Oxford, pp. 215-222
Tyler, P.A., A.D. Ansell, R.N. Gibson, and M. Barnes. 1995. Conditions for the Existence of Life at the Deep-Sea Floor: An Update. Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review 33: 221-224
Abstract: The physical and chemical variables that determine the distribution of deep-sea fauna at the sea bed are re-evaluated from the observations of Menzies 30 years ago. To the unitary variables described by Menzies must be added suspended material, energy availability and current flow. These additional data support the concept that the deep sea is a much more variable environment than was originally predicted. The most profound understanding of deep-sea processes comes from interdisciplinary studies such as the high Energy Benthic Boundary Layer Experiment, and studies in submarine canyons and around seamounts. Although the physical environment determines the large-scale and some small-scale processes, it is the biological modification of highly localized areas that leads to the small-scale spatial heterogeneity that is believed to be responsible for the high species diversity in the deep sea
U.S.National Imagery and Mapping Agency. 2001. Geographical Names Database. http:/www.nima.mil/gns/html
UCHUPI, E. and R.D. BALLARD. 1989. Evidence of Hydrothermal Activity on Marsili Seamount Tyrrhenian Basin Mediterranean Sea. Deep-Sea Research Part A Oceanographic Research Papers 36(9): 1443-1448
UNESCO. 1984. Productivity and Processes in Island Marine. Ecosystems. Unesco Rep. Mar. Sci, Rep. 27, p. -130
US Board of Geographic Names. 1938. Decisions Rendered Between July 1, 1973 and June 30, 1938.US Board of Geographic Names Decisions. Decisions of the United States Board on Geographcal Names., Washington, United States Government Printing Office
Uchida, R.N.. 1986. Pentacerotidae, pelagic armorhead. in: Fishery Atlas of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, R.N.Uchida and J.H.Uchiyama [eds.]
Uchida, R.N. and D.T. Tagami. 1984. Groundfish Fisheries and Research in the Vicinity of Seamounts in the North Pacific Ocean. Marine Fisheries Review 46(2): 1-17
Abstract: The trawl fishery over the central North Pacific seamounts expanded rapidly after 1967 when exploratory fishing by Soviet trawlers demonstrated commercial conconcentrations of pelagic armorhead, Pentaceros richardsoni , and smaller quantities of alfonsin, Beryx splendens . In 1969, Japanese trawlers entered the fishery but developmental problems led to wide catch fluctuations in 1969-71. After 1971, catches stabilized and then peaked at 34,538 metric tons in 1974. Hancock Seamounts, within the 200-mile U.S. Fishery Conservation Zone around the Hawaiian Archipelago, were fished in 1972-76 by Japanese trawlers, producing annual catches from 653 to 8,518 metric tons. In 1978-81, U.S. observers accompanied 3 Japanese trawlers which made 6 trips to Hancock Seamouts. Observer data indicated that the pelagic armorhead stock had recovered to some extent from the intense fishing prior to 1977. The catch per unit of effort in 1980 and 1981 improved and showed an upward trend
Uchida, R.N. and J.H. Uchiyama. 1986. Fishery Atlas of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Rep. 38, NOAA Technical Report, pp. 1-142
Uchida, R.N., J.H. Uchiyama, R.L. Humphreys, Jr., and D.T. Tagami. 1980. Biology, distribution, and estimates of apparent abundance of the spiny lobster, Palinurus marginatus (Quoy and Gaimard), in waters of the northwestern Hawaiian Islands: Part I. Distribution in relation to depth and geographical areas and estimates of ap. in: Proceedings of the Second Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the NW Hawaiian Islands., April 24-25, R.W.Grigg and R.T.Pfund [eds.], Honolulu, Hawaii, pp. 121-130
Uchida, R.N., S. Hayasi, and G.W. Boehlert. 1986. Environment and Resources of Seamounts in the North Pacific : Proceedings of a Workshop, March 21-23, 1984, Shimizu, Japan /. p. 105
Uchiyama, J.H.. 1980. Survey of the Pelagic Fishes of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. R.W.Grigg and R.T.Pfund [eds.], Proceedings of the Second Symposium on Status of Resource Investigations in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, April 24-25, Honolulu, Hawaii, pp. 251-263
Uchiyama, J.H. and J.D. Sampaga. 1990. Age Estimation and Composition of Pelagic Armorhead Pseudopentaceros-Wheeleri From the Hancock Seamounts North Pacific Ocean. U S National Marine Fisheries Service Fishery Bulletin 88(1): 217-222
Abstract: In this study, we determined which hard part is the most suitable for estimating armorhead age and determined the temporal meaning of perceived daily growth increments and apparent annual check marks on the sagitta, the preferred hard part. Chikuni (1970) and Vasil'kov and Borets (1975) used annuli on scales to estimate age, but their estimates did not agree. Furthermore, neither study used validation procedures, nor did they document the area of collection. The criteria we developed were used to estimate the age composition of pelagic armorhead captured on Southeast Hancock Seamount
Uchupi, E., J.D. Phillips, and K.E. Prada. 1970. Origin and Structure of the New England Seamount Chain. pp. 483-494, 6
Uda, M. and M. Ishino. 1958. Enrichment Patterns Resulting From Eddy Systems in Relation to Fishing Grounds.. Journal of the Tokyo University of Fisheries 44: 105-129
Uiblein, F., A. Geldmacher, F. Koester, W. Nellen, and G. Kraus. 1999. Species Composition and Depth Distribution of Fish Species Collected in the Area of the Great Meteor Seamount, Eastern Central Atlantic, During Cruise M42/3 With Seventeen New Records. Ciencias marinas(5): 49-85
Abstract: During cruise M42/3 with the RV Meteor to the Great Meteor Seamount, Eastern Central Atlantic, a total of 113,153 fishes belonging to 45 species were collected at 19 sampling stations between the surface and 1099 m depth. Seventeen species proved to be new records for this area. Larger predatory fishes such as the shark Heptranchias perlo and Zenopsis conchifer were caught at a much higher frequency compared to earlier sampling activities carried out in 1967 and 1970. These results are mainly due to the more efficient gear, the wider depth range sampled, and the higher variety of collecting methods employed with bottom trawl, pelagic trawl, bottom trap, bottom longline, and vertical longline. Apart from a single surface-dwelling species Coryphaena hippurus, fishes of the following 3 ecological groups were collected: diurnal migrators between the bottom of the seamount and the epipelagic above it such as the chub mackerel Scomber japonicus and the horse mackerel Trachurus picturatus, 33 species of plateau dwellers occurring at the oval-shaped plateau, between 266 and 426 m, and nine slope-dwellers collected with vertical longline, at depths of between ca. 600 and 1100 m along the steep slope of this table-like seamount. Macroramphosus scolopax together with the form M. gracilis and Capros aper occurred at particularly high numbers in all areas of the plateau. Variations in depth distribution and abundance among several plateau-associated species suggest the existence of a shallower and a deeper living subgroup. A zoogeographic comparison of the total of 53 fish species known from the Great Meteor Seamount with other areas in the Atlantic, the Mediterreanean and the IndoPacific revealed strong affinities with the African coast, Madeira, and the Canary Islands. While only a single species, Protogrammus sousai, is endemic, a considerable portion of the other species show a world-wide distribution. Compared to other areas, the composition of the fish fauna of the Great Meteor Seamount is peculiar especially with regard to the frequent occurrence of the shark Heptranchias perlo, the dominance of epibenthic plankton and nekton feeders, and the low abundance of typical benthic species at the plateau except for Phycis phycis. The latter species may have undergone adaptive differentiation in body form as indicated by a preliminary morphometric comparison. These results support the view that a distinct fish community occurs in the area of the Great Meteor Seamount. [Abstract edited for length]
Ujiie, H.. 2003. A 370-Ka Paleoceanographic Record From the Hess Rise, Central North Pacific Ocean, and an Indistinct 'Kuroshio Extension'. Marine Micropaleontology 49(1): 21-47
Abstract: A 5 m long core (NP36) collected from the Hess Rise in the central North Pacific Ocean (34¦11.7'N, 179¦15.4'E, water depth 2664 m) was analyzed for benthic and planktonic foraminifera. This core yields a continuous record for the last ca. 370 000 years according to the oxygen isotope stratigraphy. Cross-spectral analysis of down-core variations in planktonic d18O values correlates well with the SPECMAP reference scale allowing recognition of marine isotope stages (MIS) down to MIS 10 and the d18O variations coincide well with the changes in sea surface temperature derived using the modern analogue technique. Time-series analyses of mass accumulation rates (MAR) of planktonic and benthic foraminifera were also performed along with analysis of variations in faunal composition. MAR of planktonic foraminifera display maxima during glacial periods which, together with coincident changes in lightness (L*) of sediment measured with the spectrophotometer, strongly suggests increasing flux of eolian dust to the Hess Rise due to strengthened westerly winds. However, MAR of benthic foraminifera including Epistominella exigua, a common typical phytodetritus feeder, also display highest increases during some interglacial periods (i.e. MIS 5 and 7). The benthic MAR maxima are thought to reflect variations in consumption patterns between benthic and planktonic species. A proposed hypothesis that vigorous grazing of phytoplanktons occurred during glacial periods reducing the flux of phytodetritus to the sea floor in turn impacting and limiting production of benthic foraminifera with the opposite effect prevailing during interglacial periods. Down-core variations in right-coiling Neogloboquadrina pachyderma abundance and the composition of planktonic foraminiferal faunas indicate the Subarctic Front did not shift southward over the study site during the past 370 000 years. Alternatively, variations in faunal composition indicate that Subtropical Water prevailed in the study area throughout this period. No clear faunal evidence of the presence of the 'Kuroshio Extension' was found in core NP36 reflecting the loss of heat and tropical faunal elements from this water mass as it flowed eastward during late Quaternary climatic maxima and minima.
Valentine, J.W. and E.M. Moores. 2008. Plate Tectonics and the History of Life in the Oceans. Scientific American 230(4): 80-89
Valle-Levinson, A., A.T. Castro, G.G. de Velasco, and R.G. Armas. 2004. Diurnal Vertical Motions Over a Seamount of the Southern Gulf of California. Journal of Marine Systems 50(1-2): 61-77
Abstract: A 6-month time series of velocity and scattered sound intensity profiles is used to document diurnal vertical motions over a seamount. El Bajo Espiritu Santo, in the southern Gulf of California, Mexico. The vertical motions persisted throughout the period cf measurements and is a noteworthy finding in this study. Data were collected with a 153.6-kHz acoustic Doppler current profiler (ADCP) deployed in water similar to 300 m deep between June 19 and December 8, 1999. Vertical velocities and scattered sound intensity anomalies recorded by the ADCP showed a well-defined diurnal periodicity throughout the period of observation. Peaks of both variables coincided with the timing of sunrises and sunsets and featured phase shifts consistent with upward or downward motions. It was likely that the diurnal peaks in vertical velocities and scattered sound intensity anomalies were associated with motions of the deep scattering layer that depicted vertical migrations of euphausiids and other zooplanktonic groups. This was suggested by plankton samples collected over the seamount early in the deployment and also given the frequency of the emitted sound and the documented dominant taxa of El Bajo Espiritu Santo. Typical upward velocities, at sunset, were 3 cm/s while downward velocities, at sunrise, were 4 cm/s over vertical spans of 100 - 150 m. The persistence of diurnal vertical motions throughout the 6 months of measurements was attributed to injections of zooplankton swarms from other parts of the Gulf of California by means of near-surface advective fluxes. Once in the area of the seamount, continued vertical migrations effected by the zooplankton groups probably reduced their chances of being swept away from this area as subtidal flows at depth were considerably weaker ( < 5 cm/s) than those near the surface (> 10 cm/s) and frequently in opposite direction. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved
Van Dover, C.. 2000. The Ecology of Deep-Sea Hydrothermal Vents..
Van der Linden, W.. 1970. Morphology of the Tasman Sea Floor31. New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics 13(1): 282-291
Vasilenko, A.V. and T.G. Sokolovskaya. 1989. On Mass Penetrations of the Japanese Horsemackerel, Trachurus Japonicus, and the Black Filefish, Navodon Modestus, into the Open Waters of the Northwestern Pacific Ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 29: 99-102
Vasilev, B.I. and N.A. Shilo. 1988. Osnovnye Cherty Geologicheskogo Stroeniia Severo-Zapadnoi Chasti Tikhogo Okeana. p. 191
Vastano, A.C. and B.A. Warren. 1976. Perturbations to the Gulf Stream by Atlantis II Seamount. Deep-Sea Research 23(8): 681-694
Abstract: In a search for a natural occurrence of Taylor-column effects, salinity-temp-depth (STD) observations were made in the Gulf Stream as it passed over Atlantis II Seamount. Although the stream path changed markedly during the course of the observations, one 5-day set of stations seems to provide a quasi-synoptic picture of the flow. Maps, based on this subset, of potential temp at 8 levels between 200 and 3500 m show deflections and distortions of isotherms near the seamount, and warm- core and cold-core eddies in its lee. The eddies are probably a consequence of the recent incursion of the Stream onto the seamount, while the other features seem qualitatively intelligible in terms of existing Taylor- column theory. From the data available, however, it is not possible to tell with certainty if there was a region of closed streamlines just above the seamount.
Vastano, A.C., D.E. Hagan, and G.J. McNally. 1985. Lagrangian Observations of Surface Circulation at the Emperor Seamount Chain. Journal of Geophysical Research: C.Oceans 90(C2): 3325-3331
Abstract: In a Kuroshio tracking experiment initiated in February 1977, two satellite-reporting buoys, drogued to 100-m depth, were released southeast of Kuyshu Island, Japan. These drifters crossed the Shatskiy Rise in the Kuroshio Extension during May and October and then traversed the Emperor Seamount Chain. Although they reached the chain 117 days apart, their movements near the seamounts display remarkably similar patterns, demonstrating upstream meanders in the surface flow; cyclonic eddy activity immediately west of the chain; passage through the same gap associated with the Jingu and Nintoku seamounts; and a wavelike pattern present over the Hess Rise east of the chain. One drifter exhibited cyclonic eddy motion east of the chain in the lee of the Kinmei Seamount
Venrick, E.L.. 1991. Mid-Ocean Ridges and Their Influence on the Large-Scale Patterns of Chlorophyll and Production in the North Pacific. Deep-Sea Research Part A: Oceanographic Research Papers 38: S83-S102
Vereshchaka, A.L.. 1995. Distribution of Benthopelagic Shrimps Over Continental Slopes and Seamounts of the Western Indian Ocean. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 35(4): 574-578
Abstract: Distribution of abundance and biomass as well as the age structures of the populations of benthopelagic shrimps were studied over seamounts and continental slopes in the Western Indian Ocean. The results are based on 39 horizontal and 15 near-bottom trawl samples 30 - 1000 m above the sea-floor, and on 30 pairs of net samples taken with a towed vehicle "Zvuk-Geo" 2 and 30 m above the sea-floor. The samples were taken during the 17th cruise of the R/V "Vityaz" (1988 - 1989). Patterns of the shrimp distributi
Vereshchaka, A.L.. 1990. The Vertical Distribution of Euphausiids, Pelagic Decapods and Mysids in Near-Bottom Layer in the Western Indian Ocean. [Vertikal'Noe Raspredelenie Ehufauziid, Pelagicheskikh Dekapod i Mizid v Pridonnom Sloe v Zapadnoj Chasti Indijskogo Okeana.]. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 30(1): 94-98
Abstract: Based on 30 pairs of hauls performed by trap net in 2 and 30 m layers above the bottom during the cruise of the R/V Vityaz in October 1988-January 1989 the analysis was made of vertical distribution of 36 taxons of euphausiids, pelagic decapods and mysids. The abundance of the animals below 200 mm long was considerably lower in 2 m layer than in 30 m, whereas the abundance of shrimps over 20 mm long increased just near the bottom. In 2 m layer the proportion of adult euphausiids decreased and share of adult mysids, pelagic shrimps and settling larval demersal decapods increased. Visual estimates of macroplankton abundance were made above the Walters Seamount in the 0-2 m layer. Maximum values in daytime and at night corresponded to the depths of 980 m. At night macroplankton at the depth over 700 m above the sandy ground was less abundant than in daytime
Vereshchaka, A.L.. 1994. Distribution of Pelagic Macroplancton [Sic] (Mysids, Euphausiids, Decapods) Over Continental Slope and Seamound [Sic] of the Western Indian Ocean. Okeanologiya/Oceanology (Moscow) 34(1): 81-86
Abstract: Distributions of numbers, biomass, and sizes of 18 species belonging to mysids, euphausiids, and decapods dwelling in the vicinities of seamounts and continental slopes of the Western Indian Ocean, has been reported. Conclusions are based upon materials of 39 horizontal and 15 near-bottom trawl samples at 30 - 1000 m above bottom, obtained during 17th Voyage of R/V ''Vityaz'' (1989 - 1990). Patterns of distribution of pelagic animals in the vicinity of the sea-floor have revealed: (1) rize of lines of equal numbers, biomass, and sizes over slopes up to the lesser depth than in the open-ocean, and (2) abrupt decreasing of numbers, biomass, and sizes at 200 - 400 and less m above the sea-floor. These patterns appear not to depend upon taxonomical site of species, the depths of their dwelling, and their feeding. Possible cause leading to these patterns, are discussed
Vereshchaka, A.L.. 1995. Macroplankton in the Near-Bottom Layer of Continental Slopes and Seamounts. Deep-Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 42(9): 1639-1668
Abstract: Distributions of mysids, euphausiids, shrimps and bottom-dwelling decapod larvae have been studied to reveal their relation to the sea bottom. A total of about 200,000 specimens belonging to 178 species and closer unidentified taxa has been examined. The material has been taken by R.V. Professor Shtokman in the Southeast Pacific (1987-1988) and by R.V. Vityazin the western Indian Ocean (1989-1990) by sampling at depths of 1500 m and less over seamounts and continental slopes. In addition, aquarium observations on five species and analyses of the gut contents of 14 species have been carried out. Two principal groups of animals have proved to live in the near-bottom layer: pelagic (independent of the bottom) and benthopelagic (related to the bottom). They appear to differ in all studied aspects: distribution, behaviour and feeding. The benthopelagic animals are divided into three subgroups with finer ecological differences: hypo-, epi-, and amphibenthopelagic. The patterns of their distribution and migrations, the near-bottom biological zonation and its relation to the benthic boundary and benthic nepheloid layers are discussed, with (re)definitions of the terms used
Vereshchaka, A.L.. 2005. New Species of Galatheidae (Crustacea: Anomura: Galatheoidea) From Volcanic Seamounts Off Northern New Zealand. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 85(1): 137-142
Abstract: Two new species of Munida (M. gordoni and M. grieveae) and one new species of Agononida (A. nielbrucei) arc described from volcanic seamounts off northern New Zealand (RV 'Tangaroa', National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research (NIWA), New Zealand). Description of new species and preliminary examination of NIWA collections reveal unusually high endemism of volcanic seamount populations of Galatheidae.
Vereshchaka, A.L.. 1989. Mysids From Seamounts of Nasca and Sala-y-Gomez Ridges. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 124: 118-128
Vereshchaka, A.L.. 1989. Distribution of Euphausiids Over Seamounts of Nasca and Sala-y-Gomez Ridges. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 124: 112-117
Vereshchaka, A.L.. 1989. Pelagic Decapods From Seamounts of Nasca and Sala-y-Gomez Ridges. Trudy Instituta okeanologii Akademia NAUK (SSSR) 124: 129-155
Vereshchaka, A.L.. 1994. Pelagic and Benthopelagic Planktonic Decapods, Mysids and Euphausiids: List of Species. Arthropoda Selecta 3(3/4): 57-66
Abstract: About 200 thousand mysids, euphausiids, planktonic shrimps and decapod larvae collected in the Southeast Pacific in 1987-88 and in the western Indian Ocean in 1989-90 from a depth range of 0-1500 m over seamounts and continental slopes have been measured and identified as belonging to 177 species. These planktonic crustaceans have been divided into 2 groups, pelagic and benthopelagic, with further subdivision of the latter. A list of species with reference to their mode of life is provided
Vergara, H.P. and Y. Rappaport. 1999. ESC: A Polygenetic Seamount Chain. Revista de Biologia Marina y Oceanografia 34(1): 115-118
Verhoef, J.. 1984. A Geophysical Study of the Atlantis-Meteor Seamount Complex [Een Geofysische Studie Van Het Atlantis-Meteor Seamount Complex : Met Een Samenvatting in Het Nederlands]. p. 153
Verlaan, P.A.. 1992. Benthic Recruitment and Manganese Crust Formation on Seamounts. Marine Biology 113(1): 171-174
Abstract: Hydrogenous ferromanganese crusts are a common feature of oceanic seamounts, forming slowly (predominantly at 1 to 5 mm/m.yr through precipitation from seawater, by a process that is poorly understood yet producing crusts of thicknesses up to 240 mm. It remains unexplained why crusts are not overwhelmed by more rapid biological processes occurring simultaneously. The present study of recruitment by sessile invertebrates to ferromanganese crusts and basalt on Cross Seamount (18.degree.40'N; 158.degree.17'W), North Pacific Ocean, from July 1988 to February 1990 supports the view that hydrogenesis alone may not adequately account for crust formation. Here, mediation of crust growth by benthic Foraminifera and inhibition of ferromanganese oxide precipitation by high abundances of sessile macrofauna are suggested as two interactive biological processes relevant to crust accretion. Larval supply is an important factor in the distribution of sessile macrofauna on oceanic seamounts
Vermeer, K., J.D. Fulton, and S.G. Sealy. 1985. Differential Use of Zooplankton Prey by Ancient Murrelets and Cassin's Auklets in the Queen Charlotte Islands. Journal of Plankton Research 7(4): 443-459
Abstract: The distribution at sea and the food of two similar sized plankton-feeding alcids were examined during the 1981 breeding seasons in the northwestern Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. The two alcids, the Ancient murrelet (Synthliboramphus antiquus ) and the Cassin's auklet (Ptychoramphus aleuticus ) have different chick-rearing strategies. Both species fed predominantly at the shelf break, although the Cassin's auklet also foraged over seamounts. The feeding distributions of the species appears to be related to those of their prey. Zooplankton sampling indicated that each alcid selects a small and different portion of the zooplankton available in surface waters. The Ancient murrelet's main foods were euphausiids (Thysanoessa spinifera and Euphausia pacifica ) and larval and juvenile fishes. The Cassin's auklet chicks fed chiefly on calanoid copepods (Neocalanus cristatus ), euphausiids (mostly Thysanoessa longipes in 1981, but in other years also Thysanoessa spinifera ), and larval and juvenile fishes
Vermeij, G.J. and P. Bouchet. 1998. New Pisaniinae (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Buccinidae) From New Caledonia, With Remarks on Cantharus and Related Genera. Zoosystema 20(3): 471-485
Abstract: The genera Cantharus Roding, 1798, Pollia Gray in Sowerby, 1834, and Cancellopollia n.g. (type species: C. gracilis n.sp.), are pisaniine buccinids having a small tooth (labral spine) at the edge of the crenulated outer lip. As defined and restricted here, these genera have a mainly Indo-West Pacific distribution. Cantharus septemcostatus n.sp., Pollia pellita] n.sp., Cancellopollia gracilis n.sp., and C.ustulata n.sp., are reported from deep water in the New Caledonia region, and Cantharus leucotaeniatus Kosuge, 1985 and Pollia vicdani (Kosuge, 1984) n.comb. are reported from Vanuatu. Despite a narrow bathymetric (415-560 m) and horizontal (Northernmost Norfolk Ridge) distribution, Cancellopollia gracilis exhibits remarkable variation, with highly localised morphs
Vinnichenko, V.I.. 1997. Vertical Diurnal Migrations of the Slender Alfonsino Beryx Splendens (Berycidae) at the Underwater Rises of the Open North Atlantic. Journal of Ichthyology 37: 438-444
Abstract: The diurnal migrations of the alfonsino Beryx splendens at the underwater rises of the North Atlantic depend mainly on the vertical movements of its food organisms included in the sound scattering layer (SSL). During the course of a day, the SSL distribution depth depends on the changes in the illumination conditions of the sea by the sun and the moon. In the investigation regions, two-layer SSL are usually recorded. The upper layer consists mainly of euphausiids (the basic food objects for immature alfonsino), and the lower layer is a concentration of small mesopelagic fishes (the basic food for large mature alfonsino). The spatial isolation of the food objects determines the different nature of the large and small alfonsino vertical migrations. According to the results of the studies, the author revealed five types of the alfonsino's vertical migrations. On the basis of these results, the recommendations on the short-term forecast of the conditions for its fishing are determined.
Vinnichenko, V.I.. 1996. Russian Investigations and Deep Water Fishery on the Corner Rising Seamount in Subarea 6. Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Organization Scientific Council Studies, pp. 41-49
Abstract: Investigations and fishery on deep water fish at the eastern area of the Sargasso Sea on the Corner Rising seamounts (34-37degreeN, 47-53degreeW) in NAFO Subarea 6 have been conducted by the Soviet Union/Russia since 1976. The total catch taken during the period amount to more than 19 000 tons. The most important species of this fishery was Alfonsino (Beryx splendens). Besides Alfonsino, black scabbard fish (Aphanopus carbo), wreckfish (Polyprion americanus), barrelfish (Hyperoglyphe perciforma), cardinal fish (Epigonus telescopes and flint-perch (Hoplostethus mediterraneus) were also of commercial importance on the Corner Rising. Biological observations on the main species, including spawning and feeding habits, distribution and formation of deepwater aggregation, and hydrographic conditions are described. Noting the limited stock sizes observed during this long-term study, an international management of the fisheries is advised
Vinnichenko, V.I.. 1998. Alfonsino (Beryx Splendens) Biology and Fishery on the Seamounts in the Open North Atlantic. ICES. Counc. Meet. of the Int. Counc. for the Exploration of the Sea, Cascais (Portugal), 16-19 Sep 1998, Copenhagen, p. -8
Abstract: Aggregations of Alfonsino (Beryx splendens) on the seamounts in the open North Atlantic were discovered for the first time about two decades ago. In total approximately 25 thou.t of Alfonsino were caught since that time, and virtually all catches have been taken onboard vessels of the USSR/Russia. Alfonsino was represented in trawl catches by specimens ranging from 15 to 59 cm fork length and weight ranging from 0. 1 to 3.6 kg. Spawning of Alfonsino is intermittent and is observed during summer. Alfonsino were reported to feed on mesopelagic fish species, crustaceans and squids. Behavior and distribution of Alfonsino were noted to show considerable variability. The main factor which appeared to determine a pattern of Alfonsino vertical migrations was the vertical shifting of its food organisms. The latter, in turn, were closely related to variations in light penetration into the sea and hydro-meteorological conditions. Horizontal migrations of Alfonsino have been observed to be limited by the area of seamounts. Trawl fishery of Alfonsino is rather difficult because of the ragged relief of the seamounts, hard bottom and variability of fish aggregations. Biomass of Alfonsino appears to be comparatively low, in the period 1976-1995 it constituted about 50-80 thou.t. Heavy fishery in the recent years had a negative impact on Alfonsino stocks. On condition fishery ban is observed, restoration of the stocks shall be expected no sooner than in 4-5 years
Vinnichenko, V.I., K.V. Gorchinskij, and V.N. Shibanov. 1994. Fishery Resources of Some Northern Mid-Atlantic Ridge Seamounts From Data Obtained During the RAMUEHN Trawler Cruise in September-October 1993. [Prmyslovo- Biologicheskaya Kharakzeristika Nekotorykh Podvodnykh...]. V.N.Shlejnik, Murmansk (Russia), Izd.Pinro, Materials of the Pinro Session Devoted to Results of Studies in 1993 [Materialy Otchetnoj Sessi Po Itogam Nir Pinro V 1993]pp. 181-198
Abstract: Thirty-two fish species from 19 families were recorded in bottom trawl catches taken during the survey of 11 submarine elevations between 42 and 50 degree N. The catches of alfonsino (Beryx splendens), bigeye (Epigonus telescopus), roundnose grenadier (Coryphaenoides rupestris) and orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus) which are of commercial interest are analyzed for size composition, maturity stages and food habits
Vinogradov, M.E. and G.M. Vinogradov. 1991. Amphipods Caught by a Bottom Trap on the Underwater Nazca Ridge. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 70(6): 32-38
Voronina, N.M. and A.G. Timonin. 1986. Zooplankton of the Region of Seamounts in the Western Indian Ocean. Oceanology 26(6): 745-748
Abstract: The distribution of about 100 zooplankton species (copepods, chaetognaths and euphausiids) above the slopes and peaks of seamounts Equator and Fred was analysed. The regions investigated are similar in plankton composition and abundance and can be considered as tyical for Equatorial zone. No regular differences in species composition and abundance and in the character of their vertical distribution were found between regions of summits, slopes and feet of the mountains. Ascent of the upper boundary of the deepsea species in the peak regions was not observed
Voros, A.. 2005. The Smooth Brachiopods of the Mediterranean Jurassic: Refugees or Invaders?. Palaeogeography Palaeoclimatology Palaeoecology 223: 222-242
Abstract: The Jurassic brachiopod fauna of the Alpine-Mediterranean region is dominated by smooth rhynchonellids and spiriferinids and sulcate or perforate terebratulids, in contrast to the typical coarsely ribbed brachiopods of the contemporaneous European and African epicontinental areas. The best studied example of the Mediterranean brachiopod province is the Pliensbachian fauna of the Bakony Mountains (Hungary). There the five most abundant genera are all smooth (Linguithyris, Securithyris, Apringia, Bakonyithyris, Pisirhynchia). These smooth genera represent different morphological types (sulcate, axiniform, uniplicate). Phylogenetically related forms are known from several evolutionary lineages of discontinuous record ranging from the Triassic to the Recent. The Triassic-Jurassic and the Neogene-Recent parts of these evolutionary lineages are represented by several genera, while in the Late Cretaceous-Paleogene interval they seemingly disappear, at least they have no record. The Recent relatives of the above Pliensbachian genera live mostly in the deep sea: three are shallow bathyal (200-400 m), three deep bathyal (800-1200 m) and three abyssal (2000-4500 m). The abyssal genera occur mainly in the East Pacific. The geographical distribution of the bathyal genera shows peculiar features: they are more or less confined to the western sides of the great ocean basins (West Pacific, West Indian Ocean, Caribbean region) and they are ''thalassobathyal'', i.e., they are living on submarine plateaus, seamounts or island aprons and not on the continental slopes. This pattern, extrapolated to the past, shows good analogy with the Jurassic palaeogeographical model developed for the western part of the Tethys Ocean. It is hypothesized that smooth, mainly sulcate, articulate brachiopods flourished in the bathyal or even abyssal zones during the Palaeozoic; they were not refugees but formed well-adapted communities. This stable, conservative fauna may have survived the crises manifested in the shelf seas and, in cases of appropriate palaeogeographical situations, may have implanted its descendants to the shallow bathyal or even sublittoral regions of the western margins of the ocean basins. The Mediterranean microcontinent system at the western part of the Jurassic Tethys might have been such an invaded region. Correlation between plate tectonic changes of ocean/continent configurations, the presence of ocean basins closed on the west, and the occurrence of smooth articulate brachiopod groups in shallow bathyal to sublittoral settings collectively suggest that the deep-water forms invaded the shallow environments of the western Tethys in Early Mesozoic times and the W Pacific and W Indian Oceans in the Neogene. They stayed in the deep-sea reservoir when a circum-equatorial ocean existed in the Late Mesozoic.
Vozzhinskaya, V.B., I.V. Keilis-Borok, and V.S. Kuzin. 1990. Deep-Water Macrophytes of Atlantic Seamounts. Biologiia Moria(3): 60-62
WWF. 2001. Implementation of the EU Habitats Directive Offshore: Natura 2000 Sites for Reefs and Submerged Sandbanks: Vol. IV The Reefs Inventory. WWF
WWF. 2001. Implementation of the EU Habitats Directive Offshore: Natura 2000 Sites for Reefs and Submerged Sandbanks. Vol. II: Northeast Atlantic and North Sea. WWF
WWF. 2003. Implementation of the EU Habitats Directive Offshore: Natura 2000 Sites for Reefs and Submerged Sandbanks. Vol. I: Introduction and Rationale. WWF
WWF/IUCN. 2001. The Status of Natural Resources on the High-Seas. Gland, Switzerland, p. -93
Wada, H., T. Naganuma, K. Fujioka, H. Kitazato, K. Kawamura, and Y. Akazawa. 1994. The Discovery of the Torishima Whale Bone Animal Community (TOWBAC) and Its Meaning -- the Results of Revisit Dives by the Shinkai 6500. [Torishima Geikotsu Dobutsu Gunshu (TOWBAC) No Hakken to Sono Igi--Shinkai 6500 Ni Yoru Saiho Senko Kekka.]. Jamstec J.Deep Sea Res./Jamstec Shinkai Kenkyu(10): 37-47
Abstract: During Dive #174 of Shinkai 6500, we revisited the Torishima Whale Bone Animal Community (TOWBACK), which was discovered near the top of the Torishima Seamount during Dive #148 in 1992. The mass of the biota was approximately the same as it had been upon observation one year previously. We collected a cochlia at central part of the side of the jaw bone, and determined that it was a tympanic bone (Timpanik Bullae) of the Bryde's Whale. We analysed the tube core samples collected during #148 dive in 1992 with respect to foraminiferal fauna, organic matter components and C/N ratio and mineralogy. The sediment collected from beneath the spinal bone was characterized by one species of Cassidulinoides of benthic foraminifera and a high concentration of specific fatty acids known to be contained in whale flesh. This means that the presence of organic matter derived from the Bryde's Whale and a special animal community powered by a chemosynthetic ecosystem developed under the reducing benthic environment
Wakabara, Y. and C.S. Serejo. 1999. Amathillopsidae and Epimeriidae (Crustacea, Amphipoda) From Bathyal Depths Off the Brazilian Coast. Zoosystema 21(4): 625-645
Walden, D.A. and D. Hoffman. 1977. Analysis of Wave Data From Cobb Seamount (46N, 130W). p. iii-69
Wang, M.C.. 1987. Ini and Its Resources. Report of the Taiwan Fisheries Research Institute 76(5): 1-32
Waren, A.. 1995. Description of Bathysciadium Xylophagum Waren and Carrozza, Sp.n. and Comments on Addisonia Excentrica (Tiberi) Two Mediterranean Cocculiniform Gastropods. Bollettino Malacologico 31(9-12): 231-266
Abstract: Bathysciadium costulatum (Locard, 1897) (Bathysciadiidae, Cocculiniformia, Gastropoda), the type species of Bathysciadium; B. pacificum Dall, 1908, type species of Bathypelta Moskalev, 1971;'and Bonus petrochenkoi Moskalev, 1973, type species of Bonus Moskalev, 1973; are redescribed and, as a result of the new information, Bathypelta and Bonus are considered synonyms of Bathysciadium. Bathysciadium xylophagum Waren & Carrozza, sp.n. is described from sunken driftwood in the Mediterranean. Addisonia excentrica (Tiberi, 1855) (Addisoniidae, Cocculiniformia, Gastropoda) is recorded from seamounts south of the Azores. The radula, shell, and soft parts are figured and compared with those of A. paradoxa Dall, 1882 from the western Atlantic. Previous assumptions of conspecificity are substantiated by this new, geographically intermediate, material and a detailed examination of radulae
Waren, A. and S. Gofas. 1997. A New Species of Monoplacophora, Redescription of the Genera Veleropilina and Rokopella, and New Information on Three Species of the Class. Zoologica Scripta 25(3): 215-232
Abstract: Vema levinae Waren, sp. n. is described from a submarine volcano off western Mexico. The type species of Rokopella and Veleropilina are redescribed, the usage of the names is discussed and Rokopella and Veleropilina are recognized as valid genera in Neopilinidae. Rokopella euglypta (Dautzenberg & Fischer, 1897) is redescribed from shells and a single live specimen taken from seamounts south of the Azores, from a depth of 1200-1600 m. Tectura reticulata Seguenza, 1876 (Gastropoda,'Acmaeidae', southern Italy, Upper Pliocene/Lower Pleistocene) is considered to have been based on the monoplacophoran species previously known as Neopilina zografi from the Mediterranean, and is classified in the genus Veleropilina. Veleropilina zografi (Dautzenberg & Fischer, 1896) is redescribed based on shells from several seamounts south of the Azores. It is considered distinct from Rokopella euglypta and classified in the genus Veleropilina. An undescribed species of Veleropilina from a seamount off southern Baja California is reported, figured and discussed but not formally described
Waren, A. and S. Gofas. 1996. Kaiparapelta Askewi McLean & Harasewych, 1995 (Gastropoda: Pseudococculinidae): a Spongivorous Cocculiniform Limpit and a Case of Remarkable Convergence in Radular Morphology. Haliotis 25: 107-116
Abstract: The first live taken specimens of Kaiparapelta askewi are reported from the Atlantis seamount in the North Atlantic. The habitat, external morphology of the soft parts, the radula and the shell are described. from the morphological and anatomic features, the classification in the Pseudococculinidae (Cocculiniformia) is confirmed, despite a radula which alone suggests more affinity to notaspidean or chromodorid opistobranchs. This is considered a convergence and is ascribed to assumed spongivory.
Warren, B.A.. 1962. Topographic Influences on the Path of the Gulf Stream. p. 1
Washington (State).Adjutant-General's Office. 1970. Washington Army National Guard After Action Report, Cobb Seamount. p. 136
Watanabe, T.. 1970. Morphology and Ecology of Early Stages of Life in Japanese Common Mackerel, Scomber Japonicus Houttyn, With Special Reference to Fluctuation of Population. Bulletin of the Tokai Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory 62: 1-283
Watanabe, Y., M. Ogura, and T. Tanabe. 1995. Migration of Skipjack Tuna, Katsuwonus Pelamis, in the Western Pacific Ocean, As Estimated From Tagging Data. Bulletin of Tohoku National Fisheries Research Institute(57): 31-60
Abstract: Data from tagged skipjack tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis) released north of 25 degree N in the western North Pacific from 1967 to 1992 and recaptured in subsequent years, were examined for migration patterns. Skipjack that migrated northwards at age 2 overwintered in sub-tropical waters. In the following year, a large portion of skipjack repeated the same northern migration as the 2 year-old fish, however a small fraction of the age 3 skipjack either remained in the overwintering area or migrated farther south. The two main migration patterns used by age 3 fish that underwent a northerly migration were either along the Mariana and Izu-Bonin Islands route, or along the Emperor Seamount route. A small portion of the age 3 fish migrated through the Satsunan waters. Tag recapture data shows clear movement of fish between Japanese waters and the Emperor Seamount waters
Watling, L. and E.A. Norse. 1998. Disturbance of the Seabed by Mobile Fishing Gear: a Comparison to Forest Clearcutting. Conservation Biology 12(6): 1180-1197
Watling, L. and S. Gerken. 1999. Two New Cumacean (Crustacea) Species From the Deep South Atlantic. Zoosystema 21(4): 661-669
Watts, A.B., D.T. Sandwell, W.H.F. Smith, and P. Wessel. 2006. Global Gravity, Bathymetry, and the Distribution of Submarine Volcanism Through Sapce and Time. Journal of Geophysical Research 111(B8): B08408
Abstract: The seafloor is characterized by numerous seamounts and oceanic islands which are mainly volcanic in origin. Relatively few of these features (
Weaks, M.L.. 1986. Satellite-Observed Influences of the New England Seamounts on Gulf Stream Meanders. p. ix-63
Webber, W.R. and J.D. Booth. 1995. A New Species of Jasus (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palinuridae) From the Eastern South Pacific Ocean. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 29(4): 613-622
Abstract: A new species of rock lobster, Jasus caveorum, is described from commercial catches taken on a non-emergent seamount in the eastern South Pacific Ocean. The species best fits the "frontalis subgroup" of the "lalandii group" of Jasus lobsters. J. caveorum is most similar to J. frontalis from the eastern South Pacific, but differs clearly from that species in having very little abdominal "squamous" sculpturing
Weigmann, R.. 1974. Investigations on the Distribution of the Euphausiids [Crustacea] Near and Above the Great Meteor Seamount. [Untersuchungen Zum Vorkommen Der Euphausiaceen [Crustacea] Im Bereich Der Grossen Meteorbank]. Issue #17, pp. 17-32
Wessel, P.. 2005. Sizes and Ages of Seamounts Using Remote Sensing: Implications for Intraplate Volcanism. Science 277(5327): 802-805
Abstract: Satellite altimetry was used to identify and characterize Pacific intraplate seamounts. The gravimetric amplitudes of seamounts appear to be related to the age difference between the sea floor and seamounts; by inverting this relation, pseudo ages can be obtained for undated seamounts, These pseudo ages imply that excursions in seamount volcanism generally correlate with times of formation of large oceanic plateaus.
Wessel, P.. 2001. Global Distribution of Seamounts Inferred From Gridded Geosat/ERS-1 Altimetry. Journal of Geophysical Research B 106(B9): 19431-19441
Abstract: Using a forward modeling approach based on an axisymmetric Gaussian seamount, I characterize the global seamount distribution by locating circular maxima in the gridded vertical gravity gradient field derived from altimetry collected by the Geosat and ERS-1 satellite missions. The global seamount distribution is long-tailed and resembles a power law distribution for seamounts in the height range 2-7 km. Smaller seamounts are not well isolated by my technique nor are they well resolved in the gridded data. Several factors are likely to influence the height of volcanic seamounts, such as melt availability, magma driving pressure, and plate thickness. The observed relationship between seamount gravimetric amplitudes and the age of the underlying seafloor implies that there is an upper limit on seamount heights. Whether a seamount will reach that height depends most likely on supply-side factors, such as melt availability and magma driving pressure, but the limiting height itself seems more likely to be controlled by the strength of the oceanic plate. Specifically, compressional stresses directly beneath the seamount as a consequence of the lithosphere's flexural response to loading may eventually exceed the magma driving pressure and prevent magma from reaching the surface, thus limiting the growth of the seamount. Because oceanic plate strength primarily is controlled by plate age, the limit on seamount height is inferred to be a simple function of plate age at the time of seamount emplacement. Using analytical solutions, I present a simple flexural model that predicts the observed global height-age relationship.
Wessel, P. and S. Lyons. 1997. Distribution of Large Pacific Seamount From Geosat/ERS-1: Implications for the History of Intraplate Volcanism. Journal of Geophysical Research 102(B10): 22459-22475
Wetherall, J.A.. 1987. Assessment of the Armorhead Stock on the Mid-Pacific Seamounts. Southwest Fisheries Center Admin. Rep, Rep. 194, p. -16
Wetherall, J.A. and M.Y.Y. Yong. 1986. Problems in Assessing the Pelagic Armorhead Stock on the Central North Pacific Seamounts. NOAA Technical Report NMFS(43): 73-86
Whatley, R. and R. Jones. 1999. The Marine Podocopid Ostracoda of Easter Island: a Paradox in Zoogeography and Evolution. Marine Micropaleontology 37(3-4): 327-343
Abstract: From a total of 20 samples, of which 8 were collected in the eulittoral and 12 by SCUBA diving in the sublittoral, more than 11,000 ostracods were recovered. These comprise 30 species belonging to 20 genera. Of the 30 species, one is a cladocopid, one a platycopid and the remainder podocopids, of which three are bairdiids, three cyprids and the remainder (22) are cytherids. Twenty-one of the species are both new and endemic as are two new subspecies. Only four species have been described from elsewhere (Peripontocypris magnafurcata, Neonesidea tenera, Triebelina bradyi, Dentibythere dentata), although two others (Cytherelloidea keiji, and Loxoconchella honoluluensis) are represented at the island by new subspecies. However, an additional three species are known elsewhere only in manuscr